MhMML The Virginia Journal of Science Volume 9 (New Series), 1958 EDITORIAL BOARD Robert T. Brumfield, Farmville . Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Staunton . Associate Editor Charles F. Lane, Farmville . Managing Editor Lee S. Harrow, Richmond . Advertising Manager SECTION EDITORS Carl W. Allen, Blacksburg . Agricultural Science Irving ^G. Foster, Lexington . Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics P. Arne Hansen, College Park, Md . Bacteriology Walter S. Flory, Jr., Boyce . Biology Merle A. Kise, Norfolk . Chemistry James P. Patton, Richmond . Education Robert M. Hubbard, Charlottesville . Engineering Bruce W. Nelson, Blacksburg . Geology W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Charlottesville . . Medical Science Cyril R. Mill, Richmond . Psychology Caroline Gambrill, Waynesboro . Science Teachers C. Y. Kramer, Blacksburg . . . Statistics Published by The Virginia Academy of Science 1 CONTENTS No. 1, January, 1958 Marcellus Henry Stow . 3 A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) — Roscoe D. Hughes and Caroline Goode Jackson . 5 News and Notes . 199 No. 2, April, 1958 Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the Mountain Lake Region. Part III. The Genus Centrorhynchus in North America, With the Description of a New Species. — Jack L. Holloway, Jr . 221 Origin of the Blue Ridge Escarpment Directly Southwest of Roanoke, Vii'ginia. — Richard V. Dietrich . 233 Report On a Gastrotrichan Species From Ashland, Virginia — Charles E. Packard . 247 A Procedure for Simultaneous Blood Volume Determinations Using Radioactive Phosphorus-32 and T-1824 (Evans Blue) Dye. — Jack D. Burke . 253 News and Notes . 261 Program of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science . 273 No. 3, July, 1958 The Comparison of The Sensitivities of Similar Experiments. — D. E. Schumann and R. A. Bradley . 303 Tetrahymena rostrata as a Facultative Parasite in The Grey Garden Slug. — Jesse C. Thompson, Jr . 315 11 The Ovule and Embryo Sac of Galax Aphylla. — PhiHp E. Graef . . . . . 319 Some Curious Analogies in Explorers’ Preconceptions of Virginia. — Gary S. Dunbar . 323 News and Notes . 327 No. 4, September, 1958 Proceedings for the Year 1957-58 Minutes of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting, May 7, 8, 9, 10, 1958 Detailed Table of Contents . . . 344 iii SUBJECT INDEX Amby stoma . 227 Anoetidae, A Review of the Family . 5 List of Species . 194 Awards Academy’s Distinguished Service . . . ‘ . 347 Bacteriology Section in Microbiology . 335, 358 J. Shelton Horsley . 199, 348 George Washington Engineering . 358 Bequest, Form of . 489 Blood Volume . 253 Procedures for Determination of 255 Centrorhynchus . Key to Species . Species, Comparison of Centrorhynchus oluconis . californicus . conspectus . erraticus . itatsinis . ninni . scanensis . spinosus . wardae sp. nov . Chaetonotus acanthodes . succinctus . trichostrichodes . 221, 222, 223, 225, 227, 228 . ' . 228 . 230 . 223 . 222, 228 . . . 222, 228 . 223 . 223 . 223 . 222, 228 . 222, 223, 228 223, 225, 227, 228 . 248, 249, 251 247, 248, 249, 251 . . . 249 Colpoda steini Committees IV 315 341 Local Arrangements President’s Advisory Committee Reports Education . . Flora . Journal . Junior Academy . . . Long Range Planning . Membership . Nominating . Place of Meeting for 1960 Research . Resolutions Scholarship . . . Science Talent Search . 343 340 364 362 354 356 354 363 347 363 355 362 364 355 Contributors, Notice to . Inside Back Cover Council, Membership of . 340 Deroceras agreste . 315 reticulatum . 315, 317 Diapensia lapponica . 322 Diapensiaceae . 319 Echinorhynchus . 222 caudatus . 222 spinoms . 222 Elamoides furcatus . 222 Escarpment, Blue Ridge . 233 Geomorphic History . 242 Felis catus . 223 Financial Statement, Journal . . 353 Galax Aphylla, Ovule and Embryo Sac . . . . 319, 322 V Gastrotrichan Species, Report on . 247, 250 Helminths . 221 Herodias egretta . 222 Hyla regilla . 222 Ixoreus naevius naevius . 222 Lepidodermella squamata . 247, 251 Limacis . 315, 316 Luterola itatsi itatsi . 223 Manuscripts, Suggestions for . Inside Back Cover Mediorhynchus . 222 Membership Application for . 489 List of . 455 Memorial Paul Randolph Burch . 200 Marcellus Henry Stow . 3 Minutes Academy . 347 Conference . 346 Council . 200, 327, 345, 348 Section . 365 Finance and Endowment Committee . 261 Natrix sipedon . 222 News and Notes . 199, 261, 327 Officers (1957-58) . 274 1958-59 340 Junior Academy (1959) . 362 Paraglaucoma limacis . 315 Polymerurus . 247 President's Message . 199 vi Proceedings (1957-58) . . . , . 339 Contents . 344 Program — 36th Annual Meeting . 273 36th Junior Academy o£ Science Annual Meeting . 278 Province, Blue Ridge . 233 Putorius vulgaris . 223 Secretary-Treasurer, Report of . 350 Section News . 203, 262, 329 Sections Agriculture . 203, 262, 329, 365*^ Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics . 204, 333, 375 Bacteriology . 205, 263, 335, 386 Biology . 205, 263, 389 Chemistry . 208, 265, 398 Education . 407 Engineering . . 210, 265, 337, 411 Geology . 212, 267, 424 Medical Sciences . 432 Psychology . 215, 269, 338, 439 Science Teachers . 447 Statistics . . . 216, 270, 338, 448 Sensitivities of Similar Experiments . 303 Spilogale putorius . 223, 226, 228 Strix nehulosa . 222 Strix varia varia . 222 Tabulation of Registration . 352 Teacher Scholarships . 347 Tetrahymena rostrata . 315, 316, 317 Thamnophis sertalis . . - 222 *ItaHcs indicate abstracts. T Urdus merula merula . 222 Utricularia . 247 Virginia, Explorers’ Preconceptions of . 323 AUTHOR INDEX Bradley, R. A . 303 Burke, Jack D . 253 Dietrich, Richard V . 233 Dunbar, Gary S . 323 Graef, Philip E . 319 Holloway, Jack L., Jr . 221 Hughes, Roscoe D . 5 Jackson, Caroline Goode . 5 Packard, Charles E . 247 Schumann, D. E . 303 Thompson, Jesse C., Jr . 315 viii ■ i THE VIRGINIA DURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE •1. 9, New Series January, 1958 No. 1 VoL. 9, New Series January, 1958 No. 1. THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Frinting Corporation, Bassett, Virginia CONTENTS Pages Marcellus Henry Stow . 3 A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) — Roscoe D. Hughes and Carohne Goode Jackson . 5 News and Notes . . 199 EDITORIAL BOARD Robert T. Brumfield, Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager Carl W. AUen Walter S. Floiy, Jr. Robert M. Hubbard John K. Bare Section Editors Irving G. Foster Merle A. Kise W. D. Lowry Caroline Gambrill P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr. P. Y. Kramer Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 per vol¬ ume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va. Mailed April 28, 1958 Marcellus H. Stow THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VoL. 9 New Series January, 1958 No. 1 MARCELLUS HENRY STOW 1902-1957 Marcellus H. Stow, Robinson professor of geology, professor on the Thomas Ball Foundation, and head of the Department of Geology at Washington and Lee University since 1937, died at his home Wednesday, November 27, 1957. In his passing, Virginia lost one of its most energetic and capable scientists. Dr. Stow took all of his collegiate and graduate work at Cornell University where he obtained his Ph.D. degree in 1926. In 1927, he joined the staff of the Department of Geology at Washington and Lee University, where he rose through the academic ranks to succeed the late Dr. H. D. Campbell as head of the Department of Geology in 1937. Stow made extensive studies of the Oriskany sandstone and publish¬ ed several excellent papers dealing with the sedimentary environment and provenance of the formation. His specialty was heavy-mineral petro¬ graphy. Beginning in the summer of 1933 he conducted field geological studies and research with the Yellowstone-Big Horn Research Association which continued for several summers thereafter. He applied the methods of heavy-mineral petrography to a study of the sedimentation, volcanism, and orogeny in the Big Horn Basin and Beartooth Mountains, which was published in the Geological Society of America, Bulletin, in 1937, 1938, and 1947. He is credited with the recognition and correct interpretation of the Fincastle conglomerate, which has figured prominently in recent reinterpretations of the geologic history of the Appalachian geosyncline. From 1942-45 he served as a deputy director of the mining division of the War Production Board. Late in 1945 he became chief of the mining branch of the Civilian Production Administration. He had been a member of the Governor’s Advisory Council on Virginia Economy since 1948 and was chairman of the committee on mining in 1948-49. In 1953-54 he served as chairman of the Governor’s Advisory Committee on Geology and later served as special geological consultant to the direc¬ tor of the Department of Conservation and Development. Also for several years, he served as a geological consultant to the Atomic Energy Com¬ mission and made extensive surveys for uranium minerals in the south¬ eastern states. He was chairman of the James River Monograph Com¬ mittee and editor-in-charge of the Virginia Academy of Science’s “James SMITHSONU,. institution may 5 - 19® 4 The Virginia Journal of Science [January River: Past, Present, and Future” which was published by the Academy in 1950. Dr. Stow was also active in other affairs of the Virginia Academy of Science, holding offices as council member from 1939-1946 and as president of the Academy 1942-1943. For many years he served as a member of the Advisory Board of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, the Virginia State Museum Commission, and with various committees of the Southern Association of Science and Industry. He served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Southern Research Institute since 1945. He was also a Fellow of the Geological Society of America and a member of the Society of Economic Geologists and Paleontologists, Sigma Xi, Phi Kappa Phi, Sigma Gamma Epsilon, Sigma Phi Epsilon, and Phi Beta Kappa. He received a War Department citation in December, 1945' for his work with the War Production Board. He was a member of the Cosmos Club. He also served as contributing editor to The Commonwealth, published by the Virginia Chamber of Commerce. The Department of Geology at Washington and Lee University, under his direction, developed into one of the outstanding undergraduate de¬ partments of geology in the southeastern United States. Dr. Stow’s ad¬ vanced students were alwavs in attendance at the annual meetings of the Geology Section of the Virginia Academy of Science where nearly every year one or more of them presented a paper on work done on some phase of Virginia geology, studied under the direction of their able mentor. His service on numerous university committees made him one of the most valuable members of the Washington and Lee faculty. “Mar” had an unusual facility for working with people. His quiet, easy-going, jovial manner was blended with wisdom, energy and prodi¬ gious drive. All these qualities he poured into his academic and profession¬ al activities with outstanding results. He was widely sought after by government and scientific groups working on improvement of the eco¬ nomic conditions in Virginia and the South. His activities were invariably characterized by fairness, patience, and sound judgment. Virginia has lost a valuable liaison between science and government. Not all of the out¬ standing contributions Stow made to State government are well known to his fellow scientists, but many of his speeial assignments required quali¬ ties which would have exhausted the patience and forbearance of a lesser man. Among his most recent publications was “The Mineral Resources and Mineral Industry of Virginia,” a summary report of the Committee on Mining of the Advisory Council on the Virginia Economy, of which he was chairman in 1948-49. The loss we have sustained in losing “Mar” in the very prime of life is indeed a heavy one. But life need not be long to be rich and full. As measured not in years but in accomplishment “Mar” lived a full, valuable, dedicated life of service. —Byron Cooper, Virginia Poltjtechnic Institute. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 5 A Review Of The Anoetidae (Acari) Roscoe D. Hughes and Caroline Goode Jackson Medical College of Virginia ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are greatly indebted to Miss Jane Boyd Lee and Mrs. Ruth Morrissey Bane for teehnical aid and for assistanee in the prepara¬ tion of the manuseript; to students and others whose names appear in the text for collecting a number of species of anoetids; and especially to Dr. Edward W. Baker for his invaluable advice during the course of this study and for reading the manuscript. The publication of this paper has been made possible by generous financial support from the Adora Wardell Sexton Foundation, Inc., A. D. Williams Research Fund of the Medical College of Virginia, and the Richmond Area University Center. The authors also wish to acknowledge their indebtedness to Dr. L. van der Hammen, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden for permission to use a number of A. C. Oudemans, hitherto unpublished drawings. 6 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Table Of Contents Page [ntroduction . 7 Materials and Methods . 7 Taxonomic Position of the Family Anoetidae . 9 Key to the Genera of the Family Anoetidae . 10 Description and Biology of a Typical Species Histiostoma fulorum (Koch), 1841 . 11 Key to the Species of the Genus Histiostoma . 40 Genus Histiostoma Kramer, 1876 . 45 Genus Anoetoglyphus Oudemans, 1927 . 125 Genus Anoetostoma Womersley, 1927 . 126 Key to the Species of the Genus Anoetus . 127 Genus Anoetus Dujardin, 1842 . 128 Genus Bonomoia Oudemans, 1911 . 150 Genus Chiropteranoetus Womersley, 1942 . 151 Genus Glijphanoetus Oudemans, 1929 . 152 Genus Lipstorpia Oudemans, 1911 . 156 Genus Mauduytia Oudemans, 1929 . 157 Genus Myianoetus Oudemans, 1929 . 158 Genus Prowichmannia Radford, 1950 . 172 Genus Sellea Oudemans, 1924 . 173 Genus Zwickia Oudemans, 1924 . 177 Nomina dubia . 183 Discussion . 183 Bibliography . 187 List of Species of the Family Anoetidae . 194 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 7 INTRODUCTION Not since the publieation of Michael’s “British Tryoglyphidae” (1901-1902) has there been an attempt to review the taxonomy and biology of the family Anoetidae.* A critical review is desirable and urgent for the reason that some of the more recent taxonomic papers, as well as many of the older ones, are so lacking in essential details that taxo- nomie eonfusion in this family prevails. This study has inevitably brought to light certain taxonomie eategories of dubious validity. However, we take the view that so few of the potentially large number of speeies in the Anoetidae have been deseribed that we do not as yet have a suffi¬ ciently large sample upon which a logical, complete revision can be based. Accordingly, we have deliberately refrained from attempting ma¬ jor revisional changes at this time. Our interest in the Anoetidae is not purely taxonomic. Their ease of culture under laboratory conditions, relatively short life cycle, world wide distribution, omnipresence in a variety of habitats, small numbers of chromosomes, and enormous potential number of species are some of the factors which make them ideal material for problems in speciation. Parthenogenesis appears to be tvpical for this group, yet in at least one species pseudofertilization, or insemination seems to be necessary to initiate development of male producing eggs. However, the sex ratio obtained in this instance suggests that we are not dealing with a typical bisexual species. The remaining species so far examined fall into two distinct parthenogenetic groups, namely: arrhenotokous species, and thelytokous species. Since arrhenotoky and thelytoky are considered to involve quite different cytogenetic mechanisms, their occurrence in the same family is unusual though not unique. If typical bisexual species are later found in this family, as has been reported for some families of mites, the Anoetidae would indeed be remarkable for its reproductive plasticity. The evolution of parthenogenesis in this family and the elucida¬ tion of the mode, or modes of sex determination, also pose problems of great interest. MATERIALS AND METHODS Preparation of specimens for study. — The most satisfactory slides for study are made of specimens first cleared by a method described bv H. H. Keifer (1935) and then mounted in Hoyer’s medium. (Baker and Wharton, 1952). * Attention is invited to a comprehensive study of German Anoetidae by Dr. Rita Scheucher which was published while our paper was in press. (See addendum to Bibliography). 8 [January The Virginia Journal of Science Keifers -clearing agent Melted phenol Lactic acid solution Resorcinol Potassium iodide Hydrochloric acid solution cone. 4 cc. 12 cc. 1/2 gm. (or less) 1/2 gm. 16 drops Anoetids tend to accumulate a large number of crystals, or pseudo¬ crystals (see below) in body spaces which render them opaque, and obscure the finer cuticular details. Keifer’s clearing agent readily takes care of this problem. Two or three drops of clearing solution are placed on the end of a clean slide. One or many living mites are transferred to the medium. The slide is passed over a low flame and gently heated for 1-2 minutes, or until the mites are cleared. A drop of Hoyer’s mounting medium is added to the middle of the slide and the mites transferred directly to this from the clearing medium with needles, and a cover slip added. Gentle pressure on the cover slip at this time will aid in orienting mites as desired, and extending the appendages. The cuticle of freshly prepared specimens is slightly yellow. Critical study of faint apodemata, and minute setae is best undertaken with fresh slides. However, specimens prepared as above remain in excellent condition indefinitely although gradually becoming quite transparent. It is often desirable to study living specimens in order to distinguish between movable and incipient joints of appendages, observe the functioning of mouth parts and suckers, de¬ termine the arrangement of minute setae, and to make other observations which are facilitated by movement, or change of position. An aqueous solution of methocellulose (Methocel) is excellent for this purpose. Living specimens mounted in this solution can be studied with an oil immersion lens, or lower power, for a considerable period. Methods of collection. — Since anoetids are likely to be found where- ever there are fermenting organic compounds, one satisfactory way of collecting is simply to examine bits of organic material under a hand lens and preserve any mites found in 70% alcohol, or inoculate culture media with specimens for future study in the laboratory. A much preferred method of collection is by trapping. Old milk bottles, containing a suitable culture medium, and partially closed by a cap with a small segment re¬ moved in order to allow the entrance of insects but prevent the en¬ trance of mice, are quite suitable. The traps should be smeared with over ripe bananas, or other actively fermenting materials to attract in¬ sects and other small invertebrates. In this way any deutonymphs which are attached to insects and other animals entering the traps, and possibly originating from distant sources and varied ecological niches, may be in¬ duced to detach from their hosts, and metamorphose into trophic tri- 9 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) tonymphs. A new colony may be started by a single individual if the resulting adult is a> partlienogenetic female, and if the culture medium is suitable. Trap bottles are firmly plugged with cotton before bringing to the laboratory, where they are examined periodically, and are discarded in 3-5 weeks if no mites can be seen. The most effective traps appear to be those placed on the ground in damp woods, compost piles, near decaying logs, and orchards. Those suspended from tree branches are nearly as effective. Traps should not be placed in full sunlight, and should be so inclined that they will not collect rain water. Culture technique and media. — Nearly all species of the Anoetidae so far encountered are easily cultured in a wide variety of media. They appear to thrive best when fermentation of organic matter is evident. Anoetids are surface feeders, and most seem to prefer a thin film of fluid in which to wade while feeding. It is presumed that they engulf yeasts, and other microorganisms. Most species thrive in the laboratory on stand¬ ard cornmeal — molasses — agar medium or stable fly medium to which wood shavings have been added, or a combination of both. Cornmeal — molasses — agar medium. — Water 931 cc. Agar 19 gm. Molasses 169 cc. Cornmeal 125 gm. Moldex (10% in 70% alcohol) 9 cc. Stable fly medium. — Standard N.A.LD.M. Peet-Grady media 600 gm. Shavings 300 gm. Agar 100 gm. Water 4500 cc. Moldex (10% in 70% alcohol) 50 cc. About 100 ml. of medium is placed in 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flasks and tightly plugged with absorbent cotton wrapped in gauze. In order to provide a tight plug seal, the inside of the flask neck is smeared with vaseline. Contamination of stocks can be a problem, hence sterile pro¬ cedures are necessary for maintaining species purity. In making new stocks a bit of food containing mites from old stocks is transferred to the new medium. Most species require a change of culture medium every 3-6 weeks. TAXONOMIC POSITION OF THE FAMILY ANOETIDAE (Oudemans, 1904) The Anoetidae is a family under the superfamily Anoetoidea, sub¬ order Sarcoptiformes of the order Acarina. 10 The Virginia Journal of Science [January DIAGNOSIS OF THE FAMILY ANOETIDAE (Plates 1-12) Free living, rarely parasitic; terrestrial, usually on decaying organic matter, rarely water dwelling; soft-bodied; whitish, opaque; dorsum smooth, pitted, or sculptured; venter typically smooth; dorsal suture be¬ tween propodosoma and metapodosoma more or less distinct; dorsal idio- soma of adults occasionally with prominent protuberances; with dorsal opisthosomatic bursa copuTatrix; adults with one pair of opisthosomatic “oil glands;” females with transverse genital slit; adults with two pairs of ringlike structures, typically without true anal or genital suckers; deutonymph with one pair of suckers and one to three pairs of sucker¬ like discs on suctorial plate; crystals or pseudocrystals in body cavity; no stigmata or tracheae, but adults with minute cuticular pit-like structures; with movable gnathosoma; chelicerae dentate, rarely simple, and func¬ tionally non-chelate, but bearing a median chelicercal process which may represent the vestige of the movable portion of a true chela; pedipalpi with two distinct simple, usually flagellum-like setae. Setae simple, dorsal setae rarely pilose; chemo-sense organ legs I-II (seta tal); legs I-II with atypical, non-tapering setae (g3) with rounded end; claws strong, typically curved, and sessile (Plates 3, 5). It will be noted below that the genera of this family are established solely on the characteristics of the deutonymphs (hypopi). The reason for this is partly historical, since in a large percentage of the describ¬ ed species only the deutonymphs are known. The morphology of the adults of species which have been adequately described show no clear cut characters which permit their separation into groups corresponding to the genera based on deutonymphs. At the present it is not feasible to separate the various species into genera on the basis of the adult chara- teristics. The adults of one genus (based on the deutonvmphs) do not show obvious common charactersitics which differ from the species of other genera. The use of adult characteristics in the establishment of genera must await a description of a larger sample of anoetids. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE FAMILY ANOETIDAE - BASED ON DEUTONYMPHS (HYPOPI) 1. Suctorial plate with 3 pairs of discs or suckers of equal size .... Sellea Suctorial plate with more or less than 3 pairs of discs or suckers . 2 2. A terminal tarsal seta on legs I-IV conspicuously flattened and spoon-shaped . Lipstorpia No spoon-shaped terminal tarsal seta on leg IV . 3 11 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 3. With divided claw on legs I-III . . Myianoetus Without divided claw on legs I-III . 4 4. Setae or discs on coxae I and/or III . . 5 No setae or discs on Coxae I and/or III . 7 5. Setae on coxae I and/or III . 6 Discs on coxae I and/or III . 9 6. Large seta on coxa I, no seta on coxa III . Chiropteranoetus Minute or hairlike setae on coxae I and III . 10 7. No seta vml laterad or mesiad of coxa IV disc di3 . Anoetostoma With seta vml laterad or mesiad of coxa IV disc di3 . 8 8. With seta vml laterad of coxa IV disc di3 . Zwickia With seta vml mesiad of coxa IV disc di3 . Mauduytia 9. Disc dil on coxa I and di2 on coxa III . 11 Disc on coxa I or III . 10 10. Disc on coxa I only . Anoetoglyphus Disc on coxa III only . Glyphanoetus 11. Median disc pdl of suctorial plate larger than other plate discs pd2 and pd3 . Histiostoma All discs of suctorial plate, pdl, pd2, pd3 equal in size Prowichmannia 12. Hairlike seta on coxae I, III, and IV; with “eyes” on anterio-lateral margin of hysterosoma . Bonomoia Minute seta on coxae I, III, and coxa IV mesiad of disc di3; no “eyes” . Anoetus DESCRIPTION AND BIOLOGY OF A TYPICAL SPECIES Histiostoma julomm (Koch), 1841 (Plates 1-13) Hypoptis julomm Koch, 1841; Anoetus jtdorum (Koch), 1841 [Vitzthum, 1929]; Uropoda julomm (Koch), 1841 [Dujardin, 1849a]; Histiostoma julomm (Koch), 1841 [Oudemans, 1937]; Hypopus ovalis Gervais, 1844; Histiostoma gervaisi (Gervais), 1844 [Oudemans, 1937]; Hypopus vidpis Dujardin, 1849; Histiostoma vulpis (Dujardin), 1849 [Oudemans, 1937]; Anoetus sumatrensis Oudemans, 1903. H. julomm has been selected for detailed studv because its morpho¬ logy, habitat, nutritional requirements, and life cycle are rather typical of the family Anoetidae. In addition, it is widely distributed and is easily collected in the warmer seasons of the year. DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE General features (Plates 1-3). — Average length 0.435 mm.; aver- 12 The Virginia Journal of Science [January age width 0.275 mm. Body pear-shaped, especially when gravid; whitish; semi-transparent; smooth, except for rostrum, which is faintly granular and slightly sculptured. Body spaces contain crystals, or pseudo-crystals, of characteristic shape and sometimes numerous enough to render the body virtually opaque. (Plate 4). Gnathosoma (Plate 4). — The gnathosoma is directed anteriad and ventrad when in the feeding position and is partially obscured by the rostrum dorsally. The chelicerae are long, attenuated, sub-chelate, and each bears approximately twelve, nearly equal, fine teeth distally. Proxi- mad and mesiad of the toothed region, a frayed cheliceral process is seen. Proximad and laterad of the toothed region, is also seen a thin whiplike cheliceral flagellum slightly longer than the toothed region. These pro¬ cesses together with the toothed distal portions of the chelicerae appear to serve as rakers when the animal is feeding. Several other fine processes are associated with the chelicerae at their bases. These extend to a position laterad of the heavily sclerotized hypopharynx. The two jointed pedipalps bear two conspicious setae distally. The anterior setae ppl are long and whip-like and extend laterally and caudally. The posterior setae pp2 are very fine, about one-third the length of the anterior setae, and are directed caudally. Three extremely minute spicules can be seen under favorable conditions on the dorsal surface of the distal joint of the pedi¬ palps. A membranous sheath partially surrounds the base of the distal joint. A pair of sub-oral setae pp3 are located ventrally on the proximal joint of the pedipalps. The proximal joint of the pedipalps extends an¬ teriorly to form a trowel-shaped structure on the mesial surface. The funnel-shaped opening to the gut can be seen at the base of the hypo- pharynx under favorable conditions. A thin, membranous structure extends anteriorly from the region of the base of the hypopharynx to the middle of the first pedipalpal joint, which is provisionally called the labium. Venter— Propodosoma— The posterior limits of the gnathosoma and an¬ terior limits of the propodosoma are marked by apodemata al. Apodemata al join in the midline to form a short sternum. Apodemata a2 and a3 join mesially to form the limits of coxae I and II. Ventrally, the phopodosoma bears a single pair of coxal setal vpl, about the same length as seta pp3. The genital opening is a wide transverse slit situated on a line connecting apodemata a4. It is distensible and appears to open in a ventral direc¬ tion and is supported by a structure appearing as a faint longitudinal | crease in the midline. The genital opening marks the posterior limit of | the popodosoma on the ventral surface. Metapodosoma. — A line connec- i ting apodemata a8 marks the posterior limits of the metapodosoma on the j ventral surface. The metapodosoma bears two pairs of conspicuous ring¬ like structures rl and r2. The anterior pair of ringlike structures rl is in a lateral position between apodemata a4 and a5, and each is more or less elliptical in shape. Each of the posterior pair is almost circular, but some- 13 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) times appearing oval in shape, is more mesiad in position and lies on a line between coxae IV. Ventrally the metapodosoma bears three pairs of setae, as follows: one pair of paragenital setae vml, near the mesial end of apodemata a5; one pair of coxal III setae vm2, directly below setae vml; and one pair of coxal setae vm3 posteriad and laterad of the post- terior ringlike structures r2, and mesiad of coxae IV. Opisthosoma. — Ventrally the opisthosoma bears three pairs of setae as follows: anterior anal vol very minute and in a position close to the antero-lateral margin of the anus; middle anal vo2 about the same length as vm3 and in a position laterad of, and on a line with, the posterior margin of the anus; posterior anal vo3 mesiad and posteriad of vo2, and about twice their length. The anus is a conspicuous longitudinal slit lying in the midline of the ventral surface of the opisthosoma. A pair of minute pit-like struc- utres vpil are found at the extreme margin of the opisthosoma laterad and posteriad of vo3, Dorsum: Fropodosoma. — The propodosoma bears four pairs of se¬ tae, as follows: rostal dpi; cervical dp2; inner propodosomatic dp3; and outer propodosomatic dp4. Seta dp3 is slightlv shorter than dp4 and about half again as long as seta dp2. Seta dpi is equal in length to dp2 and, as Nesbitt (1954) has pointed out for members of the Acaridae, they do not appear to be typical setae. These seem to be more like extensions of the rostral cuticle and lack the rounded bases of regular setae. Metapo¬ dosoma. — Dorsally the metapodosoma is delimited anteriorly by a faint but definite sulcus and posteriorly by a line connecting apodemata a8 projected to the dorsal surface. The metapodosoma bears five pairs of setae on the dorsal surface about half again as long as setae dp3, as fol¬ lows: dml mesiad in position; dm2 sub-marginal in position and laterad and anteriad of dml; dm3 sub-marginal in position and laterad of dm2; and dmS marginal in position and at the level of trochanters IV. A pair of minute imperforate pits, or pore-like structures dpil, are found posteriad of dm3. These pits are suggestive of vestigial respiratory pores, or possibly the bases of setae which have been lost, as Nesbitt (1954) has suggested. Opisthosoma. — The dorsal surface of the opisthosoma bears seven pairs of prominent setae of approximately equal size and having a length equal to dml, as follows: dol mesiad and laterad of excretorv pore; do2 is in a position slightly anteriad and laterad of dol; do3 is sub-marginal and in a position posteriad and laterad of do2; do4 near the posterior end of the opisthosoma and mesiad in position; do5 slightly anteriad and laterad of do4; doG posteriad and laterad of do5; do7 on the margin of the opis¬ thosoma and slightly posteriad and laterad of do4. Dorsally the opistho¬ soma bears three pairs of pit-like structures, as follows: dpi2 posteriad and laterad of seta do2; dpi3 mesiad of seta do3; dpi4 posteriad of seta do3. A pair of so-called excretory pores (“oil glands”) lie in a position between dol and do2. Beneath these conspicious raised pores can be seen 14 The Virginia Journal of Science [January a clear vesicle. The bursa copula trix lies in the mid-line on a level with seta do5. Details of this structure are shown in Plate 2. Plate 1 — Histiostoma julorum female. Ventral view. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 15 Plate 2 — Histiostoma julorum female. Dorsal view. Lower left, bursa copulatrix. 16 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Legs: (Plates 1,3). Leg 1. — The first leg is the most massive of the four legs. It bears many setae of various sizes and shapes, as follows: coxa — seta on ventral surface and previously described under the propo- dosoma vpl; trochanter — one thin seta t; femur — one spine-like seta f; genu — two spine-like setae gl and g2, and a pair originating from the same base, with rounded tips, and probably function as micro-sensory organs g3 and g4; tibia — three spine-like setae til, ti2, and ti3; tarsus— a striated, club-shaped, macro-sense organ tal, and micro-sense organ ta2 with a rounded tip and arising from the same base as tal; proximal spine¬ like setae ta3 and ta4; median spine-like setae taS, ta6, and ta7; seven spine-like setae surrounding claw — setae taS, ta9, talO, tall, tal2, tal3, and tal 4; a thin seta with a rounded end tal 5, and a whip-like seta tal6. Leg 11. — Leg II bears the following setae; coxa — appears to be no se¬ tae, except possibly the paragenital seta vml, which may represent a coxal seta displaced posteriorly; trochanter — a thin hairlike seta t; femur— a spine-like seta f; genu — two spine-like setae gl and g2; a micro-sense organ with a rounded tip g3, similar in appearance to g3 on leg I; tibia- three spine-like setae til, ti2, and ti3; tarsus— has apparent counterparts of all tarsus I setae except those corresponding to l-ta2, l-ta3, and l-ta]15. Leg III. — The number of setae of this leg is still further reduced as com¬ pared with leg II. These setae are as follows: coxa— seta vm2; trochanter- one long seta t; femur — no setate; genu — no setae; tibia— seta, apparently corresponding to l-ti2 missing; tarsus— by comparison with tarsus I, tal, ta2, ta3, ta6, tal 5, and tal6 are missing. Leg IV. — This leg has the same number of setae as leg III but the arrangement is slightly different. Coxfl-seta vm3; trochanter— no setae; femur— seta f; genu— no setae; tibia— by comparison with leg I, seta ti2 missing; tarsus— by comparison with leg I, seta tal, ta2, ta3, ta6, tal5, and tal6 are missing. Claws. — Claws of all legs spine-like, slightly curved, and equal in size. DESCRIPTION OF MALE General features. — (Plates 4, 5). Average length 0.320 mm.; aver¬ age width 0.165 mm. The male is conspicuously smaller than the female primarily because of the reduced size of the hysterosoma. Hence, the body is more rectangular than pear-shaped. Crystals or pseudo-crystals are present as in the female. Unlike the female the rostrum of the male does not appear to be sculptured or granular and the hysterosoma has several pairs of more or less conspicuous bosses. Gnathosoma. — There are no differences between the gnathosoma of the male and female worthv of note. Venter: Propodosoma. — Ventrallv the number and arrangement of the setae and apodemata are the same as for the female, except apode- 1958] 17 A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) mata a2 and a3 after uniting continue and almost meet in mid-line. Also unlike the female, apodemata a4 and a5 unite and continue toward the mid-line. Metapodosoma. — Ventrally there are four round, or almost round ringlike structures rl and r2 corresponding to similar structures in Plate 3 — Histiostoma julorum female. Dorsal view of legs. 18 The Virginia Journal of Science [January the female but somewhat smaller. These lie close together between coxae IV and above external genitalia. What is assumed to be setae vml have come to lie anteriad and slightly laterad of the anterior ring-like struc¬ ture ri. Setae vm2 and vm3 have positions similar to those of the corres¬ ponding setae in the females. Opisthosoma. — The opisthosoma is much reduced in size as compared with the female. Ventrally the number and arrangement of setae are the same as for the female, except as follows; seta vol is three times as long; seta vo2 is about the same length but more mesially and posteriori v placed; seta vo3 is marginal in position. A single pair of pit-like structures vpil is found in the same relative position as in the female. The position of apodeme aS and the position of the anus are similar to that of the female. Bordering the anterior margin of the anus is the conspicuous, highly sclerotized genital apparatus. (Plate 4.) The male genitalia and associated structures are complex and difficult to interpret. The penial seta is a short chitinized hinged process normally directed posteriorlv. The base or anterior end appears to be supported by two lateral winged chitinous structures. A pair of small lateral chiti- nous bars, each having a minute spicule, lie on either side of the penial seta. These do not appear to be true setae but rather chitinous extensions of the bars. A pair of posteriorly directed processes can be seen to lie on either side of the anus. At the anterior end of the anal slit a pair of spicules can be seen which have the appearance of being true setae. Dorsum: Propodosoma. -- Dorsally the relative size and arrangement of the setae are the same in both male and female. Metapodosoma. — The metapodosomal pit-like structures dpil, and setae dml — dm5 are similar in size and arrangement to corresponding pit-like structures and setae in the female. Opisthosoma. — The tvpe, size, and arrangement of the setae, the position of the excretory pores, and the number and posi¬ tion of the pit-like structures are very similar to those of the female. However, the male has one less pair of setae than the female. It is as¬ sumed that this is seta do7 on the insecure grounds of relative position. It is possible that the minute spicules on the posterior margin of the genital plate, which were referred to above, are true setae. In this case ventral setae vol, vo2, and vo3 would become vo2, vo3, and do7 re- spectivelv, and the spicules would become vol. Thus, the number of body setae in the male and female would correspond and presumably be homologous. The position taken for the time being is that the spicules are not true setae and cannot be homologized with seta vol in the female, and consequently the male has one pair less of opisthosomatic setae. Legs: (Plates 4,5). Leg 1. — Leg I of the male gives the appear- j ance of being somewhat more massive than leg I in the female. Upon | closer examination the difference in size is due primarily to the thicker | and shorter male tarsus. The number of setae is the same in the male 1 and female. The relative sizes and arrangement of the setae of the male A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 19 4 — Histiostoma jidorum. A — male, dorsal view. B and C — de¬ tails of gnathosoma. D — typical body crystals. E — male, ventral view. F — details of external genitalia. 20 The Virginia Journal of Science [January are so similar to that of the female that the description of the setae for the latter generally apply, except as follows: setae ta4-ta7 are less separat¬ ed; ta6 is longer and thinner; ta7 is twice as massive; tal5 is a massive claw-like structure instead of thin blunt seta. The claw is somewhat heav¬ ier than that of the female leg I. Leg 11. — Male leg II is very similar to that of the female. The tarsus is slightly shorter dian in the female and the mid-tarsal setae and claw give the appearance of being somewhat heavier. Leg III. — There are only very minor differences between leg III of the male and the female except for the very unusual serrated claw of the former. Tarsus III of the male is somewhat shorter than tarsus III of the female. Leg IV. — The only conspicuous difference between leg IV of the male and female is that the claw of the male is serrated as in leg III. The male tarsus is again slightly shorter than in the female. Qlaws. — Claws legs I-II are similar to those of the female. The peculiar serrated claws of the male legs III-IV are unique among the anoetids so far stud¬ ied. DESCRIPTION OF LARVA General features. — (Plate 6). Average length 0.175 mm.; average width 0.II5 mm. With the exception of a few conspicuous features the larva is in effect a miniture adult female. Cnathosomal structures are the same as in the female. As is typical of other acarids only the first three pairs of legs are found in the larva. The number, arrangement, and rela¬ tive size of the leg setae of the larva virtually duplicate the condition found in the corresponding legs of the female. The exception to this state¬ ment is that trochanter setae t, of female legs I-II, and III have not made their appearance. The opisthosoma is relatively smaller than in the fe¬ male. The dorsum of the larva differs from the dorsum of the adult fe¬ male. The dorsum of the larva differs from the dorsum of the adult fe- separate boss with adjoining setal bosses sometimes fusing to form a sin¬ gle large prominence. Also there are two large elevated surfaces, one anteriad of the conspicuous dorsal sulcus, and the other posteriad of this sulcus. It may be noted that there are no primary or secondary sex structures. Also there are no pit-like structures, and no excretory pores in the larva. Opisthosomatic setae do4, do6, and do7 of the adult female, as judged by relative positions of such setae in the adult, do not make their appearance in the larva. No granulation or sculpturing of the rostrum is seen. The venter of the larva differs from the venter of the female, as follows: there is an absence of sex structures; no pit-like structures can be seen; only the extremely tiny body setae vpl, vm2, and vo3, which would seem to correspond to like named setae of the female, can be seen. It is interesting that setae vml, vm3, vol, and vo2 are missing. There is only one pair of ringlike structures, and these are found in a lateral posi- 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 21 tion posteriad of the first pair of legs instead of posteriad of the second pair of legs in the adult female or on the metapodosoma as in the male. The ringlike structures of the larva are morphologically similar to ring¬ like structures 6f nymphs and adults except they lie on slight prominences. Plate 5 — Histiostoma julorum male. Dorsal view of legs. 22 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 6 — Histiostoma julorum. A — larva, ventral view. B — larva, dorsal view. C — protonymph, ventral view. D — protonymph, dorsal view. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 23 DESCRIPTION OF PROTONYMPH General features. — (Plate 6). Average length 0.215 mm.; average width 0.110 mm. The larva metamorphoses into a protonymph stage with the fourth pair of legs being added. The protonymph is even more like the adult female than the larva. The gnathosoma is essentially a dupli¬ cate of the adult except for size. The setal pattern of each of the first three legs is the same as in the adult female, except as in the larva the trochanter setae t have not made their appearance. It is interesting that the number of setae of the fourth pair of legs is much reduced as com¬ pared with the adult. The missing setae are as follows: the femoral, the two tibia!, and three of the seven terminal tarsal setae associated with the claw. The bosses and elevations noted in the larva are still present in the protonymph but are somewhat less conspicuous. The excretory pores make their appearance in the protonymph and are found in the same position as in the adult. No sculpturing, or granulation can be seen on the rostrum. Neither primary nor secondary sexual structures have made their appearance. The number, size, arrangement, and relative position of the setae of the dorsum duplicates the condition found in the adult female, except for the marginal seta do7 which is missing. Hence, the protonymph is male-like in dorsal setal pattern. The venter of the protonymph has essentially the same pattern of setae as the adult female. However, seta vml has not made its appearance, and all the setae are so small that thev can be seen onlv after the most careful searching;. This applies especially to seta vm3 which is exceedingly minute. It will be noted that the protonvmph has acquired three additional pairs of ventral setae as compared with the larva, namely: vm3, vol, and vo2. Again, as in the larva, there is one pair of ringlike structures but a shift in posi¬ tion of these structures has taken place. These are now located on a line between coxae IV. It may be remarked at this point that the protonymph has alternative pathways to ensuing stages. It may metamorphose into the deutonymph, or migrant stage; or it may metamorphose directly into the tritnoymph stage. Attention should be given also to the fact that the claws on legs III-IV are similar to that of the female rather than the male. Pit-like structures have not been seen in the protonymph. DESCRIPTION OF THE DEUTONYMPH General features. — (Plates 7,8 ). Average length 0.193 mm.; aver¬ age width 0.142 mm. The deutonymph is distinctly specialized and differ¬ ent from any other stage in the life cycle of an anoetid. The color is pinkish-brown instead of whitish as in the trophic form. It has heavier sclera and is shield-shaped. It is an active form which may explore all parts of its habitat, or it may lie in wait for a moving olDject, e.g., a larger mite or an insect, to which it will firmly attach itself by a pair of [January 24 The Virginia Journal of Science well developed suckers. Gnathosoma. — The gnathosoma is vestigial as compared with the adult, or other stages. It is represented by what appears to be a pair of almost completely fused pedipalps, and the gnathosomal base is obscured from view dorsally by the overhanging rostral portion of the propodosoma. The fused pedipalps bear a pair of long flagella-like setae ppl, equal to length of tarsus II, and a pair of minute setae pp2. The mouth and associated structures are absent. At the base of the pedipalps a heavily sclerotized ring or collar can be seen. Venter: Propodosoma. — The anterior limits of the propodosoma are marked by the heavily sclerotized apodemata al. The posterior limits of the propodosoma are apodemata a4, and a continuation of this structure anterio-laterad to the margin of the dorsal sulcus. Apodemata al join post¬ eriorly in the midhne to form the anterior portion of the sternum stl which ends free. Anteriorly apodeme al ends in a T-shaped chitinous bar which makes contact with the gnathosomal collar. Apodeme a2 is also heavily chitinized and ends in a bifurcated process anteriorly and laterally. Post¬ eriorly a2 almost makes contact with the medial portion of apodeme a4. A ringlike structure dil lies near the anterior end of apodeme a2 on coxa I. Apodeme a3 is made up of a posterior portion, almost membran¬ ous-like; and an anterior process which is heavily sclerotized and lies at the lateral margin of trochanter II. The membranous portion is con¬ tinuous posteriorly with apodeme a4. Apodeme a4 from the point of con¬ tact witb a3 projects mesially as a heavy bar and almost makes contact with a2. Associated with this portion of a4 can also be seen a faint mem¬ brane Iving beneath the surface of the venter. This joins with the similar membrane from the other side to form a very faint line which almost makes contact with the middle sternum st2. Laterally and posteriorly a4 ends in a heavily sclerotized process lying at the base of trochanter III. Laterad of the chitinous process of apodeme a3 a fine seta dm4 is seen. This ventral seta appears to correspond to the dorsally placed seta dm4 of the female. Metapodosoma. — Apodeme a5 lies at the anterior end of trochanter IV and continues mesially to join the middle sterna st2 and st3. Laterally a5 is continuous with apodeme aG. A ringlike structure di2 lies on coxa III above aS and is equidistant from trochanter III and st2. Apodeme a6 is continuous with a5 at the anterior end of trochanter IV and proceeds posteriorly and mesially to join a Y-shaped portion of the sternum st4. A faint transverse line, not strong enough to be an apodeme, connects the lateral junctures of a5 and a6. A conspicuous ellipsoidal ring is seen just below st4. Within this structure is a longitudinal depres¬ sion with two very faint rings on each side. This has been called the genital opening by a number of workers. Since external genitalia do not make their appearance until the adult stage, it is doubtful that this de¬ pression represents even a vestigial genital structure. The function of 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 25 the oval structure is not known. A pair of very minute setae vml are seen between the oval structure and the coxal IV discs di3. Posteriorly the metapodosoma is bounded by a transverse line coinciding with the anterior margin of the suctorial plate. Opisthosoma. — What is designat¬ ed the ventral opisthosoma in the deutonymph is almost entirely made up of a large, conspicuous suctorial plate. The lateral and posterior mar¬ gins of this plate are marked by very faint radial striations. Four pairs of distinct disc-like structures are found within the plate. The most anterior pair su are functional suckers for attachment to insects and other organisms. They can be seen in living animals under favorable conditions extended for a distance approximately two or three times their diameter. This is the only pair of functional suckers in the suctorial plate. The pair of plate discs pdl, just posteriad of the suckers are larger in diameter than the other discs, or the suckers. Radial striations define their borders. Laterad and posteriad of disc pdl are found two other pairs of distinct raised discs pd2 and pd3. These discs are similar in general appearance to coxal discs dil and di2, although somewhat larger. Very faint, indefinite bodies ( hi and b2 ) can be seen in each quadrant of the suctorial plate in marginal positions. These bodies may represent degenerate suckers, but there is no evidence for this. In the mid-line between the suckers sii a small but fairly distinct structure an can be seen which is reminiscent of an anus. It is not certain that an is an open¬ ing, and it is chiefly because of its position that it is suggestive of an anus. It has been observed to pulsate when the suckers are distended, which may indicate that it has a hydrostatic function. In the mid-line lying between discs pd3 and posteriad of an a very faint, indefinite, ob¬ long body b3 may be seen. At the posterior margin of the suctorial plate, seta vo3 may be seen. Dorsnm: Propodosoma. — The anterior portion of the propodosoma forms a slight rostrum which partially overhangs the fused pedipalps. A definite sulcus marks the posterior limit of the propodosoma, which is smooth except for faint transverse sculpturing. Two pairs of short, fine setae dp3 and dp4 are seen slightly anteriad of the sulcus. What ap¬ pears to correspond to setae dpi and dp2 of the adult and other stages, including the larva, are missing. Metapodosoma. — The cuticle immed¬ iately posterior to the sulcus is faintly striated transversely. The setae of the metapodosoma are fine and of equal size. They are the same length as those of the opisthosoma and slightly longer than those of the propodosoma. The pattern of the setae is somewhat similar to that of an adult. For convenience in identifying these setae, but without necessarily implying homology, they have been given numbers which correspond to setae similarly located in the female. If this scheme is followed it will be noted that seta dm4 is in a ventral position as indicated above. A line connecting setae dm5 marks the posterior limits of the metapodo- 26 The Virginia Journal of Science [January soma dorsally. This boundary insures approximate correspondenee of se¬ tae of the deutonymph with the setae of other stages. Opisthosoma. — Neither excretory pores nor pit-like structures can* be detected on the dorsal surface of the opisthosoma. Again the setae have been arbitrarily labeled to more or less conform to similarly placed setae of other stages. All of the setae are equal in length. It will be noted that the number of opisthosomatic setae of the deutonymph dorsum is the same as for the protonymph, tritonymph, and male; two more than in the larva, namely do4 and do6; and one less than the female do7. Legs (Plates 7, 8). — All of the legs of the deutonymph are long, tapering and heavily sclerotized. Leg I: Coxa. — The coxa of leg I bears no setae in contrast with the adult female which bears one coxal seta vpl. Trochanter. — The trochanter has no definite setae, but in the same position of the trochanter seta t of the adult is seen what appears to be a minute spine-like process of the cuticle t2. On the dorsal surface there is a similar process tl. It will be recalled that neither these processes nor true setae can be found on the trochanter of the larva or the protonymph. Femur. — The femur bears one seta f obviously corresponding to a similar seta of the adult and all other stages. Genu. — The genu bears three conspicuous setae gl, g2, and gS. It is assumed that a seta corresponding to g4 of the adult and all other stages is missing. Tibia. — The tibia bears only two setae which are assumed to be til and ti3 in contrast with the adult and all other stages which have three setae. Tarsus. — A cluster of the most conspicuous setae of the tarsus tal, ta2, and ta3 seem to arise from the distal portion of the tibia but actually take their origin from the proximal portion of the tarsus. The club-shaped, striated sensory seta tal is obviously homologous with the corresponding structure of other forms. The homology or even correspondence of other setae of the tarsus is indeed most uncertain. Using as the criterion the relative position of setae, the same numbers have been used to designate apparent counter¬ parts in the adult. On this basis setae ta9, talO, tall, tal3, and tal4 are missing as compared with other stages. Attention is invited to the lancet¬ like seta tal5; to the distinctive spoon-shaped sensory seta tal6; the ex¬ tremely long tapering seta ta3 which is longer than tibia I. The morph¬ ology of these setae is peculiar to the deutonymph. Leg 11: Coxa. — As in the adult and other stages no coxal setae are present in the deu- tonymph. Trochanter. — The trochanter bears two spine-like processes tl and t2 similar to those found in trochanter I. Femur. — The femur bears one seta f comparable in size and position to a similar seta on femur I. Genu. — The number and arrangement of setae on genu II is very similar to that of genu I. The atypical seta g3 is almost twice as long as the corresponding seta of genu L Tibia. — It appears that tibia II has an additional seta as compared with tibia I, namely ti2. In addition there is no cluster of tarsal setae tal-ta3 apparently inserted in the tibia. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 27 Plate 7 — Histiostoma julorum deulonymph. A — ventral view. B — dorsal view. C — details of suctorial plate. 28 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Tarsus. — The tarsus is considerably modified as compared with tarsus I. The striated seta tal is present but the atypical setae ta2 and ta3 asso¬ ciated with it in tarsus I are missing. What is assumed to be seta ta4 has moved distally to become closely associated with seta taS. Seta tal6 is lancet-like instead of spoon-shaped as tal6 of tarsus I. In other details tarsus II is similar to tarsus 1. Leg. Ill: Coxa. — No setae can be seen on coxa III. Trochanter. — The trochanter bears one long seta t compar¬ able in type and position to the trochanter seta of the adult. Femur. — As in other stages the femur of leg III bears no setae. Genu. — What is assumed to represent the genu of leg III is reduced to approximately one- fourth the length of genu I or II, and is devoid of setae. Tibia. — Two setae are present as in tibia III of the adult. These are found at the distal end, one til which is spine-like and the other ti3 much longer and finer. The separation of the tibia from the tarsus is by a very indistinct line just distal to setae til and ti3. Tarsus. — This is peculiar in that it ap¬ pears to be segmented. A cluster of three small setae taS, ta6, and ta7 is found at the distal end of the first incipient segment. A long hairlike seta ta4, assumed to correspond to seta ta4 in the adult is seen in the proximal portion of this first segment. A striking difference between tarsus II and III is that in the latter seta tal 5 is missing. Also tal6 is long and tapering instead of lancet-shaped as in tarsus II. Leg IV: Coxa. — The coxa of leg IV bears one seta vml. Trochanter. — This is similar in shape and size to trochanter III, but bears no setae. Femur. — The femur bears one seta f similar in shape and size to seta t of trochanter III. Genu. — This is in all respects similar to genu III. Tibia. — This bears two setae til and ti3 corresponding to similar setae on tibia III. Seta ti3 of tibia III is about twice as long as ti3 of tibia IV. Tarsus. — The tarsus also appears to be segmented, but this is by no means certain. The number of setae is the same as for tarsus III but there are distinct differences in size and ar¬ rangement. What are arbitrarily assumed to correspond to setae ta4 and ta7 of tarsus III are much longer, and ta7 has shifted to a more proximal position. Seta tal6 is about twice as long as the corresponding seta of tarsus III. DESCRIPTION OF TRITONYMPH General features (Plate 9). — Average length 0.218 mm.; average width 0.125 mm. In general the tritonymph is very similar in appearance to a non-gravid female. The type, arrangement, and relative size of the setae are precisely the same as for the female, including trochanteral setae of legs I-III, and the femoral, tibial, and tarsal setae of the leg IV, which latter are missing in the protonymph. The setal pattern for the remainder of the body is the same as for the female, except one pair of opisthoso- matic setae, assumed to correspond to do7 of the female is not present. It 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 29 win be recalled that this is the condition existing in the protonymph, and therefore, with respect to the dorsal setae pattern these two stages are similar to the male. Again no sculpturing or granulation can be seen on the rostrum. The bosses and elevations noted in the protonymph and larva can also be seen in the tritonymph but are not quite so prominent. tQ4 ta5 Plate 8 — Histiostoma julorum deutonymph. Dorsal view of legs. 30 The Virginia Journal of Science [January It will be noted that metapodosomal seta vml has now made its appear¬ ance. Two pairs of ring-like structures can be seen in the tritonymph, but their position is different from the position of similar structures in the male or the female. These ringlike structures tend to lie between coxae IV. It will be noted also that the claws of legs III and IV are fe¬ male-like as in the protonymph. Of special interest is the lack of excretory pores. It is not understood why these structures, which make their ap¬ pearance in the protonymph, disappear in the tritonymph and reappear m the adult. Pit-like structures cannot be seen in the tritonymph. Neither primary nor secondary sex structures have made their appearance at this stage. Variations in H. 'julorum. — Two interesting and distinctly different “varieties” of this species have been collected, one of them three times in different localities. We are tentatively taking the position that these “varieties” are not sufficiently distinct to be classified as true taxonomic varieties or sub-species of the ''type variety” described above. Planned cross-breeding experiments should throw Tight on this question. Both of these “varieties” breed true and differ from each other and the "type variety” in a number of features, the more useful of which for identifica¬ tion purposes in the male are as follows: (Plates 9, 10, 12). "type variety” - claws III-IV serrated; no outstanding hysterosomal elevations or enlarg¬ ed setae bases; “bursoid variety” — distinct dorsal median elevation on the hysterosoma resembling a bursa copulatrix; claws III-IV not serrated; “2-boss variety” — setae dol closer together mounted on slight but dis¬ tinct elevations; claws III-IV not serrated. Comparison of females (Plates 11, 12). — Only very minor differences among the females of the three “varieties” have been noted. Tarsus I of “bursoid” is slightly heavier than "type” and “2-boss” and the mid-tarsal setae are closely grouped. Tarsus II is essentially the same for each “variety.” Tarsus III seta ta9 of “2-boss” longer, and seta ta7 of “bursoid” longer and heavier than other “varieties.” Seta ta9 tarsus IV of “2-boss” slightly longer than other “varieties.” The structure of the bursa copula¬ trix for each “variety” is different. If our interpretation of these minute organs is correct the morphologv of the bursa copulatrix of each “varietv” most closely matches the male genitalia of its own “variety.” For example, the penial seta of the "type” is directed posteriorly and thus matches the posteriorly directed bursa copulatrix orifice. Other small differences in the morphology of the bursa copulatrix and the corresponding differences in the male genitalia suggest an incipient or actual sexual isolation mecha¬ nism in these “varieties.” Comparison of males (Plates 9, 10, 12). — In addition to the differ¬ ences in the males of the three “varieties” referred to above, the males also differ in a number of other characters. The ringlike structures, al- 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 31 Plate 9 — Histiostoma julorum. A — tritonymph, ventral view. B — tri- tonymph, dorsal view. C, D, E — males, dorsal hysterosoma of the three “varieties” — “type,” “bursoid,” and “2-boss.” 32 The Virginia Journal of Science [January though somewhat variable in size, shape, and position even among Indi¬ viduals of the same 'Variety” are typieally as shown in Plate 12. Seta vm3 is posteriad and laterad of r2 in “type,” but is more anterior in posi¬ tion in “2-boss” and “bursoid.” Seta vol in “2-boss” is very close to the Plate 10 — Histiostoma julorum males. Dorsal view of legs I, and tarsi II-IV of the three “varieties” — “type,” “2-boss,” and “bur¬ soid.” 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 33 posterior margin of the external genitalia in comparison with the other two “varieties.” Seta vo2 is laterad of the posterior end of the anus in ‘‘type” and “2-boss” and laterad of the anus in “bursoid.” The “variety bursoid” has a distinct genital plate with vo3 located on its posterior margin. “Varieties 2-boss” and “type” are without a genital plate, and vo3 is lo¬ cated more posteriorly. The legs of the three “varieties” differ in a number of definite features. Mid-tarsal setae leg I of “type” are more closely grouped, ta5 longer, ta7 stouter than “2-boss” and “bursoid.” “Bursoid” has a short tarsus I with ta2 nearly equal to tal; ta6 of “2- boss” shorter than taG^oi “bursoid” and “type.” Leg II tarsus seta taG of Plate 11 “ Histiostoma julorum females. Dorsal view of the tarsi I-IV of the three “varieties” — “type,” “2-boss,” and “bursoid.” 34 The Virginia Journal of Science [January "type" "bursoid" "2-boss" Plate 12 — Histiostoma julorum ‘Varieties’" — “type,” “bursoid,” and “2- boss.” A — bursa eopulatrix. B — external male genitalia. C — deutonymph, fused pedipalps and setae. D — deutonymph, propodosoma or dorsum. 35 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) “type” nearly equal to ta7 ; “2-boss” ta6 smaller than ta7 ; “bursoid” ta6 nearly equal but finer than ta7 ; seta tal leg II smallest in “type,” largest in “bursoid.” Legs III-IV are very similar in all three “varieties” except for the serrated claws of “type.” Comparison of deutonymphs. — (Plate 12). The deutonymphs of all “varieties” are veiy similar. The fused pedipalps of “type” are broader and shorter, and the propodosomal setae distinctly longer in “type” than in “bursoid” or “2-boss.” The margins of the hysterosoma are faintly sculptured in “bursoid,” and there are minor differences in transverse sculpturing and striations. BIOLOGY Habitat. — Although H. jidortim has been collected by the methods described above in a variety of situations, trophic forms have been seen only in niches which contain moist decaying organic matter. Collections made in lawns, pine woods, and other relatively dry areas can be account¬ ed for by the trapping of insects and other arthropods which are infested with deutonymphs. In a suitable culture medium, or when they find themselves in a suitable natural habitat, the deutonymphs will metamor¬ phose into the trophic forms, and in this manner establish a new colony. Culture. — As judged from the variety of niches in which this species has been collected, and through observations made in the laboratory, it appears that almost any type of decaying organic matter will serve as a culture medium. Both the house fly and fruit fly media described above support thriving colonies. It is essential that the medium be moist since, as for most anoetids, they prefer to wade in a thin film of water. This probably facilitates movement and hence makes an abundant food supply accessible. They appear to be continuous and non-specific feeders when observed under a microscope. Although no extended experiments have been undertaken to determine nutrient requirements or preferences for members of this species, it appears that yeasts and other microorganisms form their main diet. Culture technique for this species is the same as for most other anoetids and is described above. Life cycle. — Under optimum conditions of culture at room tempera¬ ture, only six days is necessary for completion of the life cycle of H. julo- rum. This period apparently can be lengthened indefinietly under crowded conditions. The sequence of stages is as follows: egg — larva — proto¬ nymph — tritonymph — adult, or egg — larva — protonymph— deutonymph — tritonymph — adult. Each of these stages is distinct morphologically, and is described above in detail. The surprising observation that a pro¬ tonymph may take alternative pathways to reach the adult stage i. e., it may omit the deutonymph — is commented on below. This was determin- 36 The Virginia Journal of Science [January ed by observing protonymphs in the quiescent state. In some of these fully formed tritonymphs could be seen. In others fully formed deuto- nymphs could be observed. The period of time required for each develop¬ mental stage has not been determined accurately. They appear to be roughly equal when the entire cycle is completed in six days. It has been noted, however, that eggs vary greatly in their degree of development at the time of oviposition, from the blastula stage at one extreme to a fully formed larval stage at the other. Except for the deutonymph, it appears that each stage progresses to the next without interruption, when the food supply is adequate, with a quiescent period in between each stage. In the case of the deutonymphs it has been observed that some deutonymphs will metamorphose into tritonymphs in a matter of hours, while others under apparently the same conditions will remain in the deutonymph stage for as long as several weeks. The ability of the deutonymph to delay or vary the time of onset of metamorphosis, like its many other adaptive features, is befitting to its role as a dispersal stage of the species, but nothing is known at present about what conditions or mechanisms trigger metamorphosis. Every developmental stage, including the adult, shows very con¬ siderable size variation. This is true even when the specimens measured come from inbred strains and are cultured under the same conditions. Plate 13 gives the results of a series of measurements on individuals selected at random from inbred stock cultures. All measurements were made on specimens mounted in Hoyer’s medium. It will be noted that individuals of some stages may be as much as twice the length of other individuals of the same stage and, moreover, that there is much overlap between different stages. The variation in length is assumed to be due primarily to small chance differences in consumed nutrients because of localized crowding partial dessication of the culture medium, and other conditions. It is obvious from the above that caution must be exercised in using size as a criterion for determination of species. H. jiilorum exhibits male parthenogenesis. Careful observations have shown that isolated virgin females eggs give rise to females. That ringlike structures in the anoetids may actually be vestigial suckers, is strengthened by the following observations. The larvae of both the Acaridae and Anoetidae typically have a single pair of ringlike struc¬ tures or suckers located posterior to the first pair of legs; in the proto¬ nymphs of both families a single pair of ringlike structures are present but now displaced to the opisthosoma; likewise a parallelism of these structures exists in the tritonymph where two pairs of suckers or ringlike structures are found. Further correspondence in position of these struc¬ tures occurs in the adult. However, it must be noted that in no described produce only male offspring. Fertihzed NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 37 OCULAR UNITS Plate 13 — Histiostoma jtdorum — size range of various stages. 38 The Virginia Journal of Science [January species of the Anoetidae is there any evidence that these ringlike struc¬ tures function as suckers. Collections. — Random and sporadic collecting trips have yielded the following results: DATE Sept. 1950 Oct. 1950 Oct. 1950 Oct. 1950 Nov. 1950 Aug. 1951 Oct. 1951 Oct. 1951 Dec. 1951 May 1952 June 1952 June 1952 June 1952 June 1952 June 1952 June 1952 Oct. 1952 ‘"type variety” LOCATION COLLECTOR Wooded area 9 miles west of Rich¬ mond, Va. R. D. Hughes Wooded area near Bluefield, W. Va. G. S. Foresman Compost 10 miles north of Richmond, Va. R. D. Hughes Wooded area 8 miles west of Rich¬ mond, Va. Wooded area 9 miles west of Rich¬ mond, Va. Pine woods near Norris Dam, Tenn. Pear orchard 8 miles east of Rich¬ mond, Va. Chickahominy Swamp near Ellerson, Va. In orange grove, Lantana, Fla. Near Appomattox River, Colonial Heights, Va. Damp woods near Victoria, Va. Wooded area near Vernon Hill, Va. Wooded area near Hackettstown, N. J. Compost heap near Valley Stream, N. Y. Swamp near Woodlawn, Va. Old apple orchard near Covington, Va. Shady lawn in Ellerson, Va. C. O. Goode R. D. Hughes R. D. Hughes R. D. Hughes R. D. Hughes Mr. Blood J. B. Williams A, E. Glover F. C. McDowell R. L. Shevitz C. E. Bingley, Jr. R. D. Jones E. F. Kohne R. D. Hughes 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 39 DATE LOGATION COLLECTOR Aug. 1953 Chickahominy Swamp near Ellerson, Va. R. D. Hughes June 1954 Cone River area near Warsaw, Va. A. H. O’Bier Sept. 1955 Pine woods near Mechanicsville, Va. F. A. Robertson Sept. 1955 Under grapevine near Ellerson, Va. R. D. Hughes “2-boss variety” June, 1954 Near Warsaw, Va. A. H. O’Bier Oct. 1954 North of River Road 9 miles west of Richmond, Va. F. A. Robertson “bursoid variety” June 1954 Near Warsaw, Va. A. H. O’Bier In addition to the above recent collections from eastern United States it has been reported also from Europe, as follows: 1841 Germany; on Julus unilineatus (Hypopus julorum Koch) C. L. Koch 1844 On Julus (Hypopus ovalis Gervais) Gervais 1849 On insects (Hypopus vulpis Dujardin) Dujardin 1886 Italy; in organic matter, deutonymph on Julus A. Berlese mediterraneus (Hypopus julorum Koch) 1888 Venice; in organic matter on Jtdus mediterraneus G. Canestrini (Histiostoma julorum Koch) 1905 Sumatra; on Sphaeridium dimidiatum Gast. G. Fisher (Histiostoma sumatrensis Oudemans) Types. — Holotype no record. Plesiotypes (supphed by present au¬ thors) located as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. G. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa 40 [January The Virginia Journal of Science National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Histiostoma BASED ON FEMALES 1. A terminal tarsal seta, legs I-IV, flagella-like . . 2 A treminal tarsal seta, legs I-H only flagella-like . 6 2. Dorsal hysterosoma heavily shagreened and with distinct bosses . . . H. protuberans, sp. nov. Dorsal hysterosoma not shagreened and without distinct bosses 3 3. Anterior and posterior ringlike structure rl and r2 circular. or almost circular . 4 Posterior ringlike structures oval or elongated . . . 5 4. A terminal tarsal seta leg IV longer than tarsus IV .... H. pyrifarme Longest terminal tarsal seta, leg IV, shorter than tarsus IV. H. berghi 5. Pedipalpal seta ppl spine-like and anteriorly directed; seta vm3 posterior to posterior ringlike structure r2 — H. sextoni, sp. nov. Pedipalpal seta ppl flagella-like and laterally directed; seta umd, mesiad of posterior ringlike structure r2 . H. cyrtandrae 6. Setae on dorsum pilose . H. piloseta^ sp. nov. Setae on dorsum not pilose . 7 7. Chelicera ending with minute seta with terminal knob; pedipalp with many bristle-like projections distally and laterally H. bakeri, sp. nov. Without knobbed seta, or without seta on end of chelicera; without bristle-like projections associated with the pedipalp . 8 8. Posterior end of posterior disc r2 on level with anterior end of anus . H. himalayae Posterior end of posterior disc r2 distinctly anterior to anus . 9 9. Posterior disc r2 ovate, or elongate . 10 Posterior disc r2 circular, or almost circular . 13 10. Seta vm3 laterad of and on a level with posterior disc r2 H. fimetarium Seta vm3 not laterad of posterior ventral disc r2 . 11 11. Tarsal seta taS legs HI-IV ending in distinct hook, or barb . H. phyllophorus 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 41 Tarsal seta taS legs III-IV without hook or barb . . . . . 12 12. Cheliceral flagella equal to or longer than serrated portion of chelicera; seta vm3 inesiad of and opposite posterior disc r2 . . . . . . . . . H. humiditatis Cheliceral flagella shorter than serrated portion of chelicera; seta vm3 posterior to or near end of posterior disc r2 H. nigrellii, sp. nov. 13. Pedipalpal seta 'pp2 apparently missing; posterior disc r2 on a line between coxa II and III . . . . H. murchiei, sp. nov. Pedipalpal seta pp2 present; posterior disc r2 not on a line between coxa II and III . . . 14 14. Pedipalpal seta ppl spine-like and nearly equal to seta pp2 H. feroniarum Pedipalpal seta ppl flagella-hke and over twice as long as pp2 15 15. Chelicera not seiTated; seta vmS below and laterad of posterior ventral disc r2 . . . H. gordius Chelicera serrated; seta vm3 below and laterad of posterior ventral disc r2 . . . . H. julorum KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Histiostoma BASED ON MALES 1. A terminal tarsal seta, legs I-IV, flagella-like; distinctly longer than claw . 2 Only terminal tarsal seta on legs I-H flagella-like and distinctly longer than claw . 6 2. A terminal tarsal seta legs I-IV nearly equal in length, as long or longer than tarsus . H. pyriforme Longest terminal tarsal seta legs III-IV, shorter than tarsus IV . 3 3. Dorsal hysterosoma heavily shagreened, giving a sculptured effect 5 Dorsal hysterosoma not shagreened . . . 4 4. Both anterior and posterior discs rl and r2 lie close together and directly anterior to external genitalia . H. herghi Posteriorly pair of discs r2 widely separated and do not lie directly above external genitalia . . . H. sextoni, sp. nov. 5. Dorsal hysterosomal setae long, flagella-like, distinctly longer than tarsus IV . . . . H. phyllophorus Dorsal hysterosomal setae medium in length; shorter than tarsus IV . H. protuhcrans, sp. nov. 42 The Virginia Journal of Science [January 6. Both anterior and posterior pair of dises rl and r2 lie close together and directly anterior to genitalia . . . 7 Posterior pair of discs r2 widely separated and do not lie directly above genitalia . 9 7. Dorsal hysterosomal setae as long or longer than genu I . 8 Dorsal hysterosomal setae minute; distinctly shorter than genu I H. murchiei, sp. nov. 8. Pedipalpal seta ppl over twice length of pp2 . H. julorum Pedipalpal seta ppl and pp2 nearly equal . H. feroniarum 9. Both anterior and posterior pair of discs rl and r2 distinctly elongated . H. nigrellii, sp. nov. Either or both anterior and posterior pair of discs rl and r2 distinctly round . 10 10. Pedipalpal seta ppl distinctly shorter than pp2 . H. himalayae Pedipalpal seta ppl distinctly longer than pp2 . 11 11. Ventral seta vm3 laterad of posterior disc . H, fimetarium Ventral seta vmS mesiad of posterior disc . 12 12. Dorsal hysterosoma heavily shagreened, giving a sculptured effect . H. gordius Dorsal hysterosoma smooth . H. piloseta, sp. nov. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Histiostoma BASED ON DEUTONYMPHS 1. Dorsum partially or completely shagreened, pitted, or granular .... 2 Dorsum smooth, or very faintly sculptured or striated, not granular . 9 2. Dorsal setae minute, hairlike, and equal .... U. protiiberans, sp. nov. Dorsal setae not minute, hairlike, or equal . 3 3. Anterior margin of hysterosoma transversely striated dorsally .... 4 Anterior margin of hysterosoma not transversely striated dorsally . 7 4. Dorsal hysterosomal setae distinctly long and equal, except dorsal opisthosomatic setae do4 and do6 which are short and hairlike H. gordius Dorsal hysterosomal setae not as above . 5 5. Two or three pairs of long, conspicuous, lancet-like setae 43 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) on hysterosoma . Hysterosoma without lancet-like setae; dml as long as ppl H lorentzi 6. Hysterosomal seta dml short and peg-like . H. tienhoveni Hysterosomal seta dml long and lancet-like . H. spinitarsus 7. Only one pair of dorsal hysterosomal seta dol long and lancet-shaped . . . . . . . . H. ensifer Three or more pairs of dorsal hysterosomal setae long and saber-like 8 8. Only three pairs of dorsal hysterosomal setae long and saber-like . . . H. lanceocrinus More than three pairs of dorsal hysterosomal setae long and saber-like . H. gladiger 9. Anterior margin of dorsal hysterosoma transversely striated . 10 Anterior margin of dorsal hysterosoma not transversely striated .... 20 10. Majority of dorsal setae longer than tibia I . 11 No dorsal setae as long as tibia I . 13 11. Soma conspicuously pear-shaped; fused pedipalps projecting distinctly beyond propodosoma . H. fimetariiim Soma pear-shaped; fused pedipalps not projecting, or barely projecting beyond propodosoma . 12 12. Sternum stl continuous with sternum st2 . . H. phyllophortis Sternum stl not continuous with sternum st2 . H. himalayae 13. Most dorsal setae medium in length, as long or nearly as long as genu I, but shorter than tibia I . 14 All dorsal setae extremely minute, shorter than genu I . . 16 14. Leg III seta tal6 spatulate; sternum st3 expanded posteriorly . H. cyrtandrae Leg III seta tal6 tapering; sternum st3 thin and not expanded .... 15 15. Dorsal propodosoma with three transverse striations, giving sculptured effect; pedipalpal setae ppl fine, approximately equal in length to fused pedipalps . H. sextoni, sp. nov. Dorsal propodosoma with two transverse striations; pedipalpal setae ppl much longer than fused pedipalps . H. jtdorum 16. Propodosoma without transverse striations; sternum stl continuous with apodemata a4 . 17 Propodosoma with transverse striations, giving sculptured effect; sternum stl not continuous with apodemata a4 . 18 17. Sternum st2 continuous with apodemata a4 and a5 and with faint rounded expansion in middle . . . H. polaki 44 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Sternum st2 not continuous with apdoemata a4 and aS and without expansion in middle . . . H. polypori 18. Fused pedipalps equal in length or shorter than genu I . H. feroniarum Fused pedipalps longer than genu I . 19 19. Apodemata a4 not continuous in midline; st3 and st4 not contiguous . H. humiditatis Apodemata a4 faintly continuous in midline; sternum st3 and st4 not contiguous . H. bakeri, sp. nov. 20. Tapering membranous claw base . H. piloseta sp. nov. Claw base not tapering . 21 21. Dorsal setae unequal in length . 22 Dorsal setae approximately equal in length . 26 22. All dorsal hysterosomal setae minute; distinctly shorter than propodosomal setae . H. crossipes All dorsal hysterosomal setae not minute; not equal in length .... 23 ' 23. Dorsal setae medium in length, and nearly equal except setae do3, do4, and do6 . H. trichophoms Dorsal setae not all medium in length; size and length variable 24 24. Propodosomal seta dp4 over twice as long as dp3 . H. cirratus Propodosomal seta dp4 shorter than or equal to dp3 . 25 25. Pedipalpal seta ppl almost twice as long as tibia I .... H. prodectoris Pedipalpal setae ppl approximately same length as tibia I H. murchieiy sp. nov. 26. Seta tal6 leg IV longer than entire leg IV . H. neglectus Seta tal6 leg IV not as long as leg IV . 27 27. Seta tal6 leg IV distinctly broad and saber-like H. banjuwangicus Seta tal6 leg IV not broad and saber-like . 28 28. Fused pedipalps expanded, not equal in width throughout . 29 Fused pedipalps not expanded, equal in width throughout . 30 29. Fused pedipalps broad at base, distinctly tapering anteriorly H. indicus Fused pedipalps broader in middle, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly . H. toxopei 30. Anterior margin of dorsal hysterosoma distinctly scalloped . H. crenulatiis Anterior margin of hysterosoma not scalloped . 31 31. Tarsus I shorter than combined length of other leg segments A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 1958] excluding coxa . . . . . Tarsus I equal or longer than combined length of other leg segments excluding coxa . 45 38 32 32. Seta tal6 leg III ends in small but distinct knob . H. campanula Seta tal6 leg III not ending in knob . . . 33 33. Sterna stl, st2, and st3 faintly continuous; apodemata a4 distinctly arched . . . H. longipes Sterna stl, st2 and st3 not continuous; apodemata a4 not distinctly arched . 34 34. Apodeme a2 making contact with a4 . . H. maritimus Apodeme a2 not making contact with a4 . . . 35 35. Apodemata a4 not continuous in mid-region . H. insularis Apodemata a4 continuous in mid-region . 36 36. Sternum st2 not continuous with apodemata a4 . y Sternum sf2 continuous with apodemata a4 . H. litoralis 37. Dorsal propodosoma with single anterior striation; seta tal6 leg II distinctly spoon-like . H. sapromyzarium Dorsal propodosoma without single anterior striation; seta tal6 leg II flagellum-like . H. berghi 38. Tarsus I twice length of pedipalpal setae ppl . H. prophthalmi Tarsus I only slightly longer than pedipalpal seta ppl H. brevimanus GENUS Histiostoma Kramer, 1876 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. Coxa I with disc dil; coxa III with disc di2; coxa IV with minute seta vml mesiad of disc di3; suctorial plate with 2 functional suckers, 2 large cen¬ tral discs, and 4 discs posteriorly and laterally. Type. — Histiostoma feroniarum (Dufour), 1839. Histiostoma baked sp. nov. (Plates 14, 15) Female. — (Plate 14). Length 0.410 mm.; width 0.225 mm. Venter.— Chelicera serrated, bearing 7 large teeth proximally, approximately 7 minute teeth distally, and ending in a fine process bearing a distinct knob. Cheliceral flagellum nearly twice as long as toothed portion. Seta ppl three times as long as pp2. Pedipalp bears extremely fine bristles 46 The Virginia Journal of Science [January distally on membranous structure. Posterior ringlike structure r2 distally elongated, nearly shoe-shaped. Setae generally shorter than in H. julomm. Seta vm3 lateral to posterior ringlike structure; vo3 slightly longer than vo2; vol minute. Dorsum. — Dorsum finely granular, and sometimes Plate 14 — Histiostoma hakeri sp. nov. female. A — chelicera. B — venter. C “ dorsum. D — bursa copulatrix. 47 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) with minute pointed projections appearing to be cuticular in origin, which vary in number and distribution. These projections give a fuzzy appearance. Rostrum is faintly sculptured. Seta dpi minute; other setae similar to those of H. julorum. Bursa copulatrix distinctly raised, heavily granular, and with minute anterior opening. Le^s. — Leg shape, setae size and arrangement are generally similar to H. julorum. Outstanding differences are the short, spine-like femoral seta of leg IV, and the slightly longer terminal tarsal setae ta9 of legs III-IV of H. bakeri. Male. — This species is thelytokous. Deutonijmph. — (Plate 15). Length 0.174 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps slightly longer than tibia I; seta ppl nearly equal in length to tarsus II. Sternum stl free; apodemata a2 join a4 which latter are faintly continuous in midline; sternum st2 not united with a4, and st3 and st4 contiguous. By comparison with H. jidorum discs pdl are smaller. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth except for single line of sculpturing on the anterior propodosoma, and faint transverse stria- tions on the anterior margin of the hysterosoma. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal in length. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I nearlv cup-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; tal6 leg III tapering. Seta ta3 leg I over one-half as long as tarsus I; ta4 longer than tal. Remarks. — The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is length of seta ppl; the minute terminal knob on the chelicera; presence of pedipalpal bristles; elongated posterior ring¬ like structures; seta vm3 laterad of r2. The deutonymph is very similar to that of H. feroniarum and H. humiditatis and can be distinguished from these only with difficulty (see key). This species is named in honor of Dr. Edward W. Baker. Collections. — Collected by R. D. Hughes at Norris Dam, Tenn., July 1951; by Ronald D. Jones in swamp near rotting logs, Woodlawn, Va., June 1952; by R. D. Hughes in dung near Ellerson, Va., Sept. 1954; by A. H. O’Bier north of River Road, 9 miles west of Richmond, Va., Sept. 1954. Types. — Holotype female and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Paratypes located as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England. Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia 48 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 15 — Upper, Histiostoma bakeri sp. nov. deutonymph, A — dorsum, B — venter. Lower, Histiostoma banjuwangicus deutonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans). 49 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Histiostoma banjuivangicus (Oudemans), 1911 (Plate 15) Anoetus banjuwangicus Oudemans, 1911; Histiostoma banjuwangicus (Oudemans), 1911 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. ~ (Plate 15). Length 0.186 mm.; width 0.124 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I, seta ppl twice length of genu I; sternum stl free; st2 and st3 short. Apodeme a2 unites with a4. Suc¬ torial plates distinctly large. Functional sucker su nearly as large as central plate disc pdl. Dorsum. — Dorsum non-granular; setae minute, hairlike. Anterior margin of propodosoma undulating. Legs. — Seta fa3, leg I longer than tarsus I. Seta tal6, leg II, lancet-like. Seta tal6 leg III long, tapering. Leg IV with “saber-shaped end hair.” Remarks. — Oudemans does not show a claw on leg III, which, if not an omission, is atypical lor anoetids. It is possible that the “end hair” of leg IV represents a modified claw as described for A. laboratorium. Seta vml and several dorsal setae and leg setae are not shown. Collections. — One specimen from a blattid with hard abdomen, Banjoewangi, Java, 1910, by D. MacGillavry. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma berghi Jensen, 1895 (Plates 16, 17) Female. — (Plate 16). Length 0.770 mm.; width 0.450 mm. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated, teeth equal. Pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tibia I; pp2 very minute. Ringlike structures rl and r2 small and round; rl is more mesially placed than in H. julorum. The bursa copulatrix is conical in shape, and is sub-marginal rather than dorsal in position. Dorsum. — Smooth; rostrum heavier than for male. Legs. — Legs I-II 50 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 16 — Histiostoma berghi. A — female, venter. B — protonymph, dor¬ sum. C — tritonymph, venter. D — male, venter. (From Jensen) 51 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) heavier than legs I|I-IV. Legs III-IV with terminal setae, twiee as long as claw. Male. — (Plate 16). Length 0.390 mm.; width 0.185 mm. Venter. — Body elongated. Ringlike structures rl and r2 nearly round, arranged in a square, and lie above the external genitalia. Dorsal setae assumed to be similar to that of protonymph (Plate 16). Dorsum. — Smooth. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I more than half as long as in female. Femur leg II unusually heavy. Relative leg size, arrangement, and type of setae similar to female. Terminal seta legs III-IV longer than claw. Deuionijmph. — (Plate 17). Length 0.250 mm.; width 0.163 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia I. Seta ppl twice length of tibia 1. Sternum stl, and apodeme a2 long and free. Apodemata a4 con¬ tinuous in midline. Sternum st2 not continuous with a4. Suctorial plate distinctly large. Dorsum. — On the basis of incomplete description, dorsum assumed to be smooth; setae small and equal in length. Legs. — Seta ta3 leg I one-half length of tarsus I; seta ta4 nearly as long as tal. Seta tal6 tarsus II long, tapering, and equal in length to tal6 legs III-IV. Tritonymph. — (Plate 16). Length 0.316 mm.; width 0.132 mm. Ringlike structures rl and r2 similar in arrangement to the tritonymph of H. juloriim. Legs I-II shortened and enlarged in contrast to legs III-IV, and distinctly shorter than is typical for other anoetid species. Tarsal setae of legs I-II usually spine-like. Remarks. — The dorsal setal pattern of all species of protonymphs examined closely indicates that this pattern is the same for the adult male. Hence, it is assumed that such is the case for this species and that some few setae were overlooked. Jensen believed that the stout legs I-II of the tritonymph were modified for the purpose of boring into a cocoon and records one instance in which this was actually observed. (See H. murehiei under remarks). Apparently Jensen failed to observe a considerable number of setae on the body and legs. Comparison of H. berghi with H. murehiei is invited since these are the only two species which are known to be parasitic or semi-parasitic, both feeding on the eggs or larva in the cocoons of annelids. Females of both species are usually large, have distinctly round anterior ringlike discs rl, and a nearly marginal bursa copulatrix. Both species are remarkable for the extremely small gnathosoma and delicate gnathosomal structures in the adult. The dissimilarity of the deutonymphs of H. murehiei and H. berghi is quite striking, and the possibility exists that the deutonymph of H. berghi is not correctly associated with the adults of this species. Collections. — From the beach of a pond near Copenhagen, all stages in cocoons of the horse leech, Aulastoma gtilo. Types. — No record. 52 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Histiostoma brevimanus (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 18) Lipstorpia brevimanus Oudemans, 1914; Anoetus brevimanus Oudemans, 1917; Histiostoma brevimanus (Oudemans), 1917 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. No information. Deutonijmph. — (Plate 18). Length 0.155 mm.; width 0.111 mm. Color light yellow-brown. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I. Seta ppl twcie length of genu I. Sternum stl and apodeme a2 ending free. Apodemata a4 continuous in midline and joined to st2. Functional suckers su and all proximal discs approximately equal in diameter. Dorsum. — Ellipsoid. Finely striped longitudinally. All setae extremely minute. Legs. — Tarsus I relatively short in comparison with other species. All Plate 17 — Histiostoma berghi deutonymph, venter. (From Jensen) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 53 Plate 18 “■ Upper, Histiostoma brevimanus deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — venter. Left — leg I. Right — leg II. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma ensifer deu¬ tonymph. C — dorsum. D — venter (Original unpublished diawing by A. C. Oudemans) 54 The Virginia Journal of Science [January legs shorter than typical. Seta tal6 leg I spoon-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; tal6 leg III tapering, shorter than tal6 leg IV. Seta ta3 longer than tarsus I. Remarks. — Description based on a single imperfect specimen. Certain body and leg setae apparently inadvertently omitted. Collections. — One specimen in a hot bed, Sittard, Netherlands, May 1912; collected by F. Heselhaus. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma campanula (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 19) Anoetus campanula Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma campanula (Oude¬ mans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutomjmph. — (Plate 19). Length 0.211 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I. Seta ppl equal in length to tarsus II. Sternum stl long and free. Apodemata a2 nearly joining with a4, which latter are faintly membranous in midline. Sternum st2 Y-shaped anteriorly. Coxal discs dil and di2 definitely smaller than di3. Dorsum. — Smooth; pear-shaped; pedipalpal base extending beyond the anterior margin of propodosoma. Setae minute and hairlike. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I cup-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; tal6 leg III twice as long as claw. Tarsus I seta ta3 only slightly longer than tal; femoral setae f legs I-II and trochanter seta t leg III distinctly longer than corresponding setae of H. julorum. Remarks. — Only deutonymph of H. fimetarium is as distinctly pear- shaped as this species. The minute knob on the end of seta tal6 leg III, if correctly described, is unique among the anoetids. All body and leg setae apparently not observed by Oudemans. Collections. — Banjoewangi, Java, 1911; by D. MacGillavry. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 55 dff2 O.Imm Plate 19 — Upper, Histiostoma campanula deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — venter. ( Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oude- mans) Lower, Histiostoma cirratus deutonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. (Original unpublished diawing by A. C. Oude- mans) 56 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Histiostoma cirratus (Oudemans), 1911 (Plate 19) Anoetus cirratus Oiidemans, 1911; Histiostoma cirratus (Oudemans, 1911) [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 19). Length 0.150 mm.; width 0.115 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps slightly tapering distally; equal in length to genu I. Seta ppl equal in length to tarsus I. Sternum stl, and apodeme a2 touching or nearly touching a4. Apodemata a4 strong, continuous in midline. Sternum st2 united with a4 and a5. Dorsum. — Smooth; setae variable in length; seta dp4 over twice as long as dp3; seta do2 and do5 longer than dp4 and curly; seta dol shorter than dp4 and curly; other setae minute and hairlike. Legs. — Tarsus I seta tal6 spoon-shaped; seta tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; seta tal6 leg III tapering, longer than dp4; tal6 leg IV hairlike, longer than ppl. Seta f legs I-II, and seta t leg III equal in length to dp4. Seta ta3 leg I longer than tarsus I; ta4 leg I equal in length to tal. Seta ta4 leg III, toA and ta7 leg IV extremely long and hairlike. Remarks. — This species is unusual in that it has a large number of extremely long leg setae, and that in general there is extreme varia¬ bility in size and type of leg and body setae. The full complement of leg setae is not shown. Collections. — 2 specimens from a blattid with hard abdomen, Ban- joewangi, Java; collected by D. MacGillavry in 1910. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma crassipes (Oudemans), 1912 (Plate 20) Anoetus crassipes Oudemans, 1912; Lipstorpia crassipes Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma crassipes (Oudemans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 20). Length 0.190 mm.; width 0.120 mm.; color light brown. Venter. -- Fused pedipalps slightly separated, wide at 57 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) base and tapering distally. Seta ppl equal in length to tarsus IL Sternum stl and apodemata a2 free but converging near midline. Apodemata a4 and st2 faintly united in midline. Dorsum. — Smooth. Hysterosomal setae minute, hairlike, and equal in length. Seta dp3 twice as long as dp4; dp4 equal in length to tibia I. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I-II spoon-shaped; legs III-IV without long tapering seta tal6. Femur I-II short; seta f legs I-II, and t leg III three times as long as corresponding setae in H. julorum. Genu I and tibia I enlarged; genu and tibia I-II setae stout, spine-like; tarsus I seta ta3 equal in length to tarsus II. Tarsus IV seta ta4 equal indength to ppl. Remarks. — The unusual structure of legs I-II was interpreted by Oudemans and Vitzthum (1923) as a fusion of genua and femurs. The presence of a typical seta f indicates that the true femur is foreshortened, and that the genu is correspondingly enlarged and pseudosegmented. A full typical complement of leg setae is not shown. Oudemans (1914a) placed this species in the genus Lipstorpia, but in 1917 returned it to Anoetus. Collections. — Borne on Platypus dispar Schauff II (Platypodidae) in a forest at 1000 meters altitude on Mikulumusi Mountain, and 2 specimens on Hololepta africana Lew. (Histeridae) , Amani, Dutch East Africa, July 1911; discovered by Vitzthum on Ips stebbingi Strohmeyer in collection by H. Wichmann from Kutu, Himalaya. Types. — Holotype in Natural History Museum, Hamburg, Germany. Histiostoma crenulatus (Oudemans), 1909 (Plate 20) Anoetus crenulatus Oudemans, 1909; Histiostoma crenulatus (Oudemans), 1909 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 20). Length 0.195 mm.; width 0.157 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to genu 1. Seta ppl equal in length to tarsus IL Sterna stl, st2, and st3 united. Apodemata a2 end anteriorly at disc dil, and join a4 posteriorly. Apodemata a4 distinctly continuous in midline. Seta vml described but not shown in drawing. Dorsum. — Smooth, except anterior margin of hysterosoma distinctly crenulated. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Propodosoma shortened. Legs. — Seta tal6 legs I-II distinctly large, lancet-shaped; tal6 leg HI unstalked, oval, smaller than tal6 leg II; distal tarsal seta leg IV taper¬ ing, twice length of ppl. Other setae leg IV generally short, spine-like. 58 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 20 Upper, Histiostoma crassipes deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma crenulatus deutonymph. G — dorsum. D — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 59 1958] A Review OF the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Seta ta3 leg I equal in length to ppl. Remarks. — Oudemans (1924c) erroneously identified Hypopus setipes Koch, 1847 as H. crenulatus. He corrected this misidentification in 1937. Crenulation of hysterosoma and oval seta tal6 leg III are very distinctive. Full typical complement of leg setae not shown. Collection. — On Necrophorus vespillo from Arnhem, Netherlands, Sept. 1909. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma cyrtandrae (Vitzthum), 1931, new combination (Plate 21) Anoetus cyrtandrae Vitzthum, 1931. Female. — (Plate 21). Length 0.420 mm.; width 0.230 mm. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated, bearing approximately 30 fine teeth of equal size; cheliceral flagellum shorter than toothed area. Seta ppl medium in length, over twice as long as pp2. Anterior ringlike stmctures nearly shoe¬ shaped; posterior ringlike structures distinctly elongated. Setae similar in size and arrangement to H. julonim, except vm3 is mesiad of r2, and vo3 is much longer. Dorsum. — Dorsum finely granular or with tiny points. Rostrum heavily granular and mildly sculptured. Except dpi, dp2, and dp3 dorsal setae over twice as long as ppl, and slightly variable in length and thickness. The bursa copulatrix is on a line with setae dol, a position more anterior than is typical, and bearing an anterior boss. Legs. — The leg setae are generally heavier than H. fulorum. Long tapering terminal tarsal setae ta9 are present on legs III-IV. All claws are heavier than in H. julorum. Male. — This species is thelytokous. Deutonymph. — (Plate 21). Length 0.198 mm.; width 0.138 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps slightly longer than tibia I; ppl nearly as long as tarsus II. Sternum stl meets the faintly connected a4; apodeme a2 faintly connected to a4. Sternum st3 expanded posteriorly and faintly joined to st4. Dorsum. — Propodosoma pointed anteriorly with faint transverse sculpturing; anterior margin of hysterosoma transversely striat¬ ed. Lateral margins of the hysterosoma sometimes appear to be faintly sculptured. Dorsal setae only slightly variable in length, hairlike, and generally equal in length to genu 1. Legs. — Seta ta3 leg I over one-half as long as tarsus I; setae f legs I-II, and IV, and seta t leg III shorter than in H. pdorum. Seta ta4 leg III spine-like. Seta tcilG leg I elongated, spoon-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped, tal6 Teg III spatulate, tal6 leg [January 60 The Virginia Journal of Science IV long, tapering with rounded end. Remarks. — The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is: the heavy but finely serrated chelicera, the medium length of the pedipalpal seta ppl, the elongated posterior ring¬ like structures, seta vm3 mesiad of r2; strong, elongated, dorsal setae and claws. For the deutonymph, length of pedipalp and seta ppl, arrange¬ ment of apodemata, transverse striations on anterior dorsal hysterosoma, medium hairlike dorsal setae, and shape of tal6 all legs, especially leg III which is uniquely spatulate. Vitzthum did not describe the deu¬ tonymph. It is worthy of note that this is one of the two Histiostoma species known to thrive completely submerged. Both were collected by R. F. Nigrelli in the same goldfish tank on different dates. This species has been cultured on moist housefly media in this laboratory for over two years, indicating that it tolerates submergence but does not require it. Not attempt was made to culture the other species, H. nigrellii, on housefly media, and it was subsequently lost (see below). It is also of in¬ terest that both species have been associated With the death of fish. R. F. Nigrelli in a personal communication states that a preliminary investiga¬ tion indicates that some unidentified toxic substance is given off by these mites which is lethal to guppies and goldfish. If this observation is confirmed it will be the first known instance of an anoetid giving off a toxic substance. Since other lethal agents were not entirely ruled out by Nigrelli’s observations, it appears quite possible that the mites were simply scavengers associated with fish whose death was due to an un¬ known cause. Collections. — One adult female and one tritonvmph in the axil fluid of an Aracae, Colocasia indica, near the sea of Ngebel, in middle Java, Dec. 1928. One adult female and great numbers of protonymphs and tritonymphs in the water filled bases of the flower, Cytandra glabra, in a forest near Ranau, southern Sumatra, March, 1929. (Vitzthum 1931). In a goldfish tank at the Aquarium, New York Zoolological Society, Oc¬ tober, 1954. Collected by Ross F. Nigrelli. Types. — Holotvpe probably in Vitzthum’s collection. Plesiotvpes (supplied by present authors) as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 61 Plate 21 — Histiostoma cyrtandrae. A — female, venter. B ■” deutonymph, dorsum. C — deutonymph, venter. D — female, dorsum. E — chelicera. F — bursa copulatrix. 62 The Virginia Journal of Science [January National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Histiostoma ensifer (Oudemans), 1912 (Plate 18) Anoetus ensifer Oudemans, 1912; Histiostoma ensifer (Oudemans), 1912 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 18). Length 0.135 mm.; width 0.096 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to tibia 1. Seta ppl nearly equal in length to tarsus 1. Sternum stl and apodeme a2 end free. Apode- mata a4 united with st2, and continuous in midline. Suctorial plate dis¬ tinctly large. Dorsum. — Hysterosoma faintly pitted. One pair of strong saber-shaped setae dol. Remainder of setae variable in length, hairlike, and except for do4 and doG shorter than tibia I. Legs. — Seta talG legs I-II spoon-shaped; talG leg III hairlike, twice as long as claw. Seta talG leg IV hairlike and twice as long as talG leg III. Seta ta3 leg I half as long as tarsus I. Remarks. — Anterior fold of hysterosoma may be artifact according to Oudemans. Seta talG leg II indistinctly spoon-shaped. Oudemans states that discs dil and di3 are heavier and more distinct than su and pdl. A few of the typical complement of leg setae and two body setae are not shown. Collections. — One specimen on Passilide in Amani, Dutch East Africa, August 1911. Types. — HoTotype in Natural History Museum in Hamburg, Germanv- Histiostoma feroniariim (Dufour), 1839 (Plates 22, 23) Hypopus feroniariim Dufour, 1839; Tyroglyphus feroniarum (Dufour), 1839 [Moniez, 1893]; Anoetus feroniarum (Dufour), 1839 [Oudemans, 1897]; Histiostoma feroniarum (Dufour), 1893 [Canestrini, 1899]; Hypo- pus dugesi Claparede, 1868; Anoetus dugesi (Claparede), 1868 [Oude- 63 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) mans, 1909]; Tyroglyphus rostro-serratus Megnin, 1873; Histiostoma rostroserratus (Megnin), 1873 [Berlese, 1881]; Histiostoma rostro-serra- tum (Megnin), 1873 [Jary and Stapley, 1936]; Rhizoglyphus rostro¬ serratus Murray, 1877; Acarus mammillaris Canestrini and Fanzago, 1876; Phyllostoma pectineum Kramer, 1876; Histiostoma pectineum Kra¬ mer, 1876; Serrator amphihius Megnin, 1880; Histiostoma americanum Banks, 1906; Histiostoma gracilipes Banks, 1906. Female. — (Plate 22). Length 0.250 mm.; width 0.300 mm. Venter. — Chelicera serrated with seven large teeth proximally, approximately six minute teeth distally, and ending in a distinct bristle. Chelicercal flagellum longer than in H. jtilorum. Distinct membranous structure as¬ sociated with the pedipalp. Seta ppl slightly longer and heavier than pp2. Anterior ringlike structure rl typically elongate; r2 typically round or oval. Setae short, hairlike and nearly equal except for vml. Seta do7 ventral instead of dorsal or marginal. Dorsum. — Rostrum sculptured; dorsum finely granular. Setae similar in size and arrangement to H. julorum except for dpi. Bursa copulatrix raised, heavily granular, and opening anteriorly. Legs. — Shape, size, and setae arrangement similar to H. julorum except seta ti2 legs I-II over three times longer than other tibial setae; trochanter setae legs I-III, and femoral seta leg IV shorter. Male. — (Plate 22). Length 0.362 mm.; width 0.230 mm. Body more shield-shaped, less elongated than H. julorum. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Ringlike structures nearly round and arranged in a square above the external genitalia. Setae nearly equal; generally shorter, but similar in arrangement to H. jtdorum except vml lateral to rl; vol, vo2, and vo3 are borne on a distinct genital plate which surrounds the anus and external genitalia. Seta do4 marginal in position; pit-like structure dpi4 is ventral. Dorsum. — Rostrum faintly sculptured; dorsum finely granular. Dorsal setae similar in size and arrangement to H. julorum except: dpi shorter, dp2 longer, and do4 ventral. Legs. — Legs more robust; setae generally heavier, especially tarsus II setae, than in H. jidorum. Seta taS leg II about as stout as claw, a feature unique for this species. Setae ti2 legs I-II, trochanter setae t legs I-III, and femoral seta f leg IV as in female. Deutonymph. — (Plate 23). Length 0.178 mm.; width 0.130 mm. Venter. —■ Fused pedipalps ecpial in length to genu II; seta ppl equal to tarsus II. Sternum stl free; apodemata a2 barely touching a4; apodema- ta a4 faintly continuous in midline; st2 free; coxal discs dil and di2 smal¬ ler than di3. Dorsum .—Dorsum smooth except for the single line of trans¬ verse sculpturing on propodosoraa and transverse striations on anterior margin of the hysterosoma. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Legs.— Seta tal6 leg I spoon-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; tal6 leg III tapering, three times as long as claw; tal6 leg IV tapering, four times as long as 64 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 22 — Histiostoma feroniarum. A — chelicera. B — female, venter, C — male, dorsum. D — male, venter. E — female, dorsum, F — bursa copulatrix. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 65 claw. Seta ta4 leg I with rounded end. Seta taS leg I equal to genu II plus tibia II; ta4 leg III, ta4 and ta7 shorter than in H. jidorum. Remarks. ~ This speeies is most remarkable in having what we pro¬ visionally regard as two distinct “varieties,” one thelytokous and the other arrhenotokous. Stocks of both have been maintained in our labora¬ tory for over five years. Morphologically the females and deutonymphs of both “varieties” are essentially indistinguishable. It appears that the thelytokous female is usually somewhat smaller than the arrhenotokous female. Observations on the chromosome numbers and cross-breeding of these two “varieties” have not been completed. The deutonymph is diffi¬ cult to distinguish from H. bakeri and H. hiimiditatis Oudemans (1924c) synonymized this species with H. insularis (Oudemans), 1914. On the basis of published figures and description we have taken the position that this is an incorreet synonomy. The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is: short but laterally directed pedipalpal setae ppl; membranous structures associated with pedipalps; shape of ringlike struetures; and position of seta vm3. Different collec¬ tions have yielded what appears to be slight variations in distinctness of protuberances, and ventral discs size. These variations are not considered to be sufficient evidence for the establishment of true varieties. Collections. — This species has a wide distribution and has been found in many kinds of decaying vegetation. Collected by Dufour in exudate of Asiatie spiny tree (Feroniae) 1893; by Megnin on mush¬ rooms in France, 1873; by Canestrini and Fanzago on fungus from Maser in Trevigiano, 1876; by Murray on potatoes in barn at Vincennes, France, 1877; by Moniez in fungus beds from Lille, France, 1893; by Megnin on mushrooms, decomposed fruit, and sauerkraut, 1880; by Kramer and Canestrini from decayed mushrooms and under tree bark, Europe, 1899; by Banks from decayed leaves, Washington, D. C., 1899; by Zacher from potato tubers in Austria, 1920; by Womersley on tiger lily, Lindfield, New South Wales, Mav, 1932; by Womersley from dah¬ lia tuber, Bathurst, New South Wales, November, 1932; by Womersley in moss. Mount Barker, South Australia, June, 1934; by Jary and Stapley many collections, especially in stable manure (with H. pijri- forme), 1936; by Womersley on milliped, Hallet, South Australia, 1938; by Womersley on rotting bulbs, Auckland, New Zealand, January, 1940. Arrhenotokous ^‘variety.” — Collected by R. D. Hughes in woods near Ellerson, Va., July 1950 and in compost heaps near Ellerson, Va., October and January, 1950. Thelytokous “variety.” — Collected bv Mr. John Steves in woods near Waynesboro, Va., July, 1950; by Alexander Sokaloff in oak slime flux, Mather, Calif., July, 1950; by R. D. Hughes in wooded area, Norris Dam, Tenn., July 1951; by F. C. McDowell in woods, Vernon Hill, Va., June, 1952; by R. D. Hughes in walnut hulls near Ellerson, Va., December, 1952; by A. H. O’Bier near Warsaw, Va., June, The Virginia Journal of Science f JaiiuaiA' 66 Plate 23 — Upper, Histiostoma feroniamm deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Histiostoma fimetarium deutonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 67 1954; by F. A. Robertson in moist woods near Ellerson, Va., September, 1955; by W. C. Crites south of James River near Richmond, Va., June, 1955. Types. — Holotype no record. Plesiotypes (supplied by present authors) located as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Histiostoma fimetarimn Canestrini and Berlese, 1881 (Plates 23, 24) Hypopus fimetarms Canestrini and Berlese, 1881 [Berlese, 1883] Female. — (Plate 24). Length 0.380 mm.; width 0.225 mm. Venter. — Chelicera non-serrated, pointed distally; median chelicercal process not frayed or forked; cheliceral flagellum over one-half length of tarsus I; seta ppl nearly twice as long as tarsus I, finely tapering; pp2 one-hall as long as tarsus 1. Ringlike structure r2 elongated. Setae similar in size and arrangement to H. julorurn, except for vml which is one-half as long; vm3 which lies laterad of r2; vol twice as long; vo3 one-half as long; and do7 marginal in position. Dorsum. — Dorsum -sometimes with minute projections giving a fuzzy appearance; rostrum heavih' granular. Setae dpi, dp2, and dp3 similar to H. pdorurn, other setae one-tliird longer. Bursa copulatrix raised, heavily granular, and opening anterioiL'. Legs. — The size and arrangement of leg setae is similar to H. julorum except: trochanter setae legs I-HI, femoral seta leg and setae ti2 legs I-II slightly longer; terminal tarsal setae slighth stouter and longc'i-. Seta ta2 leg I nearly equal to tal. Male. — (Plate 24). Length 0.290 min.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Ringlike structures r2 on le\'t'l with (\\t('nial 68 The Virginia Journal of Science [January genitalia, round or oval, smaller and more widely separated than in H. julorum. Setae similar in arrangement, but generally shorter than in H. julorum exeept vm3 is laterad and anteriad of r2. Dorsum. — Entire dorsum finely granular and sometimes with minute projections. Hystero- somal setae slightly longer than in H. julorum. Legs. — Leg setae similar in arrangement to female. Deutonymph. — (Plate 23). Length 0.200 mm.; width 0.125 mm. ^ Soma distinctly pear-shaped. Venter. — Fused pedipalps longer than tibia I; ppl equal to tarsus II; stl and a2 free; a4 faintly joined to st2; st3 and st4 nearly touching; di3 posterior to trochanter IV. Dorsum. — | Smooth, except for transverse striations on anterior margin of hystero- soma; faint membranous structure anterior to propodosoma. Propodosomal setae hairlike and equal to genu I; hysterosomal setae flexible and longer | than tibia I. Legs. — In comparison with H. julorum trochanters III-IV closer to midline; leg I seta g3 longer, tal and ta2 one-half length of tarsus II, ta4 equal to ta3; leg II ti2 longer, tal larger. Remarks. — The female is readily separated from most other species on the basis of the unusually long dorsal setae, non-serrated chelicera, long ppl, arrangement of small, ringlike structures in the form of a trape¬ zoid, and position of vm3 anterio-laterad of r2. The deutonymph is dis¬ tinctly pear-shaped with long, hairlike dorsal setae, and with distinctive, transparent membrane extending anteriorly beyond the propodosoma. Canestrini and Berlese show two anterior suckers on the venter of the male. This observation must have been in error. Repeated but unsuccess¬ ful attempts to obtain offspring from isolated virgin females have been made. It would appear that this species is not arrhenotokous. If these ob¬ servations are correct it is the only species of the Anoetidae so far exam¬ ined which is not parthenogenetic. This problem is receiving further study and is discussed below. Collections. — Collected by Canestrini and Berlese from dung, Padova, Italy, February, 1881; by R. D. Hughes from Chickahominy Swamp, August and September, 1953. Types. — Holotypes no record. Plesiotypes (supplied by present authors) in U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Plesiotypes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma gladiger (Vitzthum), 1926, new combination (Plate 25) Anoetus gladiger Vitzthum, 1926 Female. — No information. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 69 Plate 24 — Histiostoma fimetarium. A — female, venter. B — male, dor¬ sum. C — chelicera. D — male, venter. E — female, dorsum. F — bursa copulatrix. 70 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 25). Length 0.140 mm.; width 0.103 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps broad at base, equal to tarsus II; pedipalpal setae equal to fused pedipalps. Sternum stl and apodemata a2 free; a4 continuous in midline with st2; discs dil and di2 slightly smaller than di3. Dorsum. — Hysterosoma granular or pitted in mid-region. Propodosomal setae not clear to Vitzthum but probably short, thick bristles. Hysteroso- mal setae dml, dm2, and dol nearly equal and over one-half length of hysterosoma; remainder nearly equal and shorter than dml. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I spoon-shaped; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; tal6 legs III-IV long and tapering. Remarks. — This species is based on a single specimen. Many de¬ tails are lacking, including leg and dorsal setae. Collections. — Found in insect material by H. Wichmann; collected by von Koltze on Ips subelongatus Motschulski, from Nikolajewsk on the mouth of the Amur. Types. — One specimen in Vitzthum’s collection. Histiostoma gordius (Vitzthum), 1923, new combination (Plates 25, 26) Anoetus gordius Vitzthum, 1923 Female. — (Plate 26). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.167 mm. Venter. — Chelicera not serrated, distally divided into three parts; median pro¬ cess of chelicera also distally divided into three parts; flagellum nearly twice as long as H. fidorum. Seta ppl fine, three times longer than pp2. Setae generally shorter and less flexible than in H. julorum, otherwise similar, except: vml extremely minute; vm3 anterio-laterad of r2; vol larger; vo2 extremely fine; vo3 equal to vol; do7 in a more ventral posi¬ tion. Ringlike structures slightly smaller but similar in shape and position to H. julorum. Dorsum. — Dorsum granular; rostrum and anterior-lateral margin of propodosoma sculptured. Seta dpi smaller than in H. julorum, do7 ventral in position; other setae similar in size and arrangement. Bursa copulatrix on a level with seta do4, is only slightly raised, and opens posteriorly. Legs. — Trochanter setae, legs I-III are slightly shorter than in H. julorum; ti2 legs I-II slightly longer; other setae generally the same. Male. — (Plate 26). Length 0.240 mm.; width 0.126 mm. Venter. ~ Gnathosoma as in female. Apodeme formed by a2 and a3, and sternum formed by al nearly meet in midline. The ringlike structures are round or 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 71 Plate 25 — Upper, Histiostoma gladiger deiitonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (After Vitzthiim) Lower, Histiostoma gordius deuto- nymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. 72 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 26 — Histiostoma gordius. A — female, venter. B — chelicera. C — male, dorsum. D — male, venter. E — female, dorsum. F — bursa copulatrix. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 73 oval; r2 widely separated, on level with external genitalia. Setae generally similar to H. jtilonim except: vm3 anterio-mesiad of r2; vo2 and vo3 shorter. Dorsum. — Granular and heavily sculptured, especially on the rostrum, anterio-lateral region of the propodosoma, and mid-region of hysterosoma. Except for setae dpi which are shorter, the dorsal setae are generally the same as in H. julorum. Pit-like structures not observed, per¬ haps because of heavy sculpturing. Bosses conspicuous. Legs. — Except for typical male robustness, details of legs essentially similar to female. Deutonymph. — (Plate 25). Length 0.140 mm.; width 0.106 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu 1; ppl longer than tarsus 11. Apodemata a2 and sternum stl nearly touching strongly united apodemata a4; sternum st2 meets a4; st3 and st4 faintly continuous. Dorsum. — Hysterosoma pitted, especially near lateral margins; anterior margin trans¬ versely striated; ^propodosoma smooth except for a single line of trans¬ verse sculpturing. Propodosomal setae hairlike, about one-half length of typical hysterosomal setae; do4 and do6 short, hairlike; other hysterosom- al setae longer than tarsus 1, finely tapering and flexible. Legs. — Legs similar to H. julorum, except: generally smaller; femur I and genu I broader; seta f leg 1 longer; f leg II shorter; f leg IV shorter. Remarks. — The combination of female characteristics most useful in identifying this species is: non-serrated chelicera, relative lengths of pedipalpal setae, position of vm3, position and size of rl and r2, granular dorsum, and the anterio-lateral sculpturing. In addition to the above, the male is distinctive for hysterosomal sculpturing. Deutonymph is distinct¬ ive because of the presence of eight pairs of long setae, pitted hysteroso¬ ma, and arrangement of apodemata. This species is arrhenotokous. Two ‘Varieties” have been collected: “Florida” described above; “Virginia,” differing from “Florida” by lack of sculpturing on anterio-lateral margin of hysterosoma in female, and in the male by having seta vml laterad in¬ stead of anteriad of rl. Collections. — “Florida variety”: Collected by H. Wichmann on Ips proximus Eichhorn and Ips laricis Fabricus in Tirol, on the Thaya in Niederosterreich and Mokre in Bosnien, Feb. and May, 1914, and May, 1921; by R. D. Hughes in compost near Ellerson, Va., Oct., 1951 and in woods near Palmetto, Fla., Jan., 1954. “Virginia variety”: Collected by R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, Aug., 1954. Types. “ HoTotype in Vitzthum’s collection. Plesiotypes (supplied by present authors) as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands 74 [January The Virginia Journal of Science Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada. USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Histiostoma himalayae (Vitzthum), 1923, new combination (Plates 27, 28) Anoetus himalayae Vitzthum, 1923. Female. — (Plate 27). Length 0.360 mm.; width 0.230 mm. Venter. — Chelicera with three minute lobes distally and ending in a bristle; median process similar, but smaller; flagellum same length as H. jiilonim. Seta ppl half length of pp2; pedipalpal membranous structure extends beyond pedipalp. Ringlike structure r2 oval or nearly round, lying an- terio-laterad of anus. Setae generally shorter than in H. julorum, other¬ wise similar except vm3 is anterio-laterad of r2; vol longer; vo2 ex¬ tremely minute; vo3 one-half length; do7 ventral. Dorsum. — Smooth except for faintly granular rostrum. Setae generally similar in arrangement to H. julorum, but generally shorter. Bursa copulatrix is a raised tube¬ like structure. Legs. — Similar to H. julorum, except: seta t legs I-III minute; seta f leg IV shorter; ti2 legs I-II longer. Male. — (Plate 27). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.160 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Ringlike structures nearly round; r2 laterad of anus. Setae generally shorter than H. julorum; vm3 anterio-mesiad of r2. Dorsum. — Smooth except for slightlv granular rostrum. Setae gen¬ erally shorter than H. julorum. Legs. — Setae size and pattern similar to female; legs slightly heavier. Deutonymph. (Plate 28). Length 0.172 mm.; width 0.124 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I; seta ppl slightly longer than tarsus II. Base of gnathosoma from which fused pedipalps arise, bul¬ bous and extending anteriorly. Sternum stl free; a2 nearly touching a4; a4 distinctly continuous in midline; st2 faintly continuous with a4; discs dil, d/2, and did equal in size. Dorsum. — Smooth except faint trans¬ verse sculpturing on propodosoma and transverse striations on anterior margin of hysterosoma. Seta dp4 equal to genu I, and one-half the length of dp3; do4 and do6 one-half length of dp4; other hysterosomal setae long, hairlike, and nearly equal to dp3. Legs. — Setae arrange¬ ment similar to H. julorum except: setae f legs I-II much longer; f leg IV shorter. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 75 Plate 27 — Histiostoma himalayae. A — female, venter. B — chelicera. G — male, dorsum. D — male, venter. E — female, dorsum. F — bursa copulatrix. 76 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Remarks. — The combination of characteristics most useful in iden¬ tifying this species is: lobed chelicera; pp2 longer than ppl; unusual position of r2 in female; enlarged pedipalpal base and long hairlike setae on dorsum of deutonymph. This species is arrhenotokous. Our deuto- nymph appears to differ from Vitzthum’s figure and description in the num¬ ber of long, dorsal setae, size of coxal and suctorial plate discs, and the length of ta3 leg 1. Vitzthum states that the dorsal setae are easily over¬ looked and that it is difficult to determine the disc size. Collections. — Collected by H. Wichmann on Polijgraplius minor Stebbing, Ipiden collection from Bawar-Range, Jaunsar Makrata, Hima¬ laya, Sept. 1912; by G. S. Foresman in woods, Bluefield, W. Va., June 1950; by R. D. Hughes in woods near Ellerson, Va., July 1950, Aug. 1950; by C. O. Goode in woods by lake. University of Richmond, Va., Oct. 1950; by R. D. Hughes in Smoky Mountains, Norris Dam, Tenn., July 1951; by E. C. Nelson in woods 5 miles east of Mechanicsville, Va., Sept. 1951; by R. D. Hughes in compost, near Ellerson, Va., Oct. 1951; by R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Va., Oct. 1951; by Mr. Blood in orange grove, Lantana, Fla., Dec. 1951; by R. D. Jones in swamp, Woodlawn, Va., June 1952; by R. D. Hughes under plum trees, near Ellerson, Va., Aug. and Sept. 1952; by R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Va., Aug. 1954. Types. — Holotype in Vitzthum’s collection. Plesiotypes (.supplied by present authors) as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksumuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 77 .O.lmm. Plate 28 — Upper, Histiostoma himalayae deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Histiostoma indicus deutonymph. C — dorsum. D — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oude- mans) 78 The Virginia Journal of Science [January | Histiostoma hiimiditatis (Vitzthum), 1927 j (Plate 29) Anoetus hiimiditatis Vitzthum, 1927; Histiostoma humiditatis (Vitzthum), 1927 [Womersley, 1942]. . Female. — (Plate 29). Length 0.390 mm.; width 0.240 mm. Venter. | — Chelieera very finely serrated, bearing approximately 20 equal teeth, and ending in a spinous process; median process toothed; flagellum | twice the length of H. julorum. Seta ppl twiee the length of tarsus I, 6 times as long as pp2, finely tapering, and flexible. Ringlike structure r2 distinctly elongated. Setae generally shorter than H. julorum. Seta vo3 \ equal to vo2; vm3 median to r2; do7 ventral. Dorsum. — Dorsum finely | granular and sometimes with minute projections giving a fuzzy appear- ] ance; rostrum faintly sculptured. Setae generally smaller than H. julorum; dpi and dp2 minute. Bursa copulatrix raised, heavily granular, opens an¬ teriorly and on level with do3. Legs. — Similar to H. julorum, except: seta ta2 leg I longer; setae t legs I-II shorter. Male. — This species is thelytokous. Deutonymph. — (Plate 29). Length 0.140 mm.; width 0.100 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps longer than tibia I; ppl nearly equal to tarsus 11. Sternum stl free; apodemata a2 continuous with a4; a4 faint mem¬ branous portion connected in midline and joining st2. Discs dil, di2, and di3 nearly equal. Dorsum. — Smooth except for single line of transverse sculpturing on propodosoma, and faint transverse striations on anterior margin of hysterosoma. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Legs. — Similar to H. julorum except: seta ta3 leg 1 twice length. Remarks. — The combination of female characteristics most useful in identifying this species is: finely serrated chelieera, long finely tapering pply elongated r2, and position of vm3 mesiad of r2. Deutonymph diffi¬ cult to distinguish from H. hakeri and H. feroniarum. What Womersley describes as the male of this species is, in reality, the tiltonymph. Collections. — Collected by H. Wichmann on Agaricus melleus in moist pine needles, Niederoesterreich, Thaya, Lower Austria^ June 1923; by S. L. Allen on the roots of tomato plants grown in nutrient solution, Ryde, New South Wales, Sept. 1941; by R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Va., Oct. 1951; by R. D. Hughes near Ellerson, Va., July 1952; by A. H. O’Bier north of River Road, 9 miles west of Richmond, Va., Oct. 1954; by R. D. Hughes near Ellerson, Va., Oct. 1955, Dec. 1955. Types. — Holotype in Vitzthum's collection. Plesiotypes (supplied by 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetedae (Acari) 79 Plate 29 — Histiostoma humiditatis. A — female, venter. B deu- tonymph, dorsum. C — deutonymph, venter. D — chelicera. E — bursa copulatrix. F — female, dorsum. 80 The Virginia Journal of Science [January present authors) in U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Plesio- types in author^s collection. Histiostoma indicus (Oudemans), 1911 (Plate 28) Anoetus indicus Oudemans, 1911; Histiostoma indicus (Oudemans), 1911 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 28). Length 0.160 mm.; width 0.110 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I, with broad base and tapering anteriorly; seta ppl equal to tarsus I. Sternum stl and apodeme a2 free; a4 continuous in midline and united with st2. Discs dil and di2 smaller than di3; di3 equal to disc pd2. Dorsum. — Smooth; propodosoma with pointed elevation; anterior margin of propodosoma undulating. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Legs. — Seta tal6 legs l-lll spatulate; tal6 leg IV four times the length of the claw and tapering. Leg 1 seta tal two- thirds length of tarsus I; ta3 longer than tarsus 1. Remarks. — Outstanding features are the terminal tarsal setae legs l-III, the shape of the gnathosoma, and the long tal and ta3 leg I. One dorsal seta and a few leg setae are not shown in Oudemans" figures. Collections. — One specimen on a blattid with hard abdomen, col¬ lected by D. MacGillavry in Banjoewangi, Java, 1910. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans" collection. Histiostoma insularis (Oudemans), 1914, new combination (Plate 30) Anoetus insularis Oudemans, 1914 Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 30). Length 0.170 mm.; width 0.110 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps narrow, equal to genu I; seta ppl equal to tarsus 11. Sterna stl and st2, and apodemata a2 and a4 end free in mid¬ line. Discs dil and di2 slightly smaller than di3. Dorsum. — Smooth; setae minute, hairlike and equal. Shape elongated. Legs. — Seta tal leg 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 81 Plate 30 — Upper, Histiostoma insularis deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Right, legs I and II. (After Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma lit oralis deutonymph. C — dorsum. D — venter, (After Oudemans) 82 The Virginia Journal of Science [January I one-half as long as tarsus II; ta3 leg I over one-half length of tarsus I; other leg setae generally similar to H. jiilorum. Remarks. — A few dorsal setae and leg setae are not shown in Oude- mans’ drawing. (See remarks under H. feroniarum) Absence of tal6 leg III probably an oversight. Collections. — Collected by D. MacGillavrv on Terschelling Island, Netherlands, Aug., 1912. Types. — No record. llistiostoma lanceocrinus (Oudemaiis), 1914 (Plate 31) Anoetus lanceocrinus Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma lanceocrinus (Oude- mans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutomjmph. — (Plate 31). Length 0.162 min.; width 0.116 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to genu I; pedipalpal setae ppl equal to tarsus II. Sterna stl and st2 and apodemata a2 unite with apodemata a4 which are continuous in midline; st2 continuous with st2 with rounded expansion and continuous with st3, coxal discs dil, di2, and di3 nearly equal. Suctorial plate large; functional suckers su nearly as large as pdl. Dorsum. — Granular; hairlike setae, approximately equal to genu II except for dml, dm2, and dol which are equal to ppl, and saber-shaped; do4 minute. Legs. — Tarsi I-II shorter than H. jidorum; tal6 legs I-II spoon-shaped; seta ta4 leg IV short; other characteristics generally the same as H. jidorum. Remarks. — Two dorsal setae and a few leg setae are not shown on i Oudemans’ drawing. Features most useful in identifying this species are length of pedipalps and ppl, arrangement of apodemata, large suctorial plate, granular dorsum, saber-shaped dorsal setae, spoon-shaped tal6 legs I-II and length of ta3 leg I. Collections. — Collected by D. MacGillavry, Wijk aan Zee, Nether¬ lands, July, 1911. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 83 Plate 31 — Upper, Histiostoma lanceocrinus deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — venter. (Original unpublished drawings by A. C. Oude- mans) Lower, Histiostoma longipes deutonymph. G — dorsum. D — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by Oudemans) 84 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Histiostoma litoralis (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 30) Anoetus litoralis Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma litoralis (Oudemans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deiitonymph. — (Plate 30). Length 0.320 mm.; width 0.221 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to tibia I; pedipalpal setae ppl approximately two-thirds the length of tarsus I. Sternum stl and apodemata a2 end free; a4 and st2 unite in mid-line; fine hairlike exten¬ sions arise from st2. Discs dil and di2 slightly smaller than di3. Dorsum. — Smooth; setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Legs. — Leg I tarsi I-II long, nearly equal; setae tal5-16 spoon-shaped, one-half length of tarsus I; ta4 slightly longer than tal. Leg II seta tal6 tapering, tal5 spoon¬ shaped, g3 equal to tal, setae ta4 and ta7 leg IV shorter than H. julorum. Remarks. — Assuming Oudemans’ measurements to be correct, the deutonymph of this species is the largest in the family Anoetidae. Two dorsal setae and a few leg setae are not shown on Oudemans’ drawing. Oudemans shows seta g3 leg II as striated. This is probably incorrect. Features most useful in identifying this species are the length of pedi¬ palps and ppl, arrangement of apodemata, smooth dorsum, minute dor¬ sal setae, length of ta2 leg I, spoon-shaped tal5 legs I-II and spoon¬ shaped tal6 leg I, tapering tal6 leg II. Collections. — Collected bv D. MacGillavry, Tershelling Island. Aug., 1912. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ colleetion. Histiostoma longipes (Oudemans), 1911 (Plate 31) Anoetus longipes Oudemans, 1911; Histiostoma longipes (Oudemans), 1911 [Buitendijk, 1945]; Anoetus brevipes Oudemans, 1911. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 31). Length 0.177 mm.; width 0.100 *mm. 85 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Venter. — Fused pedipalps narrow, equal to tibia I, pedipalpal base small; seta ppl nearly equal to genu I plus tibia 1. Sternum stl and apodemata a2 faintly connected to a4; apodemata a4 distinctly arched and joined to st2 in midline. Coxal discs dil on a2 equal in size to di2- di3. Dorsum. — Smooth, setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Lateral mar¬ gins of hysterosoma distinctly folded ventrally. Legs. — Tarsus I over twice as long as ppl; tal6 spoon-shaped; ta3 three-fourths length of tar¬ sus I; ta4 longer than tal; f spine-like. Tarsus II two-thirds length of tarsus I; seta tal6 lancet-shaped, ti2 longer than tal, f spine-like; legs III-IV similar to H. jtdonim except fewer long setae. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: shape of fused pedipalps, length of ppl, arrangement of apode¬ mata, smooth dorsum with short equal setae, extremely long tarsus I and elongated ta3 leg I. Another varietv of this species was collected from the same blattid which Oudemans calls the brevipes form of A. longipes. The two “varieties” are the same except brevipes has a shorter body, less foldings on the margin of the hysterosoma, larger propodoso- ma, shorter leg I, shorter seta ta3 leg I, tapering talG leg II. With the possible exception of the relative difference in size of leg I of the two specimens examined by Oudemans, it is doubtful that the differences noted above are of sufficient magnitude to justify the establishment of the variety brevipes. Individual differences of type and magnitude as those listed have often been observed in other species in which large numbers of specimens were available for study. The method of mounting the specimen may account for some of these differences. Oudemans sug¬ gests that the difference between the two specimens he studied are of different sexes. This is almost certainly not the case since careful studies of nymphal forms in other species with this point in mind have invari¬ ably shown that both primary and secondary characteristics do not be¬ come evident until the adult stage. A few dorsal and leg setae have been omitted in Oudemans’ drawing. Collections. — Collected by D. MacGillavry on a blattid with hard abdomen, Banjoewangi, Java, 1910. Types. — HoTotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma lorentzi (Oudemans), 1905 (Plate 32) Anoetus lorentzi Oudemans, 1905; Histiostoma lorentzi (Oudemans), 1905 [Womersley, 1941.] Female. — No information. 86 The Virginia Journal of Science [January j Male. — No information. 1 Deiitomjmph. — (Plate 32). Length 0.200 mm.; width 0.145 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps wide at base and slightly longer than tibia I; pedipalpal setae ppl equal to tarsus II; pedipalpal base small. Stern- j um stl continuous with a4; a2 nearly touching a4; apodemata a4 join i mesially to form a straight, bar-like structure; st2 faintly continuous with a4 and a5. Dorsum. — Anterior margin of propodosoma concave. Dorsum i pitted; anterior margin of hysterosoma transversely striated. Setae variable I in length; propodosomal setae equal and slightly longer than tibia II; dml heavier and equal to ppl; dol nearly twice as long as propodosomal setae; dm2 equal to propodosomal setae; all other dorsal setae hairlike and equal to or slightly shorter than tibia II. Legs. — Tarsus I nearly half length of soma, seta tal6 elongated leaf-shaped, ta2 and ta3 nearly equal, one-half length of tarsus I, ta4 tapering and longer than tal, g3 equal to ta4; leg II seta talG tapering, til thorn-like, ti2 hairlike; legs III-IV similar to H. julorum except shorter setae tal6. Remarks. — Features useful in identifying this species are shape of fused pedipalps, length of ppl, arrangement of apodemata, pitted dor¬ sum, shape of propodosoma, heavy band of transverse striations, two pairs of longer dorsal setae, exceptionally long tarsus I, ta2 and ta3 nearly equal, and tal6 leg I leaf-shaped, tal 6 leg II tapering. A few leg setae are not shown in Oudemans’ drawing. Collections. — Fourteen specimens on a coccineflid in decaying leav¬ es, Cyclope Mountains, New Guinea, April 13, 1903. Collected by Messrs, de Beaufort and Lorentz. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma maritimus (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 32) Anoetus maritimus Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma maritimus (Oudemans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945] . Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonijmph. — (Plate 32). Length 0.175 mm.; width 0.II8 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps slightly longer than tibia I; ppl equal to tarsus II. Sternum stl free; apodemata a2 barely joining apodemata a4, latter united in midline; st2 short and united with aS; st3 and st4 con¬ tinuous. Coxal discs di2 slightly smaller than dil and di3. Dorsum. — 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 87 Plate 32 — Upper, Histiostoma lorentzi deutonymph. A “ venter. B — dorsum. (After Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma maritimus deu- tonymph. C — dorsum. D — venter. Right, legs I and II. (After Oudemans) 88 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Smooth, setae minute, hairlike, and equal in length. Pedipalpal base pro¬ jects slightly beyond the propodosoma. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I spoon¬ shaped, ta3 one-half the length of tarsus I, femoral seta equal to genu I; leg II seta tal6 lancet-shaped, gS very short, and seta f longer than in H. julorum. Remarks. — The lancet-shaped seta tal5 leg I was not observed by Oudemans and is either missing or is extremely small. A few leg setae are not shown on Oudemans’ drawings. Features useful in identifying this species are: shape of fused pedipalps, length of ppl, arrangement of apodemata, size of coxal discs, smooth dorsum with minute setae, length of ta2 leg I, tal6 leg I spoon-shaped, and tal6 leg II lancet-shaped. Collections. — Collected by D. MacGillavrv, Terschelling Island, August, 1912. Types. — HoTotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma murchiei, sp. nov. (Plates 33-35) Female. — (Plates 33, 34). Length 0.620 mm.; width 0.420 mm. Venter. — The entire gnathosoma of a gravid female is extremely small in comparison with the idiosoma and smaller than H. julorum. Chelicera smooth except for three minute terminal hook-like processes; cheliceral flagellum fine and equal in length to seta dpi; seta ppl minute, one- fourth length of tarsus I; pp2 not observed, therefore missing or extreme¬ ly minute. Ringlike structures small, circular; rl mesiad of aS; r2 mesiad of a6. Ventral setae are fine, hairlike and variable in length; only vo3 is as long as tibia I; seta do7 is equal to vo3 and is ventral instead of dorsal or marginal in position. The anus lies approximately in the center of the greatly enlarged opisthosoma. Dorsum. — Smooth; setae fine, hairlike; hysterosomal setae nearly equal to tibia I; propodosomal setae nearly equal, one-half length of tibia I. Opisthosoma greatly distended when gravid. Bursa copulatrix not raised, and nearly marginal in position. Legs. — The legs appear more fragile and have generally finer or smaller setae than in H. jtdorum. Legs III-IV are somewhat longer than in H. julorum with a terminal tarsal seta equal to claw. Leg II with supernumerary seta ta-x. Male. — (Plate 35). Length 0.332 mm.; width 0.220 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma small, almost vestigial and generally similar to female. Ring- hke structures nearly circular and arranged in a square above the ex¬ ternal genitalia. Setae hairlike and slightly variable in length, all ap¬ proximately one-half the length of tibia I, except vol which is slightly 89 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) shorter. Opisthosomatic region more elongated than H. julorum. Dorsum. — Smooth; setae fine, hairlike; hysterosomal setae approximately one-half 90 The Virginia Journal of Science [January length of tibia I; propodosomal setae shorter as in female. Legs. — All legs conspicuously long and slender, especially legs III-IV which are approxi¬ mately equal to length of hysterosoma. Leg I setae generally similar to H. Plate 34 — Histiostoma murchiei sp. nov. A — chelicera. B — bursa copu- latrix. C — female, dorsum. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 91 julorum with the following exceptions; femoral seta smaller, gl smaller, ti2 longer, ta7 smaller, tal5 not claw-like, tal6 shorter. Leg II setae are generally similar to H. iulorum, except smaller femoral seta, ta6 and ta7 smaller, and supernumerary sensory seta ta-x similar in size and shape to tal; seta ta8-ta9 legs III-IV longer than claws. Claws on all legs extre¬ mely blunt. Deutonymph. — (Plate 35). Length 0.192 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps almost vestigial, length and width equal; seta ppl equal to tibia I; pp2 missing. Sternum stl free; apodeme a2 faintly joined to apodemata a4 which are continuous in midline; a membranous portion of a4 faintly joins st2. Coxal discs dil and di2 are unusually small; suctorial plate discs pd2 and pd3 are slightly larger than dil. Func¬ tional sucker su equal to pdl. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth except for transverse sculpturing on the anterior margin of short propodosoma. Setae variable in length; setae dml, dm2, dol and do2 are equal to genu I; all other dorsal setae are shorter and nearly equal. Legs. — Setae tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped; tal6 legs III-IV tapering, equal and twice length of claw. Leg setae are generally heavier than in H. julorum, other fea¬ tures as follows: femoral setae legs I-II more spine-like; leg I tal longer and heavier, ta3 twice as long, ta4 twice as long with rounded tip; leg II ti2 twice as long, tal nearly twice as long and much heavier; til legs III-IV much heavier. Remarks. — Features especially useful in identifying this species are: extremely small gnathosoma, missing pedipalpal seta pp2, greatly enlarged female opisthosoma, small circular ringlike structures rl and r2, extrem¬ ely long legs of the male, blunt claws of the male, supernumerary tarsal II seta ta-x, nonserrated chelicera. For deutonymph, short fused pedipalps, propodosoma short, small dil and di2, and thorn-like leg setae. This spec¬ ies is of unusual interest because it is one of the only two species so far described which is semi-parasitic. The other species is H. berghi described above. Specimens were collected by W. R. Murchie in August 1954 in cocoons of Allolohophora chlorotica and possibly Allolohophora caliginosa and Eisenia rosa. These collections were made along the shore of the Carp River, Emmet County, Michigan (Township 38 north. Range 4 west. Section 15). In personal communications Dr. Murchie has furnished additional information as follows: the Carp River area where the largest collections were made, is forested and subject to spring floods. Infected cocoons have been collected in the same area for several years prior to 1954, with the percentage of infected cocoons remaining fairly constant throughout this period. Collections have also been made in Shiawassaa and Washtenaw counties. The inference is that this species probably has a wide distribution. Host relationships assume greater interest because A. chlorotica is presumed endemic to Europe. It is estimated that approxi¬ mately 45% of A. chlorotica cocoons are infected. Over 50 of these co- 92 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 35 — Histiostoma murchiei sp. nov. A — male, venter. B — deuto- nymph, dorsum. C — male, dorsum. D — deutonymph, venter. 93 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) coons have been examined by us. In no instance was there an egg, em¬ bryo, or immature worm when mites were present. Presumably then, the mites feed on the eggs. Infected cocoons always contain a small number of adults and large numbers of other stages except tritonymphs. The tritonymph of H, berghi has atypically stout legs I-II. Jensen believes these stout legs are modified for boring into the cocoons of leeches, and reports an instance in which he thought this to be taking place. Whether or not this is the correct mode of infection by H. berghi is open to ques¬ tion since it is based on only one observation. No information is available on the mode of infection of cocoons by H. murchiei. Anoetids are gener¬ ally unarmed surface feeders and it is doubtful that they could penetrate the tough cocoon of an annelid, even with stout legs. A possible mode of infection of cocoons by H. murchiei may be as follows: deutonymphs escape from broken or disintegrated cocoons and find their wav to the anterior segments of an earthworm, where they become attached. When a cocoon is formed one or more deutonymphs become enclosed and meta¬ morphose into a tritonymph and thence into an adult. Eggs develop to the deutonymph stage in the cocoon but not beyond. That this sequence of events is a probability is supported by the fact that usually only two or three adults are found per cocoon, that no tritonymphs have been found, and that the deutonymph is the tvpical migratory stage. Attempts to culture this species on stable fly media, which has been found to be suitable culture medium for a large number of other species, have so far failed. H. berghi and H. murchiei have a number of features in com¬ mon aside from the fact that they are found in the cocoons of annelids. The females of both species are the largest anoetids so far described, pedipalpal seta pp2 is missing, gnathosoma is almost vestigial, bursa copuTatrix is marginal in position, and arrangement of ringlike discs in males is similar. These features indicate a close relationship. H. murchiei is the only anoetid species in which a supernumerary mid-tarsal II seta, designated ta-x, has been found. This occurs in both the male and fe¬ male. It is not known whether this seta is found in H. berghi since Jen¬ sen omitted a number of typical leg setae from his drawings. This species is named in honor of W. R. Murchie. Collections, — (See under remarks.) Types, — Holotype female, and paratypes in U. S. National Mus¬ eum, Washington, D. C. Paratypes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma necrophori (Dujardin), 1849 (Plate 36) Hypopus necrophori Dujardin, 1849b; Anoetus necrophori (Dujardin), 1849 [Oudemans, 1924c]; Anoetus neglectus Oudemans, 1903 [Oude- 94 The Virginia Journal of Science [January mans, 1924c]; Histiostoma necrophori (Dujardin), 1849 [Oudemans, 1937]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 36). Length 0.290 mm.; width 0.200 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps wide at base, equal to genu II; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus II. Sternum stl free but close to apodemata a4; apodeme a'2 joins with united apodemata a4; sternum st2 is connected to a4 and a5. Functional suckers su equal to plate discs pdl. Coxal discs dil and di2 large and equal. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth; propodosoma short, and nearly rectangular; setae equal, one-half length of ppl. Legs. — Seta tal6 legs I-II spoon-shaped; leg III with spatulate terminal tarsal seta; terminal tarsal seta leg IV longer than the entire leg IV and taper¬ ing. Seta ta3 leg I equal to tarsus II; ti2 leg II nearly equal to taS leg I; legs III-IV setae generally large. Plate 36 — Histiostoma necrophori deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — venter. (After Dujardin) 95 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Remarks. — Characteristic features of this species which have dia¬ gnostic value are as follows: shape of fused pedipalps, length of ppl, short propodosoma, spoon-shaped tal6 legs I-II, and unusual terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV, which may be modified claws as suggested for the fourth leg of A. laboratorium. Oudemans’ figure of A. neglectus has been used. Collections. — Collected by C. Dujardin on the beetle Necrophorus vespillo, 1849; by S. A. Poppe on the beetle Necrophorus humator, Bre¬ men, Germany, 1902; by Frank A. Turk on Necrophorus humator along with a gasmid mite. Great Britain, Feb. 1943. Types. — No record. Histiostoma nigrellii sp. nov. (Plate 37) Female. — (Plate 37). Length 0.365 mm.; width 0.210 mm. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated with approximately 14 teeth; cheliceral flagel¬ lum shorter than toothed portion. Seta ppl three times the length of pp2. Posterior ringlike structures r2 elongated. Setae generally shorter than H. julorum. Seta vol is equal to vo2; seta vm3 posterio-mesiad of r2; do7 ventral. Dorsum. — Dorsum finely granular and sometimes with min¬ ute projections giving a fuzzy appearance; rostrum faintly sculptured. Setae generally shorter than H. julorum except for dp2. Seta dp3 dis¬ tinctly shorter than dp4. Bursa copulatrix raised, opens anteriorly and is slightly above a line connecting setae do5. Legs. — Leg shape and setae size similar to H. julorum except g3, g4, ta2 and ti2 leg I longer; leg 11 seta ti2 longer; legs III-IV setae til shorter, seta ta9 longer than claw. Male. — (Plate 37). Length 0.225 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Anterior ringlike structures rl elongated, lying close together above the external genitalia; posterior ringlike structures r2 slightly elongated, and laterad of anus. Setae variable in length. Pos¬ ition of setae similar to H. julorum exeept: vm3 anteriad of r2; vo2 and vo3 shorter than H. jidorum. Dorsum. — Dorsum granular, sometimes with fine projections giving fuzzy appearance; rostrum faintly sculptured. Setae generally shorter than H. julorum especially dpi. Excretory pores dis¬ tinctly elevated. Legs. — Shape and setae arrangement similar to H. julorum except: leg I midtarsal setae widely separated, ta2 and ti2 long¬ er; leg II ti2 longer, • Claws somewhat heavier than in female, otherwise similar. Deutonijmph. — Not observed. 96 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 37 — Histiostoma nigreUii sp. nov. A — female, venter. B — chelicera. C — male, dorsum. D — male, venter. E — bursa copulatrix. F — female, dorsum. 97 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Remarks. ~ See remarks on H. cijrtandrae above. Only the male and female of this species have been observed. No attempts to culture this species on housefly media were made and the colony was subsequent¬ ly lost. It is tentatively placed in the genus Histiostoma on the basis of the general appearance of the adults. This species is of special interest because it is one, of the only two species which has been observed to live completely submerged indefinitely. In this instance it was observed daily over a period of two weeks in water from an aquarium. The combi¬ nation of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is: the finely serrated chelicera, ppl of medium length, granular dorsum, claws longer and less curved. For the female: shape of posterior ring¬ like structures and position of seta vm3, arrangement of anal and opistho- somatic setae, position of bursa copulatrix. For the male: position of post¬ erior ringlike structures and setae vm3 and vol. Named in honor of Ross F. Nigrelli. Collections. — Collected by Ross F. Nigrelli in a goldfish tank at the Aquarium, New York Zoological Society, March 1953. Types. — Holotype and parat\'pes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma phyllophorus (Oudemans), 1905 (Plates 38, 39) Anoetus phyllophorus Oudemans, 1905; Histiostoma nichollsi Womersley, 1941; Histiostoma phyllophorus (Oudemans), 1905 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — (Plate 38). Length 0.360 mm.; width 0.215 mm. Venter. — Chelicera non -serrated, cheliceral flagellum longer than seta dp4; pedi- palpal seta ppl finely tapering, longer than longest dorsal setae; pp2 equal to dp2. Setae similar to H. pdoruni, except vml shorter; do7 ven¬ tral in position. Posterior ringlike structures elongated and lie on a line with coxa IV. Dorsum. — Dorsum sometimes with tiny projections giving a fuzzy appearance; rostrum granular, and faintly sculptured. Setae gen¬ erally longer than in H. julortim. Bursa copulatrix nearly on a line with setae dol opening anteriorly on a slight elevation, and with a distinct elevation anterior to the opening. Legs. — Setae generally larger than in H. julorum, especially tal, ta2, g3 and g4 of leg I; tal and g3 of leg II; and ta5 and ta7 of legs III-IV. Other differences are: generally longer and heavier terminal tarsal setae surrounding the claw on all legs, longer ta9 legs III-IV, and especially the unique barb on the end of setae ta5 legs III-IV. Male. — (Plate 38). Length 0.270 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Posterior ringlike structures slightly elongated, 98 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 38 — Histiostoma phijllophonis. A — male, dorsum. B — chelicera. C — female, venter. D — female, dorsum. E — bursa copula- trix. F — male, venter. 99 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) widely separated and on a line between the genitalia and apodemata a8. Setae generally longer than H. iulomm, except vo2. Setae arrangement generally similar except: vm3 mesiad of r2, vo2 closer to vol and lateral to the posterior end of the anus. The sternum formed by the union of al extends posteriorly close to the united a2 and (i3 which almost meet in midline; apodemata formed by the union of a4 and aS unite in mid¬ line. Anus shortened and nearly obscured by external genitalia. Dorsum. — Dorsum differs from female as follows: entire dorsum distinctly sculpt¬ ured; setae generally finer; dpi shorter; dp4 longer, dm4 longer, opis- thosomatic setae generally longer; pit-like structure dpil not observed. Legs. — Setae similar to female except: ti2 larger and midtarsal setae more massive on leg I; midtarsal seta larger on leg II; setae ta5 leg III-IV without barb. Deutonymph. — (Plate 39). Length 0.200 mm.; width 0.135 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps over one-half the length of tarsus I; seta ppl longer than tarsus I. Sternum stl unites with apodemata a4 which join in midline; apodeme a2 free posteriorly; lateral margin of apodeme a2 forms heavily sclerotized processes at base trochanters I-II; st2 joins a4 and united a5; st3 not quite touching st4. Disc dil lies on a2, equal in size to di2 and smaller than di3. Suctorial plate with crenulated margins. Plate discs pdl larger than H. julorum. Dorsum. — Smooth except for a wide band of faint transverse striations at the anterior margin of the hysterosoma. Propodosoma with a thin, transparent membrane extending anteriorly, apparently from beneath. All setae long, fine, and flexible; dml, dm2, dol, and do5 over one-half the length of the hysterosoma, others slightly variable in length. Legs. — Legs I-II shorter than H. jul- arum especially the tarsi; seta tal6 leg I lancet-shaped with distal end finely tapered; tal6 leg II lancet-shaped; other leg setae generally larger than H. julorum, except femoral setae legs I-II. Seta ta3 leg I nearly equal length of tarsus 11. Remarks. — Only the deutonymph was described by Oudemans and Womersley. Outstanding features are: unusual membranous anterior ex¬ tension, arrangement of apodemata, large central discs on the suctorial plate, the wide band of transverse striations on the anterior hysterosoma, and the long fine dorsal setae. Although the dorsal setae are flexible they are easily broken and sometimes appear as stubs, or may be entirely missing. The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identi¬ fying this species is for the female: non-serrated chelicerae, long pedi- palpal seta ppl, shape of r2, position of vm3 with respect to r2, long dorsal setae, the position and structure of the bursa copulatrix, generallv heavy leg setae and especially the unique barbed setae ta5 of legs III-IV. For the male: gnathosoma as in female, arrangement of ventral setae, heavy leg setae legs I-II, dorsal sculpturing, and long fine dorsal setae. Collections. — Collected by Prof. Ritzema Bos on Oniscus asellus 100 The Virginia Journal of Science [January L., Leiden, South Holland, Netherlands, 1902; by K. J. W. Kempers on Oxythyrea funesta, Meerssen Limburg, Netherlands, 1903; on passalid, Amani, Dutch East Africa, 1911; on a small beetle, Crawley, Western Aus¬ tralia, Sept. 1940; by R. D. Hughes near compost pile, near Ellerson, Va., fall 1954; in duck pen near Ellerson, Va., Aug., 1955, and in damp woods, near Ellerson, Va., Oct. 1955. Types. — Holotype in Natural History Museum in Hamburg. Plesio- types (supplied by present authors) in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Plesiotypes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma piloseta sp. nov. (Plates 39, 40) Female. — (Plate 40). Length 0.350 mm.; width 0.220 mm. Venter. — Granular on gnathosomal base and on coxae at base of trochanters. Chelicera non-serrated, but bearing two “raking” processes; cheliceral flagellum nearly equal to ppl, but finer; pedipalpal seta ppl approximate¬ ly equal to dp2; pp2 short and fine. Ringlike structures extremely small, approximately one-third size of, but comparable in position to H. juloirum. Setae generally somewhat shorter than H. julorum, all nearly equal, ex¬ cept pp3 which is one-third length vml. Seta vml more mesiad in posi¬ tion than in H. pilorum. Seta do7 is yentral in position. Dorsum. — Ros¬ trum granular and faintly sculptured; hysterosoma' distinctly granular. Seta dpi similar to H. jidorum; dp2 slightly longer; all other dorsal setae slightly yariable in size and distinctly pilose, except do7. Except for dpi all dorsal setae are borne on distinctly raised bosses. Setae dp3, dp4, dol, and excretory pore are borne on single bosses. The bursa copulatrix is eleyated with a posterior opening, is heayily granular and lies on a line connecting setae dol. The pit-like structure dpi3 not obseryed. Legs. — Legs longer and heayier in comparison with body size than H. julorum; leg setae generally larger, especially tal, ta2, ti2, g3, and g4 of leg I; tal, ti2 and g3 of leg H; til and ta4 of legs III-IV. Seta t of legs I-IH, and f of leg IV shorter than in H. julonim; claws generally heayier. Male. — (Plate 40). Length 0.215 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. — Venter faintly granular. Gnathosoma as in female. Sternum extended more posteriorly and combined apodemata a4-a5 extended more mesially than in H. julorum. Ringlike structures small, one-third size of H. jid- orum; r2 round or ellipsoid, lateral to the external genitalia, and con¬ tiguous with a8. Distinct genital and anal plate. Setae yariable in length. In comparison with setae of H. julorum seta vpl shorter and closer to midline; vml longer and anterio-mesiad of rl; vm3 longer, anterio-mesiad of r2; vol longer, borne on the anal plate, opposite the mid-region of 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 101 0.1 mm - Plate 39 — Upper, Histiostoma phyllophorus deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Histiostoma piloseta deutonymph. C — ven^ ter. D — dorsum. 102 The Virginia Journal of Science [January the anus; vo2 shorter, borne on posterior margin of anal plate; vo3 less than one-half as long. Penial seta directed anteriorly. Dorsum. — Dorsum | faintly granular; rostrum and propodosoma more heavily granular than | hysterosoma. Setae hairlike, somewhat variable in length; metapodosomal | setae equal to dp3; opisthosomal setae slightly longer except do2 equal | metapodosomal setae; dol longest of dorsal setae; only the pit-like structure I dpi2 was observed. Unlike the female, the male is without bosses, except one bearing dp2. Legs. — Legs more slender than H. julorum; tarsus 1 I longer; setae similar except: leg I, mid-tarsal setae more widelv spread ; and generally smaller, tal and ta2 slightly larger, ti2 three times as long, g3 and g4 longer, gl larger; leg II ta6 and ta7 smaller, tal nearly four j times as long, ti2 and ti3 longer; setae t legs I-III, and f leg IV shorter. Claws as in the female. Deutonijmph. — (Plate 39). Length 0.160 mm.; width 0.127 mm. j Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl twice length ^ of fused pedipalps. Apodemata al with lateral sclerotized processes con¬ tiguous with trochanters I; stl free; apodeme a2 heavily sclerotized form¬ ing a “T”-shaped structure anteriorly which is contiguous with trochan¬ ters I-II, posterior end free; a4 distinctly raised, undulating, and continu¬ ous in midline with st2; a5 continuous in midline with and st3; pos¬ teriorly st3 does not quite meet st4. Discs dil, di2, and di3 equal and distinctly larger than in H. julorum, and somewhat smaller than su; suc¬ torial plate nearly hexagonal. The posterior end of opisthosoma is broad and ventrally turned. Dorsum. — Smooth, except hysterosoma irregularly and inconstantly crenulated. Setae medium in length, slightly variable, and hairlike; dp3 and dp4 equal and near anterior margin of propodosoma; hysterosomal setae variable and slightly shorter than dp3, except for the sub-marginal do4. Legs. — All legs shorter than in H. julorum due prim¬ arily to shorter tarsi. In comparison with H. julorum the following setae differences are noted: f legs I-II heavier and blunter, tail and ta3 longer, tal6 larger spoon-shaped; leg II tal longer, tal6 spoon-shaped; legs III-IV most setae slightly larger, tal6 slightly shorter. Claw base of all legs is slightly tapering. Remarks. — The body shape, leg shape, and gnathosomal structure of the male and female are very similar. Marked sexual dimorphism exists with respect to presence or lack of pilose dorsal setae, dorsal bosses, granulation, and rostral sculpturing. The combination of adult characteris¬ tics most useful in identifying this species is as follows: non-serrated chelicera, pedipalpal seta of medium length, and small ringlike struc¬ tures. In the female the usual pilose dorsal setae borne on bosses, heavily granular hysterosoma, and the position of the bursa copulatrix nearly in the center of the hysterosoma are distinctive. In the male the faintlv granular dorsum and venter; relatively short hairlike dorsal setae, pres¬ ence of anal and genital plate, position of vml and vm3, and the ex- 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 103 Plate 40 ~ Histiostoma piloseta. A — male, dorsum. B — female, venter. C — clielicera. D — dorsal pilose seta. E — female, dorsum. F — bursa copulatrix. G ~ male, venter. 104 The Virginia Journal of Science [January ceptionally long seta ti2 leg I and tal leg II are outstanding features. Characteristics useful in identifying the deutonymph are: entirely smooth dorsum, except for inconstantly crenulated hysterosoma, fused pedipalps and pedipalpal setae of medium length, heavy apodemata, large coxal I, III, and IV discs, relatively short legs, and the unusual tapering claw base. Collections. — Collected by R. D. Hughes from compost near Eller- son, Va., Nov. 1954. Types. — Holotype and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratypes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma polaki (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 41) Anoetus polaki Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma polaki (Oudemans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No infonnation. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 41). Length 0.153 mm.; width 0.111 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly equal to tarsus II. Apodemata al short; sternum stl and apodeme a2 continuous with a4 which latter meet in midline; st2 connected to a4 and a5 with faint rounded expansion in mid-region st3 free posteriorly. Coxal discs dil lie on a2 and are equal to di2 and di3. Dorsum. — Smooth except for faint transverse striations on anterior margin of hysterosoma; setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Membranous expansions extend from anterio-lateral margins of propodosoma. Legs. — Leg shape, setae size and setae arrangement similar to H. julorum. Remarks. — The granular appearance of the dorsum is due to the fact that Oudemans’ drawing was tinted. The features most useful in identifying this species are the arrangement of the apodemata as de¬ scribed above and the rounded expansion of st2. The complete comple¬ ment of dorsal and leg setae are not shown in Oudemans’ drawings. Collections. — Twenty specimens on Spriostreptus sp. (Myriapoda), Dutch East Africa, collected by R. Polak, June 1912. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 105 Plate 41 — Upper, Histiostoma polaki deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma polypori deutonymph. C — dorsum. Middle, legs I and II. D and F — details of portions of the suctorial plate; D — suckers distended, F — suckers retracted. E — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 106 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Histiostoma polypori (Oudemans), 1914 (Plate 41) Anoetus polypori Oudemans, 1914; Histiostoma polypori (Oudemans), 1914 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deiitonymph. — (Plate 41). Length 0.200 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps nearly equal to tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus II. Apodemata al short, joining to form sternum stl which makes contact with a4; apodeme a2 meets a4 apodemata a4 continuous in midline with st2; posterior portion of st2 forms short “Y”-shaped process; aS joins in midline; st2-st3 united with a5, with a membranous portion joining st4. Coxal discs dil-di3 approximately one-half diameter of func¬ tional sucker sti; central suctorial plate discs pdl approximately twice the diameter of su. Suctorial plate large. Dorsum. — Smooth except for an¬ terior margin of hysterosoma which is faintly transversely striated; setae minute, hairlike and equal. Lateral margins of hysterosoma distinctly turned ventrally. Legs. — Leg shape, setae size and arrangement similar to H. jidorum, except: leg I ta3 equal to tarsus II, tal6 spoon-shaped; tal6 legs II-III lanceolate, ta4 leg IV short, spine-like. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying the deutonymph of this species are: length of fused pedipalps and ppi, large suctorial plate, arrangement of apodemata, smooth dorsum, minute setae, length of ta3 leg I, shape of tal6 legs I-III. Collections. — Collected by D. MacGillavry on Polyporus sp., Ooster- beck, July 1911; by A. C. Oudemans on Eugamasus cornutus, Amsterdam, September, 1900, and on Forficida auricularia, Arnhem, August 1900; by G. H. Vitzthum in Weimar, July 1912; by B. K. Behura on Forficula auricularia, Edinburgh, 1950. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma prodectoris (Vitzthum), 1920, new combination (Plate 42) Anoetus prodectoris Vitzthum, 1920. Female. — No information. 107 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Male. — No inforaiation. Deutonymph. — (Plate 42). Length 0.156-0.160 mm.; width 0.095- 0.100 mm. Shape nearly rectangular. Venter. — Fused pedipalps one- half length of tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly twice length of tibia I. Sternum stl free; apodeme a2 free or faintly united with apodeme a4; apodemata a4 joined in midline and continuous with sternum st3; st3 and st4 united with apodemata a5. Coxal disc dil lies on a2, and is slightly larger than di2; dil and di2 smaller than di3 which latter is equal to functional sucker sti. Dorsum. — Smooth. Setae variable in length; dp3 twice as long as dp4; dm2 three times length of other hysterosomal setae except do4. Legs. — Shape and relative proportions of segments generally similar to H. julorum, except tarsus II is equal to tarsus I; legs I-II tal6 tapering; tal6 leg IV longer than in H. julorum; ta3 leg I two-thirds length of tarsus I. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: relatively short fused pedipalps, long ppl, long tarsus I-II, small coxa I-III discs, smooth dorsum with setae variable in length, dp3 longer than dp4. The full complement of dorsal and leg setae not shown or observed by Vitzthum. Collections. — On Prodector fruhstorjeri Senna from Bua-Kraeng in South Celebes, and on Ectocemus cinnamomeus Herbst from Luzon, Philippines. Types. — In Vitzthum’s collection. Histiostoma prophthalmi (Vitzthum), 1920, new combination (Plate 42) Anoetus prophthalmi Vitzthum, 1920. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 42). Length 0.174 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Shape ellipsoid. Venter. — Fused pedipalps nearly equal length of tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl one-half length of tarsus I; extends well be¬ yond gnathosoma. Apodemata al short, joining to form stl which ends free posteriorly; a2 ends free; apodemata a4 continuous in midline and united with st2; apodemata a5 continuous in midline and united with st2 and st3. Coxal discs dil lie on a2, equal in size to di2, less than one-half the size of the functional sucker su. Dorsum. — Smooth except faint striation at anterior margin of hysterosoma. Legs. — Shape generally sim- 108 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 42 — Upper, Histiostoma prophthalmi deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (After Vitzthum) Lower, Histiostoma prodectoris deu¬ tonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum (After Vitzthum) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 109 ilar to H. julorum except for the shorter tarsus I-II, and shorter and finer legs III-IV; setae differences as follows: leg I taS shorter; leg II f one-third as long; leg III ti3 shorter, tal6 twice as long as claw; leg IV without long setae, tal6 equal to claw. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: arrangement of apodemata, coxal discs dil lie on a2, small, equal to size of di2, tarsi I-II short, legs III-IV short and fine; propodo- soma extending distinctly beyond short fused pedipalps, ppl one-half length of tarsus 1. Dorsal setae and leg setae not observed or drawn by Vitzthum. Collections. — Collected by R. Kleine on Prophthalmiis potens Lacor- daire, in Assam, India. Types. — Holotype in Vitzthum’s collection. Histiostoma protuherans sp. nov. (Plates 43, 44) Female. — (Plate 43). Length 0.400 mm.; width 0.235 mm. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated bearing approximately 10 extremely fine teeth distally, 14 slightly larger proximal teeth borne on expanded region; me¬ dian member of chelicera short, blunt, and with four rounded toothlike structures distally; cheliceral flagellum shorter and heavier than H. jul¬ orum. Pedipalpal seta ppl anteriorly directed, shorter than most dorsal setae, approximately equal to dml, three times length of pp2; distal por¬ tion of pedipalps with mesially directed projection. Ventral setae similar in position but generally longer than in H. julorum except vml nearly equal, vm3 mesiad of r2, vo3 shorter. Ringlike structure r2 small, nearly round, and more heavily sclerotized than in H. julorum. Dorsum. — Gran¬ ular and sculptured; rostrum heavily sculptured, hysterosoma very faint¬ ly sculptured; lateral and posterior regions of the hysterosoma with dis¬ tinct elevations which appear to bear numerous smaller bosses, giving a wart-like appearance. By comparison with H. julorum the dorsal setae differ as follows: dpi one-third as long, dp2 slightly shorter, dp3 longer, dp4 shorter; all hysterosomal setae shorter and finer. Bursa copulatrix slightly posterior to a line between setae do5, elongated, and originating from the bottom of a cup-like structure. Legs. — Leg shape and setae arrangement similar to H. julorum except: leg I ti2 longer, leg II g3 longer, ti2 almost three times as long. Leg III t twice as long, taB over twice length of claw; leg IV f twice as long, ta9 over twice length of claw. Male. — (Plate 43). Length 0.324 mm.; width 0.190 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Setae similar in position, and considerably long- 110 The Virginia Journal of Science [January er than in H. julorum except; vm3 anterio-mesiad of posterior ringlike structui-es r2, vo2 mesiad of r2, vo3 approximately equal in length. Ring¬ like structures small, nearly round; r2 on a line with the anus, and sur¬ rounded by a faint chitinous structure which is pointed anteriorly. Dor¬ sum. — Granular and sculptured, rostrum more heavily sculptured than propodosoma and hysterosoma; hysterosoma with unique elevations as in female. Setae generally somewhat longer than in female. A distinct pos¬ teriorly directed elevation or pseudo-bursa, is seen in the position of the true bursa copulatrix of the female. The male of the “bursoid variety” of H. julorum also has a pseudo-bursa. Dorsal pit-like structure dpi3 could not be obseiwed. Legs. — All legs heavier than in H. julorum, especially legs I-II which are exceptionally gross. Setae similar in position except mid-tarsal setae of leg I more widely separated. Setae differences worthv of note are as follows: leg I f and ta7 heavier; leg II /, ta6 and ta7 heav¬ ier; leg III t three times as long, ta9 over three times length of claw; leg IV f twice as long, ta9 over three times length of claw. All claws heavier than in most anoetids. Deutonymph. — (Plate 44). Length 0.188 mm.; width 0.139 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to genu I, expanded in mid¬ region, and not extending beyond base of gnathosoma; seta ppl equal to tarsus I. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodeme a2 faintly united with a4; the more chitinous portions of a4 not united: membranous portions a4 appear to be united; st2 short, united with d5, and not connected with a4 anteriorly; aS united to st2-st3 in midline; st3 and st4 almost touching. Coxal discs nearly equal in size, somewhat smaller than suc¬ torial plate discs pd2 and pd3; suctorial plate large. Dorsum. — Hystero¬ soma completely and coarsely granular; propodosoma sparsely granular with distinct line of transverse sculpturing. Setae hairlike, one-half the length of tibia II, and equal. Legs. — All legs shorter than H. jidorum; tarsi I-II relatively short. Setae differ from H. julorum as follows: leg I f longer, gl, g2 finer, g3 shorter, ta4 twice as long, mid-tarsal setae more closely grouped; leg II gl, g2 finer, tal6 nearlv spoon-shaped; leg III t longer; leg IV / shorter; all claws smaller. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: for the adult, the unusual chelicera, anteriorly directed pedipal- pal seta ppl, comparatively long ventral setae, position of ventral discs and seta vm3, unique dorsal elevations, dorsal sculpturing, and terminal tarsal seta ta9 legs III-IV over twice length of claw; for the female the unusual bursa copulatrix with surrounding cup-like structure, and for the male the unusual “pseudo-bursa”; for the deutonymph, short fused pedipalps expanded in mid-region, pedipalpal setae longer than tarsus II, arrangement of apodemata, and large suctorial plate, the completely granu¬ lar dorsal hysterosoma and short, hairlike setae of equal length, compara- 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 111 Plate 43 — Histiostoma protuherans sp. nov. A — chelicera. B — male, dorsum. C — male, pseudo-bursa copulatrix. D -- female, venter. E ~ female, dorsum. F — bursa copulatrix. G — male venter. 112 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 44 — Upper, Histiostoma protuberans sp. nov. deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Histiostoma sapromyzarium deu¬ tonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. Right, legs I and II. (After Oudemans) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 113 tively short legs, relatively short tarsi I-II, ta4 leg I extremely long. This species is arrhenotokous. Collections. — Collected by C. O. Goode near University of Rich¬ mond, 8 miles west of Richmond, Va., October, 1950; by R. D. Hughes at Norris Dam, Tenn., July 1951 and in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Va., June, 1953. Types. — Holotype and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratypes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma pyriforme Michael, 1901 (Plate 45) Female. — (Plate 45). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.130 mm. Pear- shaped. Venter. — Chelicera bearing approximately 18 equal teeth; cheliceral flagellum extending nearly to end of chelicera. Pedipalpal seta ppl three times length of pp2; pp2 equal to genu I. Ringlike structures nearly circular. Dorsum. — Smooth, except for faintly sculptured ros¬ trum. Propodosomal seta dp4 one-third longer than dp3; hysterosomal setae twice as long as dp4, except dm4. Legs. — Legs II-IV longer and setae all legs generally larger than H. julorum. Terminal tarsal setae ta9 legs III-IV longer than tarsi III-IV. Claws long and nearly straight. Male. — (Plate 45). Length 0.250 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Shape oblong. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. The ventral setae shown are spine-like, not long and tapering as in H. julorum. Ringlike structures nearly circular; r2 widely separated, opposite genitalia. Dorsum. — No figure; presumed to be similar to female. Legs. — Legs generally heavier than female; setae similar including the extremely long terminal tarsal setae ta9 legs III-IV. Leg I with claw-shaped terminal tarsal seta typical of this family, described but not shown in Michael’s figure, (cf. Plate 5 ^ seta tal5) . Claws long and nearly straight. Deutonymph. — No information. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are the serrated chelicera, long pedipalpal seta ppl, and the extremely long terminal tarsal setae on all legs. Michael found that most of the speci¬ mens were covered on the dorsal surface with living Vorticellidae. This probably accounts for his failure to observe many dorsal and leg setae. Collections. — In exuded sap and decaying debris on beech trees, Fagus sylvatica. Collected by A. D. Michael, probablv in England, 1901. Types. — No record. 114 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 45 — Histiostoma pifriforme. A — female, venter. B — female, dor¬ sum. C — pedipalp. D — chelicera. E — male, venter. (After Michael) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 115 Histiostoma sapromyzarum (Diifour), 1839 (Plate 44) Hypopus sapromyzarum Dufour, 1839; Anoetus sapromyzarum (Dufour), 1839 [Oudemans, 1914b]; Histiostoma sapromyzarum (Dufour), 1839 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutoiiymph. — (Plate 44). Length 0.187 mm.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. ~ Fused pedipalps slightly longer than tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly one-third longer than fused pedipalps, shorter than tarsus II. Apodemata al short, fusing to fonn stl which is free posteriorly; apodeme a2 slightly “S”-shaped, ends free; apodemata a4 slightly arched on each side united in midline with short anterior portion of st2; anterior and posterior portions of st2 separated; a5 united in midline with st2 and st3. Coxal discs smaller than suctorial plate discs or suckers; functional suck¬ er su equal to pd2 and pd3, and smaller than pdl. Dorsum. — Smooth except for single transverse line of sculpturing at anterior margin of pro- podosoma. Setae minute, hairlike, and equal. Le^s. — Legs generally similar in size and shape to H. julorum, setae differences as follows: leg I tal longer, ta3 much longer; leg II tal longer; leg III ta4 shorter and more spine-like, tal6 less than twice length of claw; leg IV ta4, ta7, and tal6 shorter. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: shape of fused pedipalps, length of pedipalpal setae, arrange¬ ment of apodemata, size of coxal discs, smooth dorsum except for anter¬ ior line of sculpturing on propodosoma, minute and equal dorsal setae, shape of tal5 and tal6 legs I-II, long ta3 leg I, long tal leg II and relatively short tal6 leg III. One dorsal seta and many leg setae are not shown in Oudemans’ drawings. Oudemans in 1924 stated that Hypopus filicum Dujardin, 1849 was a svnonym of this species. In 1937 he placed Hypopus filicum in the genus Myianoetus. Collections. — Collected by Dufour in Sapromyzae hlepharipteroides, 1839; in Netherlands, Italy, and France, and on rotting hyacinth bulb, San Remo, Italy, Oudemans 1914; on Dryocetes autographus Ratz, from wood-farm on the Thaya, Neiderosterreich, Vitzthum, 1923; by Dr. Stadler in the nest of the bank swallow Clwicola riparia, at Lohram-Main, 1924, on Schizotrachelus hakeri Klein, from Philippines, on Brenthus from Bo¬ livia and on Phoeborus scaber Erichson, from Brazil, Vitzthum, 1926. Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. 116 The Virginia Journal of Science [January | i Histiostoma sextoni sp. nov. ' (Plates 46, 47) Female. — (Plate 46). Length 0.440 mm.; width 0.255 mm. Pear- j shaped. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated bearing approximately 18 equal teeth; median eheliceral process forked; lateral process short, equal to 'pp2, not flagella-like as in most anoetids. Pedipalpal seta ppl short, anteriorly directed, three times length of pp2. Setae similar in arrange¬ ment, generally slightly shorter than H. jtilorum except vol slightly longer, and vo2 equal; do7 ventral in position. Ringlike structure r2 j elongated; vm3 posterior to r2. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth except for sculptured rostrum. Setae considerably longer than in H. julorum, except dpi which is equal. Bursa copulatrix on a line with do5, raised, granular, and opening posteriorly. Legs. — Similar in size, shape, and setae ar¬ rangement to H. iulorum, with minute differences in setae size. Terminal tarsal setae ta9 legs I-IV nearly equal and longer than claw. All claws larger, and less curved than H. julorum. Male. — (Plate 46). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Shape nearly rectangular. Venter. — Entire gnathosoma smaller than in H. jul¬ orum, similar to female except smaller. Setae slightly longer than H. julorum, except vml and vo2 equal. Position of setae similar to H. jul¬ orum except vm3 posterio-mesiad to ringlike structure r2, and vol, vo2 more posterior. Anterior ringlike structure rl round or oval, r2 elongated, widely separated, and on a line with external genitalia. Dorsum. — Smooth except for sculptured rostrum. All setae considerably longer than H. jidorum, except dpi slightly longer. Legs. — Leg shape, size and setae arrangement similar to H. jidorum, except terminal tarsal setae ta9 legs III-IV longer than claw, t and ti2 legs I-II longer, and claws longer and less curved. Deutomjmph. — (Plate 47). Length 0.158 mm.; width 0.122. Venter. — Fused pedipalps one-half length of tarsus I; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to fused pedipalps. Sternum stl sometimes appears to be connected by faint membranous portion to a4; apodeme a2 faintly continuous with a4; apodemata a4 sometimes appear to be joined in midline; st2 free anter¬ iorly, posteriorly joined to united apodemata a5; st3 thin, contiguous with st4. Coxal discs somewhat smaller than suctorial plate discs pd2 and pd3. Dorsum. — Smooth except for three transverse lines of sculpturing on the anterior propodosoma, and transverse striations on the anterior margin of the hysterosoma. Most dorsal setae equal or nearly equal in length to genu I; do3, do4, and do6 approximately one-half as long. Legs. — Tarsi I-II equal to combined length of femur, genu, and tibia. Setae generally smaller than H. julorum, except: tal-ta3 leg I, and tal leg II which are longer. Seta ta3 leg I equal to tarsus II. Seta tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 117 Plate 46 — Histiostoma sextoni sp. nov. A — male, dorsum. B — female venter. C — chelicera. D — bursa copulatrix. E — female, dor¬ sum. F — male, venter. 118 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Remarks. — The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is as follows: finely serrated chelicera, lateral che- liceral process not flagellum-like, short anteriorly directed pedipalpal seta ppl, elongated ringlike structures r2, smooth dorsum except for rostrum, long terminal tarsal seta ta9 legs III-IV, and unusually long dorsal setae. For the female vm3 posterior to r2, and bursa copulatrix raised and di¬ rected posteriorly; for the male vmS mesiad and posteriad of r2. Fea¬ tures most useful in identifying the deutonymph are as follows: fused pedipalps and pedipalpal setae equal in length, arrangement of apode- mata, size of coxal discs, three lines of sculpturing on the dorsal propo- dosoma, transverse striations on the dorsal anterior hysterosoma, most dorsal setae equal or nearly equal in length to genu I, seta taS leg 1 equal to length of tarsus II and tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped. This species is named in honor of Roy L. Sexton. Collections. — Collected bv R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Va., October, 1951 and August, 1953, and in duck pen near Ellerson, Va., August, 1955. Types. — HoTotvpe and paratvpes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratvpes in authors’ collection. Histiostoma spinitarsus (Oudemans), 1901 (Plate 48) Hypopiis spinitarsus Oudemans, 1901; Anoetiis spinitarsus Oudemans, 1917; Histiostoma spinitarsus (Oudemans), 1901 [Buitendijk, 1945] Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 48). Length 0.143 mm.; width 0.099 mm. Venter. — Eused pedipalps equal to tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus II. Apodemata al heavily sclerotized at base of trochanters 1, united to form sternum stl which continues posteriorly and is joined with a4 by a fainter portion; apodeme a2 heavily sclerotized at base of tro¬ chanters I-II and joins with a4 posteriorly; apodemata a4 join in midline; sternum st2 continuous with a4 and a5; st3 free posteriorlv. Coxal disc dil lies on the heavily sclerotized anterior extension of a2, slightly smal¬ ler than di2; di3 larger than di2. Suctorial plate large, circular, other¬ wise similar to H. julorurn. Dorsum. — Propodosoma sparsely pitted; hysterosoma heavily pitted, transversely striated anteriorly. Setae dml and dol lancet-shaped equal to tarsus II; other setae fine and variable in length. Legs. — Leg size and arrangement similar to H. julorurn, ex- 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 119 Plate 47 — Upper, Histiostoma sextoni sp. nov. deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Histiostoma tienhoveni deutonymph. C — dorsum. Middle, seta dol, dm2, and dml. D — venter. Right, legs I-IV (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 120 The Virginia Journal of Science [January cept g3 leg I longer, ti2 leg II longer, no long setae on leg IV. All legs with claws. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are: the heavily sclerotized ventral areas adjacent to trochanters I-II, the heavily sclerotized area surrounding di2, unusual coxal discs which Oude- mans describes as short club-shaped organs, arrangement of apodemata, large and nearly round suctorial plate, pitted soma, hysterosoma trans¬ versely striated anteriorly, and two pairs of long lancet-shaped setae on dorsum. Oudemans stated that the two specimens examined by him were defective. This may account for the two missing dorsal setae and for the absence of tal6 leg IV. Oudemans in about 1910 examined 5 speci¬ mens similar to this species collected by Berlese in rotting wood in Florence. Because of the similarity of H. spinitarsus he called them Hypopus tarsispinus. Because of the inadequate description of these speci- nens, Hypopus tarsispinus is considered by the present authors to be a nomen duhia. According to Oudemans this form differs from H. spini¬ tarsus as follows: longer fused pedipalps, legs slenderer, setae generally longer. Collections. — Collected by H. J. Veth on Phanaeus sp. (Coprinae), South America, February, 1903. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection. Histiostoma tienhoveni (Oudemans), 1926 (Plate 47) Anoetus tienhoveni Oudemans, 1926; Histiostoma tienhoveni (Oudemans), 1926 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. —■ No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 47). Length 0.187 mm.; width 0.127 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal length of tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl equal length of tarsus II. Gnathosomal base surrounded by heavily sclerotized apodemata al, which join in midline to form sternum stl; stl faintly joined to a4; heavily sclerotized portion of apodeme a2 adjacent to trochanters I-II anteriorly; posteriorly a2 united with a4; a4 united in midline with st2; a5 united and joined with st2 and st3. Coxal disc dil lies on the heavily sclerotized anterior end of a2, and is larger than di2-di3. Suctorial plate almost circular; functional suckers su larger than in H. pdorum, central discs pdl smaller. Dorsum. — Cnathosomal base extended anteriorly beyond propodosoma; propodosoma fineh’ pitted; 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 121 Plate 48 — Upper, Histiostoma spinitarsus deutonymph. Left, leg I. A — dorsum. B — venter. Right, leg II. (Original unpublished draw¬ ing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Histiostoma toxopei deu¬ tonymph. Left, legs I-IV, dorsal view. C — fused pedipalps. D — dorsum. E — venter. Right, legs I-IV, ventral view. (After Oudemans) 122 The Virginia Journal of Science [January hysterosoma heavily pitted, with anterior margin transversely striated. All setae relatively short, hairlike, exeept drnl whieh is short and peg-like; dm2 lancet-shaped, longer than tarsus II, with definite midrib and serrated edges; dol lancet-shaped, longer than tarsus I, with one margin serrated; and do2 small, probably peg-like. Legs. — Tarsi I-II shorter than combined length of trochanter, genu, and tibia; otherwise leg size, shape, and arrangement similar to H. iulorum, except; ti2 leg II longer; leg III ta4 shorter, tal6 unstalked, membranous, rounded distally; leg IV ta4- ta7 shorter; terminal tarsal seta, which probably represents a modified claw, long and tapering. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are heavy anterior apodemata, dil on sclerotized anterior portion of a2 and larger than other coxal discs; arrangement of apodemata, nearly circular suctorial plate, and size of functional suckers; dorsum pitted, hvstero- soma with transversely striated anterior margin, serrated lancet-shaped hysterosomal setae; leg III tal6 membranous, leg IV terminal tarsal seta long and tapering. It is possible that the unusual peg-Tike dml actually represents a broken seta. The details of the central suctorial plate disc pdl are not shown in Oudemans’ figure. It probably is larger than rep¬ resented. Collections. — In nest of l^alpa europaea, Naardermeer, September, 1926. Types. — One example in Museum Natura Artis Magistra, Amster¬ dam. Histiostoma toxopei (Oudemans), 1927 (Plate 48) Anoetiis toxopei Oudemans, 1927; Histiostoma toxopei (Oudemans), 1927 [Buitendijk, 1945]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 48). Length 0.184 mm.; width 0.126 mm. Shape ellipsoid. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia II, expanded in middle; pedipalpal setae equal fused pedipalps. Apodemata al joining to form short sternum stl; apodeme a2 nearly twice length of stl, al and a2 free posteriorly; apodemata a4 united in midline and join sternum st2; apodemata a5 weak, join in midline to form st2; st2 contiguous with st3; st3 and st4 continuous. Coxal discs small and equal. Suctorial plate with irregular anterioi' margin. Dorsum. — Smooth except for single line 123 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) of sculpturing on anterior margin of propodosoma. Setae short, hair-like, and equal. Legs. — Tarsi I-II relatively short; otherwise leg size and shape, and leg setae size and arrangement similar to H. julorum, except: tdlS legs I-II unstalked, membranous, wide at base, with rounded tips; tal6 legs III-IV broad at base, but finely tapering; leg I ta2-ta3 less than one-half length of tdl; legs I-II seta / longer. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are expanded fused pedipalps equal in length to pedipalpal setae, arrange¬ ment of apodemata, small coxal discs, and shape of suctorial plate; dorsUm smooth with single line sculpturing on anterior propodosoma, short equal setae; leg setae tdlS I-II membranous, ta2 and ta3 leg I short. Collections. — Collected by A. C. Oudemans on stretches between Wai Eno and Wai Temun, Insel Burn, February, 1921. Types. — No record. Histiostoma trichophorus (Oudemans), 1912 (Plate 49) Anoetus trichophorus Oudemans, 1912; Histiostoma trichophorus (Oude¬ mans), 1912 [Buitendijk, 1945], Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 49). Length 0.175 mm.; width 0.108 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to tibia I; pedipalpal setae equal to tarsus II. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodemata a4 joined in midline and united with a2; sternum st2 extended anteriorly to united posterior portion of a4; apodemata a5 united in midline with st2 and st3. Coxal disc dil lies on a2, is slightly smaller than di2 and di3. Suctorial plate ellipsoidal. Dorsum. — Smooth. Setae hairlike, generally equal or longer than tibia I, except do3, do4, and do6 which are much shorter. Seta dp3 slightly shorter than dp4. Legs. — Leg size, shape, and setae size and arrangement similar to H. julorum, except: ti2 leg II much longer; ta4 leg IV shorter, leg IV without claw. Remarks. ~ Features most useful in identifying this species are length of fused pedipalps and pedipalpal setae ppl, arrangement of apodemata, shape of suctorial plate, hairlike dorsal setae generally as long or longer than tibia I. Vitzthum (1923) described an anoetid which he called H. trichophorus Oud. although there was some doubt in Vitzthum’s mind that his specimens corresponded exactly with this species. In some features his specimens resembled H. himalayae. A similar form with pit- 124 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 49 — Upper, Histiostoma trichophorus deutonymph. A — dorsum. B “ venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oude- mans) Lower, Anoetostoma oudemansi deutonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. (After Womersley) 12o 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) ted dorsal hysterosoma was also observed by Vitzthum in 1921. Collections. — Collected by A. C. Oudemans on Platypus dispar Schauff II (Platypodidae) , Mkulumiisi Mountain, near the Biological Agricultural Institute, Amani, Dutch East Africa, July, 1911; by Vitz¬ thum in Blankenese, Holstein, August, 1911; by H. Wichmann on Dendroctonus micans Kug., wood farm on the Thaya, July, 1920; by Vitzthum on Hormocerus reticulatus at Sumbava, Dutch Indies; by A. Krausse under bark of decaying tree trunk at Eberswalde, April, 1921. Types. — Holotype in Natural History Museum at Hamburg, Germ¬ any. GENUS Anoetoglyphus Oudemans, 1927 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on deutonymph (Oude¬ mans, 1929). Coxa I with distinct disc dil; coxa HI devoid of either a disc or seta. Coxa IV with disc di3. Suctorial plate with 2 functional suckers, 2 large central discs, and 4 small discs. (Oudemans 1927, Vitz¬ thum 1927). Type. — Anoetoglyphus ateuchi Oudemans, 1927. Anoetoglyphus ateuchi Oudemans, 1927 Female. — No information. Male. •— No information. Deutonymph. — (No published figure). Venter. — Coxa I with disc dil; coxa HI devoid of a disc or seta. Coxa IV with disc di3. The row of 4 small discs on the suctorial plate is posteriad of the large central discs. Suctorial plate sueker-disc arrangement is then by rows 2.2.4, not 2.4.2 as in many anoetids. Dorsum. — Propodosoma smooth. Hysterosoma with extremely fine pores. Dorsal setae short. Legs. — Tarsal setae tal6 legs I and II leaf-shaped; seta tal6 leg HI palette-shaped; leg IV without long tal6. Remarks. — Because of the variability of the sucker-disc arrangement on the suctorial plate within the single genus^ Anoetus, for example, it is doubtful that the arrangement 2.2.4 will have diagnostic value for this genus, as Oudemans suggests. Collections. — On larva of Ateuchus semipunctatus F., ‘South Italy. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection (one slide with 4 deutonymphs sent to Oudemans by Vitzthum). 126 The Virginia Journal of Science [January GENUS Anoetostoma Womersley, 1941 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on deiitonympli. Coxa I and III devoid of either dises or setae. Coxa IV with disc di3. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, 2 large central discs, and 4 small discs. (Womersley states that no dorsal sulcus is present, yet in figure he clearly shows a coarsely granular hysterosoma and a short smooth propodosoma, thus indicating a sulcus is actually present.) Type. — Anoetostoma oudemansi Womersley, 1941. Anoetostoma oudemansi Womersley, 1941 (Plate 49) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutomjmpli. — (Plate 49). Length 0.165 mm.; width 0.126 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to length of tibia I. Suctorial plate ellipsoidal with two functional suckers, not described by Womersley but shown in his figure. Suctorial plate sucker-disc arrangement is 2.2.4 as in Anoetoglyphus ateuchi rather than 2.4.2 as in many other anoetids. Sternum stl short, not touching apodeme a4. Apodemata a4 continuous in midline with sternum st2. Sterna st2, st3, and st4 continuous. Dorsum. — Evidence of dorsal sulcus as described for genus. Hysterosoma coarsely granular. Dorsal setae probably minute, not observed by Womersley. Legs. — All tarsi with small claws. Tarsal setae tal6 legs l-II clavate, legs III-IV tal6 more than four times as long as claw; leg IV ta4 un¬ usually long. Remarks. — The functional suckers were not recognized by Womer¬ sley. In all observed anoetids these are often distended in such a position as to be difficult to observe. In view of lack of many details in Womer- sley’s description of Anoetostoma oudemansi, it is believed that setae on coxae I-III, and seta vml associated with coxal disc di3, may have been present but not observed because of their minute size. If such setae are observed in the future by more detailed study, then this species would be placed in the genus Anoetus. However, since the presence of such setae is conjectural at this time, the genus Anoetostoma is retained. It may be noted that many leg setae are not shown. Features useful in identifying the deutonymph of this species are as follows: length of fused pedipalps and seta ppl, arrangement of apodemata, arrangement of suctorial plate, granular dorsum, short propodosoma, leg I ta3 longer than tarsus II, and leg IV ta4 exceptionallv long. 1958] A Review of the Faaiily Anoetidae (Acari) 127 Collections. ~ .On Musca domestica, Sidney, New South Wales, June, 1940. Types. — Probably in museum in Adelaide, Australia. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Anoetus BASED ON MALES 1. With a pair of posterio-marginal seta longer than hysterosoma . . A. nepenthesiana Without extremely long posterio-marginal setae . 2 2. Pedipalpal seta ppl long, flagella-like; longer than tarsus I . A. bushlandi, sp. nov. Pedipalpal seta ppl shorter than tarsus I . 3 3. Dorsal hysterosomal setae of unequal length; seta dml one-half, or less, length of others . A. gibsoni Dorsal hysterosomal setae approximately equal in length . . . . . A. laboratorium KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Anoetus BASED ON FEMALES 1. Pedipalpal seta ppl very long, flagella-like, longer than tarsus I . . . A. bushlandi, sp. nov. Pedipalpal seta ppl shorter than tarsus I . . 2 2. Claws long, tapering; over one-half length of tarsus I . A, gibsoni Claws short, stout; length less than one-fourth tarsus I A. laboratorium KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Anoetus BASED ON DEUTONYMPHS 1. Apodemata a2 not continuous with apodemata a4 . Apodemata a2 continuous with apodemata a4 2. Sternum stl continuous with apodemata a4 . . . 3 Sternum stl not continuous with apodemata a4 . 5 3. Most dorsal setae, long, hairlike . . . A. polynesiacus Most dorsal setae short . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 00 128 The Virginia Journal of Science [January 4. Plate disc pdl miicli larger than functional sucker sii; tarsus III with paired distal membranous structure . . A. turcastanae Plate disc pdl almost equal in size to functional sucker su; tarsus III without paired distal membranous structure A. heliocopridis 5. Dorsal hysterosoma smooth . 6 Dorsal hysterosoma striated or shagreened . . . . . . 7 6. Leg IV with typical claw . . . . . A. conclavicola Leg IV without typical claw . A. alicola 7. Leg IV without typical claw . . . A. laboratorium Leg IV with typical claw . A. bushlandi, sp. nov. 8. Apodemata a5 free, not meeting to form st2 . A. gibsoni Apodemata a5 not free, meeting to form st2 . A. nepenthesiana GENUS Anoetus Dujardin, 1842 Diagnosis. — Diagnosis is based on deutonymph. Coxae I and III with minute setae. Coxa IV with seta vml, mesiad of disc diS. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs, and four small discs. (Oudemans, 1929; Gervais, 1844). Type. — Anoetus alicola (Dujardin), 1849. Anoetus laboratorium (Hughes), 1950, new combination (Plates 50, 51) Histiostoma laboratorium Hughes, 1950 Female. (Plate 50). Length 0.460 mm.; width 0.310 mm. Venter. — Chelicera serrated, bearing approximately eight teeth equal in length, with blunt or rounded ends; toothed region bearing seta-like structure ending in minute but distinct knob. Lateral chelicercal flagellum equal in length to toothed region. Pedipalpal seta ppl slightly longer than pp2. Laterally pedipalps bear many fine bristle-like structures. By com¬ parison with H. julorum the following outstanding differences may be noted: setae more spine-like, except vo3; ring-like structures r2 somewhat smaller, often almost triangular in shape, but variable in different speci¬ mens. Dorsum. — Smooth except rostrum, which is granular giving sculp¬ tured effect. Setae longer than tarsus I, tapering, except setae dpi, dp2, and dp3. Bursa copulatrix on line between excretory pores; slightly raised from surface of dorsum with opening in middle. Dorsal pits as in 129 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) H. julorum. Legs. ~~ Leg shape, setae number, and arrangement similar to H. julorum, except seta t legs I-III nearly twice as long, leg I g3, g4, ti2, tal, ta2 and ta6 larger; leg II ti2 larger. Male. — (Plate 50). Length 0.380 mm.; width 0.230 mm. Distinctly broad and shield-shaped. Venter. — Gnathosoma same as in female. By comparison with H. julorum, seta vpl shorter; vm2 closer to lateral mar¬ gin of coxa III; vo2 more minute; vo3 shorter; ring-like structures rl more widely separated, near coxae III, r2 more widely separated, on level with posterior end of anus. Sclerotized structure associated with a8. Dorsum. — Smooth, except rostrum which is granular and sculptured, similar to female. Number, arrangement, and size of setae similar to female. Legs. — By comparison with female A. laboratorium and with male H. julorum, legs distinctly more massive; number of setae same; ar¬ rangement of setae similar, but generally much heavier. Legs IV ex¬ tended posteriorly and apparently functionless as walking appendages, but used to grasp female during copulation. Deutonymph. — (Plate 51). Length 0.180 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Color pink. Venter. — Pedipalpal seta ppl longer than tarsus I. Fused ped- ipalps short, barely extending beyond propodosoma. Coxae I and III se¬ tae extremely minute and difficult to see. Coxal IV seta vml extremely minute, mesiad of dz3.^ Apodemata al with heavy anterior supporting pro¬ cesses lateral to gnathosomal base; sternum stl not making contact with apodemata a4; apodeme a2 joining d4; apodemata a4 continuous in mid¬ line; sternum st2 faintly Y-shaped anteriorly, not joining a4; suctorial plate nearly rectangular, and without radial striations marginally. Dor¬ sum. — Propodosoma smooth; hysterosoma striated or pitted; setae small, spine-like. Propodosomal setae equal in length; hysterosomal setae one- half length of similar setae in H. julorum. Legs. — Setae arrangement and number typical. By comparison with H. julorum there are the follow¬ ing striking differences: leg I seta f three times as long, g2 finer, ta3 longer, tal5 small, difficult to see; leg II f longer, tal6 tapering, not lancet-like. Leg IV ta4 and ta7 much shorter. What appears to be the longer terminal tal6 leg IV is believed to represent an extremely modi¬ fied claw, a condition more extreme than that found in Anoetus gihsoni. Seta tal6 is thought to be represented by one of the smaller distal setae. Leg IV is usually extended posteriorly in an immobile position, and is essentially non-functional. Remarks. •— The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is as follows: serrated chelicera with blunt teeth; knobbed seta on distal chelicera; short pedipalpal seta; bristle-like srtuc- tures associated with pedipalps; for the female nearly triangular discs r2 with setae vm3 posterior and lateral; small rounded bursa copulatrix on a line with seta clol; for the male position of seta vml anterio-laterad of 130 The Virginia Journal of Science [ Janiiarv Plate 50 “ Anoetus lab or at or him. A — chelicera. B — female, dorsum. C — bursa copulatrix. D — female, venter. E — male, dorsum. F — male, venter. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 131 Plate 51 — Upper, Anoetus alicola deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (After Dujardin) Lower, Anoetus lahoratorium deutonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. 132 The Virginia Journal of Science [January rl, and vm3 opposite the anterior end of external genitalia; position of r2 posterior to sclerotized apodeme a8, and leg IV functionless as a walking appendage; for the deutonymph pitted hysterosoma, arrange¬ ment of apodemata, shape of suctorial plate, size of disc di3; leg IV without claw and with long "‘end hair,” functionless as a walking appen¬ dage. Studies show that the life cycle may be completed within five days. The short life cycle plus the fact that the deutonymph appears to be very hardy, can make this species a serious pest in Drosophila cultures as well as a frequent contaminant in mite cultures. The haploid number of chromosomes is 4. It is interesting to note that although this species is very hardy and prolific, it has not been observed in the hundreds of collections made by us. It might be surmised that it is not a native of Eastern United States but of some distant area, and that it has been distributed by exchange of Drosophila cultures from one laboratory to another. This species is named ‘3ahoratoriutn” because of its occurrence in laboratory Drosophila cultures. It is arrhenotokous. Collections. — 1945 Drosophila culture obtained from a biological supply house in Chicago, Illinois; 1951 Drosophila culture furnished bv J. Novikoff, Baltimore, Maryland; 1952 collected in England by A. M. Hughes. Tijpes. — Holotype and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratypes located as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Peitermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Anoetus alicola (Dujardin), 1849 (Plate 51) Hijpopus alicola Dujardin, 1849; Anoetus alicola (Dujardin), 1849, [Oudemans, 1924c]; Anoetus discrepans Oudemans, 1903. Female. — No information. Male. ~ No information. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acad) 133 Deutonijmph. — (Plate 51). Length 0.126-0.248 mm.; color brownish; shape oval, elongate. Venter. — Fused pedipalps expanded in mid-region, barely extending beyond propodosoma; breadth almost equal to length; pedipalpal seta ppl slightly longer than fused pedipalps. Coxae I and III with small structures assumed to be setae which Oudemans (1903) de¬ scribed as rudimentarv sucking discs. Coxa IV with disc di3. Sternum stl not making contact with apodemata a4. Apodeme a2 faintly continuous with a4. Apodemata a4 continuous in midline. Sternum st2 continuous with a4 and aS. Sterna st3 and st4 continuous. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth; setae minute. Legs. — Seta tal6 I-II spoon-shaped; seta tal6 leg III more spatulate; leg IV with “end hair” as long as last four joints. Tarsi I-III with minute claws. Remarks. — Because of the unusually small size of the coxal I and III structures, it is believed that they are actually the bases of minute setae rather than discs or rudimentary suckers as Oudemans suggests. Although the possession of coxal I and III setae and vml located mesiad of disc di3 are diagnostic characters of the genus Anoetus, both are usu¬ ally minute and often very difficult to observe. Oudemans does not show either type of seta, but on the basis of other general characters, as well as their assumed presence in this instance, we are placing this species in the genus Anoetus. Many leg setae are not shown and were probably overlooked. It should be noted that the “end hair” on tarsus IV is probably not tal6 but rather a highly modified claw as in A. labor- atorium. We have reproduced Oudemans’ figure of A. discrepans instead of Dujardin’s original drawing. Features most useful in identifying the deutonymph of this species are short fused pedipalps and seta ppl, ar¬ rangement of apodemata, shape of suctorial plate, minute equal dorsal se¬ tae, spoon-shaped tal6 legs I-II, spatulate tal6 leg III and long “end hair” leg IV. Collections. — Collected by Dujardin on wing of bee, from Saint- Gaudens (Haute-Garonne) , France, 1849; by Oudemans on Halictus notatus K, near Bremen, Germany, 1903. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection (A. discrepans). Anoetus hushlandi, sp. nov. (Plates 52, 53) Female. — (Plate 52). Length 0.425 mm.; width 0.260 mm. Venter. Chelicera finely and uniformly serrated, with approximately eight teeth; lateral chelicercal flagellum about three times length of toothed region. Pedipalpal seta ppl laterally directed, trailing, over five times length of pp2. Small thin leaf-like structures project lateral!)^ from fhe labium. 134 The Virginia Journal of Science | Januaiy Ringlilce structures small; rl elliptical and lieavily cliitinized; r2 more rounded. Setae small, hairlike. Seta vo3 twice as long as other ventral setae and about one-half as long as vo3 of A. lahoratorium. Seta c1o7 mar¬ ginal. Dorsum. — Smooth exeept for sculptured rostrum. All setae inelud¬ ing dp3 and dp4 as long or longer than combined length of genu, tibia, and tarsus of leg I, except dpi and dp2. Position and size of bursa eopu- latrix similar to that of A. lahoratorium except not raised from surface of dorsum. Legs. — By eomparison with A. lahoratorium trochanter setae t leg I-III and femoral seta f leg I\^ much shorter; position and arrange¬ ment of other leg setae similar. Male. — (Plate 52). Length 0.290 mm.; width 0.165 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Setae small, hairlike, variable in length. Seta cml posteriad of anterior ringlike strueture rl; 'r2 opposite apodeme a8. Dorsum. — As in female, except seta do7 is missing. Legs. — In con¬ trast to A. lahoratorium tarsus I seta ta6, tarsus II ta6 and ta7 less ro¬ bust; trochanter setae t legs I-III, and femoral seta f leg IV one-half as long. Deutonymph. — (Plate 53). Length 0.167 mm.; width 0.131 mm. More oval in shape than A. lahoratorium. Venter. — Fused pedipalps similar in size and shape to A. lahoratorium. Pedipalpal seta ppl slightlv more than half length of tarsus I. Coxae I, III, IV setae minute as in A. lahoratorium. Coxa IV disc di3 small, about one-half diameter of suc¬ torial plate dise pd2. Arrangement of apodemata similar to A. lahoratorium, exeept sternum st2 is eontinuous with apodemata a4, and st3 ends in an inverted “Y” posteriorly. Suetorial plate distinctly indented laterally; cen¬ tral pdl almost twice diameter of functional sucker su. Dorsum. — Finely shagreened, exeept for anterior membranous margin of propodo- soma; setae minute and hairlike. Legs. — All legs with elaws. By com¬ parison with A. lahoratorium, seta tal6 leg I spoon-shaped but smaller; seta tal5 laneet-shaped and longer; seta tal6 leg II laneet-like; femoral setae f legs I-II one-half as long; tarsal setae ta4 and ta7 leg IV much longer. Leg III tal6 approximately four times length of claw; leg IV tal6 as least six times as long as claw. Remarks. — The combination of adult characteristics most useful in identifying this species is as follows: finely serrated ehelicera; extremelv long ppl; small nearly round ringlike structures; uniformly long dorsal seta, exeept dpi and dp2; dp3 and dp4 long and equal; for the female vm3 posterior to r2, and small unraised bursa eopulatrix on lines between setae dol and do5; for the male position of setae vrnl posterior to rl, and V7n3 anterio-mesiad of r2. The deutonymph eharacteristics most useful for identification are shagreened dorsum; membranous anterior extension of propodosoma; hairlike dorsal setae; extremely small disc di3; laterally indented suetorial plate; large disc pdl; arrangement of apodemata; and 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 135 Plate 52 — Anoetus bushlandi. A — female, venter. B — male, dorsum. C — chelicera. D — male, venter. E — bursa copulatrix. F — female, dorsum. 136 The Virginia Journal of Science [January length of leg IV tal6. The shape of suctorial plate with lateral indenta¬ tions is unique among all the anoetids so far examined. This species is ar- rhenotokous. Named in honor of R. C. Bushland. Collections. — Collected by O. Schomberg, on stable fly media, Kerr- ville, Texas, November, 1951; by R. C. Bushland, on stable fly media, Kerrville, Texas, April, 1952. Types. — Holotype and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratypes located as follows: U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. British Museum of Natural History, London, England Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France The South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia Natal Museum, Peitermaritzburg, Union of South Africa National Collection, Ottawa, Canada USSR Academy of Science, Moscow and Leningrad, USSR Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium Anoetus conclavicola Oudemans, 1929 (Plate 53) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 53). Length 0.170 mm.; width 0.110 mm. Col¬ or yellowish brown. Venter. — Fused pedipalps similar to A. lahoratorium except seta ppl is only slightly longer than tibia I, and is blunt at end. Sternum stl not making contact with apodemata a4; apodeme a2 making contact with a4; apodemata a4 continuous in midline, and making con¬ tact with sternum st2; sterna st2-st4 continuous. Coxa I and III setae minute and club-shaped. Coxa IV seta vml small spine-like, mesiad of disc di3. Suctorial plate large and ellipsoid. Disc pdl twice diameter of sucker su. Dorsum. — Indications of faint sculpturing on propodosoma. Setae equal, minute and fine. Legs. — Leg I seta talG spoon-shaped, tal5 large unstalked, palette-shaped, tal nearly one-half length of tarsus I; leg II talB short, club-shaped, seta tal5 unstalked, palette-shaped; seta f legs I-II long as in A. laboratoriurii; leg III talG long, lancet- shaped; seta ti3 shorter than A. lahoratorium, seta ta4 equal in length to talG; leg IV talG longer than leg, seta t(t4 and ta7 distinctly longer than corresponding setae in A. lahoratorium. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 137 Plate 53 — Upper, Anoetus bushlandi deutonymph. A — venter. B — dor¬ sum. Lower, Anoetus conclavicola deutonymph. C — discs di3 and associated area. D — dorsum. E — venter. Right, legs I-IV and seta dil. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 138 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Remarks. — Blunt pedipalpal setae ppl have not been observed in any anoetid studied in detail. Its presence in this species may be due to breakage, or if confirmed would have diagnostic value. The unusual club- shaped setae on coxae I and III are also peculiar to this species. Be¬ cause of the extreme smallness of these coxal setae in general their exact shape is more often than not open to some doubt (cf. A. gihsoni) . Gen¬ erally conspicuous leg setae which are not shown in Oudemans’ drawings are as follows: tarsus I setae ta2 and taS; tarsus III ta6. Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: short fused pedipalps, ar¬ rangement of apodemata, minute equal dorsal setae, tal6 leg I spoon¬ shaped, tal6 leg II club-shaped, tal6 leg III long lancet-shaped, tal6 leg IV exceptionally long and tapering. Collections. — Collected by A. Collart on Koptorthosoma nigrita Fabr. Stanleyville, Belgian Congo, 1928. Types. — In Musee du Congo — Beige, Tervueren, Belgium. Anoetus gihsoni (Nesbitt), 1954, new combination (Plates 54, 55) Zwickia gihsoni Nesbitt, 1954. Female. — (Plate 54). Length 0.435 mm.; width 0.280 mm. Venter. — Chelicera finely serrated with approximately twenty-two teeth, diminish¬ ing in size distally; cheliceral flagellum nearly twice length of serrated portion. Pedipalpal seta ppl directed anteriorly and laterally, over twice length of pp2. Seta pp2 minute, fine, and directed mesially. Ventral setae fine, varying in length. In comparison with A. lahoratorium seta vpl hairlike, three times as long; vm2 further posteriad of ringlike struc¬ ture ri, hairlike and twice as long; seta vm3 almost contiguous mesiallv with ringlike structure r2, hairlike and twice as long; vol, vo2 and vo3 short, equal in length and more closely grouped around anus; marginal seta do7 more ventral in position. Ringlike structures ovoid; posterior pair r2 more widely separated than in A. lahoratorium. Two mesial pit¬ like structures located slightly posteriad of vulva. Dorsum. — Propodosoma separated from hysterosoma by faint sulcus. Dorsum smooth, except for faintly granular rostrum. Setae generally stout and distinctly variable in length. In comparison with A. lahoratorium setae dp3, dml, dm2 and dol shorter. Dorsal pit-like structures same as for A. lahoratorium except dpi3 appears to be missing. Position of bursa copulatrix nearly on line with setae do5. Legs. — By comparison with A. lahoratorium all legs are long¬ er. Leg setae in general are outstandingly heavier and longer, less curv¬ ed and tapering. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 139 Plate 54 — Anoetus gibsoni. A — female, venter. B — female, dorsum. C — chelicera. D — male, dorsum. E — male, venter. (Modifi¬ ed after Nesbitt) 140 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Male. — (Plate 54). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.200 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Pedipalpal seta pp2 extremely minute or absent (see under remarks). Ventral setae variable in length, and fine except vo3. In comparison with A. lahoratorium seta vpl hairlike, almost twice as long; vm2 almost twice as long and more distant from trochanter III; vm3 closer to genital apparatus and mesiad of ringlike structure r2; vol and vo2 borne on genital plate, and anterior to anus; vo3 twice as long and heavier; anterior ringlike structures r2 ovoid, closer together and on level with external genitalia; genitalia and a portion of anus associated with a conspicuous genital plate. Dorsum. — Smooth, except for faintly sculpt¬ ured rostrum. Pit-like structures and setae essentially as in female. Legs. — setae arrangement similar to female, but setae generally smaller. Out¬ standing exceptions are as follows: seta tal6 leg III twice length of claw; tal6 leg IV over three times length of claw; claws shorter and heavier than in female. Deutonymph. — (Plate 55). Length 0.259 mm.; width 0.200 mm. Unusually broad in region of opisthosoma. Venter. — Fused pedipalps al¬ most three times as long as wide, and extending well beyond propodoso- ma. Pedipalpal seta ppl equal to combined length of genu I and tibia 1. Posterior ends of sternum stl and apodemata a2 on a line, and do not meet a4; apodemata a4 extend anteriorly and do not make contact in mid¬ line; apodemata aS and sternum st3 extend anteriorly with ends free. Cox¬ ae I and III with minute, peg-like setae. Coxae IV and seta vml hairlike, twice length of coxae I and III setae. Suctorial plate ellipsoid, relatively small; functional suckers su equal in diameter to central disc pdl. Dorsum. — Smooth, except for faint transverse sculpturing on propodosoma. Setae fine, minute, and equal. Legs. — Seta tol6 leg I spoon-shaped; leg II tal6 lancet-shaped; legs III-IV talG long, tapering. All legs with claws. Setae generally prominent. In comparison with A. lahoratorium setae f leg I-II shorter; setae tal legs I-II much larger; seta ta4 leg III much longer; seta f leg IV shorter; setae ta4 and ta7 leg IV much longer. Claws long, slender and slightly curved. Remarks. — This species is unusual in that in the adult female pedi¬ palpal seta pp2 is directed mesially. In the male this seta is extremely minute, and is not certainly present, although in one or two specimens it appeared to be present. Nesbitt claims that it is absent. A faint dorsal sulcus can be seen in both male and female. Nesbitt does not describe a sulcus for either male or female, nor does he show one in his figure. The presence of a pair of pit-like structures posteriad of the vulva is unique except for Z. quentheri in comparison with all other anoetids we have studied in detail. These pit-like structures are somewhat smaller than the dorsal pit-like structures and for this reason may not be comparable. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acad) 141 Plate 55 — Anoetus gibsoni deutonmyph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (Modi¬ fied after Nesbitt) 142 The Virginia Journal of Science [ January The bursa copulatrix is much more posterior in position than for A, lahora- torium and A. hushlandi. The leg setae of this species are unusually stout and clear, and are useful in confirming the setal pattern for other species in which there is some doubt about the presence of a few minute setae. The claws of the female are unusually long and almost spine-like in shape. We have placed this species in the genus Anoetus because it shows all the necessary diagnostic features including a faint dorsal sulcus in the adult, although it must be admitted that it also has many features at present considered to be characteristic of other species of the genus Zwickia. Among such features mav be mentioned: the arrangement of the anal setae of female, the unusually long claws of the adults, the small suctorial plate, and arrangement of apodemata in the deutonymph. Spec¬ imens for study were kindly furnished by Dr. Nesbitt. Collections. — Collected by H. H. J. Nesbitt in pitchers of Sarra- cenia purpurea L. from sphagnum bogs at Glengarne (Danford Lake, Aylwin Township, Gatineau County, Quebec). Types. — In Nesbitt’s collection. Anoetus heliocopridis Vitzthum, 1926 (Plate 56) Female. ■— No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 56). Length 0.157 mm. -0.169 mm.; width 0.099 mm. -0.104 mm. Color pale yellow. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal length of tibia I, extending about one-half length beyond propodosoma. Seta ppl equal length of tarsus II. Sternum stl, and apodemata a2 and a3 make contact with apodemata a4; apodemata a4 continuous in mid¬ line; sternum st2 faintly continuous with apodemata a4 and continuous with. a5; sternum st3 makes contact with apodemata a5, but is not in con¬ tact with st4. Coxae I and III with minute setae; coxa IV wtih fine seta, mesiad of small discs di3. Suctorial plate ellipsoidal. Dorsum. — Hystero- soma finely honey-combed anteriorly and more longitudinally striated posteriorly; propodosoma smooth. Dorsal setae short and fine. Legs. — Tarsal setae tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped with definite midrib; tal6 leg III tapered, almost three times length of claw; tal6 leg IV tapered, over four times length of claw; seta ta3 leg I longer* than tarsus. In compari¬ son with A. laboratorium the following differences are noted: leg I f spine-like, about one-third as long; leg II seta f about one-half as long. Remarks. — The description above is based primarily on Oudemans’ 19581 A Review of the Faahly Anoetidae (Acari) 143 Plate 56 — Upper, Anoetus heliocopridis deutonymph. Left, legs I-II. A — venter. B — dorsum. C — dorsum of another specimen in which striations were more definite. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Anoetus turcastanae deu¬ tonymph. D — dorsum. E — venter. Right, legs I-II. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 144 The Virginia Journal of Science [January (1916) original drawings and to a lesser degree on Vitzthum’s (1926b) description of this species. Vitzthum's drawings differ from Oudemans’ in one or two possibly important respects, as follows: Vitzthum does not show a sculptured hysterosoma, and his drawing of the suctorial plate is almost round instead of ellipsoidal. If these differences are accurately shown it is possible that they were dealing with closely related, but dif¬ ferent species. It may be noted that Oudemans does not show all of the leg setae typical for anoetids. It is assumed that the missing setae were overlooked. Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: length of fused pedipalps and setae ppl, arrangement of apodemata, hysterosoma longitudinally striated, dorsal setae short and fine, tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped, tal6 legs III-IV tapering. Collections. — Collected by H. J. Veth on Heliocopris bucephalus. Fabricus, February 20, 1903, in Java; by Paravicini near Lembang, Java, July, 1921. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection in Arnhem. Anoetus nepenthesiana (Hirst), 1928, new combination (Plate 57) Zwickia nepenthesiana Hirst, 1928. Female. — (No figure). Length 0.370 mm. Venter. — Ringlike struc¬ tures larger and more elongated than in male; position of these structures ap¬ parently typical for female anoetids. Terminal posterior setae shorter than in the male. Legs. — The legs and leg setae are weaker than in the male; claw of leg I longer and more slender. Male. — (Plate 57). Length 0.340 mm.; width 0.225 mm. Venter. — Pedipalpal setae ppl and pp2 apparently minute. Details of gnathosoma not clear from Hirst’s description. Propodosomal seta vpl equal to genu I; metapodosomal seta vml less than one-half length of vpl, lateral to and almost contiguous with anterior ringlike structure ' rJ ; vm2 slightly longer than vpl, and on coxa HI; vm3 equal to vml, and mesiad of posterior ringlike structure r2; vo2 longer than vm2, and posterior to anus; vo3 nearly equal length of leg III. Ringlike structures ellipsoid; structures rl close together and nearly on a line between trochanters HI; structures r2 more widely spaced and on a line between trochanters IV. Dorsum. — (No figure). Dorsum smooth; setae fine, much shorter than exceptionally long vo3. Legs. — All legs with strong spines. Tarsi II-III with terminal group of stout spines. Claw I short and stout, claws II-IV long, slender and slightly curved; claw IV shorter than II and HI. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 145 Plate 57 — Anoetus nepenthesiana. A — male, venter. B — deutonymph, venter. (After Vitzthum) 146 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Deutonijmph. — (Plate 57). Length 0.210 mm.; width 0.100 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps long, slender and extending well beyond pro- podosoma; pedipalpal setae ppl longer than fused pedipalps. Sternum stl, and apodemata a2 and a4 free in mid-region; apodemata a5 join in midline to form a short sternum st2, whieh is eontinuous with st3. Coxa 1 with minute structure, assumed to be seta; coxa 111 with minute seta. Coxa IV with minute seta mesiad of the extremely small disc di3. Suc¬ torial plate almost triangular in shape, with four extremely small posterior discs. Dorsum. — No information. Legs. — All legs with long, slender and slightly curved claws. Terminal tarsal setae tal6 all legs long, tapering. Setae f legs I-Il short. Seta ta3 leg 1 as long as tarsus. Remarks. — In Hirst’s drawing of the venter of the male, a pair of opisthosomatic pit-like structures are shown laterad of seta vo2. No such structures have been seen in this position on the venter of the males of other anoetids. However, they would fit the position of other species if they were dorsal instead of ventral. That Hirst is showing both dorsal and ventral structures is indicated by the fact that he shows the excretorv pores in the same drawing. Many leg setae apparently have been over¬ looked. Hirst’s drawing definitely is that of the male, as his description also indicates, but was labeled in error a female. Vitzthum when repub¬ lishing this figure omitted the genitalia, and called it a tritonymph, pre¬ sumably because of the position of the ringlike structures which is more characteristic of the tritonymph than the female. Hirst’s drawing of the deutonymph clearly shows coxa HI with minute seta. Coxa I, however, is shown without a definite seta, but merely a dot which could represent either a minute disc, or seta. Vitzthum’s modification of Hirst’s drawing represents the structure on coxa I as a minute disc, and coxa HI with a minute seta, and calls attention to this observation in the text. If Vitz¬ thum’s observations are correct a new genus would have to be established. In view of Vitzthum’s uncertainty as to whether or not the structure on coxa I is truly a disc, and also in view of the difficulty of observing coxal setae in other species, the view is taken here that coxa I has a seta rather than a disc. Thus the presence of setae on coxae I and III instead of discs, and the position of seta vrnl mesiad of disc di3 places this species in the genus Anoetus instead of Zivickia. Hirst’s drawing of the deutonymph shows apodemata a5 not continuous in mid¬ line. Vitzthum on closer examination of the apodemata states that a5 are actually continuous in midline. This point of view is accepted here. Since both Vitzthum and Hirst have overlooked many leg setae, it is possible that the details of setae talG legs I-II may not be accurateh^ represented. It is more likely that they are spoon-shaped, or lancet-like, as in most anoetids, rather than tapering. It is of interest that A. nepenthesiana and A. gihsoni have a number of characteristics in common with Z. giientheri, such as long slightly curved claws and in the migrant a small suctorial 147 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) plate and free apodemata. Collections. — Found by Mr. C. Bodcn Kloss and Mr. Cedric Dover in the pitchers of Nepenthes ampullaria, in the jungle around Thompson Road Reservoir, Singapore. It appears that Vitzthum (1931) e.xamined specimens of this species which were not the same as Hirst’s original material, but the source is not given. Collected by investigators in Nepen¬ thes gymnamphora pitchers in Sumatra and Java in 1931. Types. — No record. Anoetiis polynesiaciis Vitzthum, 1920 (Plate 58) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph.— CPl^te 58). Length 0.155 mm.; width 0.097 mm. Shape nearly oval, with pointed end posteriorly. Color pale yellow. Venter. — Fused pedipalps less than one-half length of tarsus II, wider at base, and not extending to end of propodosoma. Pedipalpal seta ppl equal to length of tarsus II. Apodemata al short, joining anteriorly to form sternum stl. Sterna stl, st2 and apodemata a2 unite with apodemata a4, which latter are continuous in midline. Sternum st2 with faint wing-like lateral extensions; st2 and st3 are continuous, and united with apodemata a5. Coxae I and III with minute structures, assumed to be setae. Coxa IV with large and distinct disc di3. Suctorial plate ellipsoid. The four poster¬ ior and lateral plate discs pcl2 and pd3 equal in size to sucker su. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth; setae hairlike, and varying in length. Lateral propodo¬ soma seta dp4 about one-third length of median pair dp3 which is longer than tibia I; all hysterosomal setae longer than median propodosomal setae dp3 except setae do5 which is ecjual in length to dp3, and do4 and do6 which are equal in length to dp4. Legs. — Tarsal setae talG legs I- II spoon-shaped. Setae tal6 legs III-IV comparativeh’ short and tapering. Seta ta3 leg I nearly equal to tarsus I. All legs with small but distinct claws. Remarks. — Vitzthum states that the minute structures on coxae I and III appear to be faintly developed suckers, but that this is not at all certain. The position is taken here, as in A. alicola, that these structures are actually the bases of minute setae. It seems likelv that these setae as well as the small setae vml mesiad of the discs di3, were overlooked by Vitzthum, since they are difficult to observe in other species of genus Anoetus, and since such minute discs without setae have not been ob- 148 The Virginia Journal of SciExNce 1 Jaiuiarv Plate 58 — Upper, Anoetus polynesiaciis deutonymph. A -- venter. B — dorsum. (After Vitzthum) Lower, Bonomoia primitiva deu¬ tonymph. C — venter. D — dorsum. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 149 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) served with certainty in any anoetids. On the basis of the usual setae pattern for the deutonymph, setae dmS and do3 were apparently over¬ looked by Vitzthum. It also appears that Vitzthum missed a number of leg setae. Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: short fused pedipalps, arrangement of apodemata, dorsal setae hairlike and varying in length, tal6 legs I-II spoon-shaped, tal6 legs III-IV short and tapering. Collections. — Discovered by Vitzthum on the beetle Euhactrus serni- aeneus Lacord. Supplied by R. Kleine from Fiji Islands. Types. — In Vitzthum’s collection. Anoetus turcastanae Oudemans, 1917 (Plate 56) Female. — No information. Male. “ No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 56). Length 0.165 mm.; width O.IIO mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps approximately equal to genu I, barely extend¬ ing beyond propodosoma; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus I. Sterna stl, st2 and apodemata a2 unite with apodemata a4, which latter are continuous in midline. Sterna st2 and st3 continuous and united with apodemata a5; st3 and st4 appear to be faintly continuous. Coxae I and III with faint structures which are assumed to be minute setae; coxa IV with disc di3. Suctorial plate large, ellipsoid. Dorsum. — Dorsum smooth except for faintly shagreened anterior portion of the hysterosoma. Hystero- somal setae minute and equal, about one-third of the length of propodoso- mal setae. Legs. — Tarsal seta tal6 legs I-II lancet-like; seta tal5 lancet¬ like but shorter and more blunt. Tarsus III bears a pair of membranous structures assumed to correspond to tal6, and an extension of claw base. Seta tal6 leg IV long and tapering, equal to pedipalpal seta ppl. Seta f legs I-II about half length of A. laboratorium; seta g3 legs I-II more than twice length. Seta ta3 leg I longer than tarsus I. All legs with small claws. Remarks. — Apparently Oudemans overlooked seta vml, which for this genus should be mesiad of disc di3. Oudemans has missed only a few leg setae. The terminal tarsal membranous structures of leg III are worthy of note since such structures appear to be unique among the anoetids. Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: length of fused pedipalps and seta ppl, arrangement of apodemata, sha¬ greened anterior hysterosoma, tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped, leg III with a pair of membranous structures terminally, and tal6 leg IV long and tap¬ ering. 150 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Collections. — Found on Homalocopris tmolus Fisch. by H. J. Veth, in Turkestan, February, 1903. Types. — No record. GENUS Bonomoia Oudemans, 1911 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on deutonympli. Coxa I and III with prominent hairlike seta; suctorial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs, and four small marginal discs. One pair of translucent cuticular elevations, giving the appearance of “eyes” located on the anterio-lateral margins of the dorsal hysterosoma. Type. — Bonomoia primitiva Oudemans, 1911. Bonomoia primitiva Oudemans, 1911 (Plate 58) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 58). Length 0.187 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to genu I; pedipalpal seta ppl two- thirds length of tarsus I. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodeme a2 S- shaped, curved posteriorly to join a4; a4 curve posteriorly-. in midline to join st2. Venter described as pitted, but not shown in figure. Dorsum. — Dorsum pitted, with “eyes” as described for genus; setae minute, hair¬ like, and equal. Pedipalpal base extends anteriorly beyond propodosoma. Pitted dorsum described but not shown in figure. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg I small spoon-shaped; tal6 leg II tapering; tal6 leg III tapering and longer than ppl; tal6 leg IV tapering and longer than entire leg IV. The seta presumed to be ta3 leg I arises from tibia and is longer than tarsus I. Claw III longer and heavier than claws I-II. Claw IV elongated. Fe¬ moral setae f legs I-II are long and hairlike, nearly as long as ppl. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species other than those diagnostic for the genus are as follows: short, wide, fused pedipalps; arrangement of apodemata; absence of coxal IV disc di3; pitted venter and dorsum; short equal dorsal setae; shape of tal6 all legs; leg IV claw long and tapering; seta ta3 leg I longer than tarsus. Named in honor of G. Cos. Bonomo. Collections. — One specimen on a blattid with hard abdomen, collec¬ ted by D. MacGillavry in Banjoewangi, Java, 1910. 151 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Types. — Holotype in Oudemans’ collection. GENUS Chiropteranoetiis Womersley, 1942 Diagnosis of genus. ™ Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. Coxa I with strong, blunt seta, no disc; coxa III without disc, or seta. Coxa IV with short, blunt, spine-like process, and a fine seta vml mesiad of this process. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers su; two large central discs pdl; and four spine-like processes in positions corresponding to discs pd2 and pd3. Type. — Chiropteranoetiis chalinolobus Womersley, 1942. Chiropteranoetiis chalinolobus Womersley, 1942 (Plate 59) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 59). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.195 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps longer than tibia I. Pedipalpal seta ppl ap¬ proximately equal to tibia I; pp2 nearly one-half as long as ppl. Suctorial plate small, almost round. Other characteristics as for genus. It should be noted that in Womersley ’s figure, the seta presumed to be coxa III seta is actually trochanter III seta t and is charaeteristic for this segment. If his figure is correct coxa III is without a seta or dise. Dorsum. — Dor¬ sum smooth; setae hairlike, slightly variable in length. Seta dp4 almost twice as long as dp3. Legs. — All tarsi with small claws, except tarsus IV, which has two terminal setae shorter than tarsus IV, a unique feature if correctly observed by Womersley. Remarks. — Apodemata not shown. Structures which appear to rep¬ resent small functional suckers su are shown by Womersley, but not de¬ scribed. Of interest is the similarity of the suctorial plate spines of this species and Myianoetus undulatus. Womersley describes, probably in error, six propodosomal setae instead of the usual four as for other anoetids. Many leg setae typical of this family are not shown by Womer¬ sley. Features useful in identifying this speeies are: long fused pedipalps, length of ppl and pp2, stout coxae I and IV setae, presence of suctorial plate setae, and dorsal setae hairlike and varying in length. Collections. — A single specimen from residue in jar containing bats, Chalinolobus gouldi, probably from South Australia. Types. — Probably in Museum in Adelaide, Australia. 152 The Virginia Journal of Science [January GENUS Glyphanoetus Oudemans, 1929 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. Coxa I without disc or seta; coxa III with disc di2; coxa IV with small seta vml mesiad of disc di3; suctorial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs, and four discs laterally and posteriorly. Type. — Glyphanoetus horridum (Berlese), 1913. Glyphanoetus horridum (Berlese), 1913, new combination (Plates 60, 61) Histiostoma horridum Berlese, 1913; Glyphanoetus fuhneki Oudemans, 1929. Female. — (Plate 60). Length 0.250 mm.; width 0.160 mm. Venter. Plate 59 — Chiropteranoetus chalinolobus deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (After Womersley) 153 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) — Chelicera not serrated, distally enlarged, eiip-shaped; ehelieeral flagellum equal to seta dm3. Seta ppl over three times as long as pp2. Membrane assoeiated with pedipalps prominent, projeeting laterally and anteriorly. Ringlike strueture rl smaller and more mesiad than H. julorum, r2 near¬ ly oval and Ties elose to anterior end of anus. Setae hairlike, variable in length. Seta vml conspieuous. Definite anal plate bearing posterior ringlike struetures and opisthosomatie setae. Seta do7 on ventral surface posterior to anal plate. Without ventral pit-like structures vpil. Dorsum. — Finely granular; rostrum faintly sculptured. Six pairs of unusually long, saber¬ shaped setae, borne on distinct bosses; other setae smaller, varying in length. Excretory pores on raised boss-like structures. Bursa copulatrix on level with excretory pores, boss-like and directed anteriorly. Without dor¬ sal pit-like structures. Legs. — Leg setae similar to H. julorum. A most unusual feature is the extremely long saber-like seta ti3 leg I. All legs slender; claw bases pointed, especiallv legs II-IV. Male. — (Plate 60). Length 0.167 mm.; width 0.100 mm. Venter. — • Gnathosoma same as female. Genital plate present with small ringlike structure rl on level with anterior margin, and r2 on level with anterior end of anus and widely separated. Type of setae similar to female except more variable in size. Two pairs of fine setae-like genital spicules. Seta do4 marginal instead of dorsal. Seta dm3 anterior to r2. Dorsum. — Dor¬ sum heavily sculptured. Setae dml, dol, and do5 reduced in comparison with female. Bosses conspicuous. No pit-like structures observed. Legs. — As in female except tal leg II longer, finer than tal leg 1. Deutonijmph. — (Plate 61). Length 0.132 mm.; width 0.100 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia 1. Seta ppl equal to tarsus 11. Apodemata a2 unite with a4; sternum stl free posteriorly, st2 free an¬ teriorly, and continuous with united apodemata aS and st3 posteriorly. Other features as for genus. Dorsum. — Propodosoma faintlv sculptured transversely. Anterior margin of hysterosoma striated, otherwise smooth. Propodosomal setae short, fine; hysterosomal setae variable in length, gen¬ erally long, slender and flexible; do4 and do6 short. Legs. — Seta tal6 leg II tapering, not spoon-shaped; tal6 leg III-IV short. Remarks. — Seta ta3 leg I longer than tarsus 11. Male small as com¬ pared with female; one of the most completely sculptured anoetids observ¬ ed. Good slides of this species are difficult to prepare because of the extremely long saber-shaped setae. The non-serrated chelicerae are atyp¬ ical. Vitzthum was shown G. horridum by Grandjean. This specimen was from Spain. Berlese saw only the female, and Oudemans only the deu- tonymph. Oudemans" deutonymph was described as having fine points on the hysterosoma and ten pairs of long setae instead of eight. These ob¬ servations could not be confinued. Features useful in identifying the adult of this species are non-serrated chelicera, length of pedipalpal se- 154 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 60 ~ Glyphanoetiis horridum. A — chelicera. B — female, venter. C — male, dorsum. D — female, dorsum. E — bursa copulatrix. F ~ male, venter. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acad) 155 Plate 61 — Upper, Glyphanoetus horndum, deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. Lower, Lipstorpia mixta deutonymph. C — dorsum. D — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oude- mans) 156 The Virginia Journal of Science [January tae, membranous structures associated with pedipalp, position of ringlike structures, saber-shaped setae borne on prominent bosses, claw bases ex¬ tended and tapering above claw, and leg III ti3 extremely long and heavy; for the deutonymph, length of fused pedipalps and seta ppl, ar¬ rangement of apodemata, long, hairlike dorsal setae, and shape of leg setae tal6. Collections. — Collected by Jacobson in Java, 1913; by L. Fulmek in a vineyard near Weenen, Germany, 1929; by A. H. O’Bier at mouth of Cone River near Warsaw, Virginia, 1953. Types. — Holotypes, no record. Plesiotypes (supplied by present au¬ thors) in U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Plesiotypes in authors’ collection. GENUS Lipstorpia Oudemans, 1911 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis based on deutonymph. Coxa I and III with small seta; coxa IV with small seta median to disc di3. Suc¬ torial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs, and four small discs. Legs I-IV with spoon-shaped terminal setae tal6. Type. — Lipstorpia mixta Oudemans, 1911 Lipstorpia mixta Oudemans, 1911 (Plate 61) Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 61). Length 0.166 mm.; width 0.118 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma expanded; fused pedipalps broad at base, taper¬ ing anteriorly, width at base greater than length; pedipalpal seta ppl twice length of fused pedipalps. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodeme a2 faintly continuous with a4; apodemata a4 slightly arched, continuous in mid-line and joining st2; apodemata a5 continuous in midline and join¬ ing with st2 and st3. Coxa I and III with small, thorn-shaped setae, coxa IV with small setae median to discs di3. Dorsum. — Propodosoma smooth, hysterosoma pitted. Setae hairlike and flexible; propodosomal setae equal to leg III less coxa; hysterosomal setae variable in length, generally long. Legs. — Tarsi I-II short, equal to tibia. By comparison with H. julorum the following setae differences are noted; leg I seta f longer, g3 longer, mid-tarsal setae more closely grouped; leg II tal6 spoon-shaped, mid-tarsal setae more closely grouped; leg III seta t long- 157 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) er, taS and tal2 equal length of claw, tal6 spoon-shaped; leg IV ta8 and tal2 equal to claw, tal6 spoon-shaped. Remarks. — The combination of features most useful in identifying the deutonymph of this species is as follows: short laterally expanded fused pedipalps, length of ppl, arrangement of apodemata, coxa I, III, and IV with small setae; dorsally pitted hysterosoma, long dorsal setae; spoon-shaped terminal tarsal setae all legs, and extremely short tarsi legs I-II, a feature which Oudemans considers diagnostic for this genus. A number of leg setae are omitted or missing in comparison with H. jiiloriim. Oudemans in I9I4c placed H. brevimanus and H. crassipes in the genus Lipstorpia and in 1917 these were placed under genus Anoetus. Collections. — Two specimens collected by D. MacGillavry on a blattid with hard abdomen, Banjoewangi, Java, 1910. Types. — Probably in Oudemans’ collection. GENUS Maiidtiytia Oudemans, 1929 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis based on deutonymph. Goxa I and III without discs or setae; coxa IV with small seta vml mesiad of disc diS. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs and four discs laterally and posteriorly. Type. “ Matiduytia tropicus (Oudemans), 1911 Mauduytia tropicus (Oudemans), 1911 (Plate 62) Anoetus tropicus Oudemans, 1911; Mauduytia tropicus (Oudemans), 1911 [Oudemans, 1929]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 62). Length 0.156 mm.; width 0.110 rnm. Venter. — Width of fused pedipalps one-half of length, length one-half of tarsus II; pedipalpal seta ppl longer than tarsus I. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodeme a2 united with a4; apodemata a4 continuous in mid¬ line and united with st2; apodemata a5 continuous in midline and united with st2 and st3; st3 divided; st4 not shown. Suctorial plate functional suckers su, discs pd2, and pd3 equal to coxal disc di3. Dorsum. — Smooth. Gnathosomal base extended anteriorly be\'ond propodosoma. Propodosoma 158 The Virginia Journal of Science [January nearly rectangular, less than one-eighth length of entire soma. Setae minute, hairlike and equal in length. Legs. — Leg shape and setae ar¬ rangement similar to H. julorum except: setae tal6 legs I-II lancet-shaped with definite midrib, leg III tal6 short, and talS leg IV equal in length to tibia and tarsus of leg IV; leg I setae f and g3 longer, ta3 longer than tarsus I; leg II ti2 longer; leg III ta4 short. A few typical leg setae are not shown in Oudemans’ drawing. Remarks. — In view of the difficulty of observing coxal setae I and III in some species of the genus Anoetus it is possible that these struc¬ tures may have been overlooked. If such setae are discovered in future studies, then this species would fall into genus Anoetus. The extreme length of terminal tarsal seta tal6, leg IV is typical of most of the Anoetus species. Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: length of pedipalpal setae, arrangement of apodemata, smooth dorsum, short, almost rectangular propodosoma, minute and equal dorsal setae, long ta3 leg I, lancet-shaped setae tal6 legs I-II, and extremely long tal6 leg IV. Collections. — One specimen collected by D. MacGillavry on a blattid with hard abdomen, Banjoewangi, Java, 1910. Types. — No record. GENUS Mijianoetus Oudemans, 1929 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. Suc¬ torial plate with two functional suckers and two large discs. Claws of leg I-III cleft. Type. — Mijianoetus naiscarum (Linnaeus), 1758. Remarks. — Of the Mijianoetus species so far described M. filieum, M. muscarum, M. diadematus are without coxal I and III discs or setae, M. undulatus has either vestigial discs or minute setae on coxa I and III, and M. setipes has minute coxal I and III setae. Only M. filicum has a conspicuous coxa IV disc. In addition to the functional suckers and large discs on the suctorial plate M. undidatus bears four thorn-like structures, M. diadematus two setae, M. muscarum two spine-like struc¬ tures, and according to Tradgardh M. setipes bears four thorn-like struc¬ tures. Hence, the common diagnostic features for this genus are those listed above. Myianoetus undulatus, sp. nov. (Plates 62, 63) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acad) 159 ,-ta|6 Plate 62 — Upper, Mauduytia tropicus deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) Lower, Myianoetus undulatus sp. nov. deutonymph. C — ven¬ ter. D — dorsum. 160 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Female. — (Plate 63). Length 0.380 mm.; width 0.280 mm. Venter. — Chelicera not serrated, tapering distally; median member of ehelieera forked; cheliceral flagellum equal to typical dorsal metapodosomal seta. Pedipalp unusually long, surrounded by conspicuous membranous struc¬ ture extending beyond distal end of pedipalp; ppl twice length of che- liceroal flagellum, three times length of pp2 which latter arises from sub¬ terminal position. Ringlike structures rl nearly round, and lying near midline. Genital opening inverted V-shape, with distinct supporting structure in midline easily mistaken for a longitudinal opening. Ringlike structures r2 nearly round, larger than rl, close together just above anus. Setae number is one greater than in other anoetids, generally equal in length, and differing in position from H. julorum as follows: vml anterio- mesiad of rl, vol laterad of r2, vo3 close to posterior end of anus, do7 ventral instead of dorsal. Correspondence of ventral setae to setae of other forms is made on the basis of relative position; the extra seta vo-x is then assumed to be the one posteriad to r2. An anal plate is faintly visible. Dorsum. — Smooth except for finely granular rostrum. Propodo- somal seta dpi, dp2, and dp3 one-half or less length of typical metapodo¬ somal setae; dp4 slightly more separated than dp3, two-thirds length of typical metapodosomal setae; all metapodosomal setae approximately equal except for the unusual large, brush-like setae dml, dol, and do5; bases of setae dml are contiguous. Bursa copulatrix terminal with opening posteriorly. Legs. — All legs generally longer than H. julorum; tarsi especially longer. Setae number and arrangement typical, differing from H. julorum as follows: leg I seta t shorter, f finer, ti2 longer, tal larger, tal5 long, tapering, almost equal to tal6; base of ta2 separated from tal, leg II seta t shorter, f finer, ti2 with rounded end; leg III seta t shorter. Membranous claw base Tegs II-IV distinctly expanded and tap¬ ering. Male. — (Plate 63). Length 0.240 mm.; width 0.140 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Ringlike structures rl nearly round, close to¬ gether anteriad of genitalia; r2 oval, more separated than rl, anterio- laterad of genitalia. Setae hairlike, approximately two-thirds length of tibia II except vm3 which is equal to tibia II, and setae presumed to be vol and vo2 shorter. Relative position of setae as in H. julorum except for more anteriorly placed opisthosomatic setae, do4 ventral instead of dorsal and do6 marginal. Setae vol and vo2 are observed with some uncertainty along with two pairs of tiny genital spicules, closely associa¬ ted with the genitalia. Penial seta apparently normally directed anteriorl)\ Anus and external genitalia surrounded by faint genital plate. Two faint atypical sclerotized patches posteriad of rl . If the above assumptions are correct relative to identity of setae, the male has the typical number of setae. Dorsum. — Smooth except for very faintly granular dorsum. Setae approximately two-thirds length of tibia II, except for dpi, dp2, 161 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) and dp3 which are shorter. Setae dp4 only slightly more separated than dp3. Legs. — Legs long and slender with especially long tarsi including legs I-II which in most male anoetids are shorter and more massive than legs III-IV. Setae similar in position to H. julorum, generally smaller with following differences: leg I ti2 larger, and is striated as macro-sense organ tal; tal and ta2 arise independently slightly distal to the tibio- tarsal joint; mid-tarsal setae more separated, tal5 longer than tal6, and straight with rounded end; leg II ti2 with rounded end and striated, tal larger, mid-tarsal setae more separated. Membranous claw base legs II-IV as in female. Deutonymph. — (Plate 62). Length 0.150 mm.; width 0.II5 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly twice as long as fused pedipalps; sternum stl, and apodemata a2 and a3 continuous posteriorly with a4 which latter are united in midline; mem¬ branous portion of a4 faintly continuous in midline; st2 Y-shaped anteriorly, posteriorly continuous with st3; st4 short. Coxa I-III with extremely min¬ ute setae or possibly vestigial discs and are seen with difficulty; coxa IV with hairlike seta vml mesiad of small sclerotized structure reminiscent of vestigial disc. Suctorial plate hexagonal, with two functional suckers su, two large central discs, and four relatively large setae posteriorly. Dorsum. — Propodosoma smooth and short with membranous anterior extension covering gnathosomal base and part of femurs I-II; hysterosoma distinctly longitudinally sculptured. Seta dp4 nearly twice as long as dp3 and slightly longer than hysterosomal setae; hysterosomal setae hairlike, nearly equal. Posterior opisthosoma tucked under to place seta do4 in a ventral position. Legs. — Tarsi I-II and tibia and tarsus IV conspicuously shortened; arrangement of setae similar to H. julorum, with following differences: setae of leg I femur and genu longer and finer, especially g3 which is longer than ppl; tibia setae more hairlike, ta3 twice length of ppl, taS longer than ppl, tal6 small, spoon-shaped; leg II femur and genu setae longer and finer except for g3, ti2 longer than ppl, talG small lancet-shaped; leg III similar except for shorter tal6; leg IV ti3 longer, ta7 shorter; tarsus with long tapering terminal seta, claws I-III cleft. Remarks. — Features useful in identifyiiig this species for the adult are: conspicuous membranous structures associated with pedipalp, pp2 arising nearly from center of pedipalp, smooth except for finely granular rostrum, membranous claw base expanded and tapering above claw, propodosomal setae dp4 slightly longer and only slightly more separated than dp3; for the female, inverted V-shaped genitalia, terminal bursa copulatrix, more mesially placed ringlike structures rl, r2 close together above anus, extra ventral opisthosomatic setae close to anus, peculiar brush-end setae dml, dol, and do5, long tapering tarsus I seta tal5; for the male, ringlike structures above genitalia, opisthosomatic setae associa- 162 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 63 — Myianoetus undulatus sp. nov. A — female, venter. B — male, dorsum. C — chelicera. D — female, dorsum. E — bursa copulatrix. F — male, venter. 163 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) ted with genitalia difficult to observe, dorsal setae short hairlike, tarsus seta tal5 leg I straight with rounded end, longer than tal6, ti2 leg I-II atypically striated, similar to macro-sense organ tal; for the deutonymph, arrangement of apodemata, extremely small setae or discs on coxa I and III, suctorial plate with two functional suckers su, two large central discs, and four strong posterior setae; unique crenulated dorsal hystero- soma; short tarsi I-II and tibia and tarsus IV, unusually long setae taS and taS leg I and ti2 leg II, claws I-III cleft, leg IV with long tap¬ ering terminal seta probably representing a modified claw. Name chosen because of wave-like appearance of the dorsal hysterosoma of the deu¬ tonymph. Collections. — Collected by R. D. Hughes in Chickahominy Swamp, near Ellerson, Virginia, August, 1953. Types. — Holotype and paratypes in U. S. National Museum, Wash¬ ington, D. C. Paratypes in authors’ collection. Myianoetiis diadematiis Willmann, 1937 (Plate 64) Female. — (Plate 64). Length 0.500 mm.; width 0.270 mm. Venter. — Entire venter similar to M. iindidatns including gnathosomal struc¬ ture, setae, and position of ringlike structures. Differences as follows: anterior ringlike structures rl slightly larger and more separated, r2 slight¬ ly smaller. Willmann’s figure shows an extra seta near the posterior end of the longitudinal genital structure, which is presumed to be an error since thickenings of chitin have been observed in this area on M. undula- tus. Also Willmann shows an extra seta vo-x laterad of anus which corres¬ ponds to vo-x in M. undulatus. Dorsum. — Smooth with conspicuous post¬ erior boss-like structures. Except for do4 which is ventral, setae similar in position to M. undulatus but shorter and spine-like. Legs. — All legs long and slender; tarsi especially long: leg I similar to M. undulatus ex¬ cept for shorter tal5; other legs similar. Willmann does not mention an expanded claw base. This may have been present and overlooked. Male. — (Plate 64). Length 0.450 mm.; width 0.240 mm. Venter. ■— Gnathosoma as in female; setae similar in arrangement to M. undulatus but generally more spine-like; ringlike structures similar in position and some¬ what smaller; genitalia similar. Dorsum. — Very similar to the female. Legs. — All legs long and slender as in M. undidatus, apparently setae similar in position; tal5 not shown as being longer than tal6. Deutonymph. — (Plate 64). Length 0.168 mm.; width 0.125 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal in length to genu II; pedipalpal seta ppl twice length of fused pedipalps; pp2 less than one-third length of The Virginia Journal of Science [ January 64 Myianoetus diadematus. A — female, venter. B — gnathosoma. C — male, venter. D — male, genital plate. Lower left — female leg 1. E — female, dorsum. F — deutonymph, suctorial plate. G — deutonymph, dorsum. (After Willmann) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 165 ppl. AiTangemept of apodemata apparently similar to M. muscarum and M. digitiferous; suctorial plate with two small suckers sti and two large discs. Coxa IV with distinct hairlike seta vml. Dorsum. — Propodosoma short; hysterosoma coarsely granular; setae hairlike, nearly equal to genu II, although somewhat variable in length. An extra seta is illustrated on Willmann’s drawing as compared with M. tindulatus. This is probably in error. Legs. — Willmann’s only comment was that leg IV also has a long terminal seta. Remarks. — This species is strikingly similar to M. iindulatus with the following exceptions: for the adult, dorsal setae spine-like, tal5 leg I shorter; for the female, seta do4 in a ventral position, ringlike structures rl larger, r2 smaller; for the male, ringlike structures smaller, ventral setae more spine-like; for the deutonymph, propodosoma shorter, hystero¬ soma heavily granular. This species was so named because of the fancied similarity of the propodosoma to a diadem. It should be recognized that the lengtli of the propodosoma varies within the same species according to how specimens are mounted on the slide. Willmann was uncertain whether the adults described were Myianoetus sp. or Histiostoma sp. In view of the striking similarities between this species and other Myianoe¬ tus sp. for both the adult and deutonymph forms, it is certain that Will¬ mann has correctly associated the adults and deutonymph in this instance. This observation is further supported by the fact that both the adults and deutonymphs were found in the same niche. Collections. — Collected by C. Willmann from Segeberger Cave (deutonymph attached to cave insects) Holstein, Germany, 1935. Types. — No record. Myianoetus filicum (Dujardin), 1849 (Plate 65) Hypopus filicum Dujardin, 1849; Myianoetus filicum (Dujardin), 1849 [Oudemans, 1937]. Female. — No information. Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 65). Length 0.165 mm.; width 0.112 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps one-half length of tarsus II; pedipalpal seta ppl equal length of fused pedipalps; anterior portion of propodosoma ex¬ tended well beyond gnathosomal base. Sternum stl, apodemata a2 and a3 continuous with apodemata a4 which latter are united in midline; united with a4 and stl anteriorly and apodemata a5 posteriorly; 166 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 65 — Upper, Myianoetus filicum deutonymph. A — venter. (After Dujardin) Lower, Myianoetus setipes deutonymph. B — dor¬ sum. C — venter. (Original unpublished drawing by A. C. Oudemans) 167 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) a5 joined in midline. Coxae I and III apparently without discs or setae; coxa IV with disc equal to functional sucker su of suctorial plate. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, and two large discs. Dorsum. ■— No information. Legs. — Legs I-II long and slender, tarsi I-II nearly twice as long as M. undulatiis; legs III-IV considerably shorter and finer than I-II, setae arrangement probably similar to M. undulatus; claws I-III cleft. Remarks. — The combination of characteristics placing this species in the genus Myianoetus are cleft claws legs I-III, arrangement of apo- demata, and presence of two functional suckers and two large discs on suctorial plate. The well formed discs on coxa IV have not been observed in other Myianoetus species. In 1924c Oudemans erroneously identified Hypopus filicum as H. sapromyzarum. In 1937 he renamed this species Myianoetus filicum. Collections. — Collected by Dujardin on fern Ceterach officinarum, September, 1848. Types. — No record. Myianoetus muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 (Plates 66, 67) Acarus muscarum Linnaeus, 1758 [deCeer, 1735]; Pediculus muscae (Linnaeus), 1758 [Gronovius, 17601; Trombidium muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Muller, 1776]; Hypopus muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Duges, 18341 Tyroglyphus muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Gervais, 1844]; Gam- asus miiscorum (Linnaeus), 1758, [Fabricius, 18221; Anoetus muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Oudemans, 1929]; Histiostoma muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Berlese, 18811; Myianoetus muscarum (Linnaeus), 1758 [Oude¬ mans, 1929]. Female. — (Plate 66). Length 0.485 mm.; width 0.250 mm. Venter. — Chelicera with three equal teeth; distinct membranous struc¬ tures associated with pedipalp; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tibia I, three times length of pp2. Apodemata al not continuous in midline to form sternum. Ringlike structures rl similar in position, slightlv larger than M. undulatus; r2 contiguous with anterio-lateral portion of anus. Transverse genital slit supported by distinct longitudinal structure mis¬ taken for genital slit by Cooreman (1947). Propodosomal seta vpl equal to tibia II; other ventral setae somewhat shorter, slightly variable in length. Comparison of ventral setae with M. undulatus is as follows: vml posterio-mesiad of rl, vol more anterior, vo2 contiguous with la¬ teral border of r2, an extra seta vo-x, typical for this genus posterior to r2; vo3 very close to posterior margin of anus, do7 lateral and closer to 168 The Virginia Journal of Science 1 Janiiarv Plate 66 — Myianoetus muscarum. A — female, dorsum. Left — distal tarsi I-IV. B — female, venter. C — male, dorsum. D — cheli- cera. E — pedipalp. F — male, dorsum. (After Cooreman, ex¬ cept chelicera and pedipalp after Berlese) 169 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) posterior end of anus, do4 ventral in position. Dorsum. — Dorsum with scattered pores and elevated surfaces which are more evident in living specimens (not shown in figure). All setae short and very fine, equal in length, difficult to observe; seta do4 ventral. Excretory pores, pit-like structures, and bursa copulatrix neither described, or shown by Coore- man. Legs. — In comparison with M. undtdatus, length and slenderness of legs similar; except omission of setae t legs I-III and seta f leg IV, setae size and arrangement differing only slightly from M. undulatus; tal5 leg I less than one-half length of tal6. Claws slightly larger than M. undulatus and with expanded membranous claw bases. Male. — (Plate 66). Length 0.300 mm.; width 0.180 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Apodemata al continuous in midline forming a short sternum. Ringlike structures rl close together above external genitalia; rl laterad to posterior portion of genitalia. Comparison of setae with M. undulatus as follows: vm2, vm3 shorter, vol, vo2 not ob¬ served, vo3 longer. Dorsum. — Setae minute, equal, and difficult to observe, arrangement varying slightly from M. undulatus. No pit-like structures or excretory pores illustrated or described. Legs. — Shape simi¬ lar to M. undulatus; tal5 not longer than tal6 leg I, no expanded claw bases shown in figure. Deutonymph. — (Plate 67). Length 0.245 mm.; width 0.165 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps equal to tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl over twice length of fused pedipalps; pp2 less than one-half length of genu 1. Apodemata a2 divided posteriorly, with median portion joining base of stl, and with lateral portion free, a4 continuous in midline; st2 free an¬ teriorly, posteriorly united with a5 and st3; st3 faintly joined to st4. Coxae I-III without discs or setae; coxa IV with hairlike seta, without disc. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers su and 2 large discs; a pair of faint structures posterior to plate discs resemble setae, but lie below surface. Dorsum. — Propodosoma smooth, very short; anterior mem¬ branous portion extends anteriorly to partially cover gnathosomal base and trochanters I-II; hysterosoma pitted and finely granular. Propodoso- mal setae spine-like, one-half length of genu I, nearly equal. Hysterosomal setae short, extremely fine and equal. Legs. — Leg shape and proportions of joints similar to M. undulatus except for relatively longer tarsus IV; setae generally similar, differences as follows: leg I setae g3, til shorter, ta2 shorter and displaced to middle of tibia, ta3 close to ta2, taS much shorter, tal6 long and tapering; leg II g2 much longer, til shorter, ti2 shorter, tal6 long and tapering; leg III seta shorter; leg IV ta4 shorter, terminal tarsal seta over twice as long as tibia and tarsus. Claws I-III characteristic for genus. Remarks. — The combination of adult characteristics useful in iden¬ tifying this species is as follows: chelicera with three equal teeth, con- 170 The Virginia Journal of Science [January spicuous membranous structure associated with pedipalp, short fine dor¬ sal setae, long slender legs, leg I seta talS shorter than tal6; for the female, position of ringlike structures rl and r2, position of opisthosomatic setae do4 and do7 ventral instead of dorsal, presence of vo-x, dorsum with scattered pores, expanded membranous claw bases; for the male, short sternum, and ringlike structures above anus; for the deutonymph, j long ppl, pp2 arising nearly from center of fused pedipalps, arrangement ! of apodemata, no discs or setae on coxa I and III, coxa IV with seta | and without disc, tal6 legs I-II tapering distally, leg I ta3 extremely j long and displaced to center of tibia, leg II g2 very long; leg IV with ' long tarsal seta, which is probably a modified claw. Linnaeus in 1758 j adopted de Geer’s description (1735) of this deutonymph and called it ' Acarus muscarum, the specific name after the stable fly Musca stahulans. Oudemans in 1929 placed this species in the newly erected genus ! Myianoetus. The adult was first described by Berlese in 1881. Cooreman’s ' adult figures are used; deuton\'mph figures are from specimens supplied i to present authors by W. W. Judd. | Collections. — Collected by de Geer on housefly, Paris, 1735; by Goeze on Musca fenestralis, Germany, 1779; by M. Dujardin on Musca stabidans, Paris, 1846; by Curtis on domestic fly, 1838; by A. Berlese on Musca stahulans, 1881, and on Cyrtoneura stahulans, 1886; bv G. Cane- strini on decaying material with Cyrtoneura stahulans, 1888; by Kramer and Canestrini on decayed vegetative material, Europe, 1899; by J. Cooreman on Diptera, 1947; by W. W. Sampson on houseflies, Berkeley, California, October, 1950; by M. T, James on Calliphora terrae-novae, Pullman, Washington, April, 1951; by B. Sugerman on Synthesiomyia nudiseta, San Juan, Puerto Rico, May, 1953; by W. W. Judd on Muscina stahulans, London and Ontario, Canada, June and September, 1953. From the references given by Oudemans (1937) it may be assumed that num¬ erous additional collections were made prior to that date. Types. — Holotype no record. Plesiotypes supplied by W. W. Judd in U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Myianoetus setipes (Koch), 1847, new combination (Plate 65) Hypopus setipes Koch, 1847; Anoetus setipes (Koch), 1847 [Oudemans, 1924c] : Histiostoma digitifera Tragardh, 1904; Anoetus digitiferus (Tra- gardh), 1904 [Oudemans, 1929]; Myianoetus digitiferus (Tradgardh), 1904 [Oudemans, 19291; Anoetus dionychus Oudemans, 1910; Myianoe¬ tus dionychus (Oudemans), 1910 [Oudemans, 1929]. Female. — No information. 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 171 Male. — No information. Deutonymph. — (Plate 65). Length 0.220 mm.; width 0.150 mm. Venter. ~ Fused pedipalps equal to tibia II; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly twice length of fused pedipalps; pp2 very short, close to distal end. Coxae I and III with minute setae; coxa IV with seta, without discs; suctorial plate with two functional suckers su and two large discs. Sterna stl and st2 and apodemata a2 and a3 continuous with a4, which latter are united in midline; st2 and st3 continuous with united apodemata aS; st3 and st4 apparently joined. Dorsum. — Smooth. Pro- podosoma short, barely covering gnathosomal base and trochanters I-II. Setae spine-like and one-half length of tibia II, typical in arrangement. Legs. — Shape generally similar to M. undulatus except for longer tarsi Plate 67 — Myianoetus muscarum deutonymph. A — venter. B — dorsum. 172 The Virginia Journal of Science [January I-II; setae differences as follows: leg I seta f longer, g3 shorter and equal to tibia I, ta3 base slightly separated from tal and equal to tarsus I, ta4 longer, taS shorter, tal6 longer and tapering; Leg II seta f longer, g2 longer, ti2 shorter, two longer mid-tarsal setae, tal6 long and taper¬ ing; proportion and setae arrangement very similar for legs III-IV. The full complement of leg setae is not shown in Oudemans’ drawing. Remarks. — Features most useful in identifying this species are as follows: size of soma, length of pedipalps, length and position of pedipal- pal setae, arrangement of apodemata, minute coxa I and III setae, coxa IV without disc but with seta, smooth dorsum, spine-like dorsal setae, leg seta ta3 equal in length to tarsus I, g3 equal to tibia I; leg II g2 equal to tibia I; tal6 legs I-II long and tapering, terminal tarsal seta leg IV longer than entire leg. Tragardh shows three pairs of "‘suckers” on the suctorial plate. Also four spine-like processes are illustrated on the margin of the suctorial plate similar to those of M. undulatus. In 1929 Oudemans placed A. digitiferus (Tragardh), 1904 and A. diomjchus Oude- mans, 1910 in the newly created genus Myianoetus. In 1924c Oude¬ mans erroneously identified Hypopus setipes Koch, 1847 as Anoetus cremdatus Oudemans 1909; in 1937 he corrected this error and synonymi- zed Hijpopiis setipes with Myianoetus digitiferus. 1 Collections. — Collected by C. L. Koch on Crytoneura stahulans, ! 1847; by W. Lunbeck on a fly, Orpiksuit, West Greenland, July, 1900; I by S. J. Schmitz on Plecotus auritus L., 1910. Types. — No record. Plesiotypes (M. dionychiis) in Oudemans’ col¬ lection. GENUS Prowichmannia Radford, 1950 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. Coxae I, III, and IV with discs. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, and three pairs of oval discs equal in size, and smaller than suckers. Type. — Prowichmannia spiniferum (Michael), 1901. Prowichmannia spiniferum (Michael), 1901 (Plate 68) Histiostoma spiniferum Michael, 1901; Anoetus spiniferum (Michael), 1901 [Oudemans, 1903b]; Prowichmannia spiniferum (Michael), 1901 [Radford, 1950]; Wichmannia spiniferus (Michael), 1901 [Oudemans, 19291. Pcrnale. — (Plate 68). Length 0.260 mm.; width 0.100 mm. Venter. 173 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) — (No figure). Pedipalpal seta less than one-third length of tarsus I; Dorsum. — Granular, shape oblong. Rostrum clearly defined. Hysterosoma pointed posteriorly, four pairs of large setae borne on conspicuous ele¬ vations. The two pairs of anterior setae longer than hysterosoma; third pair one-third shorter; posterior pair nearly one-half again longer than hysterosoma. Propodosomal setae not shown. Legs. — Long and slender, proportion of joints, if accurate, unique for this anoetid; tarsi especially long. Typical complement of setae not shown. Male. — Not observed. Deutomjmph. — (Plate 68). Length 0.200 mrn.; width 0.120 mm. Venter. — Fused pedipalps longer than tibia I; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to genu I. Sternum stl, st2, and apodeme a2 continuous with apodemata a4 which latter are united in midline; st2 separated at posterior end, unit¬ ed with apodemata a5 and st3. Sterna st3 and st4 not united. Coxa I and III with discs smaller than coxa IV disc di3. Suctorial plate heart- shaped with two functional suckers sii larger than the three pairs of equal, oval posterior discs. Dorsum. — Propodosoma smooth; hysterosoma granu¬ lar. Setae minute, hairlike and equal. Legs. — Long and slender. Setae tal6 legs I-IV tapering. Typical complement of leg setae not described or shown. Remarks. — Features useful in identifying this species are as fol¬ lows: for the female, ppl medium length, soma granular, long, and nar¬ row, with four pairs of conspicuous elevations which bear setae; setae long and heavy, of varying lengths; for the deutonymph, length of fused pedipalps, seta ppl arrangement of apodemata, coxa I, III, and IV discs; heart-shaped suctorial plate, plate suckers and discs as for genus, granu¬ lar hysterosoma, minute and equal dorsal setae, all legs with claws, and tapering setae tal6. Further details of the morphology of this species is necessary to correctly relate the genus Prowichmannia to other genera of the family Anoetidae. Oudemans’ description of the deutonymph is used. Length of deutonymph according to him is 0.260 mm. It is not known whether he also observed the adult. Genus named in honor of ]. E. Wichmann. Collections. — GoTlected by S. A. Poppe in Vegesack, Germany, 1898. (Oudemans); by A. D. Michael in a mole’s nest, England, 1901. Types. — In Oudemans’ collection. GENUS Sellea Oudemans, 1929 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on deutonymph. Suctorial 1 174 The Virginia Journal of Science j [January | Plate 68 — Prowichmannia spiniferum. A — female, dorsum. B — deu- tonymph, dorsum. C — deutonymph, venter. (After Michael) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 175 plate with two pairs of discs, one pair of suckers; suckers and discs of nearly equal size. Type. — Sellea pulchrom (Kramer), 1886. Sellea pulchrum (Kramer), 1886 (Plate 69) Histiostoma pulchrum Kramer, 1886; Sellea pulchrum (Kramer), 1886 [Oudemans, 1929]. Female. ~ (Plate 69). Length 0.350 mm.; width 0.170 mm. Venter. — Chelicera hook-shaped distally, mesially with a series of fine teeth; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus II, twice length of pp2; a third pedi- palpal seta proximal to pp2 is illustrated by Michael probably in error. Dorsum. — Probably granular (not shown). Propodosomal setae not shown; hysterosomal setae of varying length as follows: dml equal combined length of genu I and tibia I, dm2 three times length of dml; dm3 and dm4 nearly twice length of dml, dmS very short and spine-like. Cor¬ respondence of opisthosomatic setae to other anoetids uncertain; anterior pair shorter than dml, two posterio-lateral pairs longer than dm4, poster¬ ior marginal pair nearly equal dm2; apparently two pairs of dorsal setae were not observed if the setae pattern of this species is typical. Legs. — Legs I-II somewhat heavier than III-IV; all claws sickle-shaped. Typical complement of leg setae neither shown nor described. Male. — (Plate 69). Length 0.350 mm.; width 0.170 mm. Venter. — (No figure). Gnathosoma as in female. Apodemata al joined to form short sternum; combined apodemata a2-a3 close together in midline. Ringlike structures rl close together on anterior portion of coxa IV; r2 more separated, opposite anus. Seta vpl on coxa III, vml close to lateral mar¬ gin of rl, vm3 opposite genitalia, vol and vo2 opposite anus; penial seta posteriorly directed. Dorsum. — Probably granular (not shown). Rostrum sculptured according to Kramer. Propodosomal seta dp3 shorter than pp2, dp4 long, tapering. Hysterosoma with unique large, stiff, thick spines, mounted on conspicuous bosses, flattened ventrally and convex at proximal end, gradually becoming circular in form distally, with either sharp points or rounded ends. Three pairs of these unusual setae anter¬ iorly, nearly one-half length of hysterosoma; four pairs of similar, but smaller setae posteriorly, with smallest mesially. Other hysterosomal setae typical, and dml and dm3 nearly one-half length of hysterosoma, dol much shorter, do4 longer than hysterosoma. Legs. — Legs I-II stouter than III-IV. All claws long, strong and slightly curved. Terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV extended slightly beyond claw. The typical complement of leg setae is not shown or described. Deutonymph. — (Plate 69). Length 0.165 mm.; width 0.105 mm. 176 The Virginia Journal of Science 1 Janiiarv Plate 69 — Sellea pulchrum. A — female, dorsum. B — pedipalp. C — chelicera. D — deutonymph, venter. E — male, dorsum. F — male, external genitalia. (After Michael except composite drawing of male after Michael and Kramer) 177 1958 ] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Venter. — Fused pedipalps shorter than genu I, not extended or barely extended beyond gnathosomal base; pedipalpal seta ppl equal to tarsus IL Sternum stl and apodemata a2 nearly joined in midline. Suctorial plate with three pairs of structures, the anterior pair of which is slightly larger, probably representing the functional suckers; two posterior discs equal in size. Dorsum. ■— Smooth, probably with minute setae. Legs. — Long and slender. Claws nearly straight. Seta tal6 all legs tapering; seta tal6 leg IV very long. Tvpical complement of leg setae not shown or described. Remarks. ~ Features most useful in identifying the adults of this species are as follows: length of pedipalpal setae, and structures of cheli- cera; for the female, long tapering hysterosomal setae and sickle¬ shaped claws; for the male position of ringlike structures, arrangement of apodemata, unique large thick spines, and elongated typical spines on hysterosoma, claws Tong, strong and slightly curved, and terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV extended slightly beyond claws; for the deutonymph, short fused pedipalps, arrangement of apodemata, and arrangement of structures of suctorial plate, nearly straight claws, and tapering seta tal6 all legs, with leg IV tal6 especially long. This species is inadequate¬ ly described by Michael and Kramer. Examination of specimens would be desirable to confirm the validity of this genus. Kramer maintained a colony of this species but described only the male. Genus named in honor of C. G. Selle. Collections. — Collected by P. Kramer on sap of trees in Germany, 1886; by A. D. Michael on sap of trees in Warwickshire, England, 1901. Types. — No record. GENUS Zioickia Oudemans, 1924 Diagnosis of genus. — Diagnosis is based on the deutonymph. (Oude¬ mans, 1929). Coxa I and III without discs or setae; coxa IV with seta laterad of disc di3. Suctorial plate with two functional suckers, two large central discs, and four discs laterally and posteriorly. Type. — Zwickia guentheri (Oudemans), 1915. Remarks. — The combination of characteristics considered diagnostic for a deutonymph of Zioickia have been observed only in Z. guentheri. Oudemans observed only one deutonymph specimen of this species, this partially destroyed by the enzymatic action of Nepenthes fluid. A. nepen- thesiana and A. gihsoni deutonymphs and adults are strikingly similar in general appearance to Z. guentheri. Oudemans in 1924 considered ab¬ sence of a suture between propodosoma and hysterosoma as diagnostic for 178 The Virginia Journal of Science [January this genus. A suture in adult anoetids is often difficult to observe and hence, is an unreliable diagnostic feature. Genus named in honor of J. M. Zwicki. Zwickia guentheri (Oudemans), 1915 (Plates 70, 71) j Anoetus guentheri Oudemans, 1915; Zwickia guentheri (Oudemans), I 1915 [Oudemans, 1924]. | Female. — (Plate 70). Length 0.450 mm.; width 0.285 mm. Venter. | — Chelicera with wide base and with approximately fourteen teeth, curved and tapering distally. Pedipalp anteriorly directed; ppl anteriorly directed, nearly equal to genu I, twice length of laterally directed pp2. Ringlike structures large, nearly round; rl posterior to coxa II; r2 on coxa IV. Anus close to posterior margin. Ventral setae hairlike, variable in length; vpl longer than tarsus I; vml on line with rl near midline, nearly equal to genu I; vm2 equal tarsus I; vm3 equal tibia I, posterior to r2; opisthosomatic setae close to and opposite anus, equal to or shorter than genu I; do7 ventral and marginal, equal to vpl. Small pit-like struc¬ tures similar to those of A. gibsoni located mesiad and posteriad of vulva. Dorsum. — Smooth, without distinct suture between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Setae generally long, and fine; rostral setae and propodo- somal setae nearly equal to tarsus II; hysterosomal setae variable, ar¬ ranged in marginal or submarginal positions. Designations used for dorsal setae of other species are made on the basis of relative positions; dm2, dm3, and dol equal to tarsus I; other hysterosomal setae equal, nearly equal, or longer than tarsus II; dm4 and do7 shown as ventral in position; dml not shown. Bursa copulatrix marginal. Legs. — Legs generally long and slender especially II-IV. Setae typical in number and arrangement except: tal and ta2 leg I and tal leg II not shown, tarsus IV with extra seta; setae generally long and fine especially setae f legs I-II and leg IV, t leg III, and ti2 leg I. Claw I long, slightly curved, claw II longer, claw III longer and nearly straight; claw IV indistinct in figure. Legs III-IV terminal tarsal setae very long, nearly equal to idiosoma. Male. — (Plate 70). Length 0.320 mm.; width 0.165 mm. Venter. — Gnathosoma as in female. Sternum long, combined apodemata a2 and a3 united in midline,. a5 connected in midline. Ringlike structures nearly round; rl close together above genitalia, r2 opposite anterior end of anus. Setae generally long, hairlike, variable in length, except vni3 which is short and spine-like. Position of setae as follows: vml anterio-mesiad of rl, vm2 anterio-laterad of rl, vm3 anteriad of r2, vol mesiad of r2, vo2 opposite posterior end of anus, vo3 postcrio-laterad of anus. Penial seta 179 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) anteriorly directed and with two genital spicules. Dorsum. — Smooth, without distinct line of demarcation between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Setae long, hairlike, arrangement typical except: dm4, do4 and do5 on ven¬ ter; medial setae generally shorter than marginal and submarginal setae. Legs. — Legs I-II considerably larger than III-IV. Setae number and ar¬ rangement typical, except: leg I seta f, either g3 or g4, ta2 missing, and leg II seta t missing; setae generally long, especially f legs II and IV, t leg III, and ti2 legs I-II; tal legs I-II are shown as typical setae rather than as micro-sense organs. Claw I heavy, typical of most male anoetids; claw II exceptionally long, sickle-shaped; claws III-IV cannot be identi- field with certainty. Legs III-IV terminal tarsal setae longer than idio- soma. Deutonyrnph. — (Plate 71). Length 0.225 mm.; width 0.145 mm. Venter. — Length of fused pedipalps equal to width, not extended beyond gnathosomal base; pedipalpal seta ppl nearly twice length of tarsus 11. Sternum stl free posteriorly; apodemata a2 curved toward midline and continuous with a4; a4 not united in midline; st3 and st4 united. Coxae I and III without discs or setae; coxa IV seta vml laterad of small discs di3; suctorial plate relatively small; functional suckers su and four poster¬ ior discs equal to coxa IV disc; central discs twice as large. Dorsum. — ■ Sculptured (not shown in figure). Setae fine, minute, and equal. Pro- podosomal setae nearly marginal. Typical complement of dorsal setae not shown. Legs. — Legs I-II longer than III-IV especially tarsi. Setae arrangement typical except for several missing leg IV and missing g3 leg II. Leg I seta ta3 longer than tarsus I, tal equal to ta2, setae tal6 leaf¬ shaped distally; leg II tal6 tapering; leg III terminal tarsal seta equal to tibio-tarsus III; leg IV terminal tarsal seta nearly as long as hysterosoma. It is not known whether or not claws III-IV are missing, reduced or rep¬ resented by long terminal tarsal setae. Remarks. — Features useful in identifying the adult of this species are: anteriorly directed pedipalps, generally short pedipalpal setae, posi¬ tion of ringlike structures, generally long dorsal setae, and extremely long terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV; for the female, long ventral setae except for genital and anal setae, and unique medial setae except vm3; for the deutonyrnph short fused pedipalps, long setae ppl, arrangement of apodemata, small suctorial plate, minute dorsal setae, shape of tal 6 legs I-II, long terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV, as well as features diag¬ nostic for genus. Worthy of note is the habitat of this species in common with a morphologically similar species A. nepenthesiana from the pitchers of Nepenthes sp. Numerous small animals have been observed as vic¬ tims of the digestive enzymes of Nepenthes pitchers, among them the orbatid mites. Forms such as Diptera larvae were observed with mites as early as 1910 (Jensen) apparently not disintegrated by the digestive enzymes. Comparison of this species should also be made with another 180 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Plate 70 — Zwickia guentheri. A — male, dorsum. B — male, venter. C — female, venter. D — gnathosoma. E — chelicera. F — male, external genitalia. G — female, dorsum. (From Vitzthum after Oudemans) 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 181 Plate 71 — Upper, Zwickia gueniheri deutonymph. A — dorsum. B — ven¬ ter. (From Vitzthum after Oudemans) Lower, Zwickia colo- casiae female. C — venter. D — dorsum. (After Vitzthum) 182 The Virginia Journal of Science [January i morphologically similar species A. gihsoni collected from the pitchers of ] Sarracenia purpurea L. by Nesbitt. Vitzthum claims the fluid from this i plant is quite different from Nepenthes fluid. Nesbitt says the two fluids j! are similar, substantiating his statement by the fact that copepods of the same genus have been found in each. Other water dwelling forms of this j, family so far observed are Z. colocasiae from axil fluid of Colocasia indica, H. cyrtandrae from axil fluid of Colocasia indica and Cyrtandra glabra, j and also in a goldfish tank, and H. nigrellii from a goldfish tank. Oude- | mans states that the normal position of adult legs III is anterior. Of the eighty-nine samples examined by him only one deutonymph was observed. , i' Collections. — Collected by K. Guenther in pitchers of Nepenthes distillatoria L., Ceylon, 1911; from Nepenthes gymnamphora pitchers in Sumatra and Java, before 1931. I Types. — No record. | Zwickia colocasiae (Vitzthum), 1931, new combination (Plate 71) Anoetus colocasia Vitzthum, 1931 Female. — (Plate 71). Length 0.320 mm.; width 0.165 mm. Venter. — Pedipalpal seta ppl equal length of genu 1; pp2 not illustrated by i Vitzthum. Ringlike structures nearly round, borne on conspicuous eleva¬ tions; r2 posterior to coxa IV. Anus close to posterior end; posterior marg¬ in is conspicuously indented. Only coxa I and III setae shown. Dorsum. j — Smooth with distinct nearly pointed marginal bosses, without distinct line of demarcation between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Setae generally long except very short dml, short spine-like do4 and do6, do5 of medium ' length borne on rounded elevation, propodosomal setae dp3 and dp4 equal, longer than other setae. Legs. — Legs long and slender with relatively | short tarsi I-II. Typical complement of leg setae not illustrated or de¬ scribed; terminal tarsal setae legs III-IV equal tal6 legs I-II. Claws equal to tibia I, slightly curved. 1 Male. (No figure). Length 0.245 mm.; width 0.128 mm. Similar in general appearance to female except for legs I, III, and IV which are j nearly twice as thick as those of female, and with heavier sickle-shaped : claws. j Deutonymph. — No information. Remarks. — Features useful in identifying the female of this species ; are as follows: ventral ringlike structures borne on conspicuous eleva- 183 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) tions, dorsal setae generally long, propodosomal setae dp3 and dp4 long¬ er and equal in length, distinct nearly pointed elevations marginally, all legs with long terminal tarsal setae, claws longer and less curved than typical for most anoetids. This species is insecurely placed in the genus Zwickia on the basis of the general appearance of the female. (Oude- mans, 1924b). Collections. ~ Collected by Vitzthum near the Sea of Ngebal in mid¬ dle Java, before 1931 on leaf of Araceae Colocasiae indica. Types. — No record. Nomina duhia A number of species in the literature presumably belonging to the family Anoetidae are so inadequately described that it would serve no useful purpose to record here the little information which is available. These are as follows: Bonomoia sphaerocerae Vitzthum, 1922 "^Creutzeria tobaicae Oudemans, 1932 *Cederhjelmia quadriucinata Oudemans, 1931 Histiostoma brevipes Banks, 1906 Histiostoma flagellifer (flabelliforme) Leonardi, 1897. Histiostoma genetica Stolpe, 1938 "^Histiostoma phyllotrichus (trichophoriis) Berlese, 1883 Histiostoma tarsalis Banks, 1910 Hypopus tarsispinus Oudemans, 1910? Myianoetus mixta Oudemans, 1911 Myianoetus tibetata Vitzthum (no date) [Buitendijk, 1945] Nodopalpus ulmi Karpelles, 1893 Zschachia laevis Oudemans, 1929 * Specimens in Oudemans’ collection [Buitendijk, 1945] DISCUSSION Morphology. — The anoetids are minute organisms, the females 184 The Virginia Journal of Science [January ranging in length from 0.770 mm. (H. berghi) to 0.250 mm. {Glyphan- oetus horridum) . Typically the males are about the size of tritonymphs of the same species, and range from a length of 0.390 mm. (H. berghi) to 0.167 mm. {Glyphanoetus horridum). In some species, however, the length of the male does not differ greatly from the female, e. g. Sellea pulchrum. There may be very considerable differences in the sizes of in¬ dividuals of all stages in the same culture of the same species. (Plate 13.) These size ranges generally may be attributed to nutritional differen¬ ces. Adult anoetids are nearly rectangular in outline, or pear-shaped, with no striking departures from this shape in any species. Except for the deutonymphs, the color of all stages of all species is whitish-opaque, the degree of opaqueness depending upon the amount of crystals or pseudo¬ crystals contained in the body. The deutonymphs of the various species range in color from almost white to reddish brown. There is remarkable uniformity in the leg and body setae number and general setae pattern in this family. All species studied from well pre¬ served specimens by us conform to the number and pattern found in H. julorum. Minor exceptions to this rule are: Myianoetus females with extra ventral seta vo-x; adults of H. murchiei leg II with supernumerary sensory tarsal seta ta-x; pedipalpal seta pp2 in the adults either minute or missing, in the deutonymph pp2 missing. Anoetus gibsoni male pp2 either minute or missing. In spite of the similarity of general appearance, and the uniformity of setae pattern and number, detailed studies reveal marked dissimilari¬ ties among species. Some of the features which are most often variable, and hence, useful in species determination are as follows for adults: chelicerae — shape, number of teeth, etc. pedipalps — lengths and relative lengths of ppl and pp2 ringlike structures — size, shape, position sculpturing — presence or absence, type, degree. Sculpturing most often seen dorsally on rostrum pitted dorsum — pitted, granular, or shagreened dorsum — presence or absence, type protuberances — presence or absence, size, etc. claws — shape, size, single or divided body setae — shape, length, fineness, relative position leg setae — shape, length, position external genitalia — size, structure, with or without genital plate, especially male bursa copulatrix — position, size, shape, direction of orifice Deutonymphs: In addition to many of the characters above, the 185 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) tvpe and arrangement of apodemata and details of suctorial plate are useful in identifying deutonymphs. Sexual dimorphism. ~ Males differ from females in the following sec¬ ondary sexual characteristics: generally smaller; in all males examined carefully, one less opisthosomatic seta (do7), (See p. 18); ringlike structures generally closer to genitalia; typically seta tal5 leg I nearly claw-shaped; claws often somewhat more massive; other minor differences which are not typical for most species, such as serrated claws III-IV in male (H. iulorum) and barbed seta taS legs III-IV in female (H. phyl- lophorus); pilose dorsal setae in female (H. piloseta) and in deutonymph (H. tienhoveni); legs I-II tibial setae ti2 appear to be sensory as tarsal I-II setae tal (Mijianoetus undulatus), terminal tarsal setae ta9 legs III- IV longer in male than in female (Anoetus gibsoui). Life cycle. — Only the life cycle of H. julorum has been examined carefully, although there have been many opportunities to observe the larval and nymphal stages of many species. It appears that with only one possible exception the stages of all species observed correspond to those of H. julorum, i. e. egg — larva — protonymph — deutonymph (this stage may be omitted) — tritonymph — adult. The possible exception is H. murchiei in which no tritonymphs have been observed. (See p. 93). It is interesting that some larvae of the same species and in the same culture metamorphose directly into the tritonymph stage, omitting the deutonymph. This phenomenon cannot be explained at present. Habitat. — The anoetids have been reported from a wide variety of habitats. Two common features of the habitats of all trophic forms are abundance of organic matter usually in a state of putrefaction and abun¬ dant moisture. Most species which have been examined in the laboratory appear to be continuously feeding on the surface film of fluid containing yeasts and other microorganisms. H. nigrellii and H. cyrtandrae appear to thrive completely submerged and can be seen feeding among aquar¬ ium plants on debris. Nigrelli (1954) was Ted to believe that these two species gave off substances sufficiently toxic to kill fish. H. cyrtandrae, however, can be cultured readily on moist standard media (see p. 60). The only two species which are known to be parasitic are H. murchiei and H. berghi which destroy the eggs of earthworms and leeches re¬ spectively. (see p. 91 and p. 51). Yeast culture media used in Drosoplrila stocks are favorable media for many anoetids. Mites may accumulate in such large numbers that they become pests. In addition to competing for available food, the deutonymphs may attach to the mouth parts and genitalia of Drosophila in sufficient numbers ot interfere with feeding and copulation. Although anoetids have been reported from many tem¬ perate and tropical parts of the world and in a variety of niches, it must be pointed out that we do not vet have adequate knowledge of the 186 The Virginia Journal of Science [January possible habitats of tropic forms since the majority of species described are based on the non-feeding deutonymph which attaches itself readily to any passing insect and in this manner may effectively disperse a species over wide areas and away from original nutritional source. Chromosomes. — Preliminary studies of the chromosome number for various species have been undertaken. These studies show that the chromosome numbers vary among the species and that the number is relatively small, e. g. A. laboratorium: haploid number — 4. The chromo¬ some count is made on early cleavage divisions of the uterine egg. Such observations are not only useful in speciation problems but also to establish whether a given species is or is not arrhenotokous. Mode of reproduction. — Approximately twenty species of anoetids have been cultured in our laboratory. Of this number four species re¬ produce by thelytoky, no males being produced. In some sixteen species both males and females are produced. Careful isolation studies of virgin females have not been made on all sixteen species. However, such studies were made on about ten species. In all except one of these ten species, unfertilized eggs developed parthenogenetically, giving rise to males only. Fertilized eggs gave rise to females only. Thus arrhenotoky is probably the mode of reproduction for most of the sixteen species referred to above, including A. laboratorium, as confirmed cytologically. In one species, H. fimetarium, prolonged attempts to obtain offspring from virgin females failed. Yet the sex ratio in this species was similar to a typical arrheno¬ tokous species, i. e. the ratio of males to females was not 1:1 but highly variable. This suggests that the males are haploid as in the haplo-diploid parthenogenetic forms. It appears, however, that although the mode of reproduction and sex determination in II. fimetarium is probably the same as for typical arrhenotokous species, pseudofertilization or at least in¬ semination is necessary to initiate development of male producing eggs. Tentatively it must be concluded that in some manner insemination is necessary to initiate development of eggs of this species. Diploid parthenogenesis is not an uncommon mode of reproduction since it is found occasionally in many animal phyla. On the other hand, male parthenogenesis is of much rarer occurrence, it having been found in only five groups of animals. It appears to be common among the Acarina so far investigated and the predominant type of reproduction in the Hymenoptera. As White (1954) and others have pointed out, male and female parthenogenesis are entirely different modes of reproduction and could be expected to evolve separately over long periods of time as appears to be the case for Hymenoptera. It is of interest to note in this connection that in H. humiditatis and in an undescribed “variety” of this species in our collection and in H. feroniarum both thelytokous and ar- 187 19581 A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) rhenotokous “varieties” occur in essentially the same habitat. The female of the thelytokoiis “variety” is virtually indistinguishable from the arrheno- tokous “variety” in each of the two species. This would seem to indicate the extreme plasticity of modes of reproduction in the Anoetidae or that arrhenotoky and thelytokv are not unrelated modes of reproduction, at least in Anoetidae. BIBLIOGRAPHY Andre, Marc. 1935. Note sur UHistiostoma feroniarum Dufour (Acarien Tyroglyphidae) , Bull. Mtis. Hist, nat., Paris, 7: 234-236, 4 fig. Baker, Edward W. and G. W. Wharton. 1952. An Introduction to Acar- ology, 7'he MacAIillan Company, New York. Banks, Nathan. 1906. A Revision of the Tyroglyphidae of the United States, Bui. 13, Tech. Ser., Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agric., pp. 9-12, 8 fig. [Est. PI. americanum, H. brevipes, H. gracilipes] - . 1910. New American Mites, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 12:12, 1 fig. [Est. H. tarsalis] - . 1915. The Acarina or Mites. A Review of the Group for the Use of Economic Entomologists, Rep. 108, (Contrib. Bur. Ent.) U. S. Dept. Agric., pp. 214-215, 3 fig. Behura, B. K. 1950. A Little-known Tyroglyphid Mite, Histiostoma poly- phori (Oud.) and its Association with the Earwig, Forficula auricul- aria Linn., Nature, Lond., 165: 1025. Berlese, Antonio. 1881. Indagini sulle Metamorfosi di Alcuni Acari Insetticoli, Att. 1st. veneto, 8: 37-46. - - . 1882-1903. Acari, Myriopoda, et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia repeiia. Ease. 1-101, Padua. [Est. Hijpopus phyllotrichus, key Histiostoma} . - - - . 1913. Acari Nuovi, Redia, 9: 104-105, 1 fig. [Est. H. hor- ridum} . Buitendijk, A. M. 1945. Voorloopige catalogus van de Acari in de Collec- tie-Oudemans, Zool. Meded. XXIV, pp. 281-391. Canestrini, G. 1888a. I Tiroglifidi: Studio Critico, pp. 16-17, Padova. - . 1888b. Propetto delF Acarofauna Italiana, 3: 368-376, 4 fig. Padova. Canestrini, G. and Antonio Berlese. 1881. Nuovi Acari, Atti. Accad. sci. ven- 188 [January The Virginia Journal of Science trent.-istr., 7: 150-153, 5 fig. [Est. H. fimetarium] Canestrini, G and F. Fanzago. 1876. Nuovi Aoari Italian! (2nd Series), Atti Accad. sci. ven. -trent.-istr., 5: 140-141. - . 1887. Intorno agli Acari Italian!, Atti 1st. veneto, 4: 133, 201. Claparede, Edouard. 1868. Studien an Acariden, Z. wiss Zool., 18; 505, 1 fig. [Est. Hypopus dugesi] Cooreman, Jean. 1941. Etudes Biospeologiques. XXVIII . (1). Note sur Myianoetus diadematus Willmann, 1937. (Acarien, Sarcoptiformes) Pseudoparasite des Helomyzidae (Dipteres) de Transylvanie, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg., 17:1-7, 1 fig. - . 1947. Le Stade Adulte de Myianoetus muscarum (Linne) (Acarien, Anoetidae), Bull. (Ann.) Soc. ent. Belg., 73: 141-149, 8 fig- Demerec, M. and B. P. Kaufmann, 1950. Drosophila Guide, p. 7, The Lord Baltimore Press, Baltimore, Maryland. Dufour, M. Leon. 1839. Description and Figure de Quelque Parasites de rOrdre des Acariens, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., 2e Serie, 11: 278-281, 4 fig. [Est. Hypopus feroniarum, Hypopus sapromyzarum] Duges, Antoine. 1834. Recherches sur TOrdre des Acariens en General et la Famille des Trombidies en Particulier, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., 1: 14, 20, 37, 38, 1 fig. [Est. Hypopus] Dujardin, M. Felix 1842. LTnstitut, 10: 316. Article reporting the de¬ scription of Anoetus to the Societe Philomatique de Paris. [Est. Anoetus] - 1849a. Memoire sur des Acariens sans Bouche dont On A Fait le Genre Hypopus, et Qui Sont le Premier Age des Gamases, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., 12: 243-250. - . 1849b. Additions an Memoire sur les Hypopus, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., 12: 259-265, 10 fig. [Est. Hypopus alicola, Hypopus fili- cum, Hypopus culpis] Gervais, M. Paul. 1844. Acarides, Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Apteres III, 3: 281-282, 265-266, 1 fig. Grandjean, F. 1939. La Ghaeototaxie des Pattes chez les Acaridiae, Bull. Soc. zool, Fr., 65: 50-60. Hirst, Stanley. 1928. A New Tyroglyphid Mite (Zwickia nepenthesiana, sp. n.) from the Pitchers of Nepenthes ampullaria, J. Malay, Br. 189 1958 ] A Review of the Fat^hly Anoetidae (Acari) Asiat. Soc., 6: 19-22, 2 fig. Homann, Hermann. 1934, Die Milben in Gesimden Bienstoeken, Z. Para- sitenk., 6: 387-388, 1 fig. Hughes, Roscoe D. 1950. The Genetics Laboratory Mite Histiostorna lah- oratorium, n. sp. (Anoetidae), J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40; 177-183, 7 lig- Jarv, S. G. and J. H. Stapley. 1936. Investigations on the Insect and Allied Pests of Gultivated Mushrooms — VI. Observations upon the Tyroglyphid Mite Histiostorna rostro-serratum, Megnin, J. S.-E. agric. Coll. Wye, (38):67-74, 4 fig., 1 tab. Jensen, Adolf Severin. 1895. En Tyroglyphide i Hesteiglens AEgkapsel, Vidensk. Medd. den naturh. Foren. Khh., 47: 72-104, 8 fig. [Est. H. berghQ Karpelles, Ludwig. 1883. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Milben. Dis- sertatio inauguralis zoologica, pp. 16, 27, Berlin. - . 1893. Baust eine zu eine Acarofauna Ungarns, Math. Natur. Ber. Ung., 11: 128, 3 fig. - - . 1894. Nodopalpus idmi nomen generis nomen species, Math. Termes Kozlem. Magyar Ak., XXV. 1-50. Keifer, H, H. 1953. Eriophyid Studies XXI, Bull. Dep. Agric. Calif., 42: 73. Koch, Garl Ludwig. 1842. Uebersicht der Arachnideii Systems, Heft 3, p. 130, Nurnberg. Kramer, P. 1876. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Milben, Arch. Natiir- gesch., 42: 28-45, 105, 5 fig. [Est. Histiostorna, Phyllostoma, P. pec- tineuml —■ — - . 1886. H. Neue Milben aus anderen Familien, Arch. Natur- gesch., 52: 259-260, 1 fig. [Est. H. pulchrum} Kramer, P. and G. Canestrini. 1899. Das Tierreich, 7; 132-150, 1 fig., R. Friedlander and Son, Berlin, [key Histiostorna] Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae, 1: 615-618. [Est. Acarus muscarum] Megnin, M. P. 1873. Memoire Anatomique et Zoologique sur un Nouvel Acarien de la Famille des Sarcoptides -le Tyroglyphus rostro-serratus at sur son Hypopus, /. Anat., Paris, 9: 369-388, 14 fig. [Est. Tyro¬ glyphus rostro-serratus] 190 The Virginia Journal of Science [January - . 1874. Memoire sm* les Hypopus, J. Anat., Paris, 10: 246- 248, 6 fig. - . 1880. Les Parasites et les Maladies Parasitares, Paris, pp. 138, 144-148, 2 fig. [Est. Serratar, S. amphibius} Michael, Albert D. 1901-1903. British Tyroglyphidae, Adlard and Son, London. 1901. 1: 1-291. 1903 2: 1-183. Moniez, R. 1894. Notes sur Qiielques Especes de Tyroglyphides, Rev. Biol. Nord France, 6: 452-456. Murray, Andrew. 1877. Economic Entomology: Aptera, pp. 231-251, 260-262, 7 fig., in South Kensington Museum handbooks, London. Nesbitt, Herbert H. J. 1954. A New Mite, Zwickia gibsoni n. sp.. Earn. Anoetidae, from the Pitchers of Sarracenia purpurea L., Canad. Ent., 86: 193-197, 3 fig. [key Anoetidae, key Zwickia'] Oudemans, A. C. 1897. List of Dutch Acari, Seventh Part: Acaridiae Latr. 1806, and Phytoptidae Pagenst. 1861, with Synonymical Re¬ marks and Description of New Species etc., Tijdschr. Ent., 40: 250- 269. - . 1901. Notes on Acari, third series, Tijdschr. ned. dierk. Ver. (2), 7: 86. - . 1903a. Notes on Acari, Tijdschr. ned. dierk. Ver., 8: 132- 135, 6 fig. - . 1903b. Notes on Acari VI, Tijdschr. Ent., 46: 20-24, 4 fig. [Est. A. neglectus] - . 1903c. On Anoetus discrepans and Anoetus sumatrensis, Ent. Ber., 1: 103. [Est. A. discrepans, A. sumatrensis] - * — . 1904. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XIV, Ent. Ber., 1: 191. - . 1905a. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XVII, Ent. Ber., 1: 223-224. [Est. A. lorentzi] - - . 1905b. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XVIII, Ent. Ber., 1: 238-239. [Est. A. phyllophorus] - . 1909. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XXIX, Ent. Ber., 3: 23-24. [Est. A. crenulatus] - . 1910. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XXXI, Ent. Ber., 3: 50. [Est. A. dionychus, Hypopus tarsispinus] - . 1911a. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XXXVII, Ent. Ber., 191 1958] A Rkview of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 3: 167-173. [Est. A. hanjutvangicus, A. brevipes, A. cirratus, A. in- dicus, A. longrpes, Bonomoia, B. primitiva] - - . 1911b. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen XXXVIII, Ent. Ber., 3: 190-191. f Est. A. tropicus, Lipstorpia, L. mixta~\ ^ „ — - , 1912. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen XXXIX, Ent. Ber., 3: 234-236. [ Est. A. crassipes, A. ensifer, A. trichophorusi — - — - . 1913. Acari, Nova Guinea, 5: 146-147, 3 fig. — - - .. 1914a. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LII, Ent. Ber., 4; 70- 73. [Est. A. campanula, A. insularis, A. lanceocrinus, A. litoralis, A. maritimus, A. polaki, A. polyphori, Lipstorpia brevimana, Lipstorpia crassipes] ^ — - . 1914b. Bescbrijving van een Weinig Bekende en Drie Nieuwe Soorten van Anoetns, Tiidschr. Ent., 57: 107-119, 14 fig. — - . 1915. Original-Mitteiliingen, Z. wiss. InsektBiol., 11: 242- 243, 1 fig. [Est. A. guentherQ — - - . 1917. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXIII, Ent. Ber., 4: 391-393. [Est. A. spinitarsus, A. turcastanae'\ — - - . 1923. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXXIII, Ent. Ber., 6: 206. I Est. N odipalpidae] - - - _ 1924a. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXXIV, Ent. Ber., 6: 256-258. - - - . 1924b. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXXVI, Ent. Ber., 6: 300-310. [Est. Zioickia] - - — . 1924c. Ent. Ber., 6 (140): 332-334. - - . 1924d. Analytical Key for tbe Classification of Families and Genera of Diacrotricba Oudms. 1906 (Acari), Ent. Ber., 6: 226-235. ~ — - . 1926. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXXXII, Ent. Ber., 7: 123. [Est. A. tienhovenQ - - , 1926-1937. Kritiscb Historiscb Overzicbt der Acarologie. (Volumes 1 and 2 supplements to Volumes 69 and 72 of Tijdschr. Ent. Leiden. Volume 3 published in six parts independently.) 1926. 850 V. C. - 1758. 1:1-500. 1929. 1759-1804. 2:1-1097. 1936-37. 1805-1850. 3:1-3379. — _ — « — 1927a. Acarologiscbe Aanteekeningen LXXXVI, Ent. Ber., 7:230. [Est, A. toxopei] 192 The Virginia Journal of Science [January 1 — - , 1927b. On Anoetoglyphus and Anoetoglyphus ateuchi, Tijd- schr. Ent., 70; 74-75. [Est. Anoetoglyphus, Anoetoglyphus ateuchi\ \ - — - - . 1928. Fauna Buruana; Acari, Treubia, 7: 97-99, 5 fig. ' - . 1929. Acarologische Aanteekeningen XCVII, Ent. Ber., 7: | 449-452. [Est. A. conclavicola, Glyphanoetus, G. fulmeki, Mauduytia, Myianoetus, Sellea, Wichmannia, Zschachia, Z. laevis'\ \ - . 1931. Acarologische Aanteekeningen CVIII, Ent. Ber., 8: 261-263, 1 fig. [Est. Cederhjelmia, C. quadriuncinatd] - . 1932. Opus 550, Tijdschr. Ent., 75: 207-210, 14 fig. Thomas, C. A. 1931. Mushroom Insects. Their biology and control, Pennsyl. Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 270, 42 pp. (20a, 301). Tragardh, Ivar. Monographic die akrtischen — [Diss. 1904 Jena] (1-6) In Romer and Schaudinn, Fauna Arctica. 4, 1 (78s.) 3 fig. Tf. 1 Jena 1906 (G. Fischer) [Syst., Faun., 7, 62] Turk, Frank A. 1945. Studies of Acari-Second Series: Descriptions of New Species and Notes on Established Forms of Parasitic Mites, Para¬ sitology, 36: 139-140. Vitzthum, Hermann Graf. 1920. Acarologische Beobachtungen. 4 Reihe, Arch. Naturgesch., 86; 59-67, 6 fig. [Est. A. polynesiacus, A. pro- dectoris, A. prophthalmi] - . 1923. Acarologische Beobachtungen. 7 Reihe. Arch. Na¬ turgesch., 89: 161-167, 6 fig. [Est. A. gordius, A. himalayael - . 1926a. Acari als Commensalem von Ipiden, Zool, Jb., Abt. 1, 52; 488-491, 2 fig. [Est. A. gladiger] - . 1926b. Malayische Acari, Treubia, 8: 182-185, 2 fig. [Est. A. heliocopridis] - . 1927. Die Acarofauna der Harzflusse, S. B. Ges. natw’f. Fr. BerL, 1; 98-103, 2 fig. [Est. A. humiditatis] - - 1929. 5 Ordnung: Milben, Acari, Die Tierwelt Mitteleuro- pas, 3: 1-112, Quelle and Meyer, Leipzig, [key Anoetus] - - - . 1931. Terrestrische Acarinem (unter Ausschluss der Oriba- tiden und Ixodiden) der Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda-Expedition, Suppl. Bd. 9 “Prop. Binn.” Arch. Hydro. Band 2: 59-134, 37 fig. [Est. A. colocasiae, A. cyrtandrae, list of Anoetidae] - - - . 1943. Acarina, Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier- reiches. 5 Band; Arthropoda, Becker b- Erler Kom.-Ges., Leipzig. 193 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) Willmann, C. 1937. Die Milbeiifauna der Segeberger Hohle, Sc/ir. naturw. Ver. Schl-Holst., 22: 180-190, 10 fig. [Est. Myianoetiis diadematiis] Womersley, H. 1941. Studies in Australian Acarina (2) Tyroglyphidae (s. 1.), Rec. S. Aust. Mtis., 6: 4R1-487, 4 fig. [Est. Anoetostoma, Anoetostoma oudemansi, 11. nichollsi, key Anoetidae] - . 1942. Miscellaneus Additions to Acarina, Trans, ray. Soc. S. Aust., 66: 89-92, 2 fig. [Est. Chiropteranoetus, Chiropteranoetus chalinolohus^ Yunker, C. E. 1955. A Proposed Classification of the Acaridiae (Acarina: Sarcoptiformes ) , Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash., 22: 98-105. Zaclivatkin, A. A. 1941. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Arachnoidea, vol. VI (I). Tyroglyphoidea, Puhl. Zoo/. Inst. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Moscow, 409 pp. Addendum Scheucher, Rita. 1957. Systematik und Okologie der deutschen Anoetinen. In Beitrage zur Systematik und Okologie Mitteleuropaischer Acarina. Band 1, Teil 1, (Ed. Hans-Jurgen Stammer) Akademische V erlagsgesl- Ischaft. Geest h- Portig. K.-G. Leipzig. 194 [January The Virginia Journal of Science List To Species Of The Family Anoetidae Acarus mammillaris . . Acarus muscarum . Anoetoglyphus ateuchi . Anoetostoma oudemansi . "^Anoetus alicola . Anoetus banjuwangicus . Anoetus brevimanus . Anoetus brevipes . "^Anoetus bushlandi, sp. nov . Anoetus campanula . Anoetus cirratus . Anoetus colocasiae . "^Anoetus conclavicola . Anoetus crassipes . . . Anoetus crenulatus . Anoetus cyrtandrae . Anoetus digitiferus . Anoetus dionychus . Anoetus discrepans . Anoetus dugesi . Anoetus ensifer . Anoetus feroniarum . "^Anoetus gibsoni . Anoetus gladiger . Anoetus gordius . Anoetus guentheri . * Anoetus heliocoprides . Anoetus himalayae . Anoetus humiditatis . Anoetus indicus . Anoetus insularis . Anoetus julorum . ^Anoetus laboratorium . Page , 63 167 125 126 132 49 52 84 133 54 56 182 136 56 57 59 170 170 132 62 62 62 138 68 70 178 142 74 78 80 80 11 128 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 195 Page 82 Anoetus lanceocrimis . . . Anoetus litoralis . . . - . , , . o4 Anoetus longtpes . . Anoetus lorentzi . Anoetus maritimus . . . 167 Anoetus muscarum . . Anoetus necrophori . . . . Anoetus neglectus . "^Anoetus nepenthesiana . ^ 97 Anoetus phyllophorus . . . Anoetus polaki . . ^ 147 "^Anoetus polynesiacus . Anoetus polypori . Anoetus prodectoris . Anoetus prophthalmi . Anoetus sapromyzarum . Anoetus setipes . Anoetus spiniferum . Anoetus spinitarsus . 11^ Anoetus sumatrensis . 11 Anoetus tienhoveni . 120 Anoetus toxopei . 122 Anoetus trichophorus . 123 Anoetus tropicus . 157 Anoetus twrcastanae . 149 "^Bonomoia primitiva . 150 Bonomoia sphaerocerae . 183 Cederhjelmia quadriucinata . 183 Chiropteranoetus chalinolobus . 151 Creutzeria tohaicae . 183 Gamasus muscorum . 167 Glyphanoetus fulmeki . 152 "^Glyphanoetus horridum . 152 Histiostoma americanum . 63 ^Histiostoma bakeri, sp. nov . 45 "^Histiostoma banjuwangicus . 49 196 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Page Histiostoma ber^hi . 1 oo Histiostoma brevipes . . . "^Histiostoma brevimanus . . "^Histiostoma campanula . "^Histiostoma cirratus . "^Histiostoma crassipes . Histiostoma crenulatus . "^Histiostoma cyHandrae . . . Histiostoma digitifera . "^Histiostoma ensifer . 62 Histiostoma feroniarum . 62 "^Histiostoma fimetarium . 67 Histiostoma flagellifer (flabelliforme) . 183 Histiostoma genetica . 183 Histiostoma gervaisi . 11 "^Histiostoma gladiger . 68 "^Histiostoma gordius . 70 Histiostoma gracilipes . 63 "^Histiostoma himalayae . 74 ^Histiostoma humiditatis . 78 Histiostoma horridum . 152 Histiostoma indicus . 80 ^Histiostoma insularis . 80 Histiostoma julorum . 11 Histiostoma laboratorium . 128 "^Histiostoma lanceocrinus . 82 "^Histiostoma lit oralis . 84 "* Histiostoma longipes . 84 ^Histiostoma lorentzi . 8^ Histiostoma maritimus . 86 "^Histiostoma murchiei, sp. nov . 88 Histiostoma muscarum . 167 "^Histiostoma necrophori . 93 Histiostoma nichollsi . 97 Histiostoma nigrellii, sp. nov . 95 Histiostoma pectineum . 03 1958] A Review of the Family Anoetidae (Acari) 197 Page 97 ^Histiostoma phyllophorus . . . . . . . . Histiostoma phyllotrichus (trichophorus) . . . . . ^Uistiostoma piloseta, sp. nov . . . . 1^0 "^Histiostoma polaki . . . ^ Histiostoma polypori . . . . . . . . . . ^ Histiostoma prodectoris . . . . . . . . . . . . ^Histiostoma prophthalmi . . . . . . . - . ^ Histiostoma protuherans, sp. nov. . . . . . . . . Histiostoma pulchrum . . . . . . ^Histiostoma pyriforme . . . . . . . . . Histiostoma rostro-serratum . . . . . Histiostoma rostro-serratus . 63 "^Histiostoma sapromyzarum . 113 "^Histiostoma sextoni, sp. nov . 116 Histiostoma spinifenim . 172 "^Histiostoma spinitarsus . 118 Histiostoma tarsalis . . 183 "^Histiostoma tienhoveni . 120 ^Histiostoma toxopei . . 122 ^Histiostoma trichophorus . 123 Histiostoma vulpis . . 11 Hypopus alicola . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Hypopus dugesi . . . . . . . 62 Hypopus feroniarum . . . . . 62 Hypopus filicum . . . . . . . 165 Hypopus fimetarius . 67 Hypopus julorum . . . . . . H Hypopus muscarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Hypopus necrophori . . . . . . . . 93 Hypopus ovalis . . . . . . . . H Hypopus sapromyzarum . . . . . . . . . . 115 Hypopus setipes . . 170 Hypopus spinitarsus . . . . . 118 Hypopus tarsispinus . . I33 Hypopus vulpis . . H Lipstorpia crassipes . . 50 198 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Page Lipstorpia brevimanus . . . . Lipstorpia mixta . "^Mauduytia tropicus . . . . "^Myianoetus diadematus . 1^3 Myianoetus digitiferus . 1*7^0 Myianoetus dionychus . 17^0 "^Myianoetus filicum . Myianoetus mixta . 183 * Myianoetus muscarum . 167 "^Myianoetus setipes . 170 Myianoetus tibetata . 183 "^Myianoetus undulatus, sp. nov . 158 Nodopalpus ulmi . 183 Pedictdus muscae . 167 Phyllostoma pectineum . 63 "^Prowichmannia spiniferum . 172 Rhizoglyphus rostro-serratus . 63 "^Sellea pulchrum . 175 Serrator amphibius . 63 Trombidium muscarum . 167 Tyroglyphus feroniarum . 62 Tyroglyphus muscarum . 167 Tyroglyphus rostro-serratus . 63 Uropoda julorum . 21 Wichmannia spiniferus . 172 Zschachia laevis . 283 Zwickia colocasiae . 282 Zwickia gibsoni . 238 "^Zwickia guentheri . 278 Zwickia nepenthesiana . 244 *Valid species. 1958] News and Notes 199 News and Notes (Editors Note: News contributions should be sent to the person whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.) THE PRESIDENT’S MESSAGE The thirty-sixth annual meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science will be held at the Hotel Roanoke on May 7-10, 1958. It is indicative of the widening interests of our membership that this meeting will be sponsored by Hollins College, Roanoke College, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, American Viscose Corporation, Norfolk and Western Railway, and the Veterans Administration Hospital. The Local Arrangements for the meeting are being handled by a Committee drawn largely from these institutions and under the very capable chairmanship of Dr. Royd Harsh- barger. With full cooperation between this strong committee and the officers and members of the Academy, we are confident that these ar¬ rangements will be as satisfactorily complete as they can be made. It goes without saying that a great deal of the value of the Annual Meeting depends upon the quality of the programs of the individual Sec¬ tions; it is, therefore, a pleasure to acknowledge the able assistance of the officers of the several Sections in helping to insure the success of the Roanoke meeting. It is through these officers too, that the Academv invites entrants for the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award which is given each year for a “highly meritorious” paper presented at the May meeting. This year of the Sputniks will be a particularly significant one for the future of science in our State as, on all sides, we see a quickened interest in the development of our scientific potential. How best to operate in this favorable clime in “encouraging scientific research” and sustaining “public interest in science” will be, as it should, a main con¬ cern for our whole Academy membership in the days immediately ahead. It is with such ends in view that the members of the various Academy committees are continuing to work. For them, as for the Junior exhibitors and those who will be reporting the results of their scientific investigations, a banner attendance at Roanoke would provide the very finest encouragement. W. G. Guy, President 200 The Virginia Journal of Science [January PAUL RANDOLPH BURCH Professor Paul R. Burcli, a member of the Radford College Faculty and the Chairman of the Biology Department from 1928-1953, died Jan¬ uary 9, 1958. Doctor Burch was deeply respected by his students and colleagues and a great loss was felt by them when he retired in 1953. His death on January 9th has magnified this loss. His contagious enthusiasm for meeting a challenge in science or other fields of endeavor, his intense participation in any cause he championed, his integrity, and common sense, combined to make Paul Burch a refreshing personality who gave enduring inspiration to his students and who will continue through them to inspire the lives of their students. — Andrew L. Ingles, Radford College MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING Longwood House, Farmville, Virginia October 20, 1957 The meeting was called to order by President William G. Guy at 1:30 P.M. In addition to the council members. President Guy had invited section and committee chairmen to meet with the council. Members in attendance were: Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Robert T. Brumfield, John C. Forbes, Irving G. Foster, Edward S. Harlow, Charles F. Lane, Paul M. Patterson, and Foley F. Smith. The meeting was preceded by a luncheon where President Francis G. Lankford and Dr. George W. Jeffers represented the host institution, Longwood College. President Lankford welcomed the group. President Guy invited both to stay through the ensuing meeting, but Dr. Lankford was unable to do so. Section chairmen present were: J. C. Holmes, Chemistry; Noble R. McEwen, Psychology; Vera B. Remsburg, Science Teachers; and Otis L. Updike, Jr., Engineering. Committee Chairmen other than those on Council, R. A. Clayton, Chairman, Membership Committee and A. B. Massey, Chairman, Virginia Flora Committee also attended. SECTION REPORTS Dr. Holmes reported that an objective for the coming year was to News and Notes 1958] 201 strike a numerical balance between industrial and academic reports in the Chemistry Section. Dr. Updike reported similar effort in the Engineering Section. Dr. McEwen reported he was working for a balance in papers be¬ tween academic and clinical psychology. Mrs. Remsburg reported for the Science Teachers Section that the program for the Roanoke meeting was well in hand. COMMITTEE REPORTS Dr. Massey reported on recent taxonomic publications in the state. Dr. Clayton said there were some 860 members of ACS in Virginia not members of VAS and a solicitation of them is being made. He further stated that the Academy is not well known in Northern Virginia, and he hopes to send information about VAS to about 1000 biologists, engineers and science teachers in that area. President Guy reported that E. D. Crittenden, Chairman of the Education Committee regretted his inability to be present. In this con¬ nection the President stated that in conversation with Dr. Paschall, State Superintendent of Education, he had learned that it is the thinking in the State Department of Education that the requirements for teacher certification in science will be raised and that an advisory committee on education in scientific fields will soon be set up. Dr. Abbott, reporting as Chairman of the Long Range Planning Committee, said a subcommittee had been organized to look into pos¬ sible sources of funds for the Virginia Academy particularly for a pro¬ posed study of the results of the science talent searches. Mrs. Heatwole reported by letter that the initial organization for the year had been made for the Junior Academy of Science. Funds for the Junior Science Bulletin and prizes are being requested again from the American Tobacco Company and the Philip Morris Company. OLD BUSINESS Seashore State Park Following the insti'uctions in the minutes of May 11, 1957, visits were made to the University of Virginia, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and William and Mary. Edward Harlow reported that the University 202 The Virginia Journal of Science [January of Virginia is not interested in participating in setting up a State Science Center in the Park. However, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and the College of William and Mary did indicate interest. President Chandler has promised to discuss the matter with the Council of Higher Education. Concerning the Dismal Swamp Project, President Guy reported that J. T. Baldwin has not had time to work on this recently, but is interested, and will continue to pursue the project. President Guy announced the appointment of two new committees: The Committee of Public Information. A formal committee was thought inadvisable but a group should be segregated to disseminate information for the press informally. The Council moved and passed that this matter be left to the President’s discretion. Committee on the History of Science in Virginia. I. G. Foster has agreed to be Chairman of the Committee, and each section is requested to designate a member to cooperate with this Committee. Auditing the treasurer’s books by an Academy Committee was authorized as an experiment as was done last year. The question arose as to whether we should so continue or return to CPA auditing. Council passed a motion to have the books audited this year by CPA. If CPA auditing every other year for a two year period is cheaper than annual auditing the Council may entertain a constitutional change. Robert Brumfield, Editor of the Journal, reported the Journal in good condition. The need for an advertising manager is acute at the moment. Ed Harlow reported one or two possible candidates. His main report centered about the mounting cost of publication and the sharp reduction in reserve funds. Additional funds for the Journal is becoming imperative. Charles Lane, as Managing Editor also reported briefly. Robert Brumfield, Chairman of the Research Committee, gave a report on grants made so far and the balance of research funds. He thought rather few people knew about these funds, and their existence should be better advertised. NEW BUSINESS A proposal that VAS investigate participation with the Engineering Societies of the Richmond area was proposed by letter by Henry Leid- heiser, Jr. Instead of sending two Engineering Section representatives, as suggested. Council decided upon motion that the President appoint rep¬ resentatives as follows: One, Leidheiser, as a member of the Long Range Committee, and one member of the VAS Engineering Section resident in Richmond area for the purpose of examining their proposals 1958] News and Notes 203 more carefully. It will be noticed that Council modified the request on representation. Dr. Forbes presented a plan for stimulating research principally dur¬ ing summer vacations by scientists in the academic professions in Virginia, principally the younger teachers. There is first the question as to how widespread an interest in this exists and if so, how to accumulate funds for its implementation. Council passed a request that the President ap¬ point a committee to survey the demand for such possible opportunity preliminary to an effort to raise funds. Various suggestions as to possible areas of available funds were made in case the need was found to be real. The Secretary was instructed to send a message to Marcellus Stow regretting his absence due to illness and sending him the Council’s sym¬ pathy. Adjournment — Paul M. Patterson, Secretary. AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE SECTION Tobacco disease research should get quite a boost from the new facilities now being constructed at the Tobacco Disease Research Sta¬ tion, Chatham, Virginia. These facilities consist of an office and laboratory building with a connecting greenhouse, a tobacco compartment curing barn, a combination shop and machinery storage shed, a tobacco strip¬ ping, grading and storage building and a small residence for the station foreman. The professional staff at the Chatham station includes Mr. J. L. LaPrade, Dr. Wirt H. Wills, and Dr. J. L. Troutman. The work at this station is administered through the Department of Plant Pathology and Physiology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg. Paul M. Reaves, a member of the Dairy Science staff at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, received the first Wine Teaching Award in the School of Agriculture. Along with the award a check of $500 was present¬ ed to Professor Reaves. Reaves joined the Dairy Staff in 1928 and teaches courses in dairy production. Dr. W. A. Hardison, Department of Dairy Science, attended a Trace Mineral Symposium at Wooster, Ohio. He is at present conducting re¬ search on the copper requirements of dairy calves. Mr. Harold W. Walker has been assigned as Assistant Agricultural Economist with the Extension Service at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Mr. Walkers work will be primarily in poultry marketing. He is a 1950 graduate of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and previously has been 204 The Virginia Journal of Science [January engaged in farming and working with Rocco Feeds, Inc., Harrisonburg, Virginia. Assistant Professor of Business Education, J. C. Hall, resigned his position in the Department of Vocational Education at the Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute on September 1, 1957, to accept a position as head of Business Education at the Alabama Polytechnic Institute. Mr. J. R. Stew¬ art who completed his work for the Master’s degree during the past summer has been appointed as Dr. Hall’s successor. Mrs. Lucy Crawford, who holds two degrees from Furman, assumed her duties as Associate Professor of Distributive Education on July 1, 1957, succeeding R. L. Almarode who resigned last April. Mrs. Craw¬ ford heads the recently organized program at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute for training teachers in the joint vocational fields of Distributive Education and Diversified Occupations. Under the direction of Dr. J. S. Carpenter, Associate Professor of Trade and Industrial Education, progress is being made in organizing a curriculum for training trade and industrial teachers. Much of Dr. Carpenter’s time during the past year has been devoted to off-campus classes for teachers of trade and industrial subjects in the schools at Wise, Abingdon, Roanoke, Fishersville, and Danville. Dr. B. C. Bass, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education com¬ pleted “A Study to Determine Units in the Area of Farm Management That Should Be Taught Students in Vocational Classes.” Dr. T. J. Horne, Professor and Head of Agricultural Education at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, was one of three participants in a recently completed Southern Regional studv entitled: "What Constitutes an Effective Program of Vocational Agriculture in a Community.” Con¬ clusions of the study were based on information secured from high school youth, young farmers, adult farmers, teachers of vocational agriculture, principals, and superintendents in the twelve Southern States. Dr. Horne is now serving as chairman of the National Research Committee in Agriculture Education. —Carl W. Allen, Virginia Folqtechnic Institute. ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS SECTION Prof. J. G. Stipe has returned to the Physics staff at RandoTph-Macon Woman’s College after a year as a Carnegie Intern in General Education at Harvard University. At the University of Virginia Drs. Berko, Plaskett, and Whitehead have been promoted to Associate Professorships. Dr. Berko has recently 1958] News and Notes 205 received a Sloan Foundation Fellowship. The Physics Department at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute has re¬ ceived a grant of $159,700 from the AEG for the purchase of laboratory equipment in nuclear physics and engineering. Dr. Theodore E. Leinhardt, formerly with Sperry Gyroscope Gompany, has been appointed Associate Professor of Physics. Dr. W. O. McMinn, recently at Glarlcson Gollege, and Dr. John McKnight, 1957 graduate of Yale University, have joined the Physics staff at William and Mary. Dr. Frederick O. Grownfield has been promoted to Associate Professor of Physics. Dr. A. D. Gampbell has been promoted to Associate Professor of Physics at the University of Richmond. Dr. A. N. Vyssotsky, Professor of Astronomy at Leander McGormick Observatory of the University of Virginia, has been elected a vice-president of the American Astronomical Society. Dr. E. R. Dyer, Jr., is on leave from McGormick Observatory serving as Assistant Professor of Astronomy at Georgetown University. Dr. Valfred Osvalds has been appointed acting Assistant Professor of Astronomy at McGormick Observatory. —Irving G. Foster, Virginia Military Institute BAGTERIOLOGY SEGTION Dr. Holmes T. Knighton, Medical Gollege of Virginia, attended and participated in a seminar on wound healing, sponsored bv the Rowe- Smith Foundation, from December 8 through 11, at Karnack, Texas. Dr. E. Glifford Nelson attended the symposium on Animal Diseases and Human Health sponsored by the New York Academy of Science, Sep¬ tember 11 through 13. — P. Arne Hansen, University of Maryland BIOLOGY SEGTION Dr. H. G. M. Jopson of Bridgewater Gollege and Dr. J. J. Murray, Jr., of yi/ashington and Lee University, each spent a number of weeks at the Oregon Institute of Marine Biology, Gharleston, Oregon, during the sum¬ mer of 1957. A new greenhouse has been acquired by the Hollins Gollege Biology Department. The structure is a single span one with aluminum frame and redwood rafters. 206 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Longwood College has added Dr. E. F. Stillwell, a recent graduate in physiology from Duke University, to its staff as an Assistant Professor. Robert E. Merritt of Longwood, presently on leave at the University of Tennessee, is replaced this year by Dr. Jacobus M. L. Lodewijks, an ex¬ change teacher from the Netherlands. Dr. Lodewijks was the first presi¬ dent of the World Federation of Aquarists. Mr. Aaron O’Bier, who re¬ ceived his Master’s degree from the University of Richmond is now work¬ ing on the AEG project at Longwood under the direction of Dr. R. T. Brumfield. At the University of Virginia Mr. Richard D. McKensey has been appointed Instructor in Biology. Mr. McKensey will complete a doctorate in Physiological Mycology at Stanford University in January. The National Science Foundation has awarded Drs. Samuel P. Maroney and J. N. Dent a grant of $8,000.00 for the purchase of equipment to be used in research employing radioisotopes. Dr. Addison E. Lee from the Biology Faculty of the University of Texas is serving as Visiting Professor of Biology. Dr. Lee is primarily responsible for the Department’s contribution to the NSF sponsored Academic Year Institute for High School Teachers being held at the University. The twenty-eighth session of the Mountain Lake Biological Station proved to be a most successful one with 85 students and investigators working during the two terms. The professorial staff was composed of Dr. Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College; Dr. A. C. Cole, University of Tennessee; Dr. Edward S. Deevey, Jr., Yale University; Dr. Gerhard Fankhauser, Princeton University; Dr. Thomas E. Kennerly, Baylor University; Dr. Samuel P. Maroney, Jr., University of Virginia; Dr. Ger¬ ald W. Prescott, Michigan State University; and Dr. Catherine M. Rus¬ sell, University of Virginia Medical School. Phipps and Bird, Inc., pre¬ sented a scholarship to one student, and the National Science Founda¬ tion provided funds for 12 Awards for students and investigators at the Station. The National Science Foundation has recently made available funds for the construction of three additional laboratories in the base¬ ment of the main building. Dr. Willis G. Hewatt of Texas Christian University and Dr. Robert W. Ramsey of the Medical College of Virginia each taught important courses at the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory during the past summer. The Pathfinder, new research vessel of the Laboratory, was delivered in June, 1957, is now outfitted and in service and is proving a fine vessel for its purpose. The Fisheries Laboratory has construction well under¬ way on a new combination laboratory-dormitory building which will con¬ siderably expand facilities for graduate students, summer assistants and visiting professors. Among staff members of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory — Dr. News and Notes 207 1958;i - Jay D. Andrews has been appointed Chairman of the Editorial Com¬ mittee of the National Shellfisheries Association, and Dr. J. L. McHugh has been named Chairman of the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission and presided at the meet¬ ings of that group in New York in September 1957. Important staff activities at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in¬ clude the following; Professor J. D. Wilson retired as head of the Biology Department January 31, 1958. Professor Wilson served as head of the department for nearly 35 years. Ever active. Professor Wilson will spend the next two years as an educational adviser in India. Professor Frederick S. Orcutt, formerly professor of bacteriology, has been named acting head of the Department of Biology. Dr. J. M. Grayson attended and presented an invitation paper on insect resistances to insecticides at the Fourth Inter¬ national Congress of Crop Protection, held in Hamburg, Germany, Sep¬ tember 8-15. Drs. E. C. Turner, Jr., and E. M. Raffensperger attended a work conference on systemic insecticides at Kerrville, Texas, on July 9-11. This work-shop was sponsored by the Entomology Research Service of the U.S.D.A. and several chemical companies which are developing chemicals for use as systemic insecticides. Dr. W. C. Evans attended the Eastern Alfalfa Improvement Conference held at Storrs, Connecticut, on July 15- 17, where he served as a panel leader for discussion of the alfalfa weevil. Dr. J. R. Rooney, II, Professor of Animal Pathology, Biologv Department, has returned from 12 months leave of absence; during this period he studied in the Royal Veterinary College, Stockholm, Sweden. Dr. W. E. Field, a graduate of Michigan State College and Wayne University, has joined the staff of Animal Pathology Section, Department of Biology as Assistant Professor of Animal Pathology. Dr. William Van Dresser, a Michigan State graduate in Dairy Science and in Veterinarv Medicine, has joined the staff of Animal Pathology, Biology Department. Dr. C. J. Ackerman, Associate Biochemist, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Sta¬ tion, Blacksburg, was on leave for a 6-week period during the summer j, of 1957; Dr. Ackerman served as chief biochemist on a nutrition surve\ I team in Lybia, North Africa. Dr. P. C. Holt, Assistant Professor of Bio¬ logy, has been awarded an NSF grant in th esum of $58000 for a period of approximately two years for “Systematic Studies of the Bran- chiobdellidae.” The radiation pit at The Blandy Experimental Farm was completed and the Cobalt-60 source was installed and put into operation beginning July 19, 1957. The radiation field, as well as the Orland E. White Arbore¬ tum, were open to visitors at a field day held on August 15. Dr. Robert F. Smart has been named dean of Richmond College. 208 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Dr. J. C. Strickland has been promoted to the chairmanship of the Department of Biology at the University of Richmond. Dr. J. D. Burke of that department was appointed research fellow of the American Physiological Society for the summer of 1957 and spent the time working with Dr. F. G. Hall in the Department of Physiology at Duke University. Dr. W. R. Tenney formerly of West Virginia University and of Camp Detrick, Maryland — whose main interest is the physiology of fungi — has been appointed Assistant Professor in the department. —Walter S. Flory, Blandij Experimental Farm, University of Virginia CHEMISTRY SECTION New members of the Research and Development Department of Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation are; Donald E. Hayford, Chemist, graduate of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Miss Margaret Anne Bar¬ ber, Chemist, graduate of the University of South Carolina; James J. Anderson, Senior Chemist, PhD from the University of Virginia; C. F. Booth, Section Leader, General Engineering Development, former President of the Covington Fertilizer Company in Andalusia, Alabama; and Brooks M. Whitehurst, Senior Chemist Engineer, formerly with American Enka Corporation. Promotions announced in the Research and Development Department are: John M. Daniel, Jr., from Senior Chemical Engineer to Section Leader-Fertilizer Process and Mechanical Development; Robert B. McDaniel, Jr., from Patent Coordinator to Sec¬ tion Leader-Administration and Services; C. F. Booth, from Senior Devel¬ opment Engineer to Section Leader-General Engineering Development; J. P. Crowder from Senior Engineer to Group Leader-Fertilizer Process. Dr. Bryant Harrell has received a grant from the National Institutes of Health which enabled him to carry on research at the College of Wil¬ liam and Mary during the summer months on his project: “Synthetic Res¬ piratory Pigments.” The grant is subject to renewal for the next four years. Under another grant from the Research Corporation for the summer of 1957, with the assistance of a recent William and Mary graduate, Ed¬ ward David Eanes, Dr. Harrell devised an improved method for the “Quantitative Microanalysis of Alkoxy Groups.” From the Virginia Institute of Scientific Research — Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., participated in the International Sympo¬ sium on Passivity held in Darmstadt, Gennany, in early September. Sev- News and Notes 209 1958] eral countries took part in this conference including the United States, England, Italy, Germany, Japan, Czechoslovakia, and Norway. Dr. Leid- heiser presented a paper entitled “Anaerobic Corrosion of Metals in Solutions Containing Various Metallic Cations - Passivation and Activa¬ tion.” Before his return home, he visited several universities in England. Dr. Leidheiser also attended the Gordon Conference on Corrosion. Dr. R. A. Lefever attended the Gordon Conference on the Chemistry and Phvsics of Metals, and Dr. Carl J. Likes the Conference on Adhesion. Mr. W. Roger Buck, III, attended the Buffalo meeting of the Elec¬ trochemical Society which was held in October. A new addition to the staff of the Institute is Mrs. Lucille B. Gar¬ mon, a 1957 graduate in chemistry from the University of Richmond. Dr. Karl Killer, a native of Switzerland, who joined the staff in November of 1956, has completed his year’s work in electrochemistry and is returning to Europe. October 21 through 25 the Institute sponsored its first Science Book Fair. Over 350 books from twelve leading science publishers were on display, current publications on chemistry, physics, metallurgy, and bio¬ chemistry. A book fair is planned for spring and fall each year. From the Virginia Polytechnic Institute — Dr. L. K. Brice has been promoted from assistant professor to associate professor. Dr. E. F. Furtsch has been promoted from Associate Professor to a Full Professor. Dr. R. C. Krug has been awarded an American Chemical Society- Petroleum Research Fund Grant for 1957-58. James A. Rigney, formerly of tlie Research Division of the American Cyanamid Co., Bound Brook, New Jersey, is working under this grant as an A.C.S. Graduate Fellow. In September 1957 Dr. Krug was one of the first recipients of the W. E. Wine Achievement Awards for distinguished teaching. Dr. Krug was the recipient of the award in the School of Applied Science and Business Administration. Mr. W. L. McPherson for the past year has been in charge of the planning and equipment procurement for the new radiochemical labora¬ tory. This laboratory and its attendant class room work is a part of the Nuclear Engineering Program inaugurated this year. Professor McPherson is the graduate of several of the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies courses as well as being a research participant in the Analvtical Chemistry Division of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 210 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Dr. J. W. Murray taught in the Summer Institute for High School Science Teachers June 10 through July 29. He also engaged in analyti¬ cal consulting work for the Department of Geology. Dr. Jack Vanderryn for the past three summer months has been engaged as a research participant at Oak Ridge National Laboratories. His work concerned the infrared spectroscopy of boron trifluoride and its addition compounds. Dr. F. A. Vingiello in July attended the XVIth International Con¬ gress of Pure and Applied Chemistry meeting in Paris, France. In addi¬ tion to attending the meeting he gave a talk on “An Unusual Elbs | Type Reaction Observed During a Study of the Cyclization of Ketones.” j The National Institutes of Health has just established a $24,000 project here for work on benzopyrenes under Dr. Vingiello's direction. Dr. J. W. Watson is the Councilor for the Virginia Blue Ridge Sec- j tion of the American Chemical Society. i — M. A. Kise, Virginia Smelting Corporation \ ENGINEERING SECTION i Professor Frank C. Vilbrandt of the Chemical Engineering Depart- | ment at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute has been appointed to the | Board of Authenticators and Advisors for revision of the New Standard j Encyclopedia. His duties will include checking each article submitted in i the field of engineering for accuracy and coverage. In September Dr. Vil¬ brandt attended the New York meeting of the American Chemical So¬ ciety, and in October he attended a meeting of chemical engineering pro¬ fessors at Rochester, New York, at the invitation of Eastman Kodak Com¬ pany. Professor F. W. Bull of the Chemical Engineering Department at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute attended industrial meetings of chemical engineering professors held by Esso Standard Oil Company in Baton Rouge, Louisiana; Hercules Powder Company in Wilmington, Delaware; International Paper Company in Georgetown, South Carolina; Koppers Company in Pittsburgh; the du Pont Company Experiment Station in Wilmington, Delaware; and the Texas Company in Beacon, New York. Professor Bull has announced that Mr. Russell A. Primrose and Mr. Julian F. Mote have been added to the Virginia Polytechnic Institute as Assist¬ ant Professors of Chemical Engineering. Professor Nelson F. Murphy of the Chemical Engineering Depart¬ ment at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute was co-author of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Engineering Experiment Staiton Bulletin, entitled, News and Notes 211 1958] ''Melting Point Diagram for the System Sodium Cyanide-Sodium Car¬ bonate.” In October Dr. Murphy attended the Buffalo, New York meet¬ ing of the Electrochemical Society. In October he accompanied the senior chemical engineering students on a one-week inspection trip to chemical plants in New Jersey, Maryland, and Virginia. A school for chemical engineering teachers, sponsored by the du Pont Company, was held in October in Charleston, West Virginia. At¬ tending this meeting were Professors F. C. Vilbrandt, F. W. Bull, and N. F. Murphy from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and Professors R. M. Hubbard and O. L. Updike from the University of Virginia. Professor Robert W. Truitt of the Aeronautical Engineering Depart¬ ment at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute has published a paper in the Journal of the Aeronautical Sciences entitled, "Flow Over Blunt-Nosed Bodies.” Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, director of the Virginia Council for High¬ way Investigation and Research, attended the meeting of the National Advisory Committee to the AASHO Road Test at Ottawa, Illinois in August. He presented a paper on the design and performance of flexible pavements at the Atlanta meeting of the Southeastern Association of State Highway Officials in October. Mr. Shelburne was installed as Director for District Six of the American Society of Civil Engineers at the annual meeting held in October in New York City. Mr. James L. Eades, also of the Virginia Council for Highway Investigation and Re¬ search, presented a paper describing the recent work done by the Council on the stabilization of soils at a meeting of technical advisors to The Na¬ tional Lime Association in Washington in October. Engineering Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the University of Virginia has announced that the University has been selected as one of the schools participating in the special AEC fellowship program in Nuclear Energy Technology. He has appointed Dr. J. L. Meem as Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Director of the Nuclear Research Reactor Facility. In June and October Dr. Quarles attended meetings of the Board of Directors of the American Nuclear Society in Pittsburgh and New York. In September he attended the meeting at the Virginia Military Institute of the Research Advisory Committee of the Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research. Members of the engineering school of the University of Virginia attending the June meeting of the American Society for Engineering Education held at Cornell University were Dr. L. R. Quarles and Dr. Otis L. Updike. Professor Orville R. Harris, director of the Universtiy of Virginia 212 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Engineering Experiment Station, attended the Frequeney Control Sympo¬ sium sponsored by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratory at Asburv Park, New Jersey in May. In June Dr. Harris and Dr. Otis L. Updike attended a sehool on the operation of the PACE eleetronic computer, sinee one has been aequired by the Sehool of Engineering of the Uni- vtersity of Virginia, held at Prineeton, New Jersey eomputation center of Eleetronies Assoeiates. In September Dr. Harris attended the President’s Conferenee on Teehnieal and Distribution Research for small businesses held in Washington. Professor R. M. Hubbard of the Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Virginia has returned from leave of absence for one year. During part of this time he traveled extensively through the Southern, Southwestern and Western parts of the United States, visiting the chemical industry and chemical engineering schools in those areas. During his absence. Professor R. E. L. Gildea substituted as editor for the Engineering Section. Professor Gildea has recently been commissioned by the United States Public Health Service as Senior Sanitary Engineer in the inactive reserve. Mr. Bernard A. Niemeier has joined the Reynolds Metals Company, Metallurgical Research Laboratory, as head of the mechanical and struc¬ tural testing group. During the past summer he attended a summer session on stress analysis held at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has been appointed to the Committee on Fatigue of the American Society for Testing Materials. —Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia. GEOLOGY SECTION Chauncey G. Tillman joined the staff of the Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute Department of Geological Sciences in September 1957 as associate professor. He received his R.S. in Geology from the University of Michi¬ gan in 1950 and his M.S. from the same school in 1952. He has com¬ pleted his course-work towards his Ph.D. from Harvard University. Dur¬ ing parts of 1950, 1951, 1953, and 1954, Mr. Tillman was employed as a geologist by the Mineral Deposits Branch of the U. S. Geological Sur¬ vey and worked on the Florida Phosphate Project and in Nevada and Utah in mine evaluation work in association with the Defense Minerals Exploration Administration program. Mr. Tillman’s main interests are Paleozoic paleontology and stratigraphy. Mark Fara was added to the staff of the Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute of Geological Sciences in January 1957, as assistant professor. Mr. Fara obtained his B.S. and M.S. degrees in geology from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1956 and 1957, respectively. His thesis dealt with 1958] News and Notes 213 the geology of the Parnassus, Virginia, quadrangle. Douglas Neil Hillhouse joined the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Department of Geological Sciences as a part-time instructor in Septem¬ ber 1957. He is also working toward his Doctor’s degree. Mr. Hillhouse received his B.A. (Honors) in 1955 and his M.Sc. in 1956 from the University of British Columbia. During the 1956-57 academic year he was assistant professor at Texas Western College, El Paso, Texas. From 1951-53 Mr. Hillhouse was employed in the geophysical department of Shell Oil Company in Alberta. He spent the summers of 1954 and 1955 doing stratigraphic work for the same company in the Northwest Terri¬ tories. He spent the summer of 1956 doing field work in southwestern British Columbia for the Geological Survey of Canada and the British Columbia Academy of Sciences and the summer of 1957 doing stratigra¬ phic work for Pan American Oil Corporation in the southern Canadian Rockies. “Geology of the Clifton Forge Iron District, Virginia,” by Frank C. Lesure has been published as Bulletin No. 118 of the Engineering Ex¬ periment Station Series of the Virginia Polvtechnic Institute publications. The bulletin, accompanied by a 42 x 56-inch colored geologic map, mav be procured from the Director, Engineering Experiment Station, Blacks¬ burg, Virginia. B. N. Cooper was a Distinguished Lecturer for the American Asso¬ ciation of Petroleum Geologists during April and May, 1957. He lectured on “Appalachian Folding, A Control of Paleozoic Sedimentation in the Appalachian Geosyncline” before 27 affiliated societies and university departments of geology from coast to coast. On September 13, he spoke before the Illinois Geological Society meeting jointly with the Indiana and Western Kentucky Geological societies at Mt. Vernon, Illinois. On October 25, he gave his AAPG lecture at the annual meeting of the Kentucky Geological Society in Lexington, Kentucky. During 1957, he has served as a member of the VALC Committee on Water Resources and as chairman of the sub-committee on ground water. Bruce W. Nelson attended the Sixth National Clay Conference held in Berkeley at the University of California, August 19-23, 1957. On October 19-20, he took 9 of the Virginia Polvtechnic Institute graduate students in sedimentation to the York River area to study erosion and transportation in the headwaters and deposition in the estuary. He is currently studying sedimentation in this area in connection with a re¬ search project under the auspices of the Virginia Engineering Experi¬ ment Station. The official opening of the new Virginia Polytechnic Institute Field Station was an “Open House” held on July 14, 1957, which was at- 214 The Virginia Journal of Science [January tended by approximately 250 persons. The Station was erected by the Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation for the Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute Department of Geological Sciences. Part of the furnishings of the building was donated by several Virginia mineral industries and public utilities. The Station is located on a hill overlooking Broady Bottom Bend on the North Fork of the Holston River. The building contains 3,200 square feet of floor space with provision for 24 students and 3 staff members. The building includes a large fully-equipped kitchen and a dining-lounge area. Students from three schools took the regular field course between June 15 and July 28, and thereafter, a few students con- ' tinned to work on special or thesis problems dealing with the local geo- j logy- I The Virginia Polytechnic Institute Department of Geological Sciences | has been loaned a Frost gravity meter through the courtesy of Dr. G. P. I Woollard of the University of Wisconsin. C. E. Sears of the Virginia | Polytechnic Institute Department of Geological Sciences has begun a | gravity survey of southwestern Virginia. j The current program of the Geologic Division of the U. S. Geolo- | gical Survey in Virginia includes the following projects. Geologic field investigations with L. D. Harris in charge are being completed in the | Stickleyville quadrangle in northeastern Lee and western Scott counties, i The studies of the stratigraphy and structure of this complex area are i designed to provide further data that are needed to appraise the oil and gas potential of the area. Studies by J. T. Hack and others are now underway in the Potomac River basin that are primarily concerned with geomorphic processes in the watershed. The purpose is to provide basic data in the evaluation of hydrologic concepts and to test the use of certain hydrologic principles as aids in the study of land forms. Gurrent- j ly the studies are concentrated on the soils and other surficial deposits in | the Shenandoah Valley, and a map is being prepared to show the dif- | ferent kinds of weathered debris of that part of the watershed. A paper on the origin of the meanders of the Shenandoah River is now being j prepared by Mr. Hack in collaboration with R. S. Young. Studies are I also in progress of a cross-sectional area through the southern Appala- | chian folded belt, including the extreme southwest tip of Virginia. J. G. | Stephens is in charge. The work includes detailed geologic mapping, sub¬ surface and geophysical investigations. This project is part of a plan to develop an integrated picture of the stratigraphy, tectonic history, apd I interrelationships between the Gumberland Plateau, the southern Appa- | lachian folded belt of southwestern Virginia and northeastern Tennessee, | and the Blue Ridge and Piedmont ' Provinces of North Garolina. The ! work is designed also to gather data needed to evaluate the oil and gas potential of the southern Appalachians and provide a better understanding | of the geologic setting affecting the emplacements of ore deposits that 1 News and Notes 215 1958] occur in this region. An area near Galax, Virginia of about 500 square miles has recently been test flown by airborne magnetometer and radio¬ activity methods. The resulting data are being evaluated in an attempt to make a three fold correlation between the geology, the airborne radio- activity data, and the aeromagnetic data. — W. D. Lowry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. PSYCHOLOGY SECTION Professor Frank A. Geldard returned to the University of Virginia in September after a year’s leave of absence in London as Scientific Liaison Officer with the U. S. Office of Naval Research. Professor Geldard arranged and chaired a symposium on military psychology in connection with the International Congress of Psychologists held at Brussels in July, and during the year he reported the research being conducted at the University of Virginia to various groups of European psychologists. A number of psychologists participated in the 1957 meetings of the American Psychological Association in New York. Dr. Frank W. Finger delivered the presidential address before the Division of Teaching Psy¬ chology; his topic was “Toward the Improvement of Teaching.” Dr. Finger also jointly authored, with Dr. L. S. Reid, a paper, “The Effect of Previous Reinforcement upon Revolving Wheel Activitv during Pro¬ longed Food Deprivation.” Dr. K. E. Lloyd read a paper, “Retention and Transfer of Responses to Classes of Stimuli.” Dr. W. F. Battig was chair¬ man of a session of papers on Concept Formation, and he also presented a paper on “The Effects of Previous Experience and Information on Per¬ formance on a Word Formation Problem.” Dr. F. A. Geldard participated in a smyposium featuring a report from the International Congress of Psychology, and Dr. S. B. Williams was a member of a symposium con¬ sidering the topic, “Key Concepts in Psychology.” Dr. F. J. McGuigan chaired a paper session on Discrimination Learning and presented a paper entitled, “A Test of the Discriminative Stimulus: Secondary Rein¬ forcement Hypothesis.” On October 2, Dr. Allen D. Calvin spoke to the University of Min¬ nesota Psi Chi chapter on the topic of inhibition of reinforcement. On October 30, at a meeting of the Armed Forces-NRC Committee on Bioacoustics, Dr. Geldard read a paper on the mechanical aspects of tactual communication. At this same meeting. Dr. }. F. Hahn read a paper on the electrical aspects of tactual communication. The Research Unit of Aging at the Veterans Administration Center, 216 The Virginia Journal of Science [January at Kecoughtan (Hampton), was established last spring to conduct basic research in the psychology of aging and to investigate chronic illnesses as psychological phenomena. The staff consists of Dr. Neil W. Coppinger and Dr. Rayford T. Saucer. Several institutions report additions to their staff. The University of Richmond has appointed Dr. Jay Clark and Dr. Robert Johnston as As¬ sistant Professors of Psychology. Dr. Harold Payne has become Chief Psychologist at the Memorial Guidance Clinic, and Dr. Robert Gibby i is now Chief Psychologist at McGuire Veterans Hospital. Dr. Paul J. Woods has joined the staff at Hollins College, and Mr. William Buckley has been appointed to the Psychology Staff at Eastern State Hospital. ' —John K. Bare, College of William and Mary. STATISTICS SECTION Dr. Ralph A. Bradley, Professor of Statistics at the Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute was elected a fellow in the American Statistical Asso¬ ciation at the 1957 annual meeting at Atlantic City, New Jersey. He was also appointed Acting Editor of Biometrics and is in the process of moving the Office of Biometrics from Ottawa, Canada to the Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Dr. John E. Freund and Dr. R. L. Wine have resigned their posi¬ tions in the Department of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute to accept positions at Arizona State College; Tempe, Arizona and Hollins College; Hollins, Virginia, respectively. I The Department of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute has the following new members; 1. H. A. David, Professor of Statistics, received his Ph.D. degree from the University of London. 2. John Hemelrijk, Visiting Professor, received his Doctor of Science degree from the Municipal University of Amsterdam, Holland. 3. David C. Hurst, Associate Professor, received his Master of Science degree from North Carolina State College and is com¬ pleting his requirements for his Ph.D. degree this fall. i 4. Leroy S. Brenna, Assistant Professor, received his Masters degree : from Kansas State Collese. O I 5. James R. Duffett, Assistant Professor, received his Master’s de¬ gree from the University of Florida. 6. William A. Glenn, Assistant Professor, received his Bachelor of 1958] News and Notes 217 Arts degree from the University of New Brunswick, Canada. The Mountain Lake Conference on Statistics sponsored by the De¬ partment of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and the Southern Regional Education Board was held August 22-27, 1957. Ap¬ proximately fifty scientists enjoyed an outstanding program. At the time of these meetings, the Committee on Statistics of the Southern Regional Education Board also held its business meeting. The Department of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute received a grant from the Public Health Service for a cooperative train¬ ing program in conjunction with the Medical College of Virginia to train statisticians. . The Department of Statistics was also awarded a con¬ tract to make an Analytical Index for the journals of the American Sta¬ tistical Association covering Volumes 35-50 from the years 1940 to 1955. A. E. Garratt, Leo Lynch, and Robert N. Pendergrass have fulfilled their requirements for their Ph.D. degrees in Statistics. Dr. Garratt is now with Telecomputing Corporation in New Mexico; Dr. Lynch is with United States Steel Corporation in Monroeville, Pennsylvania; and Dr. Pendergrass is teaching at Radford College, Radford, Virginia. Mr. Jonas M. Dalton and Miss Beverly Anne Wales have fulfilled their requirements for their Master of Science degrees in Statistics. Mr. Dalton is now working at Bell Telephone Laboratories; Murray Hill, New Jersey. Miss Wales is teaching school on Long Island, New York. — R. A. Bradley, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Binimfield, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬ lished on the subject which is submitted to the editoi*s, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard 8%” X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the approximate number of printed pages in the Journal. Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan,_ and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content.^ Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of ^ the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example; “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) ; 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired; either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940; 186)”, or Sniffen (1940) states that . . .” Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first _ text figure and continui^ through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x^ 6-1/2”, and^ so that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x 11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent ; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬ graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬ graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬ mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE William G. Guy, President John C. Forbes, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary Foley F. Smith, Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer. COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs (1962) Robert T. Brumfield William Hinton (1959) Irving G. Foster (1958) Charles F. Lane Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory (1959) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE ' VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Vol. 9, New Series April, 1958 No. 2 VoL. 9, New Series No. 2 April, 1958 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia CONTENTS Pages Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the Mountain Lake Region. Part IH. The Genus Centrorhynchus in North America, With the Description of a New Species. — Jack L. Holloway, Jr . 221 Origin of tlie Blue Ridge Escarpment Directly Southwest of Roanoke, Virginia. — Richard V. Dietrich . . 233 Report On a Gastrotrichan Species From Ashland, Virginia — Charles E. Packard . 247 A Procedure for Simultaneous Blood Volume Determinations Using Radioactive Phosphorus-32 and T-1824 (Evans Blue) Dye. — Jack D. Burke . 253 News and Notes . 261 Program of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science . 273 EDITORIAL BOARD Robert T. Brumfield, Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager Section Editors Carl W. Allen Walter S. Flory, Jr. Robert M. Hubbard John K. Bare Irving G. Foster Merle A. Kise W. D. Lowry Caroline Gambrill P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr, P. Y. Kramer Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of Maxrch 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 per vol¬ ume, Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va. Mailed April 29, 1958 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VoL. 9, New Series April, 1958 No. 2 Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the Mountain Lake Region.' Part 3 The Genus Centrorhynchus in North America, With the Description of a New Species ' Harry L. Holloway, Jr. Department of Biology, Roanoke College The genus Centrorhynchus is a well defined group of *‘spiny-headed” worms belonging to the family Polymorphidae (Meyer, 1931), Pakeacantho- cephala (Meyer, 1931), and class Metacanthocephala (Van Cleave, 1948). The species of this genus usually reach sexual matmity in the alimentary tract of birds. The most striking feature of this genus is the origin of the proboscis receptacle at approximately the mid-point of the longitudinal axis of the hook-covered introvert. The confusion which existed in the early anatomical studies of this genus, due to the attachment of the proboscis receptacle in the middle of the proboscis, has been clearly re¬ solved by Van Cleave and Bullock (1950). They defined the praesoma as the region from the cuticular collar or ring to the cephalic tip of the proboscis. The praesoma is then dichotomously separated into the neck and proboscis — the proboscis being the region from the hind edge of the basal root of the posterior hooks to the cephalic tip and the remainder of the praesoma is the neck. The neck is short and unspecialized. Since the point of attachment of the proboscis receptacle is not concerned with ^ This investigation was supported in part by research awards from the National Science Foundation through Dr. Bruce D. Reynolds, Director of Mountain Lake Biological Station, during the summers of 1954, '55 and *56. 2 From a dissertation submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the University of Virginia in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. SMITHSONIAN „ INSTITUTIOM may 9 “ 1958 222 The Virginia Journal of Science [April || demarldng these gross body regions, there should be no confusion in ana- i' tomically separating the divisions of the praesoma. I The genus is poorly represented in North America, probably be¬ cause of a lack of sampling. Five species have been attributed with j certainty to the fauna of North America. Van Cleave (1916) notes that Leidy in 1888 recorded the occur- | rence of ''Echinorhynchus caudatus Zeder” in the swallowtail kite (Elamoides furcatus) and an owl (Strix nehulosa) and continues that it is impossible to determine whether the Aoanthocephala described belongs ' to the genus Centrorhtjnchus or Mediorhynchus. In 1916 Van Cleave de¬ scribed Centrorhynchus spinosus from an egret (Herodias egretta). The spe¬ cific description was based on one immature female. Later Van Cleave ■ (1940) discovered that he had misinterpreted Kaiser’s (1893) descrip¬ tion of Echinorhynchus spinosus from an unrecorded host from Florida, i Van Cleave (1940) notes that several birds from Florida have been listed as hosts for this species. Millzner (1924) described Centrorhynchus calif ornicus upon the basis of encysted juveniles from the mesenteries of Hyla regilla (Pacific Coast tree frogs) captured in California. This species has not been en¬ countered since Millzner’s original description. Ward (1940) recorded the occurrence of eleven encysted juveniles of an unidentified species of Centrorhynchus from the intestinal wall of Natrix sipedon (water snake) from Kentucky. Van Cleave and Pratt (1940) described Centrorhynchus conspectus from Strix varia varia Barton (Barred owl) taken in North Carolina. Van Cleave and Williams (1951) recorded the occurrence of Centrorhynchus scanensis Lundstrom, 1942, from Ixoreus naevius naevius (Cmelin) (Pacific varied tlirush) taken from Douglas Island and near Ju¬ neau, Alaska. This species was described by Lundstrom (1942) from Tur- dus merula merula Linnaeus in Sweden. This is the only known species of this genus recorded from both the European and Nortli American con¬ tinents. Van Cleave and Williams (1951) suggest that the accidental in¬ troductions of the parasites by wandering birds and not seasonal mig¬ rants is the only plausible explanation of the distribution of Centrorhyn¬ chus scanensis. Read (1950) was able to infect experimentally albino rats with C. spinosus recovered from the body cavity of Thamnophis sertalis (snake) captured near Houston, Texas. Twenty-eight days after feeding, he recovered mature specimens from the two experimentally fed rats. Although C. spinosus had previously been reported only from birds of 1957] The Genus Centrorhynchus In North America 223 prey, Read notes a few species of this genus have been reported from mammals. C. ninni (Stossick, 1891) was described from Putorius vulgaris in Europe and its presence has been observed in this same species by several Italian workers; Chandler, in 1925, described C. erraticus from a cat taken in Calcutta; Fukui, in 1929, described C. itatsinis from Luter- ola itatsi itatsi in Japan and Meyer, in 1932-33 reported immature speci¬ mens of C. aluconis (Muller, 1780) from Felis catus. Read (1950) states further that C. ninni may or may not ordinarily be a parasite of mammals. C. spinosus will develop either in birds or mammals, thus in¬ dicating that physiological host specificity is not high in the species and that it may not be strongly developed in members of this genus. According to Read (1950), the researches of Chandler (1941), Lincicome (1943 and 1948), Moore (1946) and his own work indicate that the proboscis characters attain a static state, as far as taxonomic characters are concerned, quite early in the ontogeny of the wonn. This static state is attained in the intermediate host when the worm is capable of establishing itself in the definitive host. Centrorhijnckus wardae sp. nov. (figs. 1-8) In July, 1954, the author recovered five specimens of the genus Centrorhynchus from the alimentary canal of Spilogale putorius (L.) The host was trapped at Castle Rock, approximately two miles northeast of the Mountain Lake Biological Station in Giles County, Virginia. A detailed study of the specimens revealed distinct differences from previously described species of this genus and hence they are recognized as belonging to a new species, here described as Centrorhynchus wardae. The specific name is in honor of Dr. Helen L. Ward, University of Tennessee, a student of the Acanthocephala. In an abstract concerning this species, the author (1956) created a nomen nuder in that the type specimens were not designated. However, the description and designated types of Centrorhynchus wardae included in this paper should rectify that error. The specimens are only slightly morphologically advanced over de¬ scribed encysted juveniles of this genus from frogs and snakes. However, since the proboscis characters are the primary specific characters in this group and because they have attained a stable state in their development, there would be no difficulty in recognizing it upon later encounters. Measurements are in millimeters and were determined with an ocular micrometer. Drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida. The worms are shaped somewhat like small swords — the praesoma 225 1957] The Genus Centrokeiynchus In North America corresponding to the handle, and the trunk, although slightly bent toward the ventral side, resembles the attenuated blade (figs. 1 and 2). The males (fig. 1) are 3.000 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter, slightly posterior to the midpont of the longitudinal axis, of 0.508 — 0.562 mm. The females (fig. 2) are slightly larger than the males, hav¬ ing a total length of 3.815 — 4.125 mm., and a maximum diameter, slightly posterior to the midpoint of the longitudinal axis, of 0.594 — 0.636 mm. The proboscis (figs. 3 and 4) is 0.791 — 0.989 mm. long, (cephalic extremity to the caudal edge of the root-thom junction of the most posterior hooks). It is 0.495 — 0.695 mm. long from the insertion of the proboscis receptacle to the cephalic extremity, and 0.265 — 0.396 mm. in length from the insertion of the proboscis receptacle to the caudal edge of the root-thom junction of the posterior hooks. The enlarged por¬ tion of the proboscis is 0.353 — 0.480 mm. in diameter, and the posterior portion is 0.269 — 0.396 mm. in diameter. The proboscis receptacle in¬ serts (IRP, figs. 1 and 2) slightly caudad to the midpoint of the longi¬ tudinal axis of the proboscis. The proboscis (figs. 3 and 4) is arrayed with numerous closely-set hooks. There are approximately 34 to 36 longi¬ tudinal rows of 18 to 20 hooks each. The hooks are of two distinct types (figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7). The first five hooks (fig. 5) of each longitudinal row are more sturdy and strongly recurved than the posterior ones (figs. 6 and 7). The remaining hooks decrease gradually in size oaudally. Al¬ though the roots are not all distinct, the anterior hooks appear to possess a weU-developed root which becomes poorly developed in the medial hooks and appears to be absent in the basal hooks. The thorns of the anterior hooks (fig. 5) measure 0.049 — OJ069 mm., thorns of medial hooks Figs. 1-8. The morphology of Centrorhynchus wardae. The scale to the left of fig. 1 applies to figs. 1 and 2. The scale between figs. 3 and 4 applies to figs. 3, 4, and 8. The scale to the right of figs. 6 and 7 applies to figs. 5, 6, and 7. Fig. 1. Immature male. AT, anterior testis; B, brain; GL, genital ligament; I, invertors of proboscis; IPR, insertion of proboscis receptacle; L, lemniscus; PR, proboscis receptacle; PT, posterior testis. Fig. 2. Im¬ mature female. EB, egg balls; GL, genital ligament; I, invertors of pro¬ boscis; IPR, insertion of proboscis receptacle; PR, proboscis receptacle; L, lemniscus; RPR, retractor of proboscis receptacle. Fig. 3. Proboscis. Fig. 4. Profile view of the proboscis. Note the size differentation of the lateral hooks. Fig. 5. Anterior hook from the proboscis. Fig. 6. "Medial” hook from the proboscis. Fig. 7. Posterior hook from the proboscis. Fig. 8. Optical section of the posterior extremity of an immature female, GL, genital ligament; GP, genital pore; EB, egg balls; U. uterus; UB, uterine bell; and V. vagina. 226 The Virginia Journal of Science [April measure 0.033 — 0.049 mm. (fig. 6) and the thorns of the basal hooks measure 0.023 ~ 0.036 (fig. 7). The praesoma is separated from the body proper by a cuticular ring or collar. It is not sharply differentiated from the body proper. The lemnisci (figs. 1 and 2) measured from the insertion of the pro¬ boscis receptacle to the caudal tip are 0.989 — 1.060 mm. long. They are of equal length and extend into the body cavity only a short distance past the caudal edge of the proboscis receptacle. The proboscis receptacle (PR, figs. 1 and 2) is a two-layered cylin¬ drical muscular sac. In one preparation (fig. 1) the distal third of this sac appeared to be slightly constricted and the invertors of the proboscis passed through its apex. The invertors (I, figs. 1 and 2) of the proboscis extend from the apex of the proboscis to the blind end of the proboscis re¬ ceptacle, where they pass through as the dorsal and ventral retractors of the proboscis receptacle (RPR, figs 1 and 2). They terminate in the siib- hypodermal musculature of the body wall. What appears to be the ‘T)rain” ( B, fig. 1 ) lies between the invertors of the proboscis shghtly anterior to the cuticular collar. The testes (AT, PT, fig. 1) are poorly developed and they lie in a rather wide genital ligament (GL, fig. 1). They are oval in shape and measure 0.069 — 0.082 mm. long and 0.043 — 0.053 mm. wide. A vas efferens arises at the caudal apex of each testis and passes posteriorly along the dorsal and ventral edge of the genital ligament. The two ducts were traced to the anterior edge of the four rather poorly differentiated cement glands. The anatomy of the male reproductive system between the cement glands and genital pore is poorly developed and obscure. The genital pore is sub -terminal. The genital ligament appears to extend from the posterior edge of the proboscis receptacle to the cement glands. The lumen of the trunk in the female contains many poorly differ¬ entiated egg balls (EB, fig. 2). A genital ligament (GL, fig 2) extends from the caudal edge of the proboscis receptacle to the cephalic edge of the uterine bell. The uterine bell (UB, fig. 8) is not well differentiat¬ ed and is not inflated (non-functional). Several nuclei are visible in the uterine bell. A tube-shaped non-specialized uterus (U, fig. 8) connects the uterine bell with the vagina (V, fig. 8). This latter organ is shaped like a figure 8; the anterior dilation appears cellular and the distal por¬ tion muscular. The distal dilation of the vagina is connected to the sub¬ terminal genital pore by a short, unspecialized portion of the vagina. The trunk of both the male and the female is spineless. Type Host — Spilogale putorius (Allegheny Spotted Skunk). 1957] The Genus Centrorhynchus In North America 227 Type Locality — Giles County, Mountain Lake, Virginia. Types: Holotype female and allotype male ~ U. S. N. M Helm. Coll. No. 38200. Series of paratypes in the author’s collection. The Allegheny Spotted Skunk is probably not the normal definitive host of C. wardae, but, in the light of Read’s (1950) work, it is not outside the realm of possibility that it might mature in this host. The host was an adult lactating female. In an attempt to throw some light on the life cycle of this form, the stomach contents were analyzed. Portions of Amhystoma species were recovered and, since several species of the genus Centrorhynchus have been recovered from amphibia as encysted juveniles, it is probable that the skunk picked up the worm in tliis manner. A list of the identifiable invertebrates in the alimentary canal follows: Diplopoda Tulidae — not identified further. Arachnoidea Araneae — not identified further. Insecta Hymenoptera Formicidae Pheidale Sp. Solenopsis molesta (Say) Aphaenogaster rudis picea Em. Camponotus hercullanus pennsylvanicus (DeGeer) Others unidentifiable Coleoptera Staphylinidae ~ unidentifiable Coccinellidae Cycloneda munda (Say) Rhyncophora ( Cuculionidae ) Lipidophorus setiger Horn Others unidentifiable Lepidoptera Geometridae — not identified further Homoptera Membracidae Platycotis vittata 228 [April The Virginia Journal of Science Cercopidae Philaenus leucophthalmus Mollusca Functum minutissimum (Lea) Comparisons: C. wardae Holloway falls between the two groups of this genus: C. californicus Milizner with 48 longitudinal rows of hooks and C. spino- sus (Kaiser), C. conspectus Van Cleave and Pratt; and C. scanensis Lund- strom, with a proboscis armed with not more than 34 longitudinal rows of hooks. Key to the species of Centrorhynchus recognized from North American Hosts. 1. (a) Proboscis armed with 48 longitudinal rows of 21 to 22 hooks each . C. californicus Milizner. (b) Proboscis armed with 34 to 36 longitudinal rows of 18 to 20 hooks each . C. wardae Holloway. (c) Proboscis armed with not more than 34 longitudinal rows of hooks . 2 2. (a) With 22 to 23 hooks in each of 30-34 longitudinal rows of probos¬ cis hooks. Hard shelled embryos G.050 — 0.060 mm. long C. spinosus (Kaiser). (b) With 16 to 19 hooks in each of 26 to 28 longitudinal rows of proboscis hooks. Hard shelled embryos 0.060 — 0.078 mm. long. C. conspectus Van Cleave and Pratt. (c) With 10 to 11 hooks in each of 22 longitudinal rows of proboscis hooks. Hard shelled embryos 0.078 — 0.084 mm. long. C. scanensis Lundsti'om. The accompanying table shows the differences between the recogniz¬ ed species of the genus Centrorhynchus from North America. Centrorhyn¬ chus wardae can be clearly differentiated from all other species of this genus upon the basis of the number of longitudinal rows of hooks, the number of hooks per row and the size of the hooks. Summary 1. Centrorhynchus wardae sp. nov. with 34 to 36 longitudinal rows of 18 to 20 hooks per row from Spilogale putorius is described and figured. 229 1957] The Genus Centrorhynchus In North America 2. The analysis of the gastric contents of S. putorius revealed that the skunk probably became infected upon ingesting Ambystoma species. The identifiable invertebrates recovered are listed. 3. Centrorhynchus californicus, C. wardae, C. spinosus, C. conspectus, and C. scanensis from the fauna of North America are compared and a key to the species is given. Acknovi^ledgments The author is indebted to Dr. WiUiam E. Bickley, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, and Dr. P. W. Oman and staff. Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. D. A., for the identification of insects from the alimentary canal of tlie skunk. Thanks are also extended to Mr. Allen McIntosh, Animal Disease and Parasite Research Branch, U. S. D. A., and Dr. Helen Ward, Depart¬ ment of Zoology, University of Tennessee, for verifying the identification. He also wishes to express his obligations to Dr. Bruce D. Reynolds, Uni¬ versity of Virginia, for his interest and criticism during the course of the work. : Literature Cited Holloway, Harry L. 1956. A New Species of the Acanthocephalan Genus Centrorhynchus from Spilogale putorius. ASB Bulletin, 3 (1): 10. Kaiser, J. E. 1893. Die Acanthocephalen und ihre Entwicklung. Bihlioth. Zool, 7: 1-136. Mill2mer, Raymond. 1924. A Larval Acanthocephalid, Centrorhynchus cali- fornicus sp. nov., from the mesentery of Hyla regilla. University of California Publications in Zoology. 26 (17): 228-237. Read, Clark P. 1950. The Rats as an Experimental Host of Centrorhynchus spinosus (Kaiser, 1893), With Remarks on Host Specificity of the Acanthocephala. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., 69 (2): 179-182. Van Cleave, Harley J. 1916. Acanthocephala of the Genera Centrorhyn¬ chus and Mediorhynchus (New Genus) from North American Birds. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., 35 (4): 221-232. Van Cleave, Harley J. 1940a. The Acanthocephala collected by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition, 1934. Allan Hancock Expeditions, 2 (15): 501-527. Van Cleave, Harley J. and Edna M. Pratt. 1940b. A New Series of the TABLE I. COMPARISON OF RECOGNIZED SPEC! measure! Number Longitudinal Rows of Hooks Number Hooks Per Row Length of Hooks i-i .2 i) G < CO o o .2 (U i-i .2 u. (U (0 o Cl. 1 calif ornicus 48 21 to 22 .052 .042 .031 i 1 i wardae 34 to 36 18 to 20 .049 to , .069 .033 to .049 .023 to .036 i spinosus 30 to 34 22 to 24 .036 to .060 Hooks of two Distinct Types 1 conspectus generally 26 to 28 sometimes 30 to 32 generally 17 to 18 extremes 16 to 19 generally .050 to .065 extremes .044 to .073 .050 to .060 extremes .039 to .065 .040 to .057 1 f scanensis 22 10 to 11 .030 to .054 1 iSNUS CENTRORHYNCHUS FROM NORTH AMERICA Ilimeters H- - hif Proboscis Embryos _ Body Dimensions Proboscis Receptacle Length of Lemnisci Host j u .2 QJ M O cu . ows no differ- 0 between an¬ il posterior S Artificially ex- cysted juveniles 3,150 by .140- .380 .940 by .360 .540 Hyala regilla (Pacific Coast tree frogs) (Abdom¬ inal mesentery) 5 .269 to .396 Immature specimens in small intestine. Male 3.000 by „508-.562 Female - 3.815 -4.125 by .594-.636 .579 .805 long .989 to 1.060 Spilogale putorius (Allegheny Spotted Skunk) (small in¬ testine.) .350 .050- .060 by .020- .024 Female -40-66 by 1.500. Male 30-45 by ,900-1.100 Herodias egretta (egret) (intestine.) region swollen, ed at insertion :cis receptacle wed by a short portion. .060- .078 by .021- .026 Female 28-55 by 1.000-1.500 Male 23-35 Extend 1.500 beyond proboscis receptacle. Strix varia varia (Barred owl) (small intestine.) ,400 anterior U ovoid, and pr portion con- .078- .084 by .021- .024 Female 10.000- 14.500 by 1.500- 1.800. Male 7.400- 8.300 by 1.000 1.000 long 1.000 to 1.400 Ixoreus naevius naevius (Pacific varied thrush) TABLE I. COMPARISON OF RECOGNIZED SPEciAeN^S CENTRORHYNCHUS FROM NORTH AMERICA MEASUreJiIIMETERS _ ^ _ Number Longitudinal Rows of Hooks Number Hooks Per Row Length of Hooks ^Proboscis 1 Embryos Body Dimensions Proboscis Receptacle Length of Lemnisci Host 0 c o "3 0 (0 0 0. 5 a; w 0 CU californicus 48 21 to 22 .052 .042 .031 ,1 jsho' DD bf tclp »■ „S no differ- jtween air lOSterior Artificially ex- cysted juveniles 3.150 by .140- .380 .940 by .360 .540 Hyala regilla (Pacific Coast tree frogs) (Abdom¬ inal mesentery) wardae 34 to 36 18 to 20 .049 to .069 .033 to .049 .023 to .036 .269 to .396 Immature specimens in small intestine. Male 3.000 by „508-.562 Female -3.815 -4.125 by .594-.636 .579 .805 long .989 to 1.060 Spilogale putorius (Allegheny Spotted Skunk) (small in¬ testine.) spinosus 30 to 34 22 to 24 .036 to .060 Hooks of two Distinct Types .350 .050- .060 by .020- .024 Female -40-66 by 1.500. Male 30-45 by .900-1.100 Herodias egretta (egret) (intestine.) conspectus generally 26 to 28 sometimes 30 to 32 generally 17 to 18 extremes 16 to 19 generally .050 to .065 extremes .044 to .073 .050 to .060 extremes .039 to .065 .040 to .057 1 1 *Kgion swollen, ttb at insertion stis receptacle »wed by a short portion. .060- .078 by .021- .026 Female 28-55 by 1.000-1.500 Male 23-35 Extend 1.500 beyond proboscis receptacle. Strix varia varia (Barred owl) (small intestine.) scanensis 22 10 to 11 .030 to .054 , i'400 anterior and portion con- .078- .084 by .021- .024 Female 10.000- 14.500 by 1.500- 1.800. Male 7.400- 8.300 by 1.000 1.000 long 1.000 to 1.400 lx ore us naevius naevius (Pacific varied thrush) 232 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Genus Centrorhynchus (Acanthocephala) from the Barred Owl. Journ. Parasit., 26 (4): 297-300. Van Cleave, Harley J. and Wilbur L. Bullock. 1950. Morphology of Neoechinorhynchus emydis, A Typical Representative of the Eoacan- thocephala. 1. The Praesoma. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 69 (3): 288-308. Van Cleave, Harley J. and Ralph B. Wilhams. 1951. Acanthocephala from Passerine Birds in Alaska. Jour. Parasit.^ 37 (2): 151-159. Ward, Helen L. 1940. Notes on Juvenile Acanthocephala. Jour. Parasit., 26 (3): 191-194. 1957] The Blue Ridge Escarpment 233 Origin Of The Blue Ridge Escarpment Directly Southwest Of Roanoke, Virginia ' Department of Geological Sciences, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Richard V. Dietrich INTRODUCTION Most of the observations reported upon in this paper were made in Floyd County which is directly southwest of Roanoke, Virginia. The area is of special interest so far as determining the origin of the Blue Ridge Escarpment because part of the country is within the irregular mountain ridges subdivision of the Blue Ridge Province and part of it is within the upland subdivision of the province (fig. 1). THE BLUE RIDGE PROVINCE The Blue Ridge Province is a long, narrow area that extends from south-central Pennsylvania through Maryland, Virginia, Tennessee, and North Carolina to northwestern Georgia. Northeast of Roanoke, Virginia, the Blue Ridge Province consists essentially of an irregular mountain ridge that ranges from a single ridge with width of less than two miles to a complex group of ridges with an overall width of ten to twelve miles. Southwest of Roanoke, the province is a slightly to highly dissected up¬ land that ranges up to nearly seventy miles in width. The differences be¬ tween these two rather distinct parts of the province are mainly the result of their different drainage histories. Northeast of Roanoke both sides of the province are characterized by rather well defined escarpments and both sides are drained by tributaries of streams that flow to the Atlantic Ocean. Southwest of Roanoke the Blue Ridge is a broad upland bordered on the east by the prominent Blue Ridge Escarpment and on the west by an irregular group of mountains, the Blue Ridge Front Mountains. The Blue Ridge Escarpment is drained by tributaries of Atlantic Coast Streams whereas most of the Upland is drained by tributaries of streams that flow westward to the Gulf of Mexico. From Floyd County, water that flows to the ocean via Gulf of Mexico drainage system arteries travels as much as 5.5 times as far as that which reaches the ocean via direct At¬ lantic slope steams (Gannett, 1901). BLUE RIDGE ESCARPMENT Early literature concerning the Blue Ridge Escarpment was summari- * This is a summary of a paper pr^ented at the meeting of the Southeastern Section of the Geological Society of America held at Morgantown, W. Va., May 17, 1957. 234 The Virginia Journal of Science [April zed by Davis (1903). Different modes of origin for the escarpment were discussed by Wright (1927) and later summarized by Fenneman (1938). White (1950) wrote the most recently published paper concerned chief¬ ly with the origin of the escarpment. Fig. 1. Physiographic diagram of the eastern United States with location of the Floyd County area indicated. (Base map, copyright A. K. Lobeck; reprinted by permission of A. K. Lobeck and The Geographical Press, a division of C. S. Hammond & Company.) 1957] The Blue Ridge Escarpment 235 There is no general agreement in the literature concerning the origin of the Blue Ridge Escarpment. Possible modes of formation which have been considered are: 1) marine erosion along a sea chff, 2) erosion con¬ trolled by a marked superiority of resistance to weathering and erosion of the rocks of the Blue Ridge over resistance to weathering and erosion of the rocks of the Piedmont, 3) monoclinal flexing, 4) faulting, 5) west¬ ward migration of an asymmetric divide, and 6) different combinations of these. The discussion presented here, although it is necessarily some¬ what general, pertains mainly to the part of the escaipment along the southern border of Floyd County. The possibility that the Piedmont represents a surface of marine planation and that the Blue Ridge Escarpment was formed originally as a sea cliff has never been considered seriously, so far as the writer knows. Triassic sedimentation on the Piedmont; the absence of Jurassic sediments on either the Piedmont or beneath the late Mesozoic and Ceno- zoic Coastal Plain sediments; Cretaceous and Cenozoic sedimentation, much of which is reported to be of near shore type, on the site of the present Coastal Plain; and ocean ten*ace formation on the Coastal Plain during the Pleistocene can be offered as at least pennissive evidences against this possible genesis for the escarpment in post-Paleozoic time. Formation of the present escarpment or even of an ancestral escarpment by marine erosion (or by any other means) before Triassic block faulting appears to be highly unhkely when one considers the positions of some of the border faults of the Triassic troughs in relation to the Blue Ridge. The possibihty that the escarpment was formed as a consequence of erosion controlled by the presence of relatively resistant rocks underlying the Blue Ridge and the presence of relatively less resistant rocks under¬ lying the Piedmont is untenable. The Lynchburg formation underlies much of Floyd and Carroll counties of the Upland and also much of Franklin and Patrick counties of the adjacent Piedmont. Nearly all of the diverse rocks that constitute this formation appear to offer nearly the same resistance to weathering and erosion. Furdier, the lithological con¬ tacts that are present are not parallel to the scarp. Monoclinal flexing as the control that initiated formation of the Blue Ridge Escarpment was first suggested as a possibility by Hayes and Campbell (1894). Johnson (1933) and Fenneman (1938) apparently also believed that warping (“differential uplift”) may have been at least local¬ ly important. In the opinion of the writer, the structure of the involved areas is not known sufficiently well to rule out or to support this idea. However, data obtained during reconnaissance geologic mapping of the areas involved plus some of WrighPs (1928) observations, e.g., “. . . the Piedmont surface juts into the base of the Blue Ridge.” (op. cit., p. 329), pose definite difficulties for this hypothesis. 236 The Virginia Journal of Science [April j The possibility that the Blue Ridge Escarpment is some type of ! fault or fault line scarp has appealed, at least momentarily, to nearly | everyone who has made only cursory examination of the escarpment or of topographic maps that include the feature. Few geologists have cham~ i pioned the hypothesis. Fenneman (1938) reported that Campbell believed | faulting was important so far as formation of certain segments of the escarpment. White (1950:1309) concluded that “The Present Blue Ridge scarp seems to have been produced by a late Tertiary fault — the Blue | Ridge border fault.” Stose and Stose (1951), in a short discussion, cited ^ evidences that appear to be incompatible with White's hypothesis ■— at : least for part of the eastern escarpment. Considerations of the main arguments given in favor of the fault- contiol hypothesis show that: 1) The suggestion that the presence of an | escarpment on the east and lack of one on the west is incongruous, dis¬ regards two facts; (a) there are broad outcrops of resistant Silurian, Mississippian, and Pennsylvanian sandstones in the western part of the Valley and Ridge Province west of the province which have acted as temporary base levels for westward flowing drainage, and (b) there is an escarpment, one nearly as imposing as the eastern escarpment, along the western boundary of that part of the Blue Ridge Province drained by Atlantic Slope streams rather than by Gulf streams. 2) Statements con¬ cerning the necessity that the escarpment be a divide throughout its length do not consider the possibility of any stream piracy of upland streams by Atlantic Slope streams. 3) The straightness of a line construc¬ ted so as to connect the foot of the spurs of the escarpment has long been a “bone of contention” (Davis, 1903; Wright, 1927; White, 1950; and White, 1953), In the present writer's opinion, if the topography along the escarpment between the North Carolina- Virginia state line and a point just south of Roanoke, Virginia, is examined on recent aerial photo¬ graphs (pi. 1), and/or topographic sheets (Elliston and Stuart, Virginia quadrangles and Bluefield, West Virginia, Virginia, Kentucky and Winston Salem, North Carolina, Virginia, and Tennessee Army Map Service Topo¬ graphic Sheets), it is quite apparent that, no matter what criteria are used to locate the terminations of the spurs, a line connecting them would not be straight but extremely irregular (fig. 2). 4) The idea that the west-flowing streams must have undergone an uplift which did not affect the east-flowing ones because of the discrepancy in degree of their rejuve- Plate 1. Part of the Blue Ridge Escarpment; the area is located 22 miles southwest of Roanoke and 22 miles southeast of Blacksburg; ap¬ proximate scale of aerial photograph is 1:20,000; bottom of photograph is east. (Photographed by U. S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conser¬ vation Service.) 238 The Virginia Journal of Science [April nation appears to overlook the alternatives that rejuvenation of the upland streams may represent the removal of one or more temporary base level (s) at the western edge of or downstream from the upland, the shortening of the overall distance that waters of these streams have to travel to reach the ocean as the result of the establishment of the Ohio River, or a combination of these. 5) So far as the suggestion that out- Fig. 2. Diagram showing the Blue Ridge Escarpment of southwestern Virginia, some of the Blue Ridge Front Mountains, and the main drainage arteries of Floyd County and adjacent region. (Bases for this diagram are Blacksburg, Elliston, and Stuart, Virginia U. S. G. S. quadrangle sheets and Bluefield, West Vir¬ ginia, Virginia and Kentucky and Winston-Salem, North Carolina, Virginia, and Tennessee Army Map Service Topographic sheets.) The Blue Ridge Escarpment 239 1957] lying mountains along the foot of the escarpment may be topographic correlatives of the higher mountains on the upland, in the area under consideration here, the outlying mountains in front of the escarpment as defined by White would fit into his scheme: Chestnut, Smith, and Turkeycock mountains are 700 to 900 feet above the surrounding Pied¬ mont, which correlates well with the fact that Buffalo Mountain and Wills Ridge in Floyd county are, respectively, approximately 1,000 and 800 feet above their surrounding upland hilltops. Further, these figures are notably less than the height of the escarpment of the area. However, if the criteria commonly used tc fix the position of the escarpment of North Carolina were employed to fix its position in this area, such prom¬ inences as Bull Mountain (3212 feet) and perhaps even Cahas Knob (3560 feet) and Rocky Mountain (2910 feet) would be considered as on the postulated downthrown block. These mountains, considered as outlying mountains on the Piedmont, not only have approximately the same elevations as the adjacent upland (2600 to 3100 feet), they have no counterparts atop the adjacent upland. 6) Conditions such as those cit¬ ed by White, for certain areas where the trace of the postulated fault transects many different types of rocks do not obtain in this area. The only tangible structural evidence offered with respect to the actual position of the postulated “Blue Ridge border fault” was the pres¬ ence of minor faults and slickensided surfaces parallel to schistosity of crystalline rocks of the Piedmont and of “offsets” along the escarpment. White (1950) placed emphasis on the fact that he was able to find slickensided surfaces and other phenomena in readouts close to the trace of the postulated fault. If a fault were to be located objectively in the area southeast of the escarpment adjacent to Floyd County by using the same criteria, the conclusion would be that an extremely wide belt (actually nearly all of the area west of the Fall Line) constitutes a fault zone. One of the “offsets” in the escarpment was located as near the eastern end of Floyd County. This “offset” (the one located as “. . . near Callaway and Junta ( Christiansburg, Virginia — West Virginia Sheet), where the displacement is about 3 miles.”) is not apparent to the wi'iter on the more recent, larger scale Elliston quadrangle sheet that supercedes the Christiansburg sheet. Further, if this “offset” exists, Cahas Knob (see above) would be on the downthrown block. Also, examination of this area has failed to reveal any evidence of a cross structure of the magni¬ tude suggested. Because of these data the writer can not support the fault control hypothesis of origin for the Blue Ridge Escarpment of this area. Nonetheless, he would be hesitant to deny emphatically the possi¬ bility that the escarpment is some type of erosional fault scarp. If such be the case, however, it would appear that the original fault scarp must have existed far southeast of the present erosional scarp and also that, at 240 The Virginia Journal of Science [April least along part of its length, it would have been an appreciable distance southeast of White’s (1950) postulated “Blue Ridge border fault.” (No such fault has been recognized to date.) The hypothesis that the Blue Ridge Escarpment of southwestern Virginia and North Carolina was formed by erosion accompanying west¬ ward (northwestward) migration of the asymmetric divide between At¬ lantic Slope Drainage and Gulf of Mexico Drainage and that the escarp¬ ment may have evolved to, rather than originated as, an escarpment was introduced by Davis (1903). Subsequent workers (e.g., Wright, Fenne- man, Thompson) have embraced this idea at least to the extent that they have noted that erosion attending migration of the divide has sculptured the escarpment to its present appearance. Thompson (1939) noted that in his opinion “. . the divide has been migrating northwest¬ ward for a long time and is in places as much as 100 miles northwest of its original position.” Apparently no one has denied the fact that the present escai-pment owes most, if not all, of its present appearance to weathering and erosion accompanying the westward migration of the asymmetric Atlantic-Gulf Divide. The obvious headward growth of the vigorous streams of the escarpment as they encroach upon the drainage basins of the upland streams, the piracies of Gulf drainage by Atlantic streams, and numerous other features attest to this. However, the possibility that the escarpment actually originated as a consequence of the westward migration of the divide is not so readily accepted. Many features mentioned above appear to favor this hypothesis. A few additional features not considered, or at least not elaborated upon, are also pertinent. 1) Nearly all mountains of the southern part of the Piedmont Province of Virginia are within five to twelve miles of the Blue Ridge Escai-pment. 2) With few exceptions, the outlying mountains decrease in height and number with increased distance from the escarp¬ ment. 3) Alluvial boulder deposits occur locally on the upland near the escarpment. 4) The distance between the headwaters of main Atlantic slope streams and the coast are essentially equal from the Potomac River southward; i.e., all main streams have nearly equal lengths with devia¬ tions from this, easily explainable when comparisons of resistances of bedrocks along the stream courses and lengths of courses derived by piracy are considered. 5) The Piedmont Province is about 30 miles wide at the Potomac and about 160 miles wide in southern Virginia. 6) The width of the Blue Ridge Province and the heights of its prominences in general increase in magnitude from northeast to southwest. 7) Geophysi¬ cal work suggests (Miller, 1937) that there probably was continuous or intermittent eastward tilting in this region during most of Mesozoic and Genozoic time. 1957] The Blue Ridge Escarpment 241 The location and distribution of mountains along the foot of the escarpment is exactly what one would deduce as a consequence of west¬ ward migration of the highly asymmetric Gulf-Atlantic divide; they are difficult to correlate with any of the other hypotheses unless activities set up under those hypotlieses are applied to the area southeast of the outliers. The presence of large stream valleys, swamps along valleys, and alluvial boulder deposits on the upland near the escarpment indicates the former presence of large streams there. This suggests that a sizable part of the Gulf drainage area previously existed east of the present escarp¬ ment. (The loss of headwaters, of course, also could be accounted for by warping, or by faulting as well as by migrtaion of the divide. ) The facts concerning the widths of the area drained by the Atlantic Slope streams and of the Piedmont Province considered in conjunction with the fact that the Blue Ridge is, in general, higher, broader, and less deeply dissected in the southern part than in the northern part of Virginia, not only appear to be consistent with the divide-migration hypothesis but appear to require that any hypothesis of origin for the esearpment be combined with this hypothesis if it is to warrant serious consideration. Corroborative data are: 1) nearly all Atlantic Slope streams are essen- tiallv perpendicular to the general slope of the land except where they have courses underlain by relatively nonresistant rocks (Thompson, 1939); 2) areas crossed by the streams and underlain by resistant rocks are typically sites of residual mountains and ridges; and 3) the promin¬ ences nearer the coast are more highly dissected than are those farther from it — apparently because the ones nearer have been attacked on all sides by the more vigorous Atlantic Slope streams for longer periods than the ones more remote from the ocean. Further, if the area did undergo eastward tilting throughout much or most of Mesozoic and Cenozoic time, Atlantic Slope streams certainly would have been steepened and thus would have had their advantage over Gulf streams not only main¬ tained but possibly even increased intermittently; this would have prompt¬ ed migration of the divide throughout the period. Different combinations of hypotheses, i.e. eclectic hypotheses, of origin for the escarpment are innumerable. Those most commonly sug¬ gested combine warping or faulting with subsequent erosion along the westward migrating, asymmetric Atlantic-Gulf Divide. It is quite possible that one of these combination hypotheses will prove to be correct. In summary, the present writer believes that the data favor the hypothe¬ sis embracing foimation of the escarpment as the result of the westward migration of the asymmetric Atlantic-Gulf of ’Mexico Divide. It appears that the Blue Ridge Province, from one end to the other, was at one time essentially an upland drained mainly to the west; that the area was attack¬ ed by eastward flowing streams; that these streams breached the upland and then attacked the breached portions from aU sides; and that dissection 242 The Virginia Journal of Science [April thus initiated led to detachment of areas from the main upland to form distinct ridges and mountains. If this sequence of events is correct, ap¬ parently the Blue Ridge to the northeast of Floyd County has passed through this whole sequence of events, the Upland of Floyd County and to the southwest has not been breached and thus retains pre-breaching characteristics, and the intervening northeastern part of Floyd County and the area adjacent to the northeast have the characteristics of intermediate steps in the sequence. It is obvious that this last named area was part of the Upland at one time and it is equally obvious that the features that indicate this will not persist long, geologically speaking, and that die area then will be indistinguishable from the Blue Ridge Mountain Ridge (s) to the northeast. GEOMORPHIC HISTORY All reported data appear to fit best into the following general geo- morphic history. As will become apparent, many of the suggested events have been introduced previously (note especially Fenneman, 1938, and Thompson, 1939, and 1949). Evidence indicates that New River probably existed in Mississippian time and possibly earlier (Branson, 1912; Shuler, 1945). It probably has flowed westward throughout its history. Although the Blue Ridge inter¬ mittently may have had less relative prominence than it has at present apparently it has been some sort of topographic barrier since at least late Paleozoic and possibly since late Precambrian time. The Blue Ridge may occupy essentially the position of, although it probably is west of, the ancient divide between the "Appalachian Geosyncline” and the basins represented by metamorphosed Paleozoic sediments to the east. Any evi¬ dence of events during the period between the end of Paleozoic sedimen¬ tation and establishment of the Mississippi Embayment-Atlantic Divide prior to Triassic block faulting appears to have been obscured beyond present day recognition. In any case, none has been recognized to the present. Immediately preceding the high angle faulting of the Palisades Disturbance, the Blue Ridge was much less prominent than it is today. On the east, the boundary of the Blue Ridge with the area now designated Piedmont Province would have been a nearly symmetrical divide between the eastward — and westward-flowing streams. On the west, it would have been essentially continuous, geomorphologically though not lithologically, with the area now known as the Valley and Ridge Province. The stage in the classical geomorphic cycle reached in this area at that time can only be guessed — conceivably, although doubtfully, the mature surface now represented on the Upland was formed as early as this. The divide between the eastward — and westward-flowing streams would have been east of the present Gulf of Mexico-Atlantic Divide. The presence of 1957] The Blue Ridge Escarpment 243 boulders of Paleozoic sedimentites in the Triassic Potomac Basin suggests that the Potomac or an ancestral Potomac already had part of its course west of the position of the' present Blue Ridge or that Paleozoic sedi¬ mentites existed at the western edge of that basin at that time. The fact that no Paleozoic sedimentite fragments have been found to occur in the Triassic Basins south of the Potomac Basin plus the apparent con¬ trol of the northeastward-flowing parts of the courses of the James and Roanoke rivers by these basin areas suggest that these two master streams probably had not attained the position of the present Blue Ridge-Valley and Ridge boundary by this time, i.e., the area underlain by the Paleo¬ zoic sedimentites drained by westward-flowing srteams. The ancestral divide, especially south of the Potomac, may have been shifted as a result of Palisades faulting. After this faulting and consequent Triassic sedimen¬ tation and before initiation of Cretaceous sedimentation in the area that includes and is east of the present Coastal Plain, there was erosion that involved at least partial planation of both crystalline rocks and Triassic sedimentites (Spangler and Peterson, 1950). It would have been during this planation that the so-called Fall Zone peneplane was formed. By the time Cretaceous sedimentation began and possibly prior to that time, distance-to-base level advantage of the eastward-flowing streams over that of the westward-flowing streams already had been established, regardless of whether the westward-flowing waters emptied into the Mississippi Em- bayment or into the ocean via the stream that flowed through the pres¬ ent position of Lake Erie and its trunk stream. Because of this advantage, the eastward-flowing streams were destined to render the divide asym¬ metric and to encroach upon the drainage basin of the westward-flowing streams. At least intermittently throughout the late Mesozoic and Cenozoic, encroachment proceeded — possibly enhanced by warping, eustatic changes in sea level, or a combination of these — so the area drained by the westward-flowing streams became relatively reduced in size while the area drained by the eastward-flowing streams became enlarged. After the James and Roanoke rivers eroded headward, in turn, to the position of the present eastern border of the Valley and Ridge province, reduc¬ tion of the drainage areas of the westward-flowing streams was hastened not only because the area underlain by the relatively nonresistant calcare¬ ous and argillaceous sedimentary rocks was then attacked by the more vigorous Atlantic sti'eams but also because major streams of the subse¬ quent drainage systems of the Valley and Ridge Province flowed in a direction nearly perpendicular to the Atlantic slope streams which meant that their capture by the Atlantic streams involved relatively large drain¬ age areas. Further, the more resistant rocks of the Blue Ridge Province also were reduced more rapidly after this boundary was attained by the Atlantic Basin streams because they then were attacked not only on the east but on many sides by the vigorous streams of the Atlantic Basin. As this process continued the Blue Ridge Province has been and contin- 244 The Virginia Journal of Science [April ues to be reduced to a series of linear ridges and individual mountains drained to the east. The change in general character of the Blue Ridge Province from a broad upland to a series of Hnear ridges and mountains has progressed from northeast to southwest because the northeastern part of the province is nearer the present (and previous) coast Hne than is its souAwestern part. Unless interrupted these processes will continue until all of the present day Blue Ridge Province has been reduced first to a series of ridges and mountains and finally to the point that, other than grainwise, the Piedmont and Valley and Ridge provinces will be geomorphologically continuous, with no intervening Blue Ridge, and drained to the east. The changes in character will, of course, be preceded by changes of features of the Valley and Ridge subprovince south of the Roanoke-New Divide into features more similar to those of the Valley and Ridge subprovince northeast of this divide. The ultimate, if natural or artificial changes do not interrupt the cycle in such a way as to pre¬ clude it, will be the establishment within or west of the Appalachian Plateau of an essentially symmetrical Atlantic-Gulf divide at an elevation near sea level. Probably few, if any workers would deny that upHft has played a part in the geomorphic history of the region. The great volume of sedi¬ ments that comprise the Coastal Plain sequence attest to this, especially if they were derived mainly from the area between the Fall Zone and a divide east of the present Blue Ridge. To the present, no evidence, marine sedimentation records notwithstanding, has been found that clearly in¬ dicates definite spatial and temporal aspects of such uplift. The presence of at least some of the coarse sediments in the Coastal Plain and Mississ¬ ippi Embayment-Culf of Mexico sequences, for example, may reflect re¬ moval of temporary base levels, eustatic changes in sea level, changes in climate, or a eombination of such controls rather than uplift. Certainly at least some of ♦such controls rather than uplift. Certainly at least some of the reeent (Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene) rejuvenation (s) can be attributed to differences in stream volumes mainly dependent upon changes in rainfall; to relative elevation above sea level dependent upon changes in sea water volume in response to glaciation (s) and deglacia¬ tion (s); and, as is in the ease of New River, to changes in overall dis¬ tance from headwaters to the ocean — the inception of the Ohio River certainly shortened the distance between the headwaters of New River and the ocean. (Perhaps even the recent rejuvenation of New River, which is indicated by downcutting in old alluvial deposits along the edges of which are perched colluvial deposits whose relatively long stability is indicated by marked disintegration of included quartzite boulders, re¬ flects one or more of these controls rather than uplift.) 1957] The Blue RrocE Escarpment 245 SUMMARY The topography and drainage of the area directly southwest of Roa¬ noke in southwestern Virginia, are of peculiar interest because the area is located at the boundary between two more-or-less distinct parts of the Blue Ridge Province — the irregular mountain ridges drained by Atlantic Coast streams and the dissected upland drained almost wholly by streams of the Gulf of Mexico Drainage Basin. Evidence here suggests that the location, as well as the character, of the present Blue Ridge Es¬ carpment is the result of migration of the asymmetric Atlantic-Gulf Divide. A general geomorphic history is suggested for the province for the time subsequent to the late Paleozoic establishment of New River. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS B. N. Cooper, W. D. Lowry, W. E. Moore, R. D. Ross, and C. E. Sears, Jr., discussed many of the problems relating to this study, and read and criticized the original paper. W. D. Lowry aided greatly with the preparation of this summary. All of this aid is acknowledged gratefully. REFERENCES Branson, E. B. 1912. A Mississippian Delta. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 23: 447-456. Davis, W. M. 1903. The stream contest along the Blue Ridge. Geog. Soc. Phila. Bull., 3: 213-244. Dietrich, R. V., Geology and Mineral Resources of Floyd County, Virginia: ms in preparation. Fenneman, N. M. 1938. Physiography of Eastern United States. McGraw- Hill. New York. Gannett, Henry. 1901. Profiles of rivers in the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Paper. No. 44. Hayes, C. W. and Campbell, M. R. 1894. Geomorphology of the southern Appalachians. Nat. Geog. Mag. 6: 63-126. Johnson D. W. 1933. Origin of the Blue Ridge Escarpment (abstract). Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 44: 87. Miller, B. L. 1937. Geophysical Investigations in the Emerged and Sub¬ merged Atlantic Coastal Plain, part 2, Geological Significances of the Geophysical Data. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 48: 802-812. [April 246 The Virginia Journal of Science Shuler, E. W. 1945. Rocks and Rivers. Ronald Press. New York. Spangler, W. B. and Peterson, J. J. 1950. Geology of Atlantic Coastal Plain in New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists, 34: 1-100. Stose, G. W. and Stose, A. J. 1951. Blue Ridge Front — A Fault Scarp. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 62: 1371-1373. Thompson, H. D. 1939. Drainage evolution in the southern Appalachians. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 50: 1323-1356. - . 1949. Drainage evolution in the Appalachians of Pennsyl¬ vania. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Annals, 52: 31-62. White, W. A. 1950. Blue Ridge Front. A fault scarp. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 61: 1309-1346. - . 1953. Systematic drainage changes in the Piedmont of North Garolina and Virginia. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 64: 561-580. Wright, F. J. 1927. The Blue Ridge of southern Virginia and western North Carolina. Denison Univ. Bull. 26: Sci. Lab. Jour. 22: 116-132. — - — . 1928. The erosional history of the Blue Ridge. Denison Univ. Bull. 28: Sci. Lab. Jour. 23: 321-344. 1957] A Gasthotmchan Species 247 Report On A Gastrotrichan Species From Ashland, Virginia Charles E. Packard Department of Biology, Randolph-Macon College Search for Polymerurus in a water sample taken from a garden pool July 31, 1956, on the college campus, revealed a chaetonotid gastrotrich of graceful body similar in shape to that of Lepidodermella squamata. Its somewhat tesselated appearance and extraordinarily long spines, which originated a third to a half the distance from the anterior end, were dis¬ tinctive. Long spines occurred laterally at 3 spaced posterior levels, all extremely sharply pointed. The fiist and most conspicuous were ar¬ ranged in a semicircular fashion about the widest part of the main body hke a hoop skiii:. Anteriorly, the neck and the head bore short thorns with basal plates roughly rhomboidal as in Polymerurus. Hairs were dimly vis¬ ible protimding through the mouth opening. The intestine was coarsely granular. Two clear vesicles appeared posteriorly, one per side. The head was weakly 5-lobed with a pair of clear, lateral bodies. This particular specimen did not stop twisting, turning, bending, straightening and moving about. Four subsequent collections yielded a total of 10 individuals positiv¬ ely identified as being alike. Two additional specimens, observed under the dissecting binocular and thought to be of the same chaetonotid species, were transferred into crystallization dishes of pool water. It was hoped that they would adjust to the changed conditions and multiply within doors. Repeated checking of the containers failed to show that they did so. An attempt was made to kill, fix, and mount 3 of the 10 animals with unsatisfactory results. Studies and measurements of the 7 others were carried out following immobilization by MgS04, iodine, Schaudinn’s fixative, and formalin. No chemical solution used was effective in relax¬ ing or fixing the animals in a state of really good extension. Historical Review Voigt (1904) published several accounts of the Gastrotricha of the waters of Plon. Among these was Chaetonotus succinctus n. sp., recover¬ ed from a small garden pool among Utricularia plants, in October and 248 The Virginia Journal of Science [April November. Its total body length was 217-225 micra. Other measurements listed were: Esophagus length Toe length Back spine length Lateral toe spine length Head width 49.5 micra 33 — 39 micra 78 micra 63 micra 39 micra How many specimens he found or measured is not known, evidently more than one. The above records may represent, then, several to many in¬ dividuals. Konsuloff (1914) described the alleged species, obtained in April in Bulgaria, as “rare.” His measurements were: Animal length Esophagus length Head scale length Head spine length Back spine (rear) length Back scale (rear) length Head width 193 micra 41 micra 3.2 micra 4.8 micra 72 micra 3.4 micra 35.5 micra No ranges are given here to indicate that more than one individual was studied for measurement. Remane (1935-36), a recognized gastrotrichan authority, has sup¬ plied meager dsecriptions of C. succinctus. He placed it in the same group with C. acanthodes Stokes. Stokes (1918) was the early microscopist who discovered and described in New Jersey so many of our gastrotrichan forms. His brief description of C. acanthodes in the citation shows that there is rather close general similarity between it and C. succinctus. The most conspicuous feature of both is, perhaps, the mid-body circlet of very long spines which extend posteriorly around the animal like the ribs of a partly closed umbrella-half. Probably the major difference is the furcation of the recurved “body” spines observed by Stokes (1. c.) in C. acanthodes. Figures of C. succinctus, in Remane (1. c.) for example, have no forking of either short or long spines. The figure by Stokes (1. c.) of the posterior portion of C. acan¬ thodes lacks the transverse row of long spines. Those which are shown are unfurcated. There is no enlarged diagram of either short or long spines. Ward and Whipple (1918) reproduced the same figure, p. 627. The diagram shows no small, supplementary scale of the larger basal plate from which it is said the spine springs. A Gastrotrichan Species 249 1957] C. succinctus was seemingly next discovered by Saito (1937) in August and September in a Lotus pool in the vicinity of Hirosima. Among the measurements taken for an undetermined number of animals are those for total length, 226 micra, head width 39 micra, and toe length, 33 micra, exactly as Voigt (1. c.) found. None of these corresponds to those taken by Konsuloff (1914). Brunson (1950), reporting on 18 species of gastrotrichs from Michi¬ gan, describes C. trichostrichodes n. sp. as . . the only species of Chaetonotus yet found that has its spines in a transverse band across the back.” It would seem that he is referring to his own findings for he does not cite the work of Voigt, Konsuloff, nor Saito in this particular paper. The transverse row of spines of Brunson (1. c) is 5 in number, a ^Miagnostic” feature. They are unequally bifurcated (“singly barbed”), and “. . . the body covering appears scaled, but distinct individual scales were not seen “. The head is distinctly 5-lobed. The animars dimensions are less than those for C. acanthodes as given by either Voigt (1. c.) or Stokes (1. c.). It is not stated how many of these animals were meas¬ ured or observed. The species would appear to qualify for the “acan¬ thodes” category. Pennak (1953) reproduces this drawing as “B,” though “modified from Brunson, 1950,” in a plate entitled “Structure of various species of Chaetonotus*' The spine bifurcations can be clearly seen though the species itself is undesignated. Remane’s (1. c.) brief characterization of C. succinctus mentions a “pharyngeal bulb,” the very pointed spines with barbs, the escutcheon¬ like basal plates. Species of this group are said to be small to medium in size, inhabiting vegetation zones of fresh waters, especially in Sphag¬ num bogs. Ashland specimens confoiTtied closely to C. succinctus, in respect to descriptions and figures of external structure. Measurements were ob¬ tained for various parts with an ocular micrometer, on 5 specimens, which are shown in table I. The measuring of gastrotrichs is difficult. Investigators, both here and abroad, include varying statistics on body parts in their studies. This is very likely due to the obstacles met in securing completely extended specimens; measurements of animals in the living state where they are rarely, if ever, wholly motionless; lack of sharply delineated landmarks for measurement; optical disadvantages to be overcome, and other fac¬ tors. The animal may be prone, or seen laterally, or so placed that one body part may be seen from the dorsal position whereas another may be lateral or even dorso- or ventro-lateral. Gaps, therefore, in the above table occur because it was not always possible under existing conditions to obtain a reliable measm'ement. 250 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Because an exact interpretation of measurements by the observers mentioned is impossible, a critical comparison of their findings with Ashland data is not too satisfactory. ‘"Body length” with any of the 3 investigators could mean an overall measurement from front margin of head shield to posterior (distal) tip of toe, and probably does. Yet it might refer to the extent of the animal up to the midline point where the forked toes take origin. In the present study it is the former. Toe length, then, extends from distal tip forward to the trunk (rumpf) line level, with no easily determinable landmark line existing here for separation. Toe length is in¬ cluded, therefore, in the author's total, overall result. There is variation in the measurements obtained for Ashland indi¬ viduals. This is not too surprising inasmuch as a gastrotrich is hatched from the egg incompletely developed and comes to mature size as it feeds An average of the 3 overall size lengths gives a figure of 168.2 micra which is less than any of the 3 other observers found. Esophagus lengtli is possibly a more uniformly constant one in a species. Here a local read- 1 2 3 4 5 Long post, rump spine 49.9 43.2 Long post. lat. spine 56.6 59.9 Short shank spine 13.3 Short body spine 19.9 33.3 Body circlet spine 49.9 56.6 Esophagus length 63.2 49.9 43.2 Toe length 23.3 23.3 33.3 49.9 Overall body length 166.5 178.1 159.8 Head width 26.6 33.3 Neck width 26.6 26.6 Body width 43.2 46.6 Table I. Dimensions in micra of five specimens of a gastrotrich from Ashland, Virginia. A Gastrotrichan Species 251 1957] ing is the same as that of Voigt (1. c.). Another is only slightly more than one of Konsuloff (1. c.)* The toe length of an Ashland form is the same as that recorded by Saito (1. c.). Considered from various viewpoints the size differences between the local and European specimens are not so great as to rule out the conclusion that the species are very likely the same. However, Brunson (1. c.), who has done the most extensive recently published work on the gastrotrichs in the United States expresses an interesting viewpoint; he says . . no one worker has studied or compared gastrotrichs from both Europe and North America, and so it is not known whether cosmo¬ politanism occurs in this group.” Yet Pennak (1955) described the as¬ semblage as cosmopolitan with respect to genera and their freshwater distribution. Brunson (1. c.) resumes . . until European material can be studied the author is assuming that the same species do not occur in both continents.” He does make exception in the case of Lepidodermella squamata Dujardin. He was, possibly, unaware that Voigt (1. c.) dis¬ covered C. acanthodes of Stokes (1. c.) in Germany, or so designated it, for example. Also there seem to be no reports of gastrotrichs described for any part of North America but the United States. So far as is known to this investigator the position taken by Brunson (1. c.) is unique with respect to gastrotrichan species. The opposite point of view is illustrated for C. mccinctus because it is reported from Germ¬ any, Bulgaria, and Japan. It is felt, therefore, in the present case that Chaetonotus mccinctus Voigt, or at least a closely related variant, has been discovered in the United States and reported from Ashland, Virginia, for the first time, a species described by Konsuloff (1. c.) as "rare.” LITERATURE CITED Brunson, R. B. 1950. An Introduction to the Taxonomy of the Gastrotri- cha with a Study of Eighteen Species from Michigan, Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., 69: 325-352. Konsuloff, S. 1914. Notizen uber die Gastrotrichen Bulgariens. Zool. Anz.y 43: 255-260. Pennak, R. W. 1953. Freshwater Invertebrates of the United States. Ronald Press, New York. Remane, A. 1935-36. Gastrotricha: Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs. 4 Abt. 2, Buch 1, Tiel 2, Lfg. 1-2: 1-242. Saito, I. 1937. Neue und bekannte Gastrotrichen der Umgebung von Hirosima (Japan). Jour of Sc. of the Hirosima Univ., Series B, 5: 246-265. 252 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Stokes, A. 1918. Aquatic Microscopy. John Wiley and Sons, New York. Voigt, M. 1904. Die Rotatorien und Gastrotrichen der Umbegung von Plon. Inaugural-Dissertation der hohen philosophischen Fakultat der Universitat Basel — aus Hof in Bayern Stuttgart — Verlag von Erwin Nageli. Ward, H. B. and G. C. Whipple. 1918. Fresh-water Biology, 1st ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 1957] Blood Volume Determinations 253 A Procedure For Simultaneous Blood Volume Determinations Using Radioactive Phosphorus-32 And T-1824 (Evans Blue) Dye Jack D. Burke^ Department of Biology, University of Richmond There are only two ways in which blood volume can be determined in an animal: directly and indirectly. In the direct method, as introduced by Welcker (1858), a blood sample of known volume is withdrawn and diluted with normal saline solution. This dilute solution serves as a com¬ parative sample. Then as much blood as possible is removed by bleeding and tissue washings. The collected blood is diluted with water to match the color of the comparative standard. This dilute volume, divided by the dilution ratio of the standard, seiwes as a measure of the total blood vol¬ ume. This method is not free from inherent errors such as those pertaining to clotting and blood collection. The first indirect method of blood volume studies was reported by Valentin (1838). He injected distilled water into the circulation of an animal, and compared the blood solids of a prepared standard with the diluted blood solids of a withdrawn sample. Although hemolysis induced [arge errors, a stimulus was provided for other investigators using this method. Such substances as serum (Malassez, 1875; Nelson, 1909), so¬ dium chloride (Sherrington and Copeman, 1903; Kottman, 1906; Plesch, 1909), antitoxin (Von Behring, 1911), foreign serum (Schurer, 1911), gum acacia (Meek and Gasser, 1918; Robertson and Bock, 1919; Mc- Quarrie and Davis, 1920), and hemoglobin (Lee and Whipple, 1921) were among other substances used for determining blood volumes in¬ directly. These substances, in general, were not acceptable because they induced errors quantitatively and/ or qualitatively. The vital red dye series of study was introduced by Keith et al. (1915) whereby the plasma was tagged. Results of this investigation led others such as Dawson et ah (1920), Harris (1920), Hooper et al. Time afforded for this study was made possible by a Post-Doctoral Research Fellowship of the American Physiological Society, sponsored by the National Heart Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., in Dr. S. T. Hall’s Physiology Laboratory, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, N.C. 254 The Virginia Journal of Science [April (1920), and Graff and Clark (1931) into a qualitative investigation of various vital dyes regarding blood volumes. However, Dawson et al. (1. c.) recognized the superiority of blue over red dyes in animal ex¬ perimentation. Their American dye (Chicago blue 6 B) was obtained in England as chlorazol sky blue FF by Elliott et al. (1934) who used this blue dye (T-1854) for determining fetal blood volumes colorimetrioally. In 1935 Gregersen et al. reported on the success of T-1824 (Evans blue) dye in determining plasma volumes. The principal points favorable to this blue dye was that its absorption range was removed from that of hemoglobin so that colorimetric and spectroscopic analyses could be made without introduced hemolytic errors, nontoxicity (Gibson and Gregersen, 1935), small rate of exocirculatory diffusion and non-absorption by red blood corpuscles (Gregersen and Schiro, 1938). Tagging red blood corpuscles was first reported by Grehant and Quinquand (1882) wherein carbon monoxide was utilized. The inherent errors here lie in intra-tissue diffusion and instrumental analyses as point¬ ed out by Reeve (1948). Hahn and Hevesy (1940) reported their suc¬ cessful attempt of tagging red corpuscles with radiophosphorus-32. This isotope can be handled advantageously since it is not a gamma emitter, has a relatively short half-life of 14.3 days, and exchanges readily with organic phosphorus in red blood corpuscles. Thus, a study of blood volume investigations reveals that either the plasma or the red blood corpuscles must be tagged in order for a substance, to remain in the blood circultaion long enough for sampling at time intervals. Therefore, calculated blood volumes are primarily delin^it- ed by quantitative and/or qualitative measurement. The chief factors re¬ lated to blood volume delimitations are instrumentation, type of tagging substance, exocirculaotry diffusion, turn-over rate and/or steady state equi¬ librium, and toxicity. The procedure described below is the same as that used by Burke et al. (1953), and by Burke (1954) in determining blood volumes in different mammals such as rabbits, opossums, dogs, racoons, and swine. In comparing the determined blood volume values obtained by the P-32 and T-1824 methods by statistical treatment (in opossums), it was found that no statistical difference existed. Furthermore, these two methods (as described in the procedure) are particularly suited for animals weighing from one to 250 lbs. Blood volume in smaller or larger animals may be determined by modifying the procedure so as to vary the concentration of the injection dose of dye or P-32 labeled corpuscles. In the main, this procedure has been modified from Hevesy et al. (1943), Gregersen (1944), and Nachman et al. (1950). 1957] Blood Volume Determinations '255 PROCEDURE 1. Withdraw approximately 10 ml. of blood by veni-puncture or cardiac stab (on anesthetized animals) into a greased, heparinized syjinge affixed with a suitable hypodermic needle. Deposit the blood gently in a 15 ml. graduated hematocrit tube containing 0.1 ml. heparin (100 mg. dried heparin dissolved in 15 ml. physiological saline so¬ lution. ) 2. Centrifuge the blood at 3000 rpm. for 30 minutes. Record the hema¬ tocrit. 3. Remove 2 ml. of plasma from the tube and precipitate the plasma proteins: use 1:7 ratio with precipitating reagent (mix 6 ml. of 15 gm. phosphortungstic acid dissolved in 100 ml. of 98% ethyl alcohol with 1 ml. of concentrated hydrochloric acid). Stir for 5 minutes, centrifuge at 3000 rpm. for 5 m.inutes and pour the supernatant into a Klett tube. Zero the optical density as read on a Klett-Summerson photoelectric colorimeter using a filter with a maximum transmission of light having a wave-length of 622.5 mmu. Refer to this reading as the blank. 4. Make-up a primary T-1824 dye solution in physiological saline (1 to 4 mg/ml for animals weighing 1 to 100 kg.). Dilute 10 ml. of the primarv solution to 100 ml. with distilled water. This serves as the secondary dye solution. 5. Add 0.2 ml. of the secondary dye solution to 1.8 ml. of plasma. De- proteinate this solution with the precipitating reagent as described in (3). Record the optical density of this dye standard solution (now diluted 100 times) as read on the colorimeter. 6. Wash the red blood corpuscles from (3) with iced, physiological saline solution 3 times and centrifuge at 3000 rpm. for 5 minutes; remove the supernatant with a suction pipette, and discard, after each washing. 7. Add isotonic P-32 solution, containing approximately 50 microcuries of activity, to the red blood corpuscles until the original volume of blood withdrawn in (1) is reached. 8. Incubate this suspension from 1 to 2 hours in a water bath at 37° C. Stir every 10 to 15 minutes widi a small, glass rod. 9. Centrifuge the suspension at 3000 rpm. for 5 minutes. Remove and discard the supernatant. Wash the labeled corpuscles 3 times with iced, physiological saline and centrifuge at 3000 rpm. for 5 minutes after each washing; discard the supernatant each time. 256 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 10. Add physiological saline solution to the washed and labeled red blood corpuscles until the original volume of blood withdrawn in (1) is reached. Stir the suspension with a small, glass rod. Dilute an ali¬ quot to a known volume with distilled water which serves as the P-32 standard solution. 11. Inject 5 ml. of the primary dye solution from (4) and 5 ml. of the labeled corpuscle supension from (10) into a jugular vein (or other vein depending on the animal). Rinse the syringe 2 or 3 times with blood before removing it from the vein. 12. Withdraw approximately 5 ml. of blood at intervals of 5, 10, and 15 minutes from the opposite (jugular) vein of that into which the injection was made. Use greased, heparinized syringes. 13. Place the withdrawn blood in graduated 15 ml. centrifuge tubes to which heparin has been added as in (1). Centrifuge each sample at 3000 rpm. for 30 minutes and record the hematocrit. 14. Remove the plasma carefully so as not to disturb the red blood cor¬ puscles with a small pipette. Precipitate the plasma proteins of a 2 ml. sample as in (3). Record the optical density of each plasma sam¬ ple as read on the colorimeter. Calculate the total plasma volume and total blood volume as shown in (18). 15. Wash the red blood corpuscles from (14) according to the procedure in (9). 16. Dilute the labeled corpuscles of each sample to volume with distilled water. 17. Count and record the activity of the P-32 standard and labeled cor¬ puscle samples, singly, using a convenient scaler with an immersion- type Geiger-Muller tube and appropriate aliquots. Calculate the total blood volume and total red cefl volume as shown in (19). 18. V. = 100 X X Vi 5 100 = the dilution factor determined in (4) and (5). Di = the optical density of the plasma standard dye solution Da — the optical density of the plasma sample dye solution Vi = the volume of the primary dye solution injected Va = the total plasma volume 1957] Blood Volume Determinations 257 * Hematocrit red corpuscle value — red corpuscle volume of hematocrit whole blood volume of hematocrit Hematocrit plasma value = ( 1 - corrected hematocrit red corpuscle value) Total blood volume = total plasma volume hematocrit plasma value 19. P-32 calculations: V, = Vx X Sx s. Si = the counts per minute of the injection dose So= the counts per minute of the blood sample Vx = the volume of the blood sample Vs = the total blood volume Red corpuscle volume = HRCV x 0.915 x c/m I. D. c/m sample HRCV = the hematocrit red corpuscle volume c/m I. D. — the counts per minute of the injection dose c/m sample = the counts per minute of the sample ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Appreciation is expressed to Dr. H. B. Sherman, Professor Emeritus, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville; Dr. Ray L. Shirley, Biochemist, and Dr. George K. Davis, Director, Nutrition Lab¬ oratory, University of Florida for their aid and critical evaluations in helping to develop this technique for blood volume determinations. Dr. F. G. Hall, Chairman of the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, N. C. kindly offered advice and comments on the paper. LITERATURE CITED Burke, J. D. 1954. Blood Volume in Mammals. Physiol. Zool. 27: 1-21. 'Chaplin and Ross (1942) and Mayerson et. al. (1948) reported that the amount of plasma trapped between the red blood cor¬ puscles of centrifuged blood is 8.5% of the plasma. Therefore, the hematocrit red corpuscle value should be corrected by multiplying by 0.915. 258 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Burke, J. D., L. R. Arrington, and G. K. Davis. 1953. Blood Volume and Molybdenum Toxicity in Rabbits. Blood, Jour. HematoL, 8: 1105-1106. Chaplin, M. A., and J. F. Ross. 1942. The Determination of the True Cell Volume by Dye Dilution, by Protein Dilution, and with Radio- Active Iron. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 137: 447-455. Dawson, A. B., H. M. Evans and G. H. Whipple. 1920. Blood Volume Studies. III. Behavior of Large Series of Dyes Introduced into the Circulating Blood. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 137: 232-256, Elliott, R. H., F. G. Hall and A. St. G. Huggett. 1934. The Blood Volume and Oxygen Capacity of the Foetal Blood in the Goat. Jour. Physiol. 80: 160-171. Gibson, J. G., and M. I. Gregersen. 1935. Toxicity of Two Vital Dyes Used in Plasma Volume Determinations. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 113: P. 50. Graff, S. and H. T. Clark. 1931. Determination of Plasma Volume. I. The Dye Method. Arch. Int. Med., 48: 808-820. Gregersen, M. I. 1944. A Practical Method for the Determination of Blood Volume with Dye T-1824. Jour. Lab. arid Clin. Med., 29: 1266-1286. Gregersen, M. I., J. J. Gibson, and E. A. Stead. 1935. Plasma Volume Determination with Dyes: Errors in Colorimetry: Use of the Blue Dye T-1824. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 113: 54-55. Gregersen, M. I. and H. Schiro. 1938. The Behavior of the Dye T-1824 with Respect to its Absorption by Red Blood Cells and its State in Blood Undergoing Coagulation. Amer. Jour. Physiol, 121: 284-292. Grehant, J. L. and E. Quinquand. 1882. Mesure du Volume de Sang Contenu dans TOrganisme d’un Mammifere Vivant. Compte rend. Acad, sci., 94: 1450-1460. Hahn, P. F., and Hevesy, G. 1940. A Method of Blood Volume Determina¬ tion. Acta Physiol. Scandinav. 1:3-10. Harris, D. T. 1920. The Value of the Vital-Red Method as a Clinical Means for the Estimation of the Volume of the Blood. Brit. Jour. Exper. Path., 1: 142-158. Hevesy, G., K. H. Koster, G. Sorensen, E. Warburg, and K. Zerahn. 1943. The Red Corpuscle Content of the Circulation Blood Determined by Labelling the Erythrocytes with Radiophosphorus. Act. Med. Scand., 116: 561-576. Blood Volume Determinations 259 1957] Hooper, H. P., H. P. Smith, A. E. Belt, and G. H. Whipple. 1920. Blood Volume Studies. I. Experimental Control of A Dye Blood Volume Method. Amer. Jour. Physiol, 51: 205-220. Keith, N. M., L. G. Rowntree, and J. T. Geraghty. 1915. A Method for the Determination of Plasma and Blood Volume. Arch. Int. Med. 16: 547-576. Kottmann, K. 1906. Ueber die Bestimmung der Blutmenge beim Men- schen und Tier unter Anwendung eines neuen Prazisionshaema- tokriten. Arch f. Exper. Path u. Pharmakol, 356-363. Lee, F. W., and Whipple, G. H. 1921. Blood Volume Studies. VI. Plas¬ ma Volume As Determined by Hemoglobin Injection. Amer. Jour. Physiol 56: 328-335. McQuarrie, L, and N. C. Davis. 1920. Blood Volume Studies. IV Blood Volume as Determined by the Change in Refractivity of the Serum Non-Protein Fraction after Injection of Certain Colloids into the Circulation. Amer. Jour. Physiol, 51: 257-278. Malassez, L. 1875. Recherches sur quelques Variations que Presente la Masse Totale du Sang. Arch, de Physiol Norm, et Path., 2: 261-280. Mayerson, H. S., C. Lyons, W. Parsons, R. T. Nieset, and W. V. Traut- man, Jr. 1948. Comparison of Results of Measurement of Red Blood Cell Volume by Direct and Indirect Technics. Amer. Jour. Physiol, 155: 232-238. Meek, W. J., and H. S. Gasser. 1918. Blood Volume. Amer. Jour. Physiol, 47: 302-317. Nachman, H. C., G. W. James, J. W. Moore and E. I. Evans. 1950. A Comparative Study of Red Cell Volumes in Human Subjects with Radioactive Phosphorus Tagged Red Cells and T-1824 Dye. Jour. Clin. Invest., 29: 258-264. Nelson, L. 1909. Uber eine Methode der Bestimmung der Gesamtblut- menge beim Tier nebst Bemerkungen die Veranderungen der letz- teren. Arch f. Exper. Path u. Pharmakol. 60: 340-344. Plesch, J. 1909. Hamodynamische Studien. Zeitschr. f. Exper. Path. u. Therap., 6: 380-389. Reeve, E. B. 1948. Methods of Estimating Plasma and Total Red Cell Volume. Nut. Abst. and Rev., 17: 811-834. 260 The Virginia Journal of Science [April SheiTington, C. S. and S. M. Copeman. 1893. Variations Eiqperimentally Produced in the Specific Gravity of the Blood. Jour. Physiol., 14: 52-96. Valentin, G. G. 1838. Versuche uber die indem thierischen Korper en- thalene Blutmenge. Kept. f. Anat. u. Physiol, 3: 281-293. Von Behring, E. A. 1911. Die Antitoxinmethode zur Blutmenge Besti- mung. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 58: 655-660. Welcker, H. 1858. Bestimmungen der menge des Korperblutes und der Blutfabekraft, so wie Bestimmungen von zahl, Maass, Oberflasche imd Volume des einzehnen Blutkorperchens bei Thieren und die Menschen. Zeitschr. f. rat. Med., 4: 145-167. Robertson, O. H. and A. V. Bock. 1919. Blood Volume in Wounded Soldiers. I. Blood Volume and Related Blood Changes after Hemor¬ rhage. Jour. Exper. Med., 29: 139-153. Schurer, J. 1911. Versuche zur Bestimmung der Blutmenge durch Injec¬ tion von artfremdem Serum. Arch. f. Exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, 66: 171-178. 1957] News and Notes 261 News And Notes (Editor s Note: News contributions should be sent to the 'person whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.) MINUTES OF THE FINANCE AND ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE MEETING Richmond, Virginia — February 20, 1958 The Finance and Endowment Committee met on February 20, 1958, at the Commonwealth Club with the following members present: Guy Horsley, Chairman Boyd Harshbarger John Forbes Robert Smart Edwin Cox Foley Smith William Guy William Wartman The chairman distributed copies of the proposed 1958 budget and a report of the estimated 1958 ineome. He pointed out that the esti¬ mated income just about equalled the 1958 budget and, as a conse- quenee, any increase in the budget would require additional income or use of reserve funds. The treasurer reported that a number of members were upgrading their memberships, most of these being from regular to contributing members. The chairman expressed the feeling that increasing business mem¬ berships was the most likely means of securing additional income. Dr. Forbes suggested that the Academy might consider having a fifty-dollar associate business membership in .addition to the regular business mem- The treasurer distributed copies of the auditor’s report of the Acad¬ emy funds for the two-year period ending December 31, 1957. The estimated cost of this report is three hundred and twenty-five dollars (no statement has been received to date). The items in the proposed budget were reviwed and the annual meeting expense was raised to seven hundred dollars. This resulted in the budget slightly exceeding the estimated income for 1958. The chairman read excerpts from a letter from Robert Brumfield, editor of the Journal, in which the steadily rising costs of printing ex- 262 The Virginia Journal of Science [April penses of the Journal were pointed out. This has resulted in the necessity of using reserve Journal funds. Edwin Cox moved that, subject to approval of Council, the chair¬ man of this committee appoint a subcommittee to raise fifteen hundred dollars during the calendar year. The motion was passed. It was agreed that Council should be informed at its next meeting of the necessity of the Academy securing additional income. W. B. Wartman, Jr. Asst. Secretary Agriculture Professor Paul M. Reaves, Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic Institute received the 1958 Honors Award of the Southern Division, A.D.S.A. at its annual meeting in Little Rock, Arkansas, Febru¬ ary 4, 1958. This award was based on Professor Reaves' outstanding con¬ tributions to the Dairy Industry of the South. The second Dairy Science Career Day was held at Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute on March 3, 1958. This is a part of student recruitment program sponsored by the Virginia Dairy Products Association, the Vir¬ ginia State Dairymen's Association, the Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Approximately 100 high school students and 35 industrial leaders who act as sponsors were in attendance. The National Institute of Health has awarded a four-year research grant to Dr. D. G. Cochran, Associate Professor of Entomology, and Dr. K. W. King, Associate Professor of Bacteriology, to study "Oxidative phosphorylation in insect muscle mitochrondia.” The grant for the first year is $7,668.00. J. A. Schad, Professor of Industrial Arts Education, served as a representative of Virginia Polytechnic Institute on a three-man commis¬ sion of the Roanoke Chamber of Commerce to study and present data on technical institutes. The report, entitled "A Technical Institute in Roanoke to Serve Western Virginia" was used as a source of information in presenting a proposal for legislative support in the 1958 session of the General Assembly. Professor of Agricultural Education, Dr. T. J. Home, is Chairman of the National Research Committee for Agricultural Education. At a re¬ cent meeting in Washington, he made a report of progress and participated in planning for an extensive research program in this field. News and Notes 263 1957] Carl J. Arnold, Associate Professor in the Department of Agricultural Economics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute has changed from full time extension work in milk marketing to full time research in Agricultural Policy with the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Dr. A. J. Walrath, Agricultural Economist with the Agricultural Research Service, is now working with the Agricultural Economics De¬ partment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute on “Adjustments in land use areas where new employment opportunities are created,” Dr. John McNeall Sieburth, Associate Professor of Bacteriology at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has just returned from a visit to the South Pole as a guest of the Argentine Navy. His trip was sponsored by the Arctic Institute of North America, the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and the Hydrographic Service of the Argentine Navy. He made micro¬ biological studies of Antartic birds to determine the incidence of diseases transmissible to man and the reasons for previous findings of bacteria free conditions in certain Antartic birds. — Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Bacteriology Dr. E. Clifford Nelson attended the meetings of the American Societx' of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene of the American Society of Para¬ sitologists in Philadelphia, October 30-November 2, 1957. Dr. Holmes T. Knighton, Professor of Dentistry and Bacteriology, attended and participated in the conference of the American Dental Association Council on Dental Therapeutics held in Chicago February 14 and 15. A paper on the “Influence of Inflammatory Reactions on Localization of Blood-Borne Bacteria” was presented by Dr. Holmes T. Knighton and Dr. George W. Burke at the meeting of the International Association for Dental Research held in Detroit, March 20-22. — P. Arne Hansen, Department of Microbiology, University of Marijland Biology A new organization “The Herpetological Society of Virginia” is being formed. All interested persons are asked to contact the Acting Secretary, Franklin Tobey, Route 2, Box 485, McLean, Virginia. Objectives of the society are (1) Scientific study of the Commonwealth’s hepetofauna; (2) Improvement in the quality of reporting occurrence of species; (3) Encourage county surveys and exchange of such verified data; (4) 264 The Virginia Journal of Science [April See Us At Virginia Academy Show — May 8-10 SPECTRACORD^ 4000 SPECTROPHOTOMETER for the ultraviolet, visible, near infrared The SPECTRACORD 4000 offers high resolution, fast operation, low scattered light. It provides performance equiva¬ lent to considerably more expensive instruments, at a price comparable to the least expensive spectrophotome¬ ters. Design features include:— • double monochromator for high resolu¬ tion with virtually no scattered light. ® linear absorbance end transmittance recording. o plug-in electronic units for fast and convenient servicing. • double and single beam operation. • large sample compartments for special cells and experimental work. The SPECTRACORD 4000 is a ver¬ satile, simple, and low-cost instrument backed by P-E’s nationwide service facilities. Your local Perkin-Elmer sales office can supply more complete in¬ formation covering your particular application. *Trade Mark irJSTRUMENT DSVISiON Peiflftin-Elixiei? Main Office: NORWALK, CONNECTiCUT News and Notes 265 1957] Broaden public understanding in the interest of conservation; (5) Aid accurate newspaper reporting of unusual finds, etc.; and, (6) Build collections for scientific and educational use. Membership dues are $1.00 per year for faculty members, staff, students, and Press, and $2.00 per year for all other gainfully employed persons. The Biology Department of the University of Virginia sponsored a rather full program of guest speakers and conferences for the winter and spring, 1958. Among the guest speakers were Dr. John Buck of the National Institutes of Health; Dr. William H. Weston of Harvard; Dr. Caroll Williams of Harvard; Dr. Tom Hall of Washington University; Dr. Nelson Spratt of International Science Foundation; and Dr. Oswald Tippo of Yale University. Dr. J. D. Burke of the University of Richmond has received a grant from the National Institutes of Health for the purchase of special equip¬ ment to continue his study of oxyhaemoglobin in fish, —Walter S. Flory, Jr., Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia Chemistry The services of Richard M. Irby, Jr., Senior Research Associate for the American Tobacco Company, have been donated to the Richmond school system on a part-time basis. Dr. Irby will teach a twenty-student class at Thomas Jefferson High School in conjunction with Miss Virginia C. Ellett, a member of the high school science faculty. The course will be on a first-year college-level basis and is part of the advanced place¬ ment program which prepares students to gain credit and advanced standing in college for work completed in high school. —Merle A. Kise, Virginia Smelting Company Engineering Professor Frank C. Vilbrandt of the Chemical Engineering Depart¬ ment of Virginia Polytechnic Institute accompanied graduate students of this department on a visit to the DuPont plant at Parkersburg, West Virginia in November. Professor Nelson F. Murphy, also in the Chemical Engineering Department at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, was co¬ author of a paper entitled “Correlation of Interfacial Tensions of Three- component Liquid Systems” which appeared in the June issue of Indus¬ trial and Engineering Chemistry. Dr. Murphy attended the Gordon Re¬ search Conference on the application of statistics to chemistry and chemi¬ cal engineering. In February, he attended the regional meeting of the American Electroplaters’ Society in Atlanta, Georgia, serving as chairman 266 The Virginia Journal of Science [April ere til PHILIP MORRIS, INC Marlboro Philip Morris Parliament Benson & Hedges Spud News and Notes 267 1957] of one session. Dr. Muiphy was one of two inventors to whom a United States patent on a method of electroplating aluminum was issued in September. Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, director of the Virginia Council for High¬ way Investigation and Research at the Universtiy of Virginia, in his capactiy of District Six Director of the American Society of Civil En¬ gineers, attended g meeting of the Pittsburg Section of this society in January. In January and February, he attended meetings of the Special Technical Advisory Panel on Performances Rating of the AASHO Road Test which were held in Washington and Chicago. Mr. James L. Eades, also of the Virginia Council For Highway Investigation and Research, attended a meeting of the Highway Research Board in Washington in January as a member of the Sub-Committee on Soil Stabilization. Engineering Dean Lawrence R. Quarjes of the University of Virginia has been appointed chairman of the Committee on Advanced Training in Engineering and Applied Science by the Virginia Council on Higher Education. Dean Quarles has announced that all negotiations have been completed for the construction of the one-megawatt nuclear reactor at the University of Virginia. The National Science Foundation awarded a grant of $150,000 for this reactor and the Atomic Energy Commission provided $19,000 for instruments for the nuclear laboratory. Professor Orvill^ R. Harris, Director of the University of Virginia Engineering Experiment Station, and Professor Otis L. Updike of the Chemical Engineering Department of the University attended the Eastern Joint Computer Conference in Washington in December. Dr. Updike was a member of the Local Arrangements Committee for this meeting and is a member of the Steering Committee of the Eastern Simulation Council which was one of the sponsors of this meeting. Professor Robert M. Hubbard of the Chemical Engineering Department of the University of Virginia attended the annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers in Chicago in December. — Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia Geology B. N. Cooper was elected Vice President of the American Associa¬ tion for the Advancement of Science and Chairman of Section E (Geology and Geography) at the meeting of the Association on Decem¬ ber 29, 1957. R. V. Dietrich's paper on “Chromian Muscovite from Baker Moun¬ tain, Virginia” appeared in The American Mineralogist, 43: (1 and 2), 268 The Virginia Journal of Science [April maintains constant bath temperature TiMPUNIT SELF-CONTAINED— controller . heater stirrer . . circulator — ALL IN ONE UNIT PNEUMATIC CONTROL— In the Tempunit, a bimetallic helical sensing element operates a unique pneumatic capsule, which receives its air supply through suction from the stirrer. A temperature indicator is attached to the end of the bimetallic helix. A differ¬ ential within +0.05°C is attained over the entire range from room temperature to 90 °C (195°P) in a 4-gallon tank with no insulation. There are no fragile glass components in this control system, and no electronic tubes to replace. Pneumatic control is inherently safe. If damage is done to the circulating system, or if overheating should occur, the controlling diaphragm collapses and the heater is switched off. CAN CIRCULATE 1 LITER PER MINUTE to external instruments such as refractometers and viscosimeters while closely controlling on uninsulated 4- gallon water bath. The 6-bladed stirrer produces the circulation. STIRRER HAS NO SUBMERGED BEARINGS: Vertical mounting of the motor reduces to a negligible value the load upon its bearings, which are oil- impregnated. The shaded pole, 1/20 -HP motor is brushless and fan-cooled. It is constructed for continuous operation of the stirrer. For 115 volts, 60 cycles AC. 1,000- WATT IMMERSION HEATER is of the tubular type wound in the shape of a helix. The stirrer rotating inside the heating coil effectively dissipates heat. A magnesium oxide coating makes the heater capable of operating at temperatures far above the range of the Tempunit. Large capacity of the heater enables rapid heating of water bath from room temperature to set point without excessive overshoot. EASILY ATTACHED TO ANY CONTAINER, small or large, by fiber-cushion¬ ed clamp. Weight of the Tempunit is only 6y4 lbs., and its overall length is only 10 inches. Case dimensions are 5V2 x 4^4 x 3^ inches. No. RE414-60 TEMPUNIT, each . - . $135.90 LkPiMB ARTHUR S.LaPlE and COl^PANY LABORATORY SUPPLIES • EQUIPMENT • REAGENT AND INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS News and Notes 269 1957] 1958. The second edition of “Virginia Minerals and Rocks” by R. V. Dietrich is now available. It was reprinted as Bulletin 122 of the Vir¬ ginia Engineering Experiment Station. James L. Calver and E. O. Gooch attended the annual meeting of the American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engi¬ neers held in New York City on February 17-20. Dr. Gooch’s paper entitled “Infolded Metasediments Near the Axial Zone of the Catoctin Mountain-Blue Ridge Anticlinorium” is to appear in the April issue of the Bulletin of the Geological Society of America. Donald C. Le Van joined the staff of the Virginia Division of Mineral Resources on December 16, 1957. He received his Bachelor’s and Mas¬ ter’s Degrees from the University of Michigan. Before joining the staff he was employed by the Pan American Petroleum Corporation. He is married and has one son. H. R. Hopkins is on educational leave from the Virginia Division of Mineral Resources and is working toward a doctorate in geology. He will return to full-time employment for the summer field season of 1958. Robert S. Wood joined the pennanent staff of the Division on August 16, 1957. He received his Bachelor’s degree from Washington and Lee Universitv and is doing graduate work at the University of Virginia. — W. D. Lowrv, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Psychology Frank W. Finger is now a representative of the American Psvchologi- cal Association on the AAAS Council. Richard H. Henneman is rep¬ resenting the Southern Society for Philosophy and Psychology on the AAAS Council. Richard H. Henneman represented the University of Virginia (in place of Dr. F. A. Geldard, departmental chairman) at a meeting of the heads of departments of psychology granting Ph. D. degrees, which was sponsored by the Southern Regional Education Board and held in Atlanta, December 1-3, 1957. L. Starling Reid has bene appointed a consulting editor of the Journal of Experimental Psychology. Frank A. Geldard has been reappointed to the Divisional Committee on Biology and Medicine of the National Science Foundation. Hollins College will introduce a co-educational Master of Arts pro¬ gram in the Fall of 1958. 270 The Virginia Journal of Science [April The following speakers are part of the Hollins College Psychology Club program for 1957-58: Fred Keller, B. J. Underwood, Michael Scriv- en, George Wischner, Carl Frost, Marvin Dunnete, Albert Canfield, Frank Geldard, Murray Sidman, Janet Taylor, and Corbett Thigpen. Current Studies in Psychology, Appleton-Century-Crofts, by F. J. McGuigan and Allen D. Calvin will appear this Spring. Dr. Cyril Mill recently resigned his position as Clinical Psychologist with the Children’s Division of the Allentown, Pennsylvania State Hos¬ pital, to accept the position of Chief Clinical Psychologist for the Virginia State Department of Mental Hygiene. He assumed his duties on Febru¬ ary 1 . On February 28 the Richmond Psychological Association co-spon¬ sored a panel program entitled "Modern Approaches to the Retarded Child.” Included in the panel was Robert Gibby, Chief Clinical Psycholog¬ ist, McGuire VA Hospital. V^illiam L. Dunn, Jr., Vice-President of the Richmond Psychological Association, served as moderator. —John K. Bare, College of William and Mary Statistics Prof. Boyd Harshbarger attended the A A AS meetings in Indianapolis where he presided over the session on the Relation between Smoking and Lung Cancer. The speaker for this occasion was Sir Ronald A. Fisher, Cambridge, England. The session was attended by over 700. Dr. Herbert A. David is now with the Department of Statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Dr. David was born in Berlin and attended schools in Dusseldorf, Germany and Sydney, Australia. He received the B.Sc. in mathematics from the University of Sydney and the Ph.D. in statistics from the University of. London, He was senior lec¬ turer at the University of Australia prior to his joining the Department of Statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic Institi^te. He has written a number of papers on mathematical and applied statistics, many of which were published in Biometrika. Dr. Rolf Bargmann joined the Depaitment of Statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in January. He was bom in Germany and received his formal education from the University of Berlin, Univer¬ sity of Hamburg, University of Chicago, and completed the requirements for the doctorate at the University of North Carolina in December 1957. Dr. Bargmann’s duties have included working as a designer of radio equipment and chemist; part-time instmctor for physics, mathematics, News and Notes 271 1957] and English at Hamburg; court intei-preter for EngHsh and German at the Nuernberg Trials; “Textbook Analyst” for the evaluation of German textbooks in mathematics, science, and foreign languages; Consultant for Educational Research; Research Assistant, Assistant Professor and Chief of Statistical Department, Hochschule fuer Internationale Paedago- gische Forschung, Frankfurt, Germany. Norbert Lloyd Enrick, Head of Statistics, Institute of Textile Tech¬ nology, Charlottesville, Virginia, attended the convention of Committee D-13 of the American Society for Testing Materials, Subcommitte B-8, to continue his work with the Task Group on Electronic Yam Imperfec¬ tion Counters; and to work further with Subcommittee B-5 in preparing an ASTM manual of statistical methods for textile technologists. —Clyde Y. Kramer, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 272 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 273 Virginia Academy of Science ro^i’o-m. OF THE Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting AT HOTEL ROANOKE ROANOKE, VIRGINIA HOSTS TO MEETING Hollins College Roanoke College Virginia Polytechnic Institute American Viscose Corporation General Electric Company Norfolk and Western Railway Company \^eterans Administration Hospital 274 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Virginia Academy of Science OFFICERS William G. Guy, President John C. Forbes, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary Foley F. Smith, Treasurer William B. Wartman, Assistant Secretary-Treasurer COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Elected Members 3yron H. Cooper (1958) VIrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) iVilliam M. Hinton (1959) Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., (1962) Ex-Officio Members Irving G. Foster (1958) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. Walter S. Flory (1959) Robert T. Brumfield Edward S. Harlow (1960) Charles F. Lane LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS Boyd Harshbarger (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), General Chairman David Rosbash (Veterans Administration Hospital) and Miss Leslie Watkins, Housing Paul M. Patterson (Hollins College) and Ralph A. Bradley (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), Meeting Rooms and Equipment Ashley Robey (Roanoke College) and Miss Leslie Watkins, Junior Academy Exhibits H. L. Holloway (Roanoke College), N. F. Murphy (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), and R. W. Engle (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), Regis¬ tration R. E. Garrett (Hollins College) and Miss Leslie Watkins, Public Information N. F. Murphy (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), J. D. Schumacher 275 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting (American Viscose Corporation, B. W. Mahoney (General Electric Company) and G. V. Downing (Leas and McVitty, Inc.), Commer¬ cial Exhibits P. R. Thomson (General Electric Company), B. M. Smith (Veterans Administration Hospital), and R. A. Craighead (Norfolk and Western Railway Company), Industrial Tours. Mrs. Ruth Painter (William Fleming High School), Mrs. Athena Burton (Roanoke College), and Dorothy D. Montgomery (Hol¬ lins College), Entertainment for Ladies HOSTS TO MEETING Hollins College Roanoke College Virginia Polytechnic Institute American Viscose Corporation General Electric Company Norfolk and Western Railway Company Veterans Administration Hospital General Program Of The 36th Annual Meeting All meetings, unless otherwise indicated, will he held at the Hotel Roanoke, Roanoke, Virginia EXHIBITORS. PEACOCK ALLEY WEDNESDAY, MAY 7 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M.— Registration for Junior Academy Members and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Colonial Room. 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. —Arrangement of Exhibits. Exhibit Room (in basement). 276 [April The Virginia Journal of Science THURSDAY, MAY 8 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. —Registration. Colonial Room. 9:00 A.M. —Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Parlor L. Meeting of Science Talent Search Judges. Parlor K. 9:30 A. M.— Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search Participants, Shenandoah Room. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. —Finalists of Talent Search Meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Parlors E, F, K, and L. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. —Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. (Encouragement of Juniors at their Exhibits.) Exhibit Room. 2:00 P.M.— Meeting of the Council. Parlor D. 4:00 P.M.— Meeting of Section Officers, Pocahontas Room. Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Committee. Parlor L. 4:30 P.M. —Meeting of Section Editors. Cavalier Room. 8:00 P.M. —Annual Academv Conference. Ballroom. FRIDAY, MAY 9 8:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. —Registration. Colonial Room. 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 277 9:00 A.M.— Section Meetings. See the detailed section programs for the time schedule of papers. Agricultural Science — Auditorium, St. Andrews School Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics — Parlor D Bacteriology — Parlor L. Biology — Shenandoah Room Chemistry — Ballroom Education — Parlor K Engineering — Parlor E Geology — Parlor F Medical Sciences — Cavalier Room Psychology — Pocahontas Room Science Teachers — Pine Room Statistics — Writing Room 12:00 Noon to 2:00 P.M.— Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. Ballroom. (See Program of Junior Academy.) 1:00 P.M. to 2:00 P.M.— Recess for Luncheon. 2:00 P.M.— Section Meetings. 4:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M.— Informal Tea and Fashion Show for Visiting Ladies. Laurel Room — Heironimus of Roanoke. 5:00 P.M. to 7:45 P.M.— Recess for Dinner. 7:45 P.M. —Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Ballroom. Welcome from Hosts to the Meeting by Boyd Harshbarger. Short Business Meeting. Election of Officers. Presentation of Presentation of the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award. Guest Speaker: Dr. Laurence H. Snvder, Dean of the Grad¬ uate College, University of Oklahoma, and Immediate Past President of the American Association for the Advance¬ ment of Science. Subject: Heredity in Human Health and Disease. The general public is invited to attend. SATURDAY, MAY 10 9:00 A. M.— Section Meetings. 10:00 A. M.— Meeting of the Council of the Academv. Parlor D. 278 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Program Of The Virginia Junior Academy Of Science All meetings will be held at the Hotel Roanoke, Roanoke, Virginia WEDNESDAY, MAY 7 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration for Junior Academy Members and participants in the Science Talent Search. Colonial Room 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Anmigement of Exhibits. Exhibit Room (basement) THURSDAY, MAY 8 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. Colonial Room 9:00 A.M. to 9:30 A.M. — Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Parlor L Meeting of Talent Search Judges. Parlor K 9:30 A.M. to 10:00 A.M. — Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search Participants. Shenandoah Room 10:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. - and 1:00 P.M. to 3:00 P.M. - Finalists of Talent Search meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Parlors E, F, K, and L 10:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. - and 1:00 P.M. to 3:00 P.M. - Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. Exhibit Room 3:00 P.M. — Business Meeting of Virginia Junior Academy of Science. Parlor L 8:00 P.M. —Discussion Hour: Junior Academy Members and Invited Scientists. FRIDAY, MAY 9 9:00 A.M. — Participation in the Senior Academy Section Meetings. 12:00 Noon to 2:00 P.M. — Virginia Academy of Science Assembly and Awards Hour. Ballroom Guest Speaker: To be announced. 1957] Program, TmRXY-SixTH Annual Meeting 279 Section Of Agricultural Science James W. Midyette, Jr., Chairman Allen H. Allison, Vice-Chairman S. S. Obenshain, Secretary C. W, Allen, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9-8:30 A.M.-AUDITORIUM, ST. ANDREWS SCHOOL 1. 8:30 Call to order by Chairman. Announcements and Committee Appointments. 2. 8:40 Available Calcium and Magnesium in Soils of Varying Texture. W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 3. 8:55 The Affect of Initial Weight and Age upon the Molybdenum Induced Rat Growth. Lynn Brinkman and R. F. Miller; Virginia Agricultural Experi¬ ment Station 4. 9:10 The Effect of Twelve Essential Elements Sprayed on Virginia Type Runner Peanuts at Flowering Stage. D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 5. 9:25 Shift in Nitrogen Metabolism during the Life of a Cell. R. R. Schmidt, R. W. Krauss, and K. W. King; Virginia Agri¬ cultural Experiment Station 6. 9:40 The Effects of Gonadotropins and other Hormones on the Various Reproductive Phenomena of the Ewe. J. W. Gossett, B. Baker, P. P. Grayson, C. S. Givens, Jr., and R. C. Carter; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 9:55 Recess 7. 10:05 The Effect of Calcium, Phosphorus, and Copper upon the Growth of the Rat. R. F. Miller; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 8. 10:20 New Crop Pests Threatening Virginia. C. R. Willey; Department of Agriculture and Immigration 9. 10:35 The Use of Tetrazolium to Evaluate the Viability of Seed Peanuts. 280 The Virginia Journal of Science [April H. L. Smith and T. G. Copeland; Virginia Department of Agriculture 10. 10:50 Regulating Fertilizer Pesticides Mixtures. Maurice B. Rowe, III; Virginia Department of Agriculture 11. 11:05 Guest Speaker: R. W. Engel, Virginia Agricultural Experment Station Subject: Higher Education in the Sciences in Virginia. 12. 11:35 Resources Needed in Virginia Agriculture in the Decade Ahead. C. W. Allen; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 11:50 Adjourn for Lunch. 13. 1:15 Use of Infra-Red for Conducting Regulatory Chemical Ana¬ lyses. Boyd L. Samuel; Virginia Department of Agriculture 14. 1:30 Guest Speaker: V. H. Young, Jr., Merck ir Co., Inc. Subject: History and Potential Use of Gibberellic Acid. 15. 2:00 Effect of Amino Acids in the Ration and Growth Pattern on Muscle Development In Swine. C. C. Brooks and H. R. Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 16. 2:15 Checking Variety Claims on Oats, Barley and Soybeans by Laboratory And Field Tests. Harry Smith, Graham Copeland, and J. W. Midyette, Jr.; Virginia Depaitment of Agriculture and Immigration 17. 2:30 The Influence of Age, Sex and Season of Birth of Calf, and Age of Cow on Preweaning Growtli Rate and Type Score of Beef Calves. T. J. Marlowe, and J. A. Gaines; Virginia Agricultural Experi¬ ment Station 2:45 Recess 18. 2:55 Use of Soil Type in Appraisal Work in Fairfax County, Virginia. C. S. Coleman; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 19. 3:10 Some Factors affecting the Optical Densitv of Acetone Ex¬ tracts of Fresh Feces. C. G. Noblitt and W. A. Hardison; Virginia Agricultural Ex¬ periment Station 281 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 20. 3:25 Cost of Packing Apples in Bushel Units as affected by Different Types of Equipment and the Scale of Operation. • Albert W. Graybill; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 21. 3:40 Effect of Lime on the Mineral Composition of Soybean Foliage. N. O. Price, W. W. Moschler, and W. Kroontje; Virginia Agri¬ cultural Experiment Station 3:45 Business Session Section of Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics E. R. Dyer, Jr., Chairman J, J. Taylor, Secretary I. G. Foster, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - PARLOR D 9:00 Announcements 1. 9:10 Design and Evaluation of a Cadmium Shield on the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Exponential Pile. A. DeVolpi and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 2. 9:25 A Versatile, Flexible Control Rod for Sub-Critical Systems. J. E. Kinzer and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 3. 9:40 A Graphite Sigma-Pile for the Measurement of Moderate Parameters. L. S. Anthony and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 4. 9:55 The Vibrations of a Loaded Cantilever. I. G. Foster; Virginia Military Institute 5. 10:10 Measurements of Compressibilities of Solidified Gases at Various Low Temperatures. John W. Stewart and Ralph I. LaRock; University of Virginia 6. 10:30 Experimental Determination of the Densities of Several Solidi¬ fied Gases at 77 °K. Ralph 1. LaRock and John W. Stewart; University of Virginia. [April 282 The Virginia Journal of Science 7. 10:45 Rolling Polygons. Robert C. Yates; College of William and Mary 8. 11:05 Colors, Magnitudes and Motions of Stars of Speetral Class R. Gordon L. Vandervort; University of Virginia (Introduced by A. N. Vyssotsky) 9. 11:20 A Search for Distant Blue Stars in High Galactic Latitudes, Charles R. Cowley; University of Virginia (Introduced by A. N. Vyssotsky) 10. 11:35 The Richmond Area Seminar for High School Mathematics Teachers. E. Sherman Grable; University of Richmond 11:50 Business Meeting 12:00—2:00 Lunch and Junior Academy Program 11. 2:00 Long-Enduring Meteor Trains and Fireball Orbits (Third Paper) . Charles P. Olivier; University of Pennsylvania 12. 2:15 An Undergraduate Laboratory Course in Nuclear Physics. Frederick R. Crownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary 13. 2:30 Some Gamma Ray Experiments for an Undergraduate Course in Nuclear Physics. E. T. Gerry and F. R. Crownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary 14. 2:45 Experiments with the Ballistics of a Rifle Bullet. S. Topp; College of William and Mary (Introduced by F. R. Crownfield ) 15. 3:00 Design and Construction of a Long Lens Beta Ray Spectro¬ meter. J. W. Little and J. F. Roach; College of William and Mary (Introduced by F. R. Crownfield, Jr.) 16. 3:15 Comments on Magnetic Thin Films. G. Wayne Clark; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research 17. 3:30 Hysteresis Loop Tracer for Magnetic Thin Films. B. W. Sloope; University of Richmond (work done at Virginia Institute for Scientific Research). 18. 3:45 Magnetic Domains of Thin Films by the Kerr Magneto-Optic Effect. 1957] 283 Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting Calvin O. Tiller; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research 19. 4:00 Coercive Force vs. Thickness for Thin Films of Nickle-Iron Calvin O. Tiller and G. Wayne Clark; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research 20. 4:15 What Should We Do about Centrifugal Force and Earth Satel¬ lites? B. W. Sloope; University of Richmond SATURDAY, MAY 10 9:00 Announcements 21. 9:05 Pharmatomity — Atoms for Peace. Mrs. Agnes K. Beall; Rutgers University (Introduced by Miss Elinor Wayne) 22. 9:25 The Quantum Theoretical Concept of Measurement. John L. McKnight; College of William and Mary 23. 9:50 Millimicrosecond Pulse Amplifiers. W. T. Joyner; Hampden-Sydney College (Introduced by T. E. Gilmer) 24. 10:05 A Relaxed Condition on the Existence Theorem for Simul¬ taneous Implicit Functions. Reuben R. McDaniel; Virginia State College 25. 10:20 A Further Study on Newton’s Interference Patterns from Coated Surfaces. H. Y. Loh; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 26. 10:35 On the Mechanical Properties of Whiskers of Hexagonal Metals. P. B. Price and M. J. Skove; University of Virginia 27. 10:50 The Effect of High Strain and Low Temperature on the Re¬ sistivity of Metal Whiskers. Herman H. Hobbs and E. P. Stillwell, Jr.; University of Virginia 28. 11:05 Photodisintegration of Light Nuclei. P. Flomnoy, R. S. Tickle, and W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia 29. 11:20 The AP( gamma, 2P) Na“ to 65 Mev. L. B. Aull and W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia 11:50 Announcements and Adjournment 284 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Section of Bacteriology Mrs. Barbara H. Caminita, President Miles E. Hench, Vice-President Quentin N. Myrvik, Secretary-Treasurer P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 11:00 A.M. ~ PARLOR L 11:00 Business Meeting 1. 2:00 Serum Bactericidin Levels for Bacillus subtilis in Human Malignancies. H. C. Alexander and Eva Soto-Figueroa; Department of Micro¬ biology y University of Virginia School of Medicine 2. 2:15 Rapid Detection of Salmonella typhosa by Fluorescent Anti¬ body Technique. Walter R. Dowdle, Charles T. Hall and P. Arne Hansen; Depaitment of Microbiology, University of Maryland 3. 2:30 Studies on Human Tissue Antigens. Gerald Goldstein and Quentin N. Myrvik; Department of Micro¬ biology, University of Virginia School of Medicine 4. 2:45 A Serological and Physiological Study of Heterofeiinentative Lactobacilli. Anne Zerschling and P. Ame Hansen; Department of Micro¬ biology, University of Maryland 5. 3:00 Lysis of Modified Erythrocytes by Nonnal Serum. H. J. Welshimer and Nancy G. Winglewish; Department of Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia 6. 3:15 Methods for Revealing Ingested Bacteria in Entamoeba histoly¬ tica, E. Clifford Nelson; Depaitment of Microbiology, Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia 7. 3:30 A Microbiological Study of Antarctic Birds. John McNeill Sieburth; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 285 Section of Biology William J. Hargis, Jr.; Chairman Bertram L. Hanna, Secretary Walter S. Flory, Jr.; Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. SHENANDOAH ROOM 1. 9:00 Compatability Relationships in the Convolvulaceae. R. J. Knight; The Blandy Experimental Farm 2. 9:15 Preliminary Studies of Cavernicolous Fungi. William W. Scott and Margaret M. Holland; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute 3. 9:30 The Saga of Virginia’s Water Lily. Agnes K. Beall and Elinor T. Wayne; Rutgers University and Madison College 4. 9:45 A Comparative Study of the Phallic Papilla of Four Genera of Crayfishes of the Family Astacidae. Thomas L. Johnson; University of Virginia 5. 10:00 Wildlife in the Pre-colonial Period. John H. Reeves; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 6. 10:15 Host Specificity and Odostomia impressa, Say. J. Frances Allen; University of Maryland 7. 10:30 General Considerations in Laboratory Animal Care. Berton F. Hill; Executive Secretary, Institute of Laboratory Animal Resources; National Academy of Sciences (by invita¬ tion) 8. 11:15 Salinity and Oxy-hemoglobin Affinity. Jack D. Burke; University of Richmond 9. 11:30 The Effect of Ultra-violet and X-radiation on the Growth of Phleum pratense roots. Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College 10. 11:45 Preliminary Studies on the Effects of Potassium Gibberellate on Growth Phases of Mosses. Paul M. Patterson; Hollins College 11. 12:00 Cytological Studies in Setcreasea purpurea Boom and S. brevi- folia (Tori'.) Rose 286 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Smritimoy Bose; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia 12. 12:15 Selection of the Large Milkweed Bug for Resistance to Insec¬ ticides. James McDonald Grayson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 13. 12:30 Seasonal Influences on Certain Features of the Anatomy of the Skin of Sheep and Goats. Lubow A. Margolena; United States Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland 12:45 Section Business Meeting 14. 2:15 Short-Teim Survival in Pen-reared Quail. Thomas H. Ripley and Russell A. Cookingham; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute 15. 2:15 Infraspecific Variations in the White Perch, Roccus americanus (Gmelin). William S. Woolcott; University of Richmond 16. 2:30 To be announced. Donald L. McKeman, Director, Bureau of Commercial Fisher¬ ies; U. S. Game and Wildlife Service (by invitation) 17. 3:15 The Exoskeleton of a Freshwater Crab as a Microhabitat for Several Invertebrates. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. and Alejandro Villalobos; University of Virginia 18. 3:30 Native Shrubs of Virginia. Arthur L. Eiser; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 19. 3:45 Grasses of Virginia. A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 20. 4:00 Studies on Evolutionary Divergence of the Floras of Southeast Asia and the Southeastern United States. Mary Jo Parrish; Mary Washington College 21. 4:15 Blood Oxygen Capacity in Frogs. Frank Leftwich; University of Richmond 22. 4:30 A Preliminary Survey of the Ciliated Protozoa from Tree Borne Mosses and Lichens in the Mountain Lake Area. Jesse C. Thompson, Jr.; Hollins College 23. 4:45 Chromosome Sequence Change and in Inversion Bridge in Rhoeo discolor. R. O. Flagg; University of Virginia 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 287 Section of Chemisty Joe C. Holmes, Chairtnan Frank A. Vingiello, Secretary Merle A. Kise, Section Editor' FRIDAY, MAY 9, - 9:00 A.M. - BALLROOM 9:00 Announcements; Introductory Remarks 1. 9:15 Neutron Diffraction Observations on the Palladium-Hydrogen and Palladium-Deuterium Systems. James E. Worsham, Jr., M. K. Wilkinson and C. G. Shull; University of Richmond, Oak Ridge National Laboratory and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology 2. 9:30 Aggregation Studies of Soybean Protein. Carl J. Likes; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research 3. 9:45 The Use of Low Voltage Mass Spectroscopy in Qualitative Analysis of Organic Compounds. Charles Varsel, Francis A. Morrell, Frank E. Resnick, and W. Allan Powell; Philip Morris, Inc., and the University of Rich¬ mond 4. 10:00 The Use of Infrared Spectrophotometry in the Analysis of Piperazine Salts. William R. Maynard, Jr.; Division of Chemistry and Foods, Virginia Department of Agriculture 5. 10:15 A Rapid Spectrophotometric Determining of Total Alkaloids in Tobacco Smoke. Charlotte Haynes and Sylvester Pleasants; Philip Morris, Inc. 10:30 Recess 6. 10:45 Spectrochemical Determination of Certain Trace Elements in Human Plasma and Red Cells. Leonel M. Paixao and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬ oratory, Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia 7. 11:00 Spectrophotometric Determination of Chromium in Human Plasma And Red Cells. Dwight O. Miller; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, Depart¬ ment of Chemistry, University of Virginia 288 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 8. 11:15 Some Derivatives of Dithiooxamide as Reagents for the Simultaneous Spectrophotometric Determination of Traces of Cobalt, Nickel and Copper. William D. Jacobs; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, Depart¬ ment of Chemistry, University of Virginia 9. 11:30 Spectrophotometric Determination of Aluminum with Quini- zarin -2,3-Disulfonic Acid Na-Salt. E. Guy, Owens, II and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬ oratory, Depaitment of Chemistry, University of Virginia 10. 11:45 Spectrophotometric Determination of Uranium with 3- (2- Arsonophenzlazo) -4,5-Dihydroxy — 2, 7- Naphth-alenedisulfonic Acid (Trisodium Salt). H. Perry Holcomb and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬ oratory, Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia 12:00 Business Meeting 11. 2:00 Reaction of Ethylene Oxide with Histidine, Methionine and Nicotinic Acid. H. G. Windmueller and C. J. Ackerman; Department of Bio¬ chemistry and Nutrition, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 12. 2:15 Imide and Hydrazide Plant Hormones. Lowell V. Heisey; Department of Chemistry, Bridgewater Col- lege 13. 2:30 Aromatic Cyclodehydration on Sohd Surfaces. Frank A. Vingiello and Martin Sprangler; Department of Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 14. 2:45 Preparation of Some Cyclic Sulfones from 1,3-Pentadiene. Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney; Department of Chemist¬ ry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 15. 3:00 Physical Properties of Systems of Toluene and Water Con¬ taining Glycol Ethers. Newton C. Landis and Nelson F. Murphy; Department of Chemical Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 16. 3:15 Kinetics of the Acid Catalyzed Cyclization of o-Benzylbenzo- phenone in Acetic Acid- Water Mixtures. L. K. Brice, Jr. and R. D. Katstra; Department of Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 17. 3:30 The Acid Catalyzed Depolymerization of Trioxane in Concen¬ trated Hydrochloric Acid Solutions. Salt Effects and Correia- 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 289 tion with Ho. L. K. Brice, Jr. and L. P. Lindsay; Department of Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 18. 3:45 The Heat of Sublimation of Boron and the Gaseous Species of the Boron-Boric Oxide System. Alan W. Searcy and Clifford E. Myers; Department of Chem¬ istry, Lynchburg College 19. 4:00 Surface Rearrangements Produced on a Copper Monocrystal by the Catalytic Reaction of Hydrogen and Oxygen. Richard Y. Meelheim; Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia. 20. 4:15 Corrosion Inhibition and Activation of Iron and other Metals by Metallic Cations in Fruit and Mineral Acids. Roger Buck; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research 21. 4:30 An Unusual Elbs — Type Reaction Observed during a Study of the Cyclization of Ketones. Frank A. Vingiello, Alexej Borkovec and Walter Zajac, Jr., Department of Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Section of Education Evan G. Pattishall, Chairman Charles Turner, Secretary James B. Patton, Jr.; Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - PARLOR K 1. 8:30 Registration 2. 9:00 The Conservation Knowledge of Virginia School Pupils. Robert H. Giles, Jr.; Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries 3. 9:25 Some Characteristics of Youth Enrolled in an Institution for the Hard of Hearing. Alonzo M. Myster; Virginia State College 4. 9:50 Validation of the Wert-Myster Farming Attitude Scale in a Group of High School Pupils in Virginia. Alonzo M. Myster; Virginia State College [April 290 The Virginia Journal of Science 5. 10:15 Recess 6. 10:30 Development of Interests in Elementary School as Studied by a Pictorial Interest Schedule. Shelva Dove and George W. Kent; Bridgewater College 7. 10:55 The Prediction of Academic Achievement in College by a Motivation Index. Norman Rebert and George W. Kent; Bridgewater College 8. 11:20 A Word-Color Association Test. Harry S. Beck; University of Virginia 9. 11:45 The Application of Operations Research to Educational Problems. John M. Long; University of Virginia 10. 12:10 What Becomes of Boys Who Study Vocational Agriculture in the High School? H. W. Sanders; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 11. 12:35 The Human Governor: Cybernetics and Communication Theory. David Redfield; University of Virginia 12. 1:00 Business Meeting and Election of Officers 13. 1:30 Adjournment Section of Engineering Otis L. Updike, Jr.; Chairman Arthur C. Bruce, Secretary Robert M. Hubbard, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9-9:10 A.M. - PARLOR E 1. 9:10 Aerodynamic Characteristics of a Hemisphere in Newtonian Flow. E. Brian Pritchard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 2. 9:30 Characteristics of Complete Aircraft Configurations at Hyper¬ sonic Speeds. Robert W. Truitt and William Grossmann; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 3. 9:50 Minimum-Dray Configurations at Hypersonic Speeds. 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 291 Robert W. Tmitt and Thomas H. Thornton, Virginia Polytech¬ nic Institute 4. 10:10 Longitudinal Stability Derivatives of Missile-Shaped Bodies at Hypersonic Speeds. Robert H. Tolson and James B. Eades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 5. 10:30 Some Aspects of Magnetohydrodynamics. Robert W. Truitt and Richard D. Wagner; Virginia Polytech¬ nic Institute 6. 10:50 Aeronautical Applications of Magnetohydrodynamics. Robert W. Truitt and Norris E. Mitchell; Virginia Polytechnic Institute ^ ^ 7. 11; 10 The Effect of Heat Insulation on the Internal Cooling Require¬ ments of High Speed Vehicles. - John N. Perkins; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 8. 11:30 Joining Aluminum with High Zinc Solders by Abrasion. O. R. Singleton, Jr.; Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Reyn¬ olds Metal Company, Richmond, Virginia. ^ 12:00 Presentation of Engineering Award at the meeting of the Junior Academy of Science. 9. 2:00 Drag Reduction by Blunting. Robert W. Truitt and Clairborne R. Hicks; Virginia Polytech¬ nic Institute 10. 2:20 A Correlation for Drag Coefficient at Transonic Speeds — Axially Symmetric Flow. James B. Eades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 11. 2:40 A Comparison of the Rate of Heat Transfer through Flat ' Plates and Cylindrical Shells. Samuel C. Wilson and John N. Perkins; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 12. 3:00 Minimum-Drag Bodies in the Superaerodynamic Region. Robert W. Truitt and C. Howard Robins; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 13. 3:20 Artificial Satellite Spiral Descent Mechanics. James T. McDaniel and A. C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute 14. 3:40 Vehicle Mechanics in an Earth-Moon Gravity Field. 292 The Virginia Journal of Science [April John W. Bames and A. C, Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute 15. 4:00 Escape Trajectory for a Vehicle in the Earth-Moon Gravity Field. Lester W. Roane and A. C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute 16. 4:20 Engineering Exhibits. Presented by Members of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science. 5:20 Business Meeting and Election of Officers, SATURDAY, MAY 10 - 9:00 A.M. 17. 9:00 Decolorization of Caustic Wash Liquors From Chlorine-Bleach¬ ed, Sulfate Wood Pulp. Peter W. Ruggieri, Jr. and N. F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 18. 9:15 Overall Mass Transfer Coefficients for a Homologous Series of Poly-Glyco lEthers between Toluene and Water. Robert H. Pusey and N. F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute 19. 9:30 Studied in Absorption using Molecular Sieves. C. R. Price, P. H. Terry and F. W. Bull; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 20. 9:45 A Continuous Countercurrent Absorber for Instructional Purposes. S. A. Burnette, J. S. Chowning and F. W. Bull; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 21. 10:10 Evaluation of Factors Affecting the Extraction Efficiency of an Experimental Pulse, Liquid-Liquid Extractor. D. L. Merrill, R. M. McEachem, R. E. Wood and F. W. Bull; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 22. 10:15 True Averaging, Non-Saturating Electro-Pneumatic Conversion. Walter P. Walker and Henry R. Blane; University of Virginia Engineering Experiment Station 23. 10:30 Research on Focusers for Molecular Oscillators. Kenneth L. Haynes, R. L. Ramsey and O. R. Harris; Univer¬ sity of Virginia Engineering Experiment Station 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 293 24. 10:50 Evaluation of High Temperature Antioxidants. Dennis M. Frame and James W. Cole, Jr.; University of Vir¬ ginia 25. 11:10 Application of Analog Computing Equipment to Extraction Calculations. Patricio Castro and Otis L. Updike; University of Virginia 26. 11:30 Mechanisms of the Low Pressure Polymerization for Ethylene to Polyethylene. Y. K. Pan and Frank C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute 27. 11:40 The Separation of a Hydrogen-Carbon Dioxide Mixture by Gaseous Diffusion. Russell A. Primrose and Frank C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute 28. 11:55 Mechanisms by which Ultrasonics Energy Affects Transfer Rates in Liquid-Liquid Extraction. Hughey A. Woodle and Frank C. Vilbrandt; E. 1. du Pont de Nemours and Company and Virginia Polytechnic Institute Section of Geology R. V. Dietrich, Chairman J. T. Hack, Vice-Chairman R. S. Mitchell, Secretary W. D. Lowry, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - PARLOR F 9:00 Announcements 1. 9:10 What is “Basement Complex” in Virginia? C. E. Sears; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 2. 9:30 Silurian of Virginia: A Review. C. G. Tillman; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 3. 9:50 The Geomorphic Significance of Residual and Alluvial Deposits in the Shenandoah Valley, Virginia. J. T. Hack; United States Geological Survey 4. 10:10 A Further Discussion of the Saltville Fault in Smyth and 294 The Virginia Journal of Science [ April Washington Counties, Virginia. W. A. Nelson; University of Virginia 5. 10:25 A Stiatigraphic and Petrographic Study of the Acid Lava Flow in the jiasal Unicoi from Rockfish Gap to Swift Run Gap. R. G. Roane and W. C. Sherwood; University of Virginia 6. 10:40 A Petrographic Analysis of the Mosheim Formation at Stras- burg, Virginia. W. C. Sherwood; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research 7. 10:55 Pre-Middle Ordovician Channels in the Knox near Meadow- view, Virginia. L. P. Harris; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 8. 11:10 Mineial Occurrences and Associations m the Albemarle Crush¬ ed Stone Quarry (Catoctin Formation) near Shadwell, Virginia. W. F. Giannini and W. K. Rector, Jr.; University of Virginia 9. 11:25 Remarks on a Carbonate-Derived Gossan near Stony Point, Virginia. J. F. Tazelaar; University of Virginia 10. 11:40 Mineral Transformations in Sediments of the Rappahannock Estuary, Virginia. B. W. Nelson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 12:00 Recess 11. 2:00 Program of the Division of Mineral Resources. J. L, Galver; Division of Mineral Resources 12. 2:10 Some Worthies in Geology. J. K. Roberts; University of Virginia 13. 2:30 Symposium on Silica. Introduction. R. V. Dietrich; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 14. 2:40 The Use of Silica Sand for Providing Skid Resistance to Highway Surfaces. J. L. Fades; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research 15. 3:00 Implications of Smoky Phantoms in Rock Crystal Quartz neai Craigs ville, Virginia. Whitman Cross, H and R. K. Peare; University of Virginia 16. 3:20 Conjugate Quartz Veins in the Lynchburg Gneiss near Fanc\ 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 295 Gap, Carroll County, Virginia. B. H. Richard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 17. 3:40 Cementation of Quartzose Sandstones of Virginia. W. D. Lowry; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 18. 4:00 Chert 'Pebbles in a Basal Unicoi Conglomerate. R. V. Dietrich; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 4:20 Business Meeting Section of Medical Science FRIDAY, MAY 9, - 10:00 A.M. - CAVALIER ROOM Cornelia Hoch-Ligeti, Chairman Robert H. Brownson, Secretary W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Section Editor 1. 10:00 A Method for the Standardized Production of Irreversible Shock Following Hemrorhagic Hypotension in the Cat. Eugene D. Brand; University of Virginia 2. 10:15 A Relationship between Molecular Structure and Stimulation of Muscle Metabolism. D. R. H. Gourley; University of Virginia School of Medicine 3. 10:30 The Growth of Thyroidectomized Rats given 3,3’,5-triiodothy¬ ronine. C. L. Gemmill; University of Virginia School of Medicine 4. 10:45 Studies on the Effects of Scurvy and Inanition on the Male Reproductive Tract. L. F. Cavazos; Medical College of Virginia 5. 11:00 Some Effects of X-irradiation on the Guinea Pig Brain with Reference to the Age Factor. R. H. Brownson; Medical College of Virginia 6. 11:15 Motion Pictures of Changes in Cells Induced by X-Ray Treat¬ ments of Tadpoles and Tetrahymenae. Carl C. Spiedel; University of Virginia School of Medicine. 11:30 Business meeting. 7. 1:30 Tissue Cultures from Human Adult Bronchial Epithelium. Cornelia Hoch-Ligeti, University of Virginia School of Medicine 296 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 8. 1:45 Effects of Amphenone Administration on the Adrenal Response of Rats to Alcohol Intoxication. J. C. Forbes and G. M. Duncan; Medical College of Virginia 9. 2:00 A “New” Agglutinin against Stored Erythrocytes. Cecil Hougie; University of Virginia School of Medicine 10. 2:15 Effect of Temperature on Secretory Activity and Oxygen Con¬ sumption of Isolated Frog Skin. Ernst G. Huf and Norma S. Doss; Medical College of Virginia 11. 2:30 A Cell for Osmosis and Diffusion Studies of Isolated Secretory Membranes. Addison D. Campbell, Thomas E. Gilmer and Ernst G. Huf; University of Richmond, Experiment Incroporated, and Medical College of Virginia 12. 2:45 An Apparatus for the Study of Isolated Secretory Membranes of Automatically Controlled Membrane Potentials. Thomas E. Gilmer, Addison D. Campbell and Ernst G. Huf; Experiment Incorporated, University of Richmond, and Medical College of Virginia 13. 3:00 Metabolic Studies on Isolated Epithelium of Frog Skin. Leif Skjelkvale, Kathiyn Nieder and Ernst G. Huf; Medical College of Virginia 14. 3:15 Ion Activities with Presence of Kidney Bries. Sidney Solomon; Medical College of Virginia Section of Psychology Noble R. McEwen, Chairman William E. Hams, Executive Committeeman Penelope Lewis, Secretary-Treasurer John K. Bare, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9 - 10:15 A.M. - POCAHONTAS ROOM 1. 10:15 Analysis of Variables Affecting Tracking Performance. Harold S. Schaus, Jr.; University of Virginia 2. 10:30 A Follow-up Study of School Related Referrals. Roberta Kiefer Simmons; Norfolk Mental Hygiene Center 1957] 3. 10:45 4. 11:00 5. 1:30 6. 1:45 7. 2:00 8. 2:15 9. 2:30 10. 2:45 11. 3:00 12. 4:15 Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 297 Variations of Whole-Part Methods of Learning and Experi¬ menters. F. J. McGuigan; Hollins College Panel Discussion: The Improvement of the Teaching of Psy¬ chology. Moderator; Frank W. Finger; University of Virginia Cutaneous Electrical Delta I. Glenn R. Hawkes; University of Virginia Cutaneous Frequency Discrimination. Genevieve D. Goff; University of Virginia The Selection of Scientific Talent. Antonia B. Morgan; Aptitudes Associates, Inc. Stimulation of Discomfort and Relief in Written Documents. Dell Lebo and William Applegate; Richmond Professional Institute. The Control of Olfactory Stimuli. William R. Goff; University of Virginia Intermission Symposium: Achievement Imagery as Measured by the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test. Chairman: Robert A. Johnson; Chairman: Robert A. Johnson; University of Richmond A Further Investigation of the Effects of Achievement Imag¬ ery and Instructions on Maze Learning Performance. Ann Hunter; University of Richmond A Psycholinguistic Analysis of Speech Behavior in Groups Dif¬ fering in Achievement Imagery. Rudolph F. Wagner; Richmond Public Schools; and John E. Williams; University of Richmond Achievement Imagery and A. G. E. Scores as Predictors of Grades in General Psychology. John E. Williams; University of Richmond Moderator: Stanley B. Williams; College of William and Mary Business Meeting: Virginia Psychological Association. William J. Morgan; President Gilbert J. Rich; Vice-President Cora Lynn Goldsborough; Secretary Jacob Silverberg; Treasurer 298 13. 6:00 14. 9:15 15. 9:30 16. 9:45 17. 10:00 18. 10:25 19. 10:35 20. 10:45 21. 11:00 21. 11:15 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Virginia Psychological Association Dinner at Toby’s Lodge. Address: Current Legislature Problems for Psychologists. Speaker: Thomas W. Magoon; University of Maryland Dr. Magoon is President-elect of the Maryland Psychological Association and Co-chairman of the Legislative Committee of the Conference of State Psychological Associations. Transportation to Toby’s Lodge will be provided. Members of the Section of Psychology are cordially invited to attend the dinner. SATURDAY, MAY 10 - 9:15 A.M. Pupillary Dilation to Spectral Stimuli. Robert H. Gibson; University of Virginia The Influence of Water Deprivation and Saline Injection Upon Thirst Behavior. James F. Campbell, Jr.; University of Virginia The Parental-Pathogens Test. Harold E. Paine; Memorial Guidance Clinic A Question: Who Should be the Patient? A. W. Jeffreys, Jr.; Western State Hospital Intermission A Repetition of tlie Miller Experiment on Acquired Fear. Raymond Kirby; College of William and Mary An Investigation of Taste Variables. John B. Feallock; University of Virginia Deprivation and the Day-night Cycle as Determiners of Food Intake. George Cicala; College of William and Mary Business Meeting: Section of Psychology. Noble R. McEwen, Chairman 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 299 Section of Science Teachers Vera B. Remsbiirg, Chairman Mae Jennings, Chairman-elect A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., Secretary Caroline Gambrill, Section Editor THURSDAY, MAY 8, 1:00 P.M. - PINE ROOM 1. 1:00 Present Status of Secondary Science in Virginia. Mr. Franklin D. Kizer — Assistant Supervisor of Secondary Education 2. 1:30 An Experiment in Science Education. Mary E. Kapp; Richmond Professional Institute 3. 2:00 Symposium on Quantitative Measurements in the Teaching of Science at All Levels. Moderator: James W. Cole, Jr.; Director Academic Year In¬ stitute, Members of the staffs of various science departments and participating teachers from the national Science Founda¬ tion Academic Year Institute of the University of Virginia will outline briefly some of the problems and present demonstra¬ tions of basic measurements in the fields of biology, chemistry, earth sciences and physics. Discussions of the topics will be from the viewpoint of classroom teachers. 4. 1:00 Teaching Materials. Booth 7. Demonstrator: A. B. Niemeyer Section of Statistics N. L. Enrick, Chairman J. W. Griswold, Vice-Chairman R, A. Bradley, Secretary C. Y. Kramer, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 9-9:00 A.M. - WRITING ROOM 1. 9:00 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman. 300 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 2. 9:05 Combined Inter-and Intra-Block Analysis for Factorials in Incomplete Block Designs. R. E. Walpole; Roanoke College 3. 9:30 The Use of Response Surface Analysis on Biological Material. D. C. Hurst; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 4. 9:55 Triangle, Duo-Trio, and Difference from Control Tests in Taste Testing. R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 10:20 Intermission. Session on Industrial Statistics 5. 10:30 Introduction to Statistical Sampling Inspection. G. F. White, Jr.; Reynolds Metal Co. 6. 10:55 Application of Variance-Length Curves in Product Quality Analysis. William D. Hicks; Fieldcrest Mills, Leaksville, N. C. 7. 11:20 Methodology for the Improvement and Analysis of Unsatisfac¬ tory Condition Data on a Complex Automatic Electro-Mechan¬ ical System. James R. Duffett; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 8. 2:00 Analysis and Reduction of Variations in the Processing Plant. N. L. Enrick; Institute of Textile Technology 9. 2:30 Application of Linear Programming to Dope Metering Pump Replacement. J. W. Cowdery; Celanese Corporation of America 10. 3:00 Business Meeting. 11. 3:30 Errors Associated with Process Adjustments. J. Edward Jackson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and R. A. Freund and W. G. Howe; Eastman Kodak Co. 12. 4:00 A Designed Experiment to Evaluate Seven Yarn Lubricants. H. M. Hill; Tennessee Eastman Co. SATURDAY, MAY 10-9:00 A.M. 13. 9:00 Analysis of Variance of a Randomized Block Design with Missing Observations. W. A. Glenn and C. Y. Kramer; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 14. 9:25 Analysis of Variance of a Latin Square Design with Missing Observations. 1957] Program, Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting 301 Susan Glass; Roanoke College and C. Y. Kramer; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 15. 9:40 Significance Tests in Paired Comparisons. T. H. Starks and H. A. David; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 10:05 Intermission. 16. 10:15 Generalized Distributions and the Problem of Confidence State¬ ments in Multivariate Analysis. Rolf Bargmann; Virginia Polytechnic Institute 17. 10:40 Some Probability Theory of Tests of Varied Components. C. W. Clunies-Ross; Virginia Polytechnic Institute If The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single Bnumber, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof iis returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed ito Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, land communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The ^Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors i: ^ Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub- lish^ on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. I Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard ^ 8%” X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited ’ to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain f^Hhem at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total a number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 8300. The result is the r* approximate number of printed pages in the Journal. ^ Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be y held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the ’ reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example: "Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the .. bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940; 186)”, or “Sniffen , (1940) states that . . .” Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures i, should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing , through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated f by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not ; exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x ' 11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo- »' graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo- & graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a tsrpewriter), or which are sub- :f mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. V Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. I i OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE I William G. Guy, President I John G. Forbes, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary g Foley F. Smith, Treasurer I William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer. I COUNCIL % (Board of Trustees) Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Gooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs (1962) Robert T. Brumfield ■ William Hinton (1959) Irving G. Foster (1958) Gharles F. Lane Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory (1959) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. THE VIRGINIA OURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE No. 3 VoL. 9, New Series July, 1958 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia CONTENTS Pages The Comparison of The Sensitivities of Similar Experiments. — D. E. Schumann and R. A. Bradley . 303 Tetrahymena rostrata as a Facultative Parasite in The Grey Garden Slug. — Jesse C. Thompson, Jr . 315 The Ovule and Embryo Sac of Galax Aphylla. — Philip E. Graef . 319 Some Cmious Analogies in Explorers’ Preconceptions of Virginia. — Gary S. Dunbar . 323 News and Notes . 327 EDITORIAL BOARD Robert T. Brumfield, Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager Section Editors P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr. P. Y. Kramer Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 per vol¬ ume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va. Carl W. Allen Irving G. Foster Walter S. Flory, Jr. Merle A. Kise Robert M. Hubbard W. D. Lowry John K. Bare Caroline Gambrill Mailed August 5, 1958 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VoL. 9, New Series July, 1958 No. 3 The Comparison of the Sensitivities of Similar Experiments' D. E. W. Schumann^ and R. A. Bradley VIRGINIA AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION of the VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE Blacksburg, Virginia INTRODUCTION In the subjective testing of foodstuffs no natural unit of measurement is available and it is common practice to use ranking methods or to con¬ struct a scoring^scale on which the flavor and quality of food items are “measured” through the opinions of judges. The problem of comparing the sensitivities of such taste panel experiments that have been based on different scoring techniques or have been conducted by different judges is then raised. Cochran (1943) discussed the problem of comparing different scales of measurement in a paper in which he confined his attention to the case in which all scales measure the same experiment. Assuming that analysis of variance techniques were applicable, he observed that a comparison of the sensitivities of two scales should depend both on the experimental errors associated with them and on the magnitudes of the treatment effects in the scales. Hence it was suggested that a comparison of scales should depend on a test of significance of the hypothesis that the para¬ meters of two noncentral variance ratios were equal. Generalizing Coch¬ ran’s concept of comparing scales of measurement, Schumann and Brad¬ ley (1957 a,b) have developed means of comparing the sensitivities of two identically designed independent experiments. In this paper we give the principal results obtained in the development of the theory and con¬ sider tests of significance with applications in various fields of research indicated. 1. A resume of original papers published in Annals of Mathematical Statistics 28(4), 1957 and Biometrics 13(4), 1957 but with a new example. 2. Now with the Department of Statistics, Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch, South Africa. Editor»s Note: For this research, D. E. W. Schumann and R. A. Bradley were awarded the J. Shelton Horsley Award at the Thirty-fifth Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science. It is published here upon the recjuest of the editors. SMJTHSONiAN . . institution AUG 2 ? igas 304 The Virginia Journal of Science I July FORMULATION OF THE PROBLEM Let F’ be a noncentral variance ratio with 2a and 2b degrees of freedom (a and b being integers or half -integers ) and parameter of non¬ centrality A . If > _ 2a F' then n’ has the density function f (u’ ; a, b, X ) = ^ ^ - (l + u)« + ‘>B(a,b) iFl (a + b, a; (1) (2) for 0 < u' < oo , where B represents the beta function and r. / L x 1 . a X a (a-l-1 ) x , ^Fx (a, b; x) = 1 + -• Yj + • -r + b(b + l) 2! is the confluent hypergeometric friction. In the usual additive analysis , t 2 of variance model with “fixed” parameters (Model I), A where 2a2i^l > k is the number of observations in each treatment mean, r- is the effect of t the ith of t treatments such that X = 0 and is the population error variance. It is obvious that the parameter A is dependent on both the experimental errors and the magnitudes of the treatment effects. When A ~ 0, (2) becomes the density of _ 2aF “ 2b (3) where F is the usual central F-statistic based on 2a and 2b degrees of freedom. Then f(u; a, b,0) = f(u, a, b ) = ua "• I (l+u)a + bB(a, b) (4) for 0 < u < oo . Now consider two similar experiments, that is, experiments with F- statistics (or F’-statistics) for treatment comparisons based on the same degrees of freedom, say 2a and 2b, and assume the experiments to be independent. The independent statistics and ^2 , as defined above, are then taken to be the appropriate statistics on which to base comparisons of the sensitivities of two scales or experimental techniques. We consider their ratio, say w' = uj / ^2 . The null hypothesis of equal sensitivities 1958] Sensitivities of Experiments 305 will then be equivalent to the hypothesis thatX^ = ^2 ^ (i = 1, 2) is the number of observations in each treatment mean of experiment i and A. is the corresponding parameter of noncentrality. In this paper we will consider only the distribution of w’ when and arise from two identical experiments i.e. experiments having ~ ^2 * hypothesis of equal sensitivities will then be that ~ ^2 * tensions to more general situations have been studied, further work has to be done to prove the accuracy and usefulness of some of the tests of hypotheses suggested for situations where the experiments are not identical or similar. We shall also indicate how the method for the comparison of the sensitivities of experiments may be used to compare two population mul¬ tiple correlation coefficients whose sampling distributions are based on regression models. DISTRIBUTION THEORY Given similar experiments in which and both with 2a and 2b degrees of freedom, are independent, the marginal distribution of w* = ui / U2 can be obtained from the joint distribution of and distribution of w* is^ g(w’; a,b,X ,\ ) = e ^ --^2 22 ^ ^ r s ^1 ^2 (w^) _ _ r! s! B(a-f-r,b) B(a-i-s,b) eH(w’ ;a,b,r,s) , 0 < w* < oo , where H ( w* ; a, b, r, s ) = H (w* ) =(w*-l) (2a + 2b+r + s- l) (x-l)2a + r + s-q^,_^^2b-l 1 ^a+b+r Now H(w’) may be written in terms of hypergeometric functions: (5) 3. r and s take all integral values 0, 1> 2i oo unless otherwise specified. 306 The Virginia Journal of Science [July H(w*) = B(2a + r + s, 2b).2F]^ (a + b + r, 2a + r + s, 2a + 2b + r + s; 1-w* ) for 0 1 . In general g(w’) is a unimodal distribution with mode between 0 and 1 and median at 1. Furthermore, g(w*;a, b,A) = g (i, ; a, b, A) . The w kth moment about zero is given by v ’ ^ „-2A r(b + k) r(b-k) + ^ B(a + k + r,a-k + s) [r(b)]^ s! B(a + r,a + s) which is defined for. a, b > k only. On account of the complex nature of the density function of w', a tabulation of the distribution is very nearly impossible wtih ordinary computing facilities. Even with A^ = A2 ? a three-parameter classification at each specified level of significance is required. An approximation to the density function was accordingly proposed based on the work of Patnaik (1949). Patnaik essentially approximated the distribution of F’ with parameter A and 2a and 2b degrees of freedom by a distribution of with 2a’ and 2b degrees of freedom, where c = — ^ , a’ = ^ ^ ^ ^ a a+2A and F has the distribution of a central variance ratio. Following Patnaik s F. u. method, we approximate Ff (i = 1,2) by — 1 or u- by-pf where u? and 1 cj “1 1 u- are defined in (1) and (3) respectively. When we have similar ex- 1958] Sensitivities of Experiments 307 periments and A = A - A , the ratio w* = u’ / u’ is approximated by w = u/u^ with 2a* = ^ ^ ^ and 2b degrees of freedom (the 1 2 a+2X equivalent scale factors c cancel when the ratio is considered). For the distribution of w, we have A = A =0 and the density 1 2 function of w which approximates (6) can quite easily be obtained by setting A = 0 and writing a’ for a in (6). This gives g(w; a* ,b) ^ 1 H ( w; a* , b ) [B(a’,b)]' 0 < w < (7) where H(w;ahb) = H(w) OO j r, -(a’+b) [(1+wy) (1+y )] jy _ In general the lower moments of the densitv functions (6) and (7) tend to equality for large degrees of freedom, that is, large a’ and b. The distribution function of w’. G(i w ;;a,b,X)= J g(w* ;a,b,A) dw, may be approximated by the distribution function w ^ O OO G(w ;a’,b)= g(w;a*,b)dw = _ ^ f * "* J [B(a-,b)]=J^ (1+y) -(a’+b) (1+w^y ) [ j_ _ (b-1 )wpy ( a ’ + 1 ) ( 1 + w^Y ) ]dy Wl ih a’= "1"^ ^ 2 A ) dire suitability of tliis approximation 308 The Virginia }ournal of Science IJuly was determined on the basis of comparing a limited number of values ! of G(wQ;a,b, A.) and G(w^;a',b). i Tables of values of for which G(wQ;a,b) = 0.95 were prepared j and were published by Schumann and Bradley (1957a). Additional tables are in preparation. The tables are essentially triangular since it is i known that G(’w^;a,b) = G(wo;b,a). TESTS OF HYPOTHESES ON SENSITIVITY ' In the comparison of the sensitivities of identical experiments we shall be interested in a test of the null hypothesis = ^2 against (i) a two-sided alternative ^ one-sided alternative ^ ^2 The test statistic is w’ = u’^ /u^ ~ F ^ / F 2 F ^ and F ^ being independent noncentral variance ratios with parameters X-^ and A2 respectively and both with 2a and 2b degrees of freedom. The test procedure is for (i) to reject with significance level 2^z, when w’ >w’(a) or JL >w’(a) and for (ii) to reject with significance level a when w * > w ^ ( a ) . The other one-sided al¬ ternative Ha ^ M is included under (ii) bv interchange of defini¬ tions of Fj and F 2 * cited table is used to obtain approximations of w ^ ( a ) for a = 0.05. We compute a’ using a and an estimate of A and interpolate (linearlv) in the table to obtain the value of that can be used as an approximation to (0.05). It is apparent that A enters into the calculations as a nuisance par¬ ameter. Fortunately (a) is not greatly affected by variations in A and consequently it should have little effect in applications if we enter the tables using a value of A somewhat different from its true ( unknown ) value. It is satisfactory to take A as the average of A]^ and A2 ? which may be found through equating well known expectations of mean sc{uares 1958] Sensitivities of Experiments 309 to observed mean squares in the analysis of variance for the two identical experiments. The basic steps in a test of hypothesis on sensitivity can be sum¬ marized as follows 1. Do analyses of variance for both experiments yielding F’-sta- tistics valid for treatment comparisons, each with 2a and 2b degi'ees of freedom. 2. Estimate and A2 pertaining to the two experiments and A 1 A A . A take A = 2 ( A2 )as an estimate of A , where Aj ( i = 1, 2 ) is the estimate of A Aj . In Model I of the analysis of variance we take Aj = 1 -1 ^2 where s2 and s2 are respectively the mean squares for treatment and error of experiment i. A 3. Formulate the null hypothesis : A]^ = A2 = A and use A for the unspecified A in subsequent calculations. 4. Decide on the significance level a to be used. (At present we are limited to a == 0.05 since that table is the only one yet available to readers of this paper. A 2 5. Calculate w * = F i / F ^ and a * = using A obtained ^ ^ a + 2 A in Step 2. 6. Enter the table with a’ for a and with b and obtain Wq(0.05) by using linear interpolation. Compare w’ with (0.05) and accept or reject in accordance with the procedure explained above with Wq (0.05) substituted for (0.05). AN ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE As a numerical example, we consider data obtained by Kauman, Gottstein, and Lantican (1956) relating to an experiment in which sub¬ jective quality evaluations of twenty sheets of dried veneer were made 310 The Virginia Journal of Science using two methods and three judges. Two schemes were used to evaluate quality of sheets of veneer and they were designated as numerical and subjective although both were considerably subjective. In the numerical scheme, various types of degrade were listed with numerical scores for the severity of the degrade and weights given for use in combining de¬ grade scores to obtain a quality score. A quality score of fifty was very bad and the maximum attainable; a quality score of zero indicated a sheet free from degrade. In the subjective scheme, quality ratings were assigned on a 0 - 8 scale with 0, excellent and 8, very bad. TABLE I Analyses of Variance for Quality Ratings* Factor Degrees of Freedom Numerical Scheme Subjective Scheme Sum of Squares Mean Square Sum of Squares Mean Square Sheets ( S ) 19 12826.16 675.1 336.90 17.73 Observers ( O ) .2 170.72 85.36 3.70 1.852 Repetitions 3 168.13 56.04 0.61 0.2042 Interaction (SO) 38 823.61 21.67 30.12 0.7928 Error 57 595.37 10.45 22.13 0.3884 * A reproduction of part of Table 6, Kauman, Gottstein, and Lantican (1956), page 148. 1958] Sensitivities of Experiments 311 Twenty selected sheets of veneer were evaluated by three observers, twice with each scheme, and repeat observations were spaced bv several days with the order of presentation of the sheets changed.. Successive evaluations of the sheets bv the observers will be taken to be indepen¬ dent. The more sensitive evaluation scheme will be defined to be the one exhibiting greater quality differences among the twenty sheets of veneer. Coipplete tables of scores are given in the reference; we repeat the analvses of variance in Table 1. The steps in the comparison of the sensitivities of Method 1 (the numerical scheme) and Method 2 (the subjective scheme) to differences in qualitv of the test sheets of veneer then give the following results: 1. F ^ = 64.60, Fo = 45.65, a = 9.5 and b = 28.5 2. = 9.5(64.60 -1) = 604.2, A2 = 9.5(45.65 -1) = 424.2 and we take A = 9 ^ 604.2 +424.2 ) = 514.2 . 3. Hq ; A]^ = A2 ~ ^ and : A^^?^ A2 » 4. Take the significance level as 0.10 i.e. a = 0.05. 5. w’ = = 1.42 and a’ = + = 264.2 . 45.65 a + 2X 6. Enter the table in either cited references [Schumann and Bradley (1957 a,b)J with a — 264.2 and b =-28.5 or a == 28.5 and .b = 264.2. We find that ( 0.05 ) ~ 1.85.. Neither w’ nor — , is significant in O' w comparison with Wq(0.05), the approximation of Wq(0.05), and we have no reason to reject . It does not appear that the two methods of evaluating quality of veneer differ much in sensitivity to veneer-sheet differences. We are in accord with the authors (Kauman et al) who state: “fhe present experiment has shown that the subjective evaluation can yield results of an accuracy approaching that of the numerical scheme, although the accuracy of the latter was slightly superior”. TESTS OF HYPOTHESES ON MULTIPLE CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS Consider the usual multiple regression equation with “fixed” stochastic independent variables of the form or non- 312 The Virginia Journal of Science I y = Cq + Cl + C2 + . + Cp Xp . If R is the multiple eorrelation coefficient based on N sets of observations (yijXfi, . i = 1, . . • , N , it is well known that u’ = - 5 — has the distribution f ( u * ; a, b, A ) defined in (2/ 1 - with a = p/2, b = (N-p-l)/2, and ^ (N-l)p2 (l-p2) 2il-p2) ’ where p is the population multiple correlation coefficient estimated by R. Hence, if we have two independent corresponding multiple correlation coefficients Ri and R2 each based on p nonstochastic independent vari¬ ables and N observation vectors, the distribution of w ’ = R 2 (i_p 2 ) / n 2 ( 1 _ is given bv (6) when Pi - P2 ~ P’ with a, b, and A defined bv (8). The theory and test procedures develop¬ ed for a comparison of the sensitivities of identical experiments can there¬ fore, be applied to compare multiple correlation coefficients. It must be ob¬ served that this does not apply to multiple correlation coefficients based on models in which it is assumed that the variables y, Xi , X2 . . Xp follow a multivariate normal distribution. To compare two multiple correlation coefficients ia independent and identical experiments, we test the null hypothesis ; p2 = p2= p2 against the alternative ( i I : f P2 or ( i i ) Ha : >p^ • The test Statistic is w’ = Rf both Rj and R2 based on p independent variables and N observation vectors. The test procedure is the same as for tests on the sensitivities of identical experi¬ ments given above. The basic steps to be taken are:- 1. Obtain the multiple correlation coefficients, R^ and R2 , for the two experiments. Take a = p/2 andb = (N~p-l)/2. 2. Estimate pf (1 = 1^2) p? = ] ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ) as an b Sensitivities of Experiments 313 1958] estimate of , in the manner proposed by Snedecor (1950, p. 348). Take to be the mean of and p 2 . 3. Formulate the null-hypothesis : p2 = p2 = p2 using p2 p^i and the suitable alternative. 4. Decide on the significance level to be used. 5. Calculate w’ = (l-R2)/R2^i~Rp a ’ = ^ = _ [p + (N-p-l ) p2] 2 _ 2(l-^2)[p+(2N-p-2)p2] 6. Obtain ^^ia) as an approximation to ^ ( a ) from the cited table with a = 0.05 by entering the table with a ’ for a and (N-p-1 )/ 2 for b. Compare w* with w^(a) and accept or reject . CONCLUSION In this paper we have indicated methods of comparing the sen¬ sitivities of experiments and multiple correlation coefficients. These methods are applicable in different fields of research. In taste testing experiments the procedures discussed here may be applied to compare the sensitivities of two scoring scales employed, two taste panels, two methods of preparation of test items or two environmental situations dur¬ ing testing, provided data are available from identically designed experi¬ ments in a form suitable for analysis of variance. In agronomy, especially in pasture experimentation where different (but comparable) methods of measuring the vields of forage mixtures are used, the sensitivities of the techniques relative to the differences between forage characteristics ob¬ served, may be compared. In electronics it may be possible to compare experiments based on accelerated life tests with experiments based on normal life tests, or to compare the sensitivities of alternative means of conducting accelerated life tests. In phvsics and chemistrv two similar experiments might be conducted and their sensitivities compared to de¬ termine which method of experimentation is to be used in routine ex¬ periments. The methods of comparing the sensitivities of experiments are ap¬ plicable in the case of independent experiments with F ratios based on the same degrees of freedom and with the same number of repetitions in each treatment mean. There are some situations wherein the sen- 314 The Virginia Journal of Science [July sitivities of experiments that do not meet the requirements of similarity should be compared. Some suggestions have been made for tests of hypotheses applicable in these cases but their appropriateness must still be investigated. The extension of tables for the tests of significance outlined in this paper is being undertaken and tables of the upper 2.5%, 1% and 0.05% points of the distribution function G(wQ;a,b) are under construction. REFERENCES Bradley, R. A. and Schumann, D. E. W. (1957b). The comparison of the sensitivities of similar experiments: Applications. Biometrics, 13: 496. Cochran, W. G. (1943). The comparison of different scales of measure¬ ment for experimental results. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 14: 205. Kauman, W. E., Gottstein, J. W., and Lantican, D. (1956). Quality evaluation by numerical and subjective methods with application to dried veneer. Biometrics, 12: 127. Patnaik, P. B. (1949). The non-central and F-distributions and their applications. Biometrika, 36: 202. Schumann, D. E. W. and Bradley, R. A. (1957a). The comparison of the sensitivities of similar experiments: Theory. Annals of Mathe¬ matical Statistics, 28: 902. Snedecor, G. W. (1950). Statistical Methods. 4th ed. Iowa State College Press, Ames, Iowa. 1958] Tetrahymena in The, Slug 315 Tetrahymena rostrata as a Facultative Parasite In the Grey Garden Slug Jesse C. Thompson, Jr. HOLLINS COLLEGE Two species of holotrichous ciliates have been designated as faculta¬ tive parasites in the grey garden slug, Deroceras agreste L. {Deroceras reticulatum Muller). Reynolds (1936) reported Colpoda steini from the respiratory chamber and liver tubules of slugs inhabiting the “grounds” of the University of Virginia. Warren (1932) described Paraglaucoma limacis from slugs in the vicinity of Pietermaritzburg, Natal. After study¬ ing a ciliate found in the grey garden slugs collected from Washington and Oregon, Kozloff (1946) concluded that this protozoon was identical with Paraglaucoma limacis of Warren and that both should be included in the genus Tetrahymena as Tetrahymena limacis. Borden (1948) re¬ ported both Colpoda steini and T. limacis from the slugs collected from the “grounds” of the University of Virginia. Tetrahymena rostrata (Kahl, 1926) Corliss was described as a free living ciliate from European and American mosses. Its role as a faculta¬ tive parasite was first reported in New Zealand (Stout, 1954) where it was found to infect enchytraeid worms. The second such case of parasit¬ ism was discovered by the present writer in Deroceras reticulatum col¬ lected from Culpeper, Virginia in 1955. MATERIALS AND METHODS Silver impregnation (Corliss, 1953a) was employed to determine the important pellicular structures of Tetrahymena rostrata. Delafield’s haematoxylin was used as a nuclear stain. Studies of the living ciliates were made with both phase and ordinary light microscopy. Bacteria-free clone cultures of the ciliate were established in medium consisting of two per cent proteose-peptone plus one-tenth per cent of liver fraction L. OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS While examining a grey garden slug for facultative parasites, large protozoan cysts were found in the fresh feces. These cysts were few in number but appeared repeatedly, even after weeks of feeding on washed lettuce. Excystment took place in tap water and the ciliates were cultur¬ ed on bacterized meat culture. Subsequent morphological studies were made and the ciliate identified as Tetrahymena rostrata. In general, the 316 The Virginia Journal of Science morphological features of the slug parasite agreed with earlier descrip¬ tions of T. rostrata but in addition a single caudal cilium was noted. This cilium appeared about twice the length of a regular body cilium and did not beat as the other cilia but often seemed to trail behind. It was not a “stiff-bristle” but was seen to bend in body movements, A clone culture was established in axenic medium (Holz and Thomp¬ son, 1955). In experimental infections of various animals using axenic strains of the genus Tetrahymena, T. rostrata was able to infect Betsy beetles, wood feeding roaches, dragonfly nymphs, and tent caterpillars when injected into the body cavity. When morphological studies were made on T. rostrata cultured in axenic medium, a variation in ciliary rows was noted. Meridional counts made from bacterized cultures ranged from 28 to 32 with a mode of 30. From axenic cultures the meridional counts ranged from 27 to 48 with a mode of 33. Many bizarre ciliates appeared here and the ciliary meridians were often not oriented in the usual manner but appeared somewhat as altitude contours of a mountain peak. DISCUSSION Stout (1954) in his description of T. rostrata from enchytraeid worms gave the first good morphological description of the cihate. But he failed to identify the single caudal cilium or the third buccal mem- branelle which were found in the slug parasite. These structures were later observed by the present writer in a culture of T. rostrata sent by Dr. Stout from the enchytraeid infections. Borden (1948) was probably the first investigator to observe T. rostrata as a facultative parasite. In her study she reported T. limacis from 8 of the 117 slugs examined. She reported that ciliates in old cul¬ tures “in some cases acquired a cyst wall, and finally died. Division was observed in some of the cysts”. Since T. limacis has never been known to produce cysts and since T. rostrata is the only species of the genus that forms both resting and reproductive cysts, it is very likely that this species was present in some of Borden’s cultures. Stout supported Corliss (1953b) in declaring T. rostrata an obligate histophage but since the ciliate has been established in both axenic and bacterized cultures this can no longer be supported. Also the present writer observed this ciliate to feed on algae. Kozloff (1956) noted a variation in meridian counts of T. limacis grown in axenic medium from those found as facultative parasites in the slug. But here only a decrease in number was reported. Since this 1958] Tetrahymena in The Slug 317 phenomenon was also noted for T. rostrata, future protozoan descriptions should not base meridian counts solely from axenic cultures. The abihty of T. rostrata to establish experimental infections in the body fluids of various insects suggests that in nature insects may often serve as natural hosts for this ciliate. SUMMARY Large protozoan cysts were found repeatedly in the feces of Der- oceras reticulatum even after weeks of feeding on washed lettuce. Morphological studies were made and the cihate identified as Tetrahy¬ mena rostrata, normally a free living protozoon. Clone cultures were established in axenic medium. Later morpho¬ logical studies of ciliates from axenic cultures revealed a variation in the number of meridians from cihates cultured on bacterized medium. T. rostrata was experimentally established as a parasite in the body fluids of certain insects. ACKNOWLEDGMENT This investigation was aided by a National Science Foundation Grant for summer research conducted at the Mountain Lake Biological Station, Mountain Lake, Virginia. LITERATURE CITED Borden, V. C. 1948. Ciliates from Deroceras agreste. Master’s Thesis; University of Virginia. Corliss, J. O. 1953a. Silver impregnation of ciliated protozoa by the Chatton-Lwoff technic. Stain TechnoL, 28: 97-100. Corhss, J. O. 1953b. Comparative studies on holotrichous ciliates in the Colpidium-Glaucoma-Leucophrys-Tetrahymena group. II. Morph¬ ology, life cycles, and systematic status of strains in pure culture. Par¬ asitology, 43: 49-87. Holz, G. G., Jr., and Thompson, J. C., Jr. 1955. The axenic cultivation of Tetrahymena [Paraglaucoma~\ rostrata (Kahl) Corliss. (Abstr.) Jour. Protozool., (Suppl.), 2: 13-14. Kahl, A. 1926. Neue und wenig bekannte Formen der holotrichen und heterotrichen Ciliaten. Arch. Protistenk., 55: 197-438. Kozloff, E. N. 1946. The morphology and systematic position of a holo- 318 The Virginia Journal of Science [July trichous ciliate parasitizing Deroceras agreste (L.) J. Morph., 79: 445-465. Kozloff, E. N. 1956. A comparison of the parasitic phase of Tetrahymena limacis (Warren) with clones in culture, with particular reference to variability in the number of primary ciliary meridians. Jour. Proto- zool., 3: 20-28. Reynolds, B. D. 1936. Colpoda steini, a facultative parasite of the land slug, Agriolimax agrestis. J. Parasit., 22: 48-53. Stout, J. D. 1954. The ecology, life history and parasitism of Tetrahymena [Paraglaucoma] rostrata (Kahl) Corliss. J. ProtozooL, 1: 211-215. Warren, E. 1932. On a ciliate protozoon inhabiting the liver of a slug. Ann. Natal Mus., 7: 1-53. 1958] Galax aphylla 319 The Ovule and Embryo Sac of Galax Aphylla Philip E. Graef COLUMBIA COLLEGE Galax aphylla L. is a monotypic herbaceous perennial of the family Diapensiaceae. According to Baldwin (1941), it occurs naturally from northern West Virginia and northwestern Maryland to central Georgia and central Alabama and from eastern Virginia to central Tennessee. According to Gray (1873), Lindley established the order Diapen¬ siaceae in 1836. A survey of the literature published since that time re¬ veals no paper which describes ovule and embryo sac development in Galax. MATERIALS AND METHODS Buds and flowers were fixed in the field in a formalinaceto-alcohol solution. Sections were cut at 22-30 p and stained in safranin and fast green. Drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida, each from a single section. OBSERVATIONS The pistil of Galax aphylla is three-carpellate. In each of the three locules, the placenta is axile in position, the ovules are few to numerous, and ovule arrangement on the placentae is somewhat varied, so that only a small number of sections are available for development study in longitudinal sections of the pistil. The ovule arises as a protuberance of meristematic cells from an axile placenta of an immature flower (fig. 1.) As it becomes more prom¬ inent, the young ovule turns as a result of unequal growth. At this stage the single primordial integument of the ovule emerges (fig. 2). This single integument, which is from 4-6 cells in thickness, soon envelops the tip of the nucellus except for a small opening, the micropyle (fig. 4-6). Just prior to or simultaneously with integument formation the single subepidermal archesporial cell becomes differentiated. The archesporial cell is larger than the surrounding nucellar cells and contains a large nucleus and nucleolus (fig. 2). As the archesporial cell, which is polygonal in shape and enlarges mostly by elongation parallel to the long axis of the ovule, becomes the megaspore mother cell, the ovule approaches the The Virginia Journal of Science Galax aphylla 321 1958] anatropous condition (fig. 2-6). The first meiotic division of the mega¬ spore mother cell forms two dyad cells (fig. 4-5). The megaspore mother cell upon completion of the second meiotic division forms four megaspores arranged linearly (fig. 6). The three micropylar megaspores disintegrate leaving the chalazal one as the functional megaspore. The disintegrated spores are characterized by a collapse of the cell walls, by a dissolution of the nuclei, and by a deep staining reaction of the remaining cytoplasm (fig. 7-8). During enlargement and elongation of the functional megaspore, the three micropylar megaspores disintegrate and a vacuole appears at each end of the cell with the nucleus remaining in the center (fig. 7). De¬ velopment into an embryo sac begins when this centrally located nucleus divides forming two daughter nuclei (fig. 9). The migration of the two small vacuoles and their fusion between the nuclei results in a two-nucleat¬ ed embryo sac in which one nucleus is located at the micropylar end of the sac and the ’other at the chalazal end (fig. 10). As the embryo sac continues development, the nucellus disintegrates and disappears except for occasional disintegrated cells which can be seen due to their deep staining reaction (fig. 10). A division of the two nuclei occurs and a four-nucleated sac is formed (fig. 11). Each of the four nuclei then divid¬ es giving rise to an eight-nucleated sac (fig. 12). The eight nuclei are arranged in quartets, a micropylar one and a chalazal one. Shortly after development reaches the eight-nucleated stage, one nucleus from each quartet migrates toward the center of the sac. The formation of the mature embryo sac, which includes an egg and two synergid cells, the egg apparatus at the micropylar end, two centrally located polar nuclei, and three antipodal cells at the chalazal end, is now completed (fig. 13-15). Fig. 1-16. X 166.— Fig. 1. Ovule arises as a protuberance of meriste- matic cells. Fig. 2. Integument becomes differentiated; nucellus with archesporial cell. Fig. 3-5. First division of the megaspore mother cell showing formation of dyad cells. Fig. 6. Anatropous ovule; nucellus with four megaspore in linear arrangement. Fig. 7-8. One-nucleated embryo sacs; megaspore disintegration. Fig. 9-10. Two-nucleated embryo sacs. Fig. 11. Four-nucleated embryo sac. Fig. 12. Eight-nucleated embryo sac. Fig. 13. Seven-celled, eight-nucleated embryo sac showing the three cells of the egg apparatus, the two polar nuclei, and two of the three antipodal cells. Fig. 14. Portion of embryo sac showing egg apparatus and sec¬ ondary polar nucleus. Fig. 15. Portion of embryo sac showing arrange¬ ment of the three antipodal cells. Fig. 16. Zygote and primarv endosperm nucleus; note antipodal and svnergid disintegration. 322 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Shortly after the mature embryo sac is formed, the polar nuclei fuse to form a large secondary polar nucleus (fig. 14). After fertilization oc¬ curs, the three antipodal cells and the two synergid cells disintegrate (fig. 16). Development, therefore, in Galax aphylla follows the Polygonum- type. A comparison between ovule and embryo sac formation in Galax aphylla and Diapensia lapponica, as described by Samuelsson (1913), reveals that they closely parallel one another. SUMMARY The development of the anatropous ovule and the Polygonum-type embryo sac of Galax aphylla is described. A single subepidermal arche- sporial cell, surrounded by a single evanescent layer of nucellar cells, after lengthening parallel to the long axis of the ovule functions as the megaspore mother cell. The four megaspores formed from the megaspore mother cell are arranged linearly. As the chalazal megaspore develops into a seven-celled, eight-nucleated embryo sac, the three micropylar megaspores disintegrate. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author is indebted to Dr. E. M. Betts of the Miller Biological Laboratories, University of Virginia for suggesting the problem and to the National Science Foundation for financing the work. LITERATURE CITED Baldwin, J. T. 1941. Galax, The Genus and its Chromosomes. /. Heredity, 32:249-254. Gray, A. 1873. Reconstruction of the Order Diapensiaceae. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., 8:243. Samuelsson, G. 1913. Studien ueber die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Blueten einiger Bicornes-Typen. Svensk. Botanisk Tidskrift, 7:148- 159. 1958] Preconceptions of Virginia 323 Some Curious Analogies in Explorers' Preconceptions of Virginia Gary S. Dunbar Department of Geography University of Virginia Early observers made ample errors in interpreting Virginia’s natural landscapes after they had viewed them, but even more curious were the views they held conceiTiing this land before they arrived. The English, who had learned precious little about the New World after almost a cen¬ tury of Spanish voyaging, had to rely upon rumors, fanciful mappaemundi, and analogies from known lands for their information about temperate America. Lacking real knowledge, the English confidently presumed that the climate, topography, and mineral resources of North America would be the same as those of the same latitudes in Eurasia and in Spanish South America. Still untested by adequate observation, the classical notion of rigid latitudinal zonation of climates was regarded as immutable by Europeans. Even before Raleigh’s first expedition to Roanoke Island returned to England, Richard Hakluyt, the famous English arm-chair “geographer” (really just a compiler of travel narratives), prepared his “Discourse of western planting” which stated that Mediterranean crop plants could easily grow in the same latitudes in North America (Taylor, 1935). Thomas Hariot, the accurate scientific observer, spent the winter of 1585- 1586 in what is now northeastern North Carolina and southeastern Vir¬ ginia, but he reported only that the chmate was “answerable to . . . the South part of Greece, Italy, and Spaine.” (Quinn, 1955). Thus the original belief that Virginia’s climate should be the same as that of the Mediterranean lands because of the sameness of latitude was reinforced by a veracious traveler who had wintered there. John Smith was among the first to modify the view that lands in the same latitude necessarily have the same climate when he said concerning Virginia: “The sommer is hot as in Spaine; the winter colde as in Fraunce or England” (Smith, 1910). However, Virginia has humid, not dry Mediterranean, summers, and even though the average January (coldest month) temperatures at Jamestown and London are about the same, nevertheless the former has a greater range and experiences more frequent change. When the more northerly colonies of New England and the Middle Atlantic region were settled, their cold winters could not be compared at all with England’s, 324 The Virginia Journal of Science [Julv and yet the homeland lay in higher latitudes than all the American colonies. The colonists could simply not understand the cjlimatic dif¬ ferences between east coast and west coast locations. The Jamestown explorers set out with some odd notions about the size and shape of the North American continent. Hope apparently still persisted in finding the “Sea of Verrazano” not far from the Atlantic sea¬ board (Gumming, 1938). The 1607 colony was instructed by the London Company to commence exploration immediately to reach this sea not far to the westward. The explicit instructions read as follows: You shall do your best endeavour to find out a safe port in the entrance of some navigable river . . . You must observe if you can, whether the river on which you plant doth spring out of mountains or out of lakes. If it be out of any lake, the passage to the other sea will be more easy, and (it) is like[ly] enough, that out of the same lake you shall find some spring which run (s) the contrary way towards the East India Sea; for the great famous rivers of Volga, Tan (a) is [Don], and Dwina have three heads near joyn (e) d; and yet the one falleth into the Caspian Sea, the other into the Euxine [Black] Sea, and the third into the Paelonian [White] Sea (Smith, 1910). These instructions show that the English believed in the close proximity of the “East India Sea” to the Atlantic in the latitude of Chesa¬ peake Bay and that they further hoped that the river systems of North America were similar to those of Russia where rivers whose sources are close together flow in different directions and provide easy transport from sea to sea. They apparently believed that the continents were so much alike in their natural features that such a prediction about North America was justified. The men of the 17th century were naturally un¬ aware that the Russian situation was largely the result of heavy con¬ tinental glaciation, a configuration without parallels in Virginia (Taylor, 1934). William Berkeley, governor of Virginia from 1642 to 1652 and from 1660 to 1677, was from the beginning of his term interested in the fur trade and also in the possibility of finding a water route to Asia. In 1669 he wrote the following to Lord Arlington: I did this last spring resolve to make an Essay to doe his Majestie a memorable service which was in the Company of Two hundred Gent who had engaged to goe along with me to find out the East India sea, and we had hopes that in our Journy we should have found some Mines of silver; for certaine it is that the Spaniard in 1958] Preconceptions of Virginia . 325 the same degrees of latitude has found many. But my Lord unusual and continued Raynes hindred my intentions (Alvord and Bidgood, 1912). Here Berkeley is not only stating his belief in the nearness of the East India Sea but also shows that he subscribed to the time-honored notion that lands in the same latitudes possessed identical mineral re¬ sources. Earlier, in 1616, John Smith had also voiced this view when he said, concerning New England: “Southward, in the same height [lati¬ tude], is the richest of gold Mynes, Chily and Baldiuia, and the mouth of the great Riuer of Plate, &c.” (Smith, 1910). Another analogy with South America was drawn by John Lederer, the mysterious German physician whom Berkeley allowed to make three trips westward from the Virginia settlements in 1669 and 1670 with the intention of finding the East India Sea but who never went beyond the Blue Ridge. Lederer embellished his account with tales of pearls and peacocks, and, although he never even penetrated the Great Valley, con¬ cluded that the “Indian ocean” was to be found just on the other side of the Appalachians. He stated: I am brought over to their opinion who think that the Indian ocean does stretch an arm or bay from Gahfcomia into the continent as far as the Apalataean mountains, answerable to the Gulfs of Florida and Mexico on this side. Yet I am from believing with some, that such great and navigable rivers are to be found on the other side the Apalataeans falling into the Indian ocean, as those which run from them to the eastward. My first reason is derived from the knowledge and experience we already have of South- America, whose Andes send the greatest rivers in the world (as the Amazones and Rio de la Plata, etc.) into the Atlantick, but none at all into the Pacifique sea. (Alvord and Bidgood, 1912). Lederer did not realize that the Andes, even though they lie close to the sea, do “send” some rivers down to the Pacific and also that the Appalachians are in no way comparable to the great western cordillera of South America. These examples demonstrate the inherent pitfalls in the early ex¬ plorers’ attempts to predict what the natural landscapes of unknown lands would be like by analogy with known lands of the same latitude. As the colonists gained in experience they realized that latitude alone is not an indicator of climate— and certainly not of shapes of continents, the nature of river systems, and of the location of mineral bodies. 326 The Virginia Journal of Science rjuly LITERATURE CITED Alvord, C. W. and L. Bidgood. 1912. The First Explorations of the Trans- Allegheny Region by the Virginians, 1650-1674. The Arthur H. Clark Company, Cleveland. Cumming, W. P. 1938. Geographical Misconceptions of the Southeast in the Cartography of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. Journal of Southern History, 4: 476-492. Quinn, D. B. 1955. The Roanoke Voyages, 1584-1590. 2 vols. Hakluvt Society, 2nd series, CIV-CV. London. Smith, John. 1910. Travels and Works of Captain John Smith. 2 vols. Edited by E. Arber and A. G. Bradlev. John Grant, Edinburgh. Tavlor, E. G. R. 1934. Late Tudor and Early Stuart Geography, 1583- 1650. Methuen & Co., Ltd., London. — 1935. The Original Writings and Correspondence of the Two Richard Hakluyts. 2 vols. Hakluvt Societv, 2nd series, LXXVI-LXXVII. Lon¬ don. 1958] News and Notes 327 News And Notes {Editors Note: News contributions should be sent to the person whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.) MINUTES OF COUNCIL MEETING Virginia Academy of Science, Richmond, Va., March 8, 1958 The meeting was held at the Rotunda Club in the Hotel Jefferson; it was called to order at 10:40 a.m. by the president. The following council members were present: William G. Guy; John C. Forbes; Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.; Edward S. Harlow; Charles F. Lane; Lynn D. Abbott; Walter S. Flory, Jr.; Mrs. B. G. Heatwole; Thomas E. Gilmer; Foley F. Smith; William M. Hinton; William B. Wartman, Jr., and Irving G. Foster. Boyd S. Harshbarger and Sidney Negus also at¬ tended at the request of President Guy. The assistant secretary-treasurer read the minutes of the last meet¬ ing. After one minor change, they were approved. The president reported that he had requested Dr. Cooper of Virginia Polytechnic Institute to write a tribute to the late Marcellus Stow, which would be published in the January issue of the Journal. Council endorsed this action taken by the president. The Seashore Science Center Proposal: The president reported that no further action had been taken on this proposal. Report of the Committee to Survey the Need for Research Funds by Faculty Members of Academic Institutions in Virginia, principally those in Smaller Institutions for Research Projects During the Summer Months: Dr. Forbes reported that a survey of eleven institutions showed that such a need did exist, with seventy-five persons from ten institutions expressing an interest in securing such funds. He suggested that an initial sum of $25,000 would be needed and that a grant of about $1,000 would enable a faculty member to devote the summer months to a research project. There was considerable discussion as to possible sources of such funds, the procedure to follow in securing these funds and the role the Academv should play in this project. A motion was passed that the president ap¬ point a committee to further pursue this project, especially as to ways and means of securing the necessary funds and the role the Academy should play in the project, this committee to submit a report to the Council. Report of the Treasurer and the 1958 Rudget: In his report the 328 The Virginia Journal of Science treasurer stated that the auditor had not completed the tax report and therefore had not submitted a statement for the audit of the treasurer’s records for the two-year period ending December 31, 1957. As a con¬ sequence, Council delayed action on the question of an annual or a biannual audit of the treasurer’s records. Walter Flory suggested that a monetary savings could be effected by an annual review of the treasurer’s records by all Academy committees as was done for the year 1956. In view of the anticipated increase in postage rates, the treasurer requested that the budget item “postage, addressograph service and section ex¬ pense” be increased from $250 to $300. Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor of the Journal, reported on the financial status of the Journal. Again, he reported that the increasing costs of publication of the Journal without increased revenue was rapidly exhausting the reserve funds. He stressed the necessity of either curtail¬ ing the material published in the Journal, thereby reducing publication costs, or an increase in Journal funds. Among the suggestions proposed for alleviating this condition were: (1.) Discontinue publishing the General Program of the Annual Meeting in the Proceedings, since this is published in the annual April issue. (2.) Reduce the “News and Notes” copy. (3.) Increase the advertising revenue. The estimated income of the Academy for 1958 would not permit raising the funds allocated to the Journal in the 1958 budget without the possibility of deficit financing. A motion was passed that the 1958 budget be approved as presented by the Finance and Endowment Com¬ mittee with the provision that should additional funds become available, the budget would be revised accordingly. A motion was passed that the chairman of the Finance and Endow¬ ment Committee be requested to appoint a member of his committee as chairman of the Subcommittee on Business Memberships. As requested in the minutes of the Finance Committee Meeting on February 20, 1958, a motion was passed approving the appointment of a subcommittee by the chairman of the Finance and Endowment Com¬ mittee to raise fifteen hundred dollars during the calendar year. A motion was passed that the president request the Editor of the Journal to present at the next Council meeting suggested ways and means of effecting savings in the printing costs of the Journal, Proposal that tJ^e Virginia Academy of Science Participate in the Joint Coordinating Committee of Engineering Societies: The report of Henry Leidheiser and Bernard Niemeier, submitted in writing, recommend¬ ed “that the V.A.S. not become a charter member of the Joint Co- News and Notes 329 1958] ordinating Committee of Engineering Societies but follow its activities closely and join in the group later if the nature of its activities justifies such action.” A motion was passed that Council accept the report and its recommendation. Report of the Local Arrangements Committee: Boyd Harshbarger, chairman of the committee, suggested that information on housing ac¬ comodations and a brief program of activities, including section meetings, be mailed to the membership as soon as possible. A motion was passed that the chairman of the Local Arrangements Committee assemble this information and transmit it to the secretary for mailing to the membership. Future of the James River Project and Jamestown Festival Project: The president appointed Foley Smith temporary chairman of the James River Project Committee. A motion was passed that the Jamestown Festival Committee be abolished and that the activities of this committee be assumed by the Long-Range Planning Committee. A possible project in science education to be submitted to the Aca¬ demy Conference for financial support from A.A.A.S. was discussed but the matter was left 'open’ pending the submission of any acceptable pro¬ posal. The president reported that the secretary had submitted the nom¬ ination of the following persons as possible representatives of the Acad¬ emy at the A.A.A.S. meeting of American scientists to be held at Wash¬ ington, D. C., on March 15-17; James W. Cole, Jr., Arthur Bevan, and Jesse W. Beams. The Council members were guests at luncheon of president-elect Forbes and after going on record in expressing their deep appreciation of his generous hospitality, the meeting was adjourned at 2:30 p.m. — W. B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary-Treasurer Agricultural Science C. J. Ackerman, Associate Professor in the Department of Biochem¬ istry and Nutrition, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, participated in the 10th Annual Research Conference sponsored by the Research Advisory Council of the American Meat Institute Foundation and presented a paper on the subject, “Growth Promoting Properties of Meat Meal.” Ackerman was one of approximately 15 noted scientists who gave papers at this meeting. Four hundred individuals representing the meat packing industry 330 The Virginia Journal of Science [July See Us At Virginia Academy Show — May 8-10 SPECTRACORD* 4000 SPECTROPHOTOMETER for the ultraviolet, visible, near infrared The SPECTRACORD 4000 offers high resolution, fast operation, low scattered light. It provides performance equiva¬ lent to considerably more expensive instruments, at a price comparable to the least expensive spectrophotome¬ ters. Design features include:— • double monochromator for high resolu¬ tion with virtually no scattered light. • linear absorbance and transmittance recording. • plug-in electronic units for fast and convenient servicing. • double and single beam operation. • large sample compartments for special cells and experimental work. The SPECTRACORD 4000 is a ver¬ satile, simple, and low-cost instrument backed by P-E’s nationwide service facilities. Your local Perkin-Elmer sales office can supply more complete in¬ formation covering your particular application. *Trade Mark INSTRUMENT DIVISION Perkin-Elmer Main Office: NORWALK, CONNECTICUT News and Notes 331 1958] and university and government agencies attended this recent meeting held at the University of Chicago. Ackerman has studied the alleviation of the rat growth depressing effect of the sulfa drugs by meat meal. John P. Garber, a junior in the Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, received the 1958 Ralston Purina undergraduate award of $500. The award is based on academic proficiency, need, and extra-curricula activities. M. F. Ellmore of the Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute was elected to the Graduate Studies and Degrees com¬ mittee of the Agricultural Faculty at its May meeting. G. C. Graf, Head of the Department of Dairy Science, was elected as the Agricultural Faculty representative on the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Advisory Gom- mittee on Academic Freedom and Tenure at the same meeting. George G. Green, with his graduate work at Texas Agricultural and Mechanical Gollege, was appointed Associate Professor of Animal Hus¬ bandry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, to replace Owen Thomas, HI, who resigned to be Secretary of the Virginia Hereford Association. Gharles R. Gooper, Assistant Gounty Agent, Franklin, Virginia, was appointed Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry to do 4-H Extension project work. He replaces A. N. Huff, who is in the Armed Forces. E. G. Turner, Jr. and E. M. Raffensperger, Biology Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended a workshop on the use of systemic insecticides in control of livestock insects at Kansas State Gollege in May. The workshop was sponsored jointly by the United States Depart¬ ment of Agriculture and the Entomological Society of America. The Virginia Grop Reporting Service participated in a research pro¬ ject sponsored by the U. S. Grop Reporting Board designed to forecast the yield of corn by making objective measurements in sample field plots. Fifty sample corn fields were selected at random with two sample plots likewise selected in each field. Gounts and measurements were made monthly beginning in late July. Gorn in the sample plots was harvested and weighed when mature and sample ears taken for moisture content and shell-out percentage. A post-harvest check was made to determine harvest¬ ing loss. Results indicate that an accurate forecast of yield per acre can be made as early as September I with a small sample. Recent additions to the staff of the Division of Ghemistry and Foods, Virginia Department of Agriculture, are: Raymond B. Ashworth (University of Georgia), Jesse E. Swann, Thomas E. Marek and Gharles E. O’Rear (Virginia Polytechnic Institute), A. Gregory Howe (University 332 The Virginia Journal of Science ! Qjiality Products of « *» JuiKieEo- IS OUR MIDDLE NAME 333 1958] News and Notes of North Carolina) and Meade F. Kientz (Madison College). K. W. King of the Departmerjt of Biochemistry and Nutrition and the Department of Biology joined a nutritional survey team in Haiti late in May to assess the nutritional and health status of rural people in Haiti. Nutritional surveys have been made in Korea, the Phillipines, Iran, Pak¬ istan, Turkey, Libya, and Guatemala. Last summer, C. J. Ackerman, also of the Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition, served with the team in Libya. The Virginia Academy of Sciences has provided Dr. King with additional funds for sending samples of Haitian soils, insects, and plants to several researchers at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. These sam¬ ples will be used in the research programs of R. W. Engel and N. O. Price of Biochemistry and Nutrition, C. I. Rich in Agronomy, E. C. Tur¬ ner and W. G. Evans in Entomology, and P. C. Holt, W. E. Moore, and W. W. Scott in Biology. Russell F. Miller of the Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition has been elected to membership in the American Institute of Nutrition. He is the second faculty member in the history of Virginia Polytechnic Institute to be honored. Election to the society was in recognition to his basic researches of the mineral nutrition of laboratory and farm animals which clarified the nutritional interactions of molybdenum, copper, and sulfur in the diet and the fate of dietary fluorine. —Carl Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Astronomy, Mathematics, Physics Stephen Berko of the Physics Dept, of the University of Virginia has been awarded a Sloane Foundation Fellowship for the coming acad¬ emic year. He will be at the Niels Bohr Institute in Copenhagen. Janies Hollinger and A. J. Zuchelli, presently graduate students at University of Virginia will study in England next year. Dr. Zuchelli will be at the University of Birmingham as a National Science Foundation Post-Doctoral Fellow, and Mr. Hollinger will attend Cambridge Univer¬ sity on a Fulbright Fellowship. Miss Isabel Boggs will retire this June after thirty-eight years of service in the Physics Dept, of Randolph-Macon Woman’s College. Her new address is 14 Parkmont Apts,, Lynchburg. Gordon Stipe is leaving the state to accept a position as Associate Professor of Physics at Boston University. He has been at Randolph-Ma¬ con for several years. 334 The Virginia Journal of Science [Julyi maintains constant bath temperature TEMPUNIT SELF-CONTAINED— controller . heater stirrer . circulator — ALL IN ONE UNIT PNEUMATIC CONTROL— In the Tempunit, a bimetallic helical sensing element operates a unique pneumatic capsule, which receives its air supply through suction from the stirrer. A temperature indicator is attached to the end of the bimetallic helix. A differ¬ ential within +0.05°C is attained over the entire range from room temperature to 90°C (195 °F) in a 4-gallon tank with no insulation. There are no fragile glass components in this control system, and no electronic tubes to replace. Pneumatic control is inherently safe. If damage is done to the circulating system, or if overheating should occur, the controlling diaphragm collapses and the heater is switched off. CAN CIRCULATE 1 LITER PER MINUTE to external instruments such as ! refractometers and viscosimeters while closely controlling on uninsulated 4- ^ gallon water bath. The 6-bladed stirrer produces the circulation, STIRRER HAS NO SUBMERGED BEARINGS: Vertical mounting of the i motor reduces to a negligible value the load upon its bearings, which are oil- impregnated. The shaded pole, 1/20-HP motor is brushless and fan-cooled. It is constructed for continuous operation of the stirrer. For 115 volts, 60 , cycles AC. ■ 1,000- WATT IMMERSION HEATER is of the tubular type wound in the shape | of a helix. The stirrer rotating inside the heating coil effectively dissipates i heat. A magnesium oxide coating makes the heater capable of operating at ! temperatures far above the range of the Tempunit. Large capacity of the j heater enables rapid heating of water bath from room temperature to set | point without excessive overshoot. , EASILY ATTACHED TO ANY CONTAINER, small or large, by fiber-cushion- i ed clamp. Weight of the Tempunit is only 6^/4 lbs., and its overall length is i only 10 inches. Case dimensions are 544 x 4^ x 3^ inches. No. RE414-60 TEMPUNIT, each $135.00 LaPIHE ARTHUR $.LaPINE and COMPANY , LABORATORY SUPPLIES * EQUIPMENT • REAGENT AND INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS j News and Notes 335 1958] The new Physical Science Building at Lynchburg College will be ready for occupancy this fall. It will house the departments of Math¬ ematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Biology. Randolph Early will join the Physics Department of Lynchburg Col¬ lege in September, as an instructor. Billy Sloope of the Physics Dept., University of Richmond has been promoted to Associate Professor. T. E. Gilmer of Hampden-Sydney College will be associate director of the NSF Summer Institute for high school teachers at Converse Col- lege. W. T. Joyner, has joined the staff of Hampden-Sydney College as Assistant Professor of Physics. He is a graduate of Hampden-Sydney and received his graduate training at Duke University. J. W. Sherman, III, will join the Hampden-Sydney faculty in the fall as Instructor in Mathematics and Physics. Dorothy Montgomery will be on sabbatical leave from Hollins Col¬ lege during the coming year. She will be at Massachusetts Institute of Technology to work with Dr. Facharias and the committee on secondary school teaching of physics supported by the NSF. Her particular interest is in the preparation of film strip material. I G. Foster, Dept, of Physics, Virginia Military Institute Bacteriology Section The Virginia Branch of the Society of American Bacteriologist will assist students and science teachers in planning projects and giving guidance in the area of microbiology for participants in the exhibits of the Junior Academy. In order to emphasize its interest, the Section has established an award of $25.00 and a certificate for the outstanding ex¬ hibit or scientific paper on microbiology presented at the annual meeting of the Junior Academy of Science. This year two awards were given: First Prize, Billy Ridenour (sponsored by Mrs. R. B. Painter) of the William Fleming High School in Roanoke for "Induced mutations of E. coli by metabolic substitution”; Second Prize, Betsy Gilfoyle (sponsored by Mrs. Elizabeth Charlton) of the York High School in Yorktown for "Bacterio¬ logical study from one station on the York River”. 336 The Virginia Journal of Science [July ^lAJliere tli ere inere d 6mo he , ,,th ere's PHILIP MORRIS, INC ^he '^oude Marlboro Philip Morris Parliament Benson & Hedges Spud 1958] News and Notes 337 Engineering Section A new engineering building now being constructed at Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute will house Aeronautical and Chemical Engineering De¬ partments, giving each substantially more space than is now available. R. W. Truitt of the Aeronautical Engineering Department has announced that a Stability Wind Tunnell having a 6-foot throat and capable of reaching air velocities of 360 miles per hour has been obtained from the Langley Field Laboratory of NACA and will be set up as part of this building. In addition, a collection of airplane models worth $50,000 was obtained from this source. Professors Truitt and Arthur C. Bruce at¬ tended the annual meeting of the Institute of Aeronautical Sciences in New York. Professor Bruce has been awarded a fellowship for further study at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology beginning in Septem¬ ber. Frank C. Vilbrandt of the Chemical Engineering Department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute attended the meeting of University Repre¬ sentatives of the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies in May. Nelson F. Murphy of the Chemical Engineering Department attended the national convention of the American Electroplater’s Society in May as the delegate of the Blue Ridge Branch of the society. Tilton E. Shelburne of the Virginia Council for Highway Investiga¬ tion and Research attended meetings of the Performance Rating Panel and of the National Advisory Committee on the AASHO Road Test in April at La Salle, Illinois. Mr. Shelburne is a member of the Steering Committee of the First International Skid Prevention Conference and attended a meeting of this committee in Washington in May. This Con¬ ference will be held at the University of Virginia in September and will attract specialists in this field from many foreign countries. Mr. Shel¬ burne also attended meetings of the department chairmen of the High¬ way Research Board and of presidents and secretaries of District Six of the American Society of Civil Engineers. Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the University of Virginia, School of Engineering was the representative of the Governor of Virginia at a meeting of the Advisory Council on Nuclear Energy of the Southern Regional Education Board held in April. He attended the national meet¬ ing of the Institute of Radio Engineers in New York in March, as did Or¬ ville R. Harris, also of the University of Virginia. Professors Quarles and Harris are on the By-Laws Committee of the newly-formed Virginia Sec¬ tion of the IRE, and Dean Quarles is also on the Nominating Committee. Otis L. Updike of the Chemical Engineering Department of the 338 The Virginia Journal of Science University of Virginia has served as chairman of the local section of the Society of Sigma Xi during the past academic year. He has been ap¬ pointed to a sub-committee on Systems Engineering of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers and is working on the organziation of a symposium on this subject to be held at a forthcoming meeting of this society. R. M. Hubbard of the Chemical Engineering Department is serv¬ ing as chairman of a sub-committee of the American Institute of Chem¬ ical Engineers on Teacher Recruiting and Placement. —Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia Psychology Section William M. Hinton of Washington and Lee University will be teach¬ ing at the University of Virginia again this summer and will offer a course at the Virginia Military Institute during the session 1958-1959. —John K. Bare, William and Mary Statistics Section The following have completed their requirements for the masters degree in statistics at the Virginia, Polytechnic Institute: Mr. W. A. Glenn and Miss Suzanne Glass. Miss Glass is now teaching mathematics at Roa¬ noke College. Ronald E. Walpole completed requirements for the doctor¬ ate in statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and is now head of the Mathematics Department at Roanoke College. Ralph A. Bradley will attend the Gordon Research Conference in July and he has been invited to present a paper at the ISI meeting in Brussels in September. He will also speak to other societies in Europe. Recent publications in the Department of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute include: (1) Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaus¬ sian Distributions. H. by M. C. K. Tweedie, Annals of Mathematical Statistics. (2) The Comparison of the Sensitivities of Similar Experi¬ ments: Theory, by D. E. W. Schumann and R. A. Bradley, Annals of Mathematical Statistics. (3) The Comparison of the Sensitivities of Sim¬ ilar Experiments: Applications, by R. A. Bradley and D. E. W. Schumann, Biometrics. Boyd Harshbarger, President of the Biometric Society, ENAR, will attend the international meetings of the Biometric Society in Ottawa in August. Dr. Harshbarger will also attend the meetings of the Regional Committee on Statistics, of which he is Chairman, at Oklahoma State University in June. —Clyde Y. Kramer, Virginia Polytechnic Institute The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬ lish^ on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, tsrpewritten in double spacing on standard 8*^" X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 8300. The result is the approximate number of printed pages in the Journal. Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures any). For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Jonm. Sci., 1 (8) : 285-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired: either "Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or “Sniffen (1940) states that . . .” Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing through the plates. If figrures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2” x 6-1 /2”, and so that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x 11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent: additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬ graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬ graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬ mitted on yellow or yellowish- white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE John C. Forbes, President William M. Hinton, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary Foley F. Smith, Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer. COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Robert T. Brumfield William Hinton (1959) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Charles F. Lane Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory (1959) Lvnn D. Abbott, Jr. 13 THE VIRGINIA fOURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE PROCEEDINGS FOR THE YEAR 1957 _ 1958 I JAN 1 i 1959 I Vol. 9, New Series September, 1958 No. 4 VoL. 9, New Series September, 1958 No. 4 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia CONTENTS Pages Proceedings for the Year 1957-58 Minutes of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting, May 7, 8, 9, 10, 1958 Detailed Table of Contents . 344 EDITORIAL BOARD Robert T. Brumfield, Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager Section Editors Carl W. Allen Walter S. Flory, Jr. Robert M. Hubbard John K. Bare Irving G. Foster Merle A. Kise Bruce W. Nelson Caroline Gambrill P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr. P. Y. Kramer Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 per vol¬ ume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va. Mailed October 27, 1958 The Virginia Journal of Science VoL. 9, New Series No. 4 yiRGINfA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Proceedings for the Year 1957 - 1958 MINUTES OF THE THIRTY-SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING MAY 7, 8, 9, 10, 1958 HOTEL ROANOKE ROANOKE, VIRGINIA 340 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Virginia Academy of Science OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR 1958-59 OFFICERS John C. Forbes, President William M. Hinton, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary Foley F. Smith, Treasurer William B. Wartman, Assistant Secretary-Treasurer COUNCIL Elected Members Harry G. M. Jopson (1959) Thomas C. Gilmer (1961) rhelma C. Heatwole (1960) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Ex-Officio Members Walter S. Flory, Jr. (1959) George W. Jeffers Edward S. Harlow (1960) Ralph A. Bradley William G. Guy (1961) Robert T. Brumfield Charles F. Lane PRESIDENT’S ADVISORY COMMITTEE {Section Officers) Agricultural Sciences: S. S. Obenshain, Chairman; Maurice B. Rowe, III, Vice-Chairman; William H. Brittingham, Secretary; Carl W. Allen, Section Editor. Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics: Jackson J. Taylor, Chairman; Robert C. Yates, Secretary; Irvin G. Foster, Section Editor. Bacteriology (through December 31, 1958): Mrs. B. H. Caminita, President; Miles E. Hench, Vice-President; Quentin Myrvik, Secretary- Treasurer; P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor. Bacteriology (beginning January 1, 1959): Miles E. Hench, President; Proceedings 1957-1958 341 1958] Quentin Myrvik, Vice-President; Catherine M. Russell, Secretary-Treasurer; P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor. Biology: William W. Scott, Chairman; Jesse C. Thompson, Secretary; Walter S. Flory, Jr., Section Editor. Chemistry: Frank Vingiello, Chairman; Merle A. Kise, Secretary; Merle A. Kise, Section Editor. Education: Charles Turner, Chairman; George W. Kent, Secretary; James B. Patton, Section Editor. Engineering: B. A. Niemeier, Chairman; O. A. Singleton, Jr., Secre¬ tary; Robert M. Hubbard, Section Editor. Geology: John T. Hack, Chairman; James L. Calver, Vice-Chairman; Richard S, Mitchell, Secretary; Bruce W. Nelson, Section Editor. Medical Sciences: Robert H. Brovmson, Chairman; Edwin W. Pullen, Secretary; W, Parker Anslow, Section Editor. Psychology: Merton E. Carver, Chairman; Penelope Lewis, Secretary; Richard H. Henneman, Executive Committeeman; John K. Bare, Section Editor. Science Teachers: Mae Jennings, Chairman; A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., Chair jnan-Elect; Virginia Ellett, Secretary; Caroline Gambrill, Section Edi¬ tor. Statistics: John C. Griswold, Chairman; Ira A. DeArmon, Jr., Vice- Chairman; R. J. Freund, Secretary; C. Y. Kramer, Section Editor. VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE COMMITTEES 1958-1959 Long Range Planning’. George W. Jeffers, Chairman; Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., J. T. Baldwin, Lloyd C. Bird, William IP. Boyer, Ralph A. Bradley, Robert T. Brumfield, James W. Cole, Jr., Allan T. Gwathmey, Edward S. Harlow, Franklin D. Kizer, Henry Leidheiser, Jr., Sidney S. Negus, S. S. Obenshain. Business Membership: Edward S. Harlow, Chairman; Lynn D. Abbott, Lloyd C. Bird, William P. Boyer, Edwin Cox, Andrew E. O'Keeffe, Ray¬ mond V. Long, Franklin D. Ezer. Trustees: Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman; Charles T. O’Neill, Rupert Han- mer. Research: Ralph A. Bradley, Chairman; R. W. Engel, Jackson J. Tay¬ lor, Henry Leidheiser, Jr., Roscoe D. Hughes. 342 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Finance and Endowment: Guy W. Horsley, Chairman; Lloyd C. Bird, Edwin Cox, Allan T. Gwathmey, Edward S. Harlow, Boyd Harshbarger, Sidney S. Negus, Charles T. O’Neill, Robert F. Smart, R. Blackwell Smith, Jr. Junior Academy of Science: Thelma C. Heatwole, Chairman; Richard Canham, Edward R. Dyer, Jr., Virginia Ellett, Susie V. Floyd, E. Sher¬ man Grable; John F. Hahn, Beatrice Harrington, J. C. Holmes, Franklin D. Kizer, Reuben R. McDaniel, Sidney S. Negus, Richard H. Owen, IV, H. Felix Sanders, W. W. Scott. To Assist the State Board of Education in Improving the Teaching of Science and Relieving the Shortage of Scientists and Engineers: James W. Cole, Jr., Chairman; Ralph A. Bradley, Edwin Cox, R. W. Engel, I. G. Foster, William G. Guy, Edward S. Harlow, Fred R. Millhiser, Sid¬ ney S. Negus, William T. Sanger, Robert F. Smart. Virginia Flora: A. B. Massey, Chairman; Lena Artz, Walter S. Flory, Jr., Ruskin Freer, Ivey F. Lewis, Paul M. Patterson. Scholarship: Sidney S. Negus, Chairman; Jesse W. Beams, Lloyd C. Bird, Edwin Cox, H. R. Hanmer, Boyd Harshbarger, Ivey F. Lewis, Wil¬ liam T. Sanger, John W. Whittemore. Awards: Sidney S. Negus, Chairman; Boyd Harshbarger, Paul M. Pat¬ terson. Science Talent Search: J. C. Holmes, Chairman; Harold H. Garretson, Thelma C. Heatwole, Edwin S. Higgins, Franklin D. Kizer, Alfred L, Wingo. Membership: Robert A. Clayton, Chairman; J. Frances Allen, G. Pres¬ ton Burns, Thomas H. Christie, Imogene B. Claiborne, Dorothy Douglas Doughtrey, Kenneth R. Lawless, Henry Liedheiser, Jr. Nominating: Walter S. Flory, Jr., Chairman; Edward S. Harlow, Wil¬ liam G. Guy. Resolutions: Nolan E. Rice, Chairman; Everett H. Ingersoll, George W. Jeffers. Place of Meeting: Ernst G. Huf, Chairman; Herbert W. K. Fitzroy, Robert F. Smart. Resource-Use Education: Alfred L. Wingo, Chairman; A. H. Ander¬ son, Robert S. Bailey, SamueUa Grim, H. S. Mosby, George P. P. Mullin, E. W. Mundie, Charles E. Packard, E. E. Rodger, D. S. Wallace History of Science in Virginia: I. G. Foster, Chairman; Edwin Cox, 343 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 William G. Guy, Ivey F. Lewis, Sidney S. Negus, Joseph K. Roberts. Academy Section Members: Carl W. Allen, Isabel Boggs, Mary Leigh Beach, William M. Reams, Charles C. Clayton, Charles Turner, R, M. Hubbard, Joseph K. Roberts, Ebbe Hoff, Frank A. Geldard, Samuella Grim, Boyd Harshbarger. LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS General Chairman: Dr. S. P. Maroney, Jr., Department of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Housing: Dr. Jacques Rappaport, Chairman, Junior Academy: Dr. Edward Victor, Chairman, Registration: Dr. Richard McKinsey, Chairman. Public Information: Dr. Kenneth Lloyd, Chairman. Commercial Exhibits: Dr. Bartholomeus Van’t Riet., Chairman. Meeting Rooms and Eqidpment: Dr. Starling Reid, Chairman. Entertainment for Ladies: To be arranged. 344 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Contents Officers and Committees for 1958-59 . . 340 Minutes of Council Meeting . 345 Minutes of Academy Conference . 346 Minutes of Academy Meeting . 347 Minutes of Council Meeting . 348 Tabulation of Registration . 352 Reports of Secretary - Treasurer . 350 Virginia Journal of Science . 353-354 Long Range Planning . 354 Research . 355 Science Talent Search . 355 Junior Academy of Science . 356 Resolutions . 362 Place of Meeting . 363 Scholarship . 364 Virginia Flora . 362 Science Education . 364 Membership . 363 Awards Academy Distinguished Service . 347 J. Shelton Horsley . 348 Junior Academy . 357-358 Teacher Sponsor Scholarships . 358 Minutes of Sections Agricultural Sciences . 365 Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics . 375 Bacteriology . 386 Biology . 389 Chemistry . 398 Education . 407 Engineering . 411 Geology . 424 Medical Sciences . 432 Psychology . 439 Science Teachers . 447 Statistics . 448 List of Members . 455 Membership Application . . 489 Form of Bequest . 489 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 345 MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING MAY 8, 1958 Present: R. T. Brumfield, W. S. Flory, Jr., J. C. Forbes, 1. G. Foster, T. E. Gilmer, W. C. Guy, E. S. Harlow, Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, W. M. Hinton, H. H. Hobbs, Paul M. Patterson, F. F. Smith, and W. B. Wart- man, Jr. President Guy invited Dr. Boyd Harshbarger and Dr. Sidney Negus to attend Council for their reports as indicated below. Dr. Negus reported that the Awards Committee had selected the Ameri¬ can Tobacco Company for the Academy's Distinguished Service Award. After some discussion it was unanimously approved. Old Business With respect to Dr. Forbes' plan to raise funds to make it possible for scientists in small colleges to do research during the summer. Dr. Guy appointed a Committee (Dr. Harshbarger, Chairman, Dr. Cole and Dr. Forbes), to investigate securing these funds. Dr. Harshbarger gave an encouraging report and stated that the first step is to approach various foundations in an exploratory manner before a concrete proposal for funds was formulated. This he plans to do in the near future. Mr. Smith was asked to report on the outcome of the experiment for auditing the Academy's accounts where the accounts were audited last year by Academy members and this year by public accountants. The question was whether this procedure would save the Academy money. Mr. Smith reported that the saving amounted to $55 over the two year period. He felt that this was trivial in comparison to the various services rendered by the accountants. He recommended that this experiment be discontinued and that we revert to having the Treasury audited by public accountants every year. This was put in the form of a motion by Mr. Harlow and passed. Mr. Smith reported that the budget approved by the Finance Com¬ mittee showed a deficit of $99 over the expected income. He said the current expenditures were well within the budget and that some ac¬ counts always left a balance. Thus he thought that there would be no deficit at the end of the year. The agenda for the Thursday evening meeting came under discussion. Council thought that Dr. Forbes' proposal to encourage research among college teachers should be brought to the attention of the Academy at this time. •institution' dec 1 S 346 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Dr. Brumfield gave a report on the financial condition of the Journal and suggested a number of measures that might be taken in the interest of economy. He said that he was going to have a meeting of the Sec¬ tion Editors later in the afternoon, and Council made no proposals to reduce the deficit spending of the Journal in view of this meeting. Dr. Guy reported that Mr. Bird had sent him a copy of the By-Laws of the James River Basin Association, and that he would like the opinion of the Council as to whether or not the Academy should associate itself with it. Since Mr. Bird himself had made no recommendation, the sub¬ ject was tabled upon a motion by Mr. Harlow . Dr. Guy read a letter he had received from a member of the Academy suggesting that the Academy study, critically, science education in Vir¬ ginia. Various members of Council recounted several steps the Virginia Educational Association is making to improve science teaching and point¬ ed out various ways in which we were assisting with this undertaking. It was generally agreed that Council should not try to do more now, as I our present influence might be jeopardized. ^ President Guy recommended that the Jamestown number of the Jour¬ nal, which was on sale at the Jamestown Exposition at 75 cents, be i reduced to 50 cents to put it in line with other booklets sold there, if an arrangement can be made to continue its sale during the coming year. — Paul M. Patterson, Secretary j MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL ACADEMY CONFERENCE | MAY 8, 1958 ' President Guy presided and called on the Chairman of the Commit- , tees of the Academy for their reports. | These reports appear elsewhere in the proceedings. However, attention i should be called to Dr. Robert Smart’s presentation of an invitation by ! Herbert W. K. Fitzroy, Administrator of the University Center in Virginia, I Incorporated, to meet in Richmond under its sponsorship in 1960. The Academy accepted this invitation. Dr. Brumfield reported the economies recommended by the editors of i the Virginia Journal of Science. This report is attached. A motion was i unanimously passed that these economies be implemented. S Dr. Forbes presented his plan to the Academy members which he had | formulated to promote research in the state among science faculty person¬ nel during the summer, particularly those in the smaller colleges. | I Mr. Smith reported on the AAAS December Council meeting and said ^ Proceedings 1957-1958 1958] 347 that Dr. Byron Cooper was elected Chairman of the Section on Geology (Vice-President of AAAS). President Guy welcomed Dr. Raymond Taylor, Executive Director of AAAS, and Dr. Taylor expressed greetings from that Association. — Paul M. Patterson, Secretary MINUTES OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ASSEMBLY MAY 9, 1958 President Guy presiding, called on Dr. Harshbarger who welcomed the Academy for the host institutions. President Guy then introduced Dr. Raymond Taylor, Executive Direc¬ tor of AAAS, who presented greetings from that organization. Miss Zoe Black read the recommendation formulated by the Resolu¬ tions Committee, which are attached to these minutes. Dr. Guy presented the Academy’s Distinguished Service Award to the American Tobacco Company. It was accepted for the American Tobacco Company by Mr. Blanton Brunner. Dr. I. G. Foster, Chairman of the Nominating Committee, reported the following slate: Officers: President Elect — William Hinton Secretary — Paul M. Patterson Treasurer — Foley F. Smith Assistant Secretary-Treasurer — William B. Wartman, Jr. Council Members: Harry G. M. Jopson Ralph A. Bradley These were elected unanimously. Mrs. Thelma Heatwole announced the recipients of the Teacher Schol¬ arships as follows: 1. The University of Virginia Scholarship — Mrs. Agnes Tanner, of Victoria, with Paul Caldwell, of Woodrow Wilson Junior High School, of Roanoke, as alternate. 2. The College of William and Mary Scholarship — A. B. Niemeyer, of Cradock, and as alternate Mrs. Gertrude Thaxton, of Bedford. Dr. Robert Brumfield, Chairman of the Research Committee, announced 348 The Virginia Journal of Science [September the following paper was awarded the J. Shelton Horsley Research Prize: “An Electron Microscope Study of the Oxidation of Copper Single Crys¬ tals in Aqueous Salt Solutions,” by G. Tyler Miller, Jr., and Kenneth R. Lawless, Cobb Chemical Laboratory of the University of Virginia. Honor¬ able Mention was given to a paper entitled “Neutron Diffraction Ob¬ servation on the Palladium-Hydrogen and Palladium — Deuterium Sys¬ tems” by James E. Worsham, Jr., of the Department of Chemistry, Uni¬ versity of Richmond, M. K. Wilkinson, ORNL, and C. G. Shull, Massachu¬ setts Institute of Technology. Dr. J. T. Baldwin introduced the speaker of the evening. Dr. Laurence H. Snyder, Dean of the Graduate School of the University of Oklahoma and the incoming President of the University of Hawaii, who gave an outstanding lecture on “Heredity in Human Health and Disease.” After this lecture. President Guy introduced President-Elect Forbes, who concluded the meeting with a few appropriate remarks. — Paul M. Patterson, Secretary MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING - MAY 10, 1958 Present: Ralph A. Bradley, T. E. Gilmer, W. B. Wartman, Jr., E. S. Harlow, W. G. Guy, W. S. Flory, Jr., W. M. Hinton, R. T. Brumfield, Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, Foley F. Smith, Paul M. Patterson, and J. G. Forbes. President Forbes presiding, presented Dr. Niemeier of the Engineer¬ ing Section. He spoke of the George Washington Award the Engineer¬ ing Section had for Junior Academy members to encourage their inter¬ est in engineering. He hoped Council might make this award more gen¬ erally known to the Academy. His second point related to more active use of members of the Section in Academy affairs. Dr. Niemeier then retired from Council. It was pointed out that the Bacteriology Section also offered an award to the Junior Academy. After some discussion. Dr. Flory moved that these special sectional awards not only be made at the Junior Academy meeting but that they be announced to the Senior Academy at the Fri¬ day evening meeting. The motion carried. This would inform Academy members and be incorporated in the permanent record of the Academy. With respect to Dr. NiemeieFs second point, after considerable discussion, Mr. Harlow moved that, on a trial basis, each Section be asked to be represented ex officio on Council at each meeting during the next year. This motion was approved. Council felt this should be an exploratory move, and no constitutional change was to be recommended at this time. 349 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 Council suggested that the Section Chairman, or his designate, be the ex officio member. Dr. Forbes reported that an invitation for Council to meet at Long- wood had been received and inquired the wishes of Council. Dr. Hobbs indicated the availability of the University of Virginia as a meeting place. Mr. Foley Smith moved that the fall meeting of Council be held in Farm- ville and the spring meeting in Charlottesville. This was approved. Council's attention now concerned additional methods of reducing the Journal's deficit over and above those approved by the Academy Confer¬ ence on Thursday evening. It had been suggested at the former meet¬ ing by Dr. Harshbarger that the Academy pay for the program reprints furnished at meetings out of funds collected at the annual meeting. He further suggested that the Academy reimburse the Journal for the cost of the reprints of the Jamestown Exposition Number. Dr. Hobbs moved that the Academy reimburse the Journal for the pro¬ gram reprints for this meeting. This was approved. Dr. Flory moved that the cost of the reprints for the Jamestown issue of the Journal be reimbursed to the Journal and that such receipts from its sale accrue to the Academy. This was approved. Mr. Harlow moved that we go on record as giving the thanks of Coun¬ cil to the retiring members of Council for their services and a welcome to the new members of Council. — Paul M. Patterson, Secretary 350 The Virginia Journal of Science [September TREASURER’S REPORT GENERAL FUND STATEMENT OF CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS FOR THE TWO YEAR PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1957 RECEIPTS - YEAR 1956: BALANCE ON DEPOSIT - JANUARY 1, 1956 . Revenue: Dues: Regular members . $ 2,159.00 Collegiate members . 70.00 Contributing members . 270.00 Sustaining members . 290.00 Business members . 1,300.00 Delinquent dues . 127.00 $ 4,216.00 Gifts, grants and bequests: Virginia Junior Academy of Science . . General . Non-revenue: Advance payment of dues . Net collections from meeting. May, 1956: Fees for exhibit space . $ 550.00 Registration fees . 291.00 Miscellaneous collections . 100.30 $ 941.30 Meeting expenses paid . 841.20 Dividends on stock . Income from special trust fund .. Total Receipts — Year 1956 . DISBURSEMENTS - YEAR 1956: American Association for Advancement of Science Meeting . $ 209.04 Junior Academy of Science . 1,362.85 Miscellaneous and general . 353.34 Postage and express . 106.20 Printing . 200.00 Science Talent Search . 667.85 Stationery, supplies and stenographic service . 165.50 The Virginia Journal of Science . 2,018.27 Dr. E. C. L. Miller Award . . 50.00 Major W. Catesby Jones Award . 10.00 850.00 10.00 35.00 100.10 119.15 110.00 $ 5,137.87 5,440.25 $10,578.12 Proceedings 1957-1958 351 1958] Advance to Research Fund . Total Disbursements 40.00 Year 1956 . 5,183.05 BALANCE ON DEPOSIT DECEMBER 31, 1956 . . $ 5,395.07 RECEIPTS - YEAR 1957: Revenue: Dues: Regular members . . . $ 2,375.00 Collegiate members . . . 48.00 Contributing members . 310.00 Sustaining members . 320.00 Business members . 1,000.00 . . 88.00 $ 4,141.00 Delinqeunt dues . . . Gifts, grants and bequests: Virginia Junior Academy of Science . General . . . . . Non-revenue: Advance payment of dues . . . Net collections from meeting. May, 1957: Fees for exhibit space . ..$ 400.00 Registration fees . 280.10 $ 680.10 Meeting expenses paid . 522.54 Dividends on stock . Income from special trust fund .... 450.00 10.00 209.00 157.56 91.65 160.00 Total Receipts — Year 1957 . . . 5,219.21 ^0,614.28 DISBURSEMENTS - YEAR 1957: American Association for Advancement of Science Meeting . Junior Academy of Science . Miscellaneous and general . Postage and express . Printing . Science talent search . . Stationery, supplies and stenographic service .. The Virginia Journal of Science . Dr. E. C. L. Miller Award . Major W. Catesby Jones Award . Total Disbursements — Year 1957 . 5,437.82 BALANCE ON DEPOSIT - DECEMBER 31, 1957 . ^ 5,176.46 215.75 1,626.56 139.73 229.69 387.35 477.89 215.31 2,085.54 50.00 10.00 352 [September The Virginia Journal of Science TABULATION OF REGISTRATION Hotel Roanoke, May 9-12, 1958 Section Members Non-members Total 1. Agricultural Sciences 20 14 34 2. Astronomy, Mathematics & Physics 39 27 66 3. Bacteriology 11 6 17 4. Biological Sciences 85 31 116 5. Chemistry 59 23 82 6. Education 3 9 12 7. Engineering 8 10 18 8. Geology 21 62 83 9. Medical Sciences 18 3 21 10. Psychology 38 17 55 11. Science Teachers 14 14 28 12. Statistics 11 12 23 No Section Preference 17 90 107 Totals . . 344 318 662 Junior Academy of Science Registration . . . . 209 Total Registration 1958 Meeting . 871 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 353 FINANCIAL STATEMENT VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Operation Statement for the Fiscal eYar Virginia Journal of Science May 1, 1957 ~ April 30, 1958 RECEIPTS: Academy Subsidy — Members . $ 2,075.25 Advertising . 168.50 Subscriptions . 630.25 Transferred from Savings Account . 1,000.00 Miscellaneous . 2.00 Total of All Receipts . $ 3,876.00 EXPENDITURES: Reprints . . . $ 185.00 Printing . 2,810.75 Postage . 29.20 Stenographic . 132.67 Freight . 6.16 Miscellaneous . 29.74 Total of All Expenditures . $ 3,193.52 STATEMENT OF CASH ACCOUNT: Balance of Cash at Beginning of Year . $ 1,606.68 Total Receipts for Year . . — . 3,876.00 Total Cash on Hand During Year . 5,482.68 Less Total Expenditures for Year . 3,193.52 2,289.16 Add Cash on Hand (Petty Cash Fund) . 2.21 Cash per Checkbook — April 30, 1958. .. 2,291.37 Add Balance in Savings Account . 1,688.41 Total Cash as of April 30, 1958 . $ 3,979.78 BILLS OUTSTANDING: January 1958 Issue of Journal . $ 1,974.29 Reprints — Dr. Stow . 16.00 Reprints — Program . . . 165.00 Index . . . . . . 104.44 April 1958 Issue of Journal _ _ 719.01 Total Bills Outstanding ....$ 2,979.14 Audited by Willard G. Leeper, May 6, 1958. 354 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Report of the Virginia Journal of Science The expense of publishing the JOURNAL is now greater than its income due to increasing printing cost. Every effort must be made to continue publication since the JOURNAL is of value to the membership of the ACADEMY in many ways. A number of economies will be effect¬ ed during the forthcoming year in an attempt to narrow the gap between cost and income without affecting the usefulness of the JOURNAL. Council and the membership will be kept informed on the problem. — Robert T. Brumfield, Editor COMMITTEE REPORTS Long Range Planning On October 16, 1957, a subcommittee (Mr. J. C. Holmes, chairman) was appointed for the purpose of making a survey of granting agencies or other possible sources of funds which might support a study of the effectiveness of the Virginia State Science Talent Searches, a problem referred to the Long Range Planning Committee by Council in May, 1957. Mr. Frank Kizer and Mrs. B. G. Heatwole are working with Mr. Holmes on this matter. Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., represented the Long Range Planning Com¬ mittee and the Academy at a meeting held October 14 at the Virginia Institute for Scientific Research. Representatives of various engineering societies in the Richmond Area were, present and the purpose was to explore the possibility of setting up a coordinating group of a number of engineering societies. Dr. Leidheiser reported on this meeting to Coun¬ cil on October 20, 1957, and recommended that the Academy continue to be represented in these exploratory meetings and that Academy repre¬ sentatives be appointed from the Engineering Section. Dr. Leidheiser continues to maintain contact with the Joint Coordinating Committee of Engineering Societies to learn what role the Academy might play in the proposed organization. The activities of the Jamestown Exposition Committee were transferred to the Long Range Planning Committee by Council on March 8, 1958. The committee will consider, among other things, disposition of remain¬ ing copies of the special Jamestown Issue of the Journal. Suggestions in this regard should be submitted to the chairman. The chairman wishes to take this opportunity to thank all members of the committee, and of the Academy, for their excellent cooperation dur¬ ing the past three years, and respectively calls attention of the incoming President to the desirability of appointing a new chairman at this time. — Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Chairman 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 Research 355 During the period May 1, 1957 to May 1, 1958, the following grants were made: Harry L. Holloway, Department of Biology, Roanoke College, for study of helminthes of wild animals . $ 140.75 George W. Kent, L. V. Heisey, H. G. M. Hopson, C. E. Shull, R. N. Andes, Bridgewater College, for studies on the ef¬ fects of immediate reenforcement on the acquisition of a rate skill at the college level . $ 150.00 R. W. King, R. W. Engle, C. I. Rich, N. O. Price, W. W. Scott, W. E. C. Moore, P. C. Holt, E. C. Turner, Depart¬ ment of Biology, The Virginia Polytechnic Institute, for collecting and study of soils, plants, and insects from Haiti. $ 200.00 William W. Scott, Department of Biology, The Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute, for research on the phycomycetes of caves . $ 200.00 Jesse C. Thompson, Department of Biology, Hollins College, for a morphological study especially of the buccal ciha- ture of the holotrichous protozoan suborders Trichostoma- tidae and Hymenostomatidae . $ 419.50 Total grants . $1,120.25 J. Sheldon Horsley Research Award . $ 150.00 Total Expenditures . $1,270.25 Total receipts 1957-1958 . $1,710.75 Unexpended Balance . $ 440.50 — R. T. Brumfield, Chairman Science Talent Search The thirteenth Virginia Science Talent Search was conducted in coop¬ eration with the National Science Talent Search.Of the one hundred and fifty-four high school students who entered, three received National Honorable Mention. Our own reading committee considered all of the Virginia entries and selected the top forty-five as finalists to come before interviewing com- miti:ees at the Roanoke meeting of the Academy. The list of fifteen 356 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Winners and those receiving Honorable Mention will be attached to this report. All cooperating colleges and universities have received a list of the finalists. At the conclusion of this meeting they will be sent the list of Winners and Honorable Mentions. The directors are grateful for the assistance of the following who served on the reading committee: Jack D. Burke, Mary E. Kapp, E. Clifford Nelson, Billy W. Sloope, J. Doyle Smith, and William E. Trout, Jr. Thanks are also due to the judges who helped with interviewing the finahsts: J. T. Baldwin, Jr., Roger Buck, Jane Bell Gladding, Mary E. Kapp, B. W. Mahoney, David O. Robash, Burke M. Smith, and Robert W. Truitt. — W. Schuyler Miller and J. C. Holmes, Co-Directors Virginia Junior Academy of Science Junior Officers: Ashton Rudd, Jr., President; Richard Owen, IV, Pres¬ ident-Elect; Elizabeth Cunningham, Secretary-Treasurer. Committee Members: Mrs. Thelma C. Heatwole, Chairman; E. R. Dyer, John F. Hahn, Richard Canham, Susie V. Floyd, E. Sherman Gra- ble, Beatrice Harrington, J. C. Holmes, Franklin Kizer, Reuben McDaniel, Sidney S. Negus, H. Fehx Sanders, and D. L. Kinnear. Committee Meetings: Four planning meetings of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science Committee have been held since the last annual meeting. Activities of VJAS: The issues of the JUNIOR SCIENCE BULLETIN have been published and each issue was mailed to approximately 1600 secondary school teachers. Pubhcation of the BULLETIN was made possible by a $300 contribution from the American Tobacco Research Laboratory. The BUL¬ LETIN was printed in the Newport News High School Print Shop under the editorship of Miss Susie V. Floyd, and the direction of Mr. M. L. Thompson. The three issues were planned by the Junior Academy offi¬ cers. Membership cards (approximately 8,000), and charters were issued to all clubs and individuals who applied for affiliation. Seventy-eight clubs have been affiliated. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 357 Information on activities was mailed three times during the year to 500 public and private secondary schools. Six students received financial assistance on the purchase of equipment to use in conducting their research projects. The funds were contributed by Philip Morris, Inc. as a part of its $750 grant to the Junior Academy. Five JUNIOR SCIENCE colleges within the state. DAYS were held in cooperation with five Students Schools Present Represented Projects St. Paul’s College . . ... 500 42 48 University of Richmond . . .... 485 27 39 University of Virginia . ... 175 19 65 William and Mary . ... 92 8 44 Virginia Polytechnic Institute ... 250 21 120 Totals . ..1,502 117 217 The Annual Meeting VJAS was held at the Hotel Roanoke on May 8 and 9. One hundred and twenty-three exliibits which illustrated research projects were qualified at tlie JUNIOR SCIENCE DAYS for exhibit at the annual meeting. The guest speaker at the Awards Hour was Andrew E. O’Keeffe, Man¬ ager of Tobacco Research, Philip Morris, Inc. Subject: SCIENCE AS A BIOLOGICAL PROCESS. Dr. Laurence H. Snyder, past president, AAAS, and Dean of the Graduate School, University of Oklahoma, spoke briefly to the assembly. The following awards were announced at the Awards Assembly: Major W. Catesby Jones — To high school student whose exhibit showed the most outstanding research ability — Mary Lou Myers, Eagle Rock H. S. E. C. L. Miller — To an outstanding science club of the state -- Wash¬ ington and Lee H. S. Sc. Club, Arhngton H. S. E. C. L. Miller ~ To an outstanding science club of the state — Thomas Jefferson, Richmond. Membership American Association for the Advancement of Science — Ashton Rudd, Andrew Lane H. S. and James Biglow, Thomas Jef¬ ferson H. S. 358 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Membership in Virginia Academy of Science — Elizabeth Cunningham, York H. S. and Ben Harrison, Newport News H. S. Teacher Sponsor Scholarships (Summer) University of Virginia — Alternate — Mrs. Agnes Tanner, Victoria H. S and Paul Caldwell, Woodrow Wilson H. S. William and Mary Scholarships — Alternate •— A. B. Niemeyer, Cradock H. S. and Mrs. Gertrude Thaxton, Bedford H. S. Bacteriology Section Award in Microbiology — Billy Ridenour, Wm. Flem¬ ing H. S. Honorable Mention — Betsy Gilfoyle, York H. S. Award George Washington Engineering Award — Malcolm Alden Lillywhite, Washington and Lee H. S. Winners of the Thirteenth Virginia Science Talent Search Franson, Paul Oscar, III — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Gilmer, Lawrence Earnest — Mount Vernon H. S., Alexandria (Home: Ft. Belvoir) Mintz, Michael Jerold — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Moulis, Edward Jean, Jr. — Falls Church H. S., Falls Church Myers, Mary Louise — Eagle Rock H. S., Eagle Rock (Home: Glen Wil¬ ton) Neville, Charles William -- Fairfax H. S., Fairfax Riley, Michael Howard — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Rudd, Ashton C. Ill — Andrew Lewis H. S., Salem (Home: Roanoke) Snider, Arthur David — Thomas Jefferson PI. S., Richmond Snider, James Randolph — Fairfax H. S., Fairfax Tarrant, Stephen Werth — John Marshall H. S., Richmond Taylor, Albien D. — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Terry, Robert Meredith — Halifax County H. S., South Boston Tetter, Lorena Elizabeth — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Vogel, Barbara Adele — Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 Honorable Mention 359 Biglow, James William — Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond Cocke, Charles Lewis, Jr. — Jefferson Senior H. S., Roanoke Cross, Allen Rawles — Andrew Lewis H. S., Salem Davis, Charles Young — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Diener, Betty Jane — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Donovan, Kerry Lane — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Doran, Stanley Wilson -- McLean H. S., McLean (Home: Falls Church) Dudley, Ronald George — Mount Vernon H. S., Alexandria (Home: Ft. Belvoir) Eastwood, James Albert — Andrew Lewis H. S., Salem (Home: Roanoke) Gammon, Robert W. — Wakefield H. S., Arlington Garner, Francis Albert — Mount Vernon H. S., Alexandria (Home: Ft. Belvoir) Gildes, Robert W. Lee, Jr. — Lane H. S., Charlottesville (Home: Cobham) Graybeal, Frederick Quincy, Jr. — Marion H. S., Marion Huffman, Arthur Hum — Blacksburg H. S., Blacksburg Keith, John Elmer — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Kelly, Leonard William, Jr. — Marion H. S., Marion Mcllwaine, William Travis — Virginia H. S., Bristol McCrory, Roy Allison — Granby H. S., Norfolk More, Thomas Kittrell — Falls Church H. S., Falls Church Neale, Michael — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Olson, John Whittemore — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Plunkett, Roy Wills, Jr. — Farmville H. S., Farmville Soper, Robert Arthur — Halifax County H. S., South Boston Starbird, Edward Alfred — Washington H. S., Arlington Steinecker, Ronald Alan — Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Thomas-Peter William — Bedford H. S., Bedford Thurber, Bert Henry — Washington H. S., Arlington Winston, John Austin — Granby H. S., Norfolk Woolisy, Frank Edward — James Monroe H. S., Fredericksburg Yens, Robert Christian — Mt. Vernon H. S., Alexandria (Home: Ft. Bel¬ voir) 360 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Club Exhibits First place: Thomas Jefferson High School. “Virginia”. Sponsored by Miss Virginia C. Ellett. Second place: Victoria Junior Science Association. “Blood Donor Reg¬ istry”. Sponsored by Mrs. Agnes V. Turner. Third place: Woodrow Wilson Junior High School Science Club. “Looking at General Science”. Sponsored by Paul Caldwell. Honorable mention: Maggie Walker High School. “A Study of the Theory of Probabihty”. Sponsored by Mrs. Beatrice Harrington. Biology Exhibits First place: Ben Harrison, Newport News High School. “Growth Me¬ chanics of the Gastropod Shell”. Sponsored by Mrs. Frances Nettles and Miss Susie V. Floyd. Second place: James Baird, William Fleming High School. “The Study of Anoxia as a Cause of Congenital Deformities”. Sponsored by Mrs. Ruth B. Painter. Third place: Mary L. Myers, Eagle Rock High School. “Endocrinology — Effect of the Hormones”. Sponsored by William W. Cash, Jr. Honorable mention: David Hambrick, William Fleming High School. “Skin Grafts on Albus musculus’. Sponsored by Mrs. Ruth B. Painter. James Meem, Albemarle High School. “Evolution in Ants”. Sponsored by Kenneth Lindsey. Robert E. Mosby, Jr., J. P. Burley High School. “Mammary Fibroadenoma of the Rat”. Sponsored by Harold T. Green. Billy Ridenour, William Fleming High School. “Induced Muta¬ tions of Escherischia coli by Metabolic Substitution”. Sponsored by Mrs. Ruth B. Painter. Physics Exhibits First place: Warren Bass, McLean High School. “Experiments in Nu¬ clear Physics with a Homemade Atom Smasher”. Sponsored by Gen¬ eral W. Rumbough. Second place: James W. Biglow, Thomas Jefferson High School. “Ef¬ fect of Heat and Light on Transistors”. Sponsored by Virginia C. EUett. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 361 Third place: Nelson Bonn, Jr., Pulaski High School. “My Experimental Recording Medium and Recorder”. Sponsored by J. S. Fowler. Honorable mention: Phillips Bradford, Fairfax High School. “Prob¬ ability”. Sponsored by R. A. Williams. Chemistry Exhibits First place: Adele Vogel, Thomas Jefferson High School. “Growth of Crystals”. Sponsored by Virginia C. Ellett. Second place: Barry Barnes, Fred Case and Penny Stone, York High School. “Calcium Carbonate and Chloride Concentration of York County Well Water”. Sponsored by Elizabeth Charlton. Third place: Patricia Lindsey, Booker T. Washington High School. “Study in Corrosion”. Sponsored by J. L. Perry. Honorable mention: Betsy Wetmore, Hampton High School. “Crystal Forms of Chemicals and Minerals”. Sponsored by D. M. Rose. Frances Gamer, Mount Vernon High School. “Effects of Acid, Alkali and Solvents on Concrete Solvency”. Sponsored by O. R. Layman. Unclassified First place: Larry E. Gilmer, Mount Vernon High School. “A Device for the Induction of Fluorescence in Minerals through the Use of combined Ultraviolet and Infrared Radiations”. Sponsored by O. R. Layman. Second place: Albert Moss, Maggie Walker High School. “Graph of the Complex Roots of the Cubic Equation”. Sponsored by Mrs. Beatrice Harrington. Third place: Carl Rowles, Halifax County High School. “Celestial Pho¬ tography”. Sponsored by Jean Blackwell. Honorable mention: Fred Anderson and Jim Small, McLean High School. “Seismograph”, Sponsored by Mrs. Martha Walsh. John Hicks, Maggie Walker High School. “Testing a Statistical Hypothesis”. Sponsored by Beatrice Harrington. Dorn Schmidt, McLean High School. “An Astronomical Telescope”. Sponsored by Mrs. Martha Walsh. 362 [September The Virginia Journal of Science Junior Academy Officers for 1939 President: Richard Owen, Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond President-Elect: Mike Nickelsburg, Washington-Lee H. S., Arlington Secretary: Nancy Stoller, Newport News H. S. Virginia Flora The annual report consists of the activities of individuals of the Com¬ mittee. Illustrated lectures are given before groups and at summer camps. Dr. Patterson continues his studies of the Bryophytes. Prof. Freer has prepared a second paper on the flora of the northern Blue Ridge in Vii'ginia. W. H. Lewis, formerly with Dr. Flory, has prepared a paper on the genus Rosa. Dr. Massey continues work on a State flora and developing a State herbarium. He is now developing a specific study of the grasses. Mr. A. L. Eiser, working with Dr. Massey, is develop¬ ing a study of the shrubs of the State. A large number of plants are received from over the State for identification. Bunis erucoides has been found in Prince Edward County, the first record in the U. S. since 1877. Calepina irregularis is also a new record. The following publications relative to the State flora may be secured from Chairman on Virginia Flora, Box 95, Blacksburg, Virginia: Native Grapes; Willows of Vii-ginia; Poisonous Plants; Legumes in Virginia; Farm Weeds; Virginia Ferns and Fern Allies; Orchids in Vii'ginia; The Vegeta¬ tion and Floristics of Bull Run Mountain, Virginia; Evergreen Shrubs, Vines and Ground Cover Native in Virginia; Merriman’s Flora of Rich¬ mond and Vicinity. The latter is priced at $1.00. The other pubhca- tions are gratis. — A. B. Massey, Chairman Resolutions Be it resolved: 1. That the members of the Academy are deeply indebted to the out¬ going president, Dr. William G. Guy, and to the other officers, both General and Sectional, for their devoted attention to the af¬ fairs of the Academy. 2. That the members of the Academy extend their thanks and appre¬ ciation to all those who worked and planned for the success of this meeting, especially; The members of the Local Committee on Arrangements, under 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 363 the General Chairmanship of Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, for their effective planning. Mr. George L. Denison and Mr. Kenneth R. Hyde, Associate Managers of the Hotel Roanoke, for their kind and efficient cooperation. All the members of the staff of the Hotel Roanoke, for help¬ ing us enjoy our stay. The sponsoring hosts for this meeting: Hollins College, Roa¬ noke College, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, American Viscose Corporation, General Electric Company, Norfolk and Western Railway, and the Veterans Administration Hospital. St. Andrews School and the Times-World Corporation, for sup¬ plying meeting places for two sections. And Heironimus of Roanoke for presenting a Tea and Fashion Show for the visiting ladies. And furthermore that the Secretary be instructed to send a copy of this Resolution to those mentioned in it. 3. That the members of the Academy note with sorrow the loss by death of these members; Dr. Marcellus Stow, a past President of the Academy, who was at the time of his passing away a member of the Resolutions Committee. Captain John Flexner, Dr. E. P. Johnson, Dr. John C. Layman, Dr. Sidney Trattner, and Dr. Paul Burch. And fur¬ thermore, that the Secretary be instructed to send a copy of this Resolution to the family of each deceased member. 4. That a copy of these Resolutions be spread upon the minutes of this meeting. — Zoe Black and Nolan Rice, Co-Chairmen Place of Meeting for 1960 Colonel H. W. K. Fitzroy, administrator of the University Center in Virginia, wishes me to announce that the Center extends a cordial invita¬ tion to the Virginia Academy of Science to hold its 1960 meeting in Richmond, Virginia, during the month of May. — Ernst Huf, Chairman Membership A comparison of the membership rosters of the Virginia Academy of Science and the Virginia sections of the American Chemical Society show- 364 The Virginia Journal of Science [September ed that 867 chemists and/or chemical engineers were not enjoying the benefits of the Academy. Accordingly, letters were sent to these non¬ members, and the response, we believe, would warrant the undertaking of similar future endeavors. New memberships: Members resigned or dropped: Regular 124 65 Contributing 5 Regular Sustaining 0 Student 4 Student 9 Business 1 Business 1 Total 70 Total 139 The secretary reported that approximately 100 new memberships had been received through the first four months of 1958. Credit for many of the new memberships should go to the 1956-1957 membership com¬ mittee. — R. A. Clayton, Chairman Scholarship Twenty-four students with aptitudes for scientific careers have been advised during the year by members of the Academy’s Scholarship Com¬ mittee. ' All concerned received college scholarships either directly or indirectly from aid given them. Senior members of the Academy and especially high school and college teachers are urged to act independently as individual members of this scholarship committee. Often just one person interested in a high school senior talented in scientific subjects can make it possible for him to secure a college education at a cost within his means. This is one of the best and most satisfying contributions that any individual member of the Acad¬ emy can make. — Sidney S. Negus, Chairman Education The principal work of the Education Committee in 1957-58 was fol¬ lowing through on matters which were initiated previously. No formal meeting was held but individual members were called upon for consulta¬ tion by the State Department of Education and by other groups for talks and advice. Following the issuance of the Virginia Advisory Legislative CounciTs 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 365 report on Education of Scientists, Engineers, and Specialists Dr. Davis Y. Paschall recommended to the State Board of Education the appointment of an advisory committee to the State Department of Education consist¬ ing of scientists, engineers and educators. The recommendation was ac¬ cepted and the Committee was appointed in February, 1958. Three mem¬ bers of the Academy’s Education Committee were named to this advisory committee, Messrs. James W. Cole, Jr., Edward S. Harlow, and your chairman. A program of broad scope has been outlined and wiU aid materially in advancing and improving science and mathematics educa¬ tion in Virginia. The Virginia State Chamber of Commerce has been active in educa¬ tion matters for a number of years through their Committee on Educa¬ tion. Your chairman was appointed to this committee for 1957-58 and served on the subcommittee designated to study demands of the future. — E. D. Crittenden, Chairman MINUTES OP THE SECTION MEETINGS AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES 1. Available Calcium and Magnesium in Soils of Varying Texture. W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Increases in soil pH and available calcium and magnesium were deter¬ mined at thirteen “on the farm” rate of liming experiments. The lighter, sandier soils contain approximately one half as much available calcium and magnesium as do the heavier, more clayey soils at the same pH level. Rumford loamy fine sand containing 773 pounds per acre of available calcium and magnesium when near neutrality and Davidson clay loam containing 3032 pounds when near neutrality represent the extremes for the soil types studied. The portion of the exchange capacity occupied by calcium and magnesium averaged approximately 60% at neutral¬ ity, for most soil types. Individual soil types ranged from 40 to 70%, the lighter soils generally being the highest and the heavier soils the low¬ est. 2. The Effect of Initial Weight and Age Upon the Molybdenum- Induced Rat Crowth. Lynn Brinkman and R. F. Miller; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Experiments with laboratory rats indicate that animals which are of greater weight or age at the beginning of molybdenum addition to the diet are less susceptible to the growth inhibiting effects of molybdenum than those animals lighter or younger. Attempts to further verify and prove this indication have not been successful as yet. The difficulty 366 The Virginia Journal of Science [September may be due to differences in breeding and background of the rats or to differences in body stores of copper, an important compound in molyb¬ denum metabolism. Analyses of liver copper show very much variation in the rats purchased from different companies and there are also pro¬ nounced differences between rats from the same company. In order to i study properly this trace mineral work in the future, it will be necessary to use rats with a more standardized background. 3. The Effect of 12 Essential Nutrients Sprayed on Virginia 56R Peanuts at Flowering State. D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station The effect of nutrient foliar sprays on peanut peg and nut develop- [ ment was studied. Four weekly applications of solutions, each contain¬ ing a particular nutrient, were made on widely spaced peanut plants during July 1957. Calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, zinc, and copper were applied as acetates, and phosphorus, boron and molybdenum as acids. Urea, lithium sulfate and ferric citrate were the other nutrient sources. The peanuts were harvested in the latter part of October. Although the treatments were replicated 10 times, no significant (0.05 level) differences in yield or quahty of peanuts were found among treat¬ ed and untreated plants. However, a indicate the production potential of sinj ditions is noteworthy. Each plant produced an average of 1103 pegs from which 592 peanuts in various stages of development had formed by harvest time. Of these, slightly more than 400 peanuts, including 347 fancy-sized peanuts, were mature. The mean yield of mature peanuts per plant was 1.1 pounds. By the end of the growing season, the vines of each plant covered a circular area approximately five feet in diameter. These peanuts were grown on Woodstown loamy fine sand high in fertility. The results of this study indicate that, in general, peanuts may obtain adequate nutrition from fertile soils. 4. Shift in Nitrogen Metabolism During the Life of a Cell. R. R. Schmidt, R. W. Krauss, and K. W. King; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Cultures of the alga Chlorella have been synchronized and examined for metabolic shifts during a complete hfe cycle. Measurements of dry weight, total cell nitrogen, protein nitrogen, and nitrate uptake throughout a synchronized life cycle confirmed the results of Prescott and others in that cell growth was found not to be autocataly- summary of certain data which e plants grown under field con- 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 367 tic. The increase in dry weight did not appear to be correlated with increases in total cell nitrogen or protein nitrogen. Phosphate uptake was greatest just prior to and during mitosis suggesting its conversion to polyphosphate which served as an energy and phosphate source for the synthesis of nucleoproteins. Observation of a nitrogen fraction which was extractable with distilled water immediately before and for a short time during mitosis suggested an accumulation of nucleoprotein precursor. It may, however, represent a change in cell permeability resulting from deletion of calcium ions from the cell membrane which increases permeability and allows loss of normal intracellular constituents. A volatile nitrogen compound was evolved from the culture during mitosis. Its chemical structure and significance are being investigated. Evolution of the volatile nitrogen compound during mitosis, pre¬ mitotic uptake of phosphate, and transitory appearance of water-extract¬ able nitrogen represent indications of marked metabolic fluctuations in the dynamics of cell development. 5. The Effects of Gonadotropins and Progesterone on the Vari¬ ous Reproductive Phenomena of the Ewe. J. W. Gossett, G. S. Givens, }r., and R. G. Carter; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Ovulation rates may reduce reproductive efficiency of sheep. This in¬ vestigation studied the use of gonadotropic hormones to increase ovum production and thereby produce higher lambing rates. Two groups of ewes, one aged one young, were divided into three sub-groups each and treated with 600, 800 and 1000 I.U. of P.M.S. during the progestrous period. The old ewes were further subdivided into five groups: one group was slaughtered 48 hours after breeding to determine ovulation and fertility rates. The remaining groups received 0, 25, 50 and 75 milligrams of progesterone each week until 40 days after breeding. The twelve 48-hour ewes ovulated an average of 1.75, 2.25, and 5 ova for the respective treatments. Fertility rates were com¬ parable for all ewes studied in this group. The 40-day ewes exhibited an average of 2.14, 2,89 and 2.38 corpora lutea and an average of 1.71, 1.89, and 1.75 embryos for the respective treatments. Progesterone ther- apy appeared to increase embryonic mortality. The young ewes completed the gestation period and averaged 1.44, 1.55 and 1.77 lambs. Considering stillbirths, these averages were chang¬ ed to 1.33, 1.55 and 1.55. 368 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 6. The Influence of Calcium, Phosphorous and Copper Level Upon THE Growth of the Rat. Russell F. Miller; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Weanling albino rats were fed for five or six weeks. The basal ration was a 12% casein basal without a source of inorganic sulfate. The addition of 1.25% Cag (P04)2, 1.25% CaCOs or 1.39% Kg HPO4 caused a growth depression. Extra copper (9.6 ppm) will improve the growth of these animals. We have also noticed that liver copper concentration is depressed when extra Ca, PO4 or Cas (P04)2 is fed. We plan more work and plan to start work with hogs in an effort to study this effect. 7. New Crop Pests Threatening Virginia. C. R. Willey; Virginia Department of Agriculture Virginia, with several hundred insect pests and plant diseases, certain¬ ly has her share of crop pests. Her 500 mile expanse across the con¬ tinent from the sea to the mountains; truck-line highways; long shore line and port; her range of climate and widely diversified agriculture make her vulnerable to infestation by many dangerous insects and dis¬ eases which virtually surround her. The White-fringed beetle. Imported fire ant, European chafer, and Gypsy moth (insects), the Soybean cyst nematode and Golden Nematode (diseases) are microscopic eelworms; and the witchweed, a parasitic weed, are all dangerous pests brought into the United States from other countries which, should they get into Virginia, could cause incalculable damage to our crops and forests and make it necessary to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars to combat them. It is the duty of the crop pest section of the Division of Plant Indus¬ try to try to keep these pests out of Virginia by quarantines, inspection and surveys. This function is a year around operation with emphasis on the summer season, using trained extra help, when the pests are most active and can be more easily detected. 8. The Use of Tetrazolium to Evaluate the Viability of Seed Peanuts. H. L. Smith and T. G. Copeland; Virginia Department of Agriculture There is a vital need for a quick-test to check germination. The use of 2-3-5 triphanyl tetrazolium chloride shows great promise of fulfilling this need. This test is made by soaking the seed in a solution of the chemical 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 369 which stains any tissue showing life. The embryo area of the seed stains a clear red color if healthy. Dead tissue does not stain. Bruised areas stain a dark red color until they deteriorate to the point of death, after which they do not stain. The location and degree of damage is a determining factor in the evaluation of the seed life. During the spring of 1958, workers of the Virginia Department of Agriculture, using a technique obtained from Dr. R. P. Moore, Professor of Crop Stands at the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, applied this chemical test to approximately 200 samples of peanuts in an attempt to evaluate its usefulness. The samples tested by this meth¬ od compared favorably with the standard test. However, due to the questionable seed, this test is not considered competent for labeling pur¬ poses. Much experience is needed to develop a high level of perfection in determining seed viability by means of tetrazohum tests. 9. Regulating Fertilizer-Pesticide Mixtures. Maurice B. Rowe, III; Virginia Department of Agriculture The sale and distribution of fertilizer-pesticide mixtures containing eight pounds of Aldrin or Heptachlor per ton for use on food crops, when properly registered, packaged and labeled, is permitted by the Virginia Department of Agriculture. The permission for registration in 1958 applies only to the formulations of fertilizer- Aldrin or Heptachlor mixtures recommended by the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station for the control of the Southern Corn Root Worm attacking peaunts, or for the control of the Southern Com Root Worm, Seed Corn Maggot and Wiseworms attacking com, and only to those fertilizer grades recommended for peanuts and com. The mixture is subject to registration, labeling provisions and inspec¬ tion and analysis under both the Virginia Fertilizer and Economic Poison Laws. Labeling procedure is simplified to permit a combination fertil¬ izer-pesticide label and inter-change of labels for different grades of fer¬ tilizer. The demand for fertilizer-pesticide mixtures has increased due to eco¬ nomics in distribution and application convenience. Experimental work is being conducted to determine feasibility of additional mixtures for farm crops. The sale of specialty fertilizers containing pesticides for use on non¬ food crops is permitted, provided they comply with all regulation and label requirements. 370 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 10. Resources Needed in Virginia Agriculture in the Decade Ahead. Carl W. Allen; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station This is a report of work to be done. To start, the procedure will be to determine or estimate the demand for agricultural products ten years from now, and then with specified techniques of production, determine the quantity of resources which will be needed to attain the output of products needed. Several models (structural equations) of the agricultural sector of Vii- ginia’s economy will be constructed relating total output and total input. The first of these will be simply that total output is a function of land, labor and capital now being used. Making use of this model, future output of agricultural products in Virginia will be projected under static assumptions (no change in technology, price conditions, quantities of re¬ sources, etc.). This projected output will be compared with the revised or modified demand estimates and will allow computation of the first approximations of resources needed. Later models will allow estimates of needed resources with new tech¬ nology and various rates of adoption. Still further refinements are ex¬ pected to give estimated resource needs with alternative levels of econo¬ mic activity, competition with other areas, competition with other indus¬ tries and substitution between products. 11. Use of Infra-Red for Conducting Regulatory Chemical Analy¬ ses OF Pesticide Products. Boyd L. Samuel; Virginia Department of Agriculture The use of infra-red in supplementing the classical chemical methods in the analysis of pesticides was described. Most of the chlorinated pesticides that commonly have been determined by the nonspecific chlo¬ rine methods can be identified by infra-red and often determined quan¬ titatively also. Related materials and breakdown products were found generally not to interfere if the proper absorbance bands were selected for reference. In many cases infra-red can be used to determine quantitatively mix¬ tures of chlorinated compounds which hitherto have been difficult to analyze. For example, DDT and Aldrin; DDT and Dieldrin; DDT and M ethoxy chlor; DDT and Cap tan; and other mixtures have been deter¬ mined successfully. Since the infra-red spectrum is unique for each com¬ pound, it is a quick and accurate means of identifying organic pesticide materials. Proceedings 1957-1958 371 1958] These advantages combine to make infra-red an extremely valuable tool in the analysis of pesticides products. This is especially true when it is used in conjunction with the usual chemical procedures. 12. Effect of Amino Acids in the Ration on Growth Pattern and Muscle Development in the Pig. C. C. Brooks and H. R. Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Weanling pigs were fed peanut oil meal, corn, alfalfa rations fortified with vitamins, minerals and antibiotic. In addition Lot 2 received .5% L-Lysine HCL in the ration. Lot 3 received .5% lysine + .3% methionine. Lot 4 received 2% blood meal and Lot 5 received 5% fish meal. A positive control received a ration of soybean oil meal, corn and alfalfa. Each supplements except lysine alone resulted in significantly faster gains. Lysine added alone resulted in rapid, early growth, but depressed growth as pigs grew older. Adding methionine overcame this depress¬ ing effect. Similar growth patterns resulted from natural sources of these amino acids, namely blood meal and fish meal. Pigs receiving no sup¬ plement to the basal ration gained very slowly in the early part of the test, but were gaining satisfactorily before reaching 200 number. 13. Checking Variety Claims on Oats, Barley, and Soybeans by Laboratory and Field Tests. J. W. Midyette, Jr., H. L. Smith, and T. G. Copeland; Virginia Depart¬ ment of Agriculture It is the duty of our Division to check the accuracy of varietal label¬ ing of seed offered for sale in the state, and to require that any mislabel¬ ing be corrected. Trueness to Variety field tests have been used for this purpose for several years. However, when discrepanices are found in the field, the seed represented usually has been sold. A laboratory test, based on detailed seed characteristics that have been correlated with field plantings, is being used for oats, barley, and soy¬ beans. Although it has limitations, mislabeling of varieties currently popular in Virginia can usually be detected by this test. Its main ad¬ vantage is that it gives varietal information before the seed is planted. The laboratory test this past season revealed the following percentage of inaccurate varietal claims: regulatory oat samples, 6^%; service oat samples, 25%; regulatory barley samples, 1%%; service barley samples, 10%; regulatory soybean samples, none; service soybean samples, 121^%. Mislabeled lots are required to be sold without a varietal claim. Serv¬ ice samples represent potential commercial lots. All laboratory determ- 372 The Virginia Journal of Science [September inations have been verified by field tests. However, several discrepan¬ cies found in the field had not been detected in the laboratory. 14. The Influence of Age, Sex and Season of Birth of Calf, and Age of Cow on Preweaning Growth Rate and Type Score of Beef Calves. T. J. Marlowe and J. A. Gaines; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Data for this study were taken from the performance records of 4,166 calves tested on 66 farms of Virginia breeders over a four-year period, 1953-1956, inclusive. All calves- were weighed and scored for type be¬ tween 90 and 300 days of age. Least squares estimates of influence enumerated in the title indicate that: (1) Age of calf had little influence on daily gains up to 240 days of age, but had a greater effect on type score. (2) Sex of calf had a marked effect on growth, but only a small effect on type score. (3) Season of birth was an important source of variation in both growth rate and type score. (4) Age of cow was the most important source of varia¬ tion studied. Both growth rate and type score increased with age of cow up to 6 years, remained fairly uniform from 6 to 10 years, and decline thereafter. (5) Variation in growth rate attributed to sex of calf, season of birth, and age of dam appeared to be of sufficient magnitude to justify the use of correction factors for these effects. The constants obtained were used to adjust performance records of 1957 calves and found to be quite satisfactory. 15. Use OF Soil Survey Maps and Soils Information as an Aid in Tax Assessment in Fairfax County, Virginia. C. S. Coleman; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station The rapid change of Fairfax County from a predominantly agricultural county to an urban county has increased land values many times in every part of the County. Values have shifted from the ability of farm land to produce crops, to tlieir suitability for home sites and business establishments. Satisfactory percolation tests are required on all building lots before a building permit can be obtained. The ability of a soil to take water and allow it to pass through its profile at a satisfactory rate can and has been measured for each soil in Fairfax County. A percolation rating has been assigned to each soil based on actual field tests. The assessor by using the soil type maps in conjunction with his tax maps can determine a percolation rating for every tract of land, thus enabling him to make a more realistic equitable land assessment. 1958] , Proceedings' 1957-1958 " 373 In that part of the County that is still agricultural, the soils informa¬ tion based on the productive potential of the soils on each farm will be used as one of the factors in arriving at a fair and equitable assess¬ ment for each farm. This is the first time in Virginia that soils information has been used as an aid in tax assessment. 16. Some Factor Affecting the Optical Density of Acetone Ex¬ tracts OF Fresh Feces. C. G. Noblitt and W. A. Hardison; Virginia Agricultnral Experiment Station The effect of light on the optical densitv of acetone extracts of fresh feces was studied. It was observed that exposure of the extracts to light resulted in an immediate increase in the optical densitv, the increase being proportional to the light intensity. Extracts kept in the dark re¬ mained stable for about 5-6 hours after which a marked increase in opti¬ cal density was observed. Most of the increase was apparent within the first 50 hours following extraction. From this time to 200 hours after extraction, the rate of change in optical density was not appreciable. The maximum increase in optical density amounted to approximately 18%. Extracts exposed to 14,000 F.C.M. irnmediatelv after extraction and then kept in the dark showed no increase in optical density even after 200 hours. These observations indicate that precaution should be taken to keep light at a minimum both during and after preparation of the ex¬ tracts and that readings of optical density be made within 5-6 hours of extraction. It is also indicated that the extracts may be stabilized by exposure to large quantities of light. 17. Cost of Packing Apples in Bushel Units as Affected by Dif¬ ferent Types of Equipment and Scale of Operation. Albert W. Graybill; Virginia Polytechnic Institute A study of a selected group of apple packing houses in Virginia reveal¬ ed wide variations in work methods, types of equipment and scale of operation in packing apples. Gravitv convevors were the most widely used equipment for receiving of apples in the smaller plants, but this study indicated the hand-clamp truck was the most economical and efficient method of performing this operation in plants having insufficient volume to warrant the use of indus¬ trial fork-lift trucks. Two basic types of equipment are used in Virginia for sizing apples; dimensional sizer and weight sizer. Dimensional chain sizers are cheaper, 374 The Virginia Journal of Science [September have a gieater capacity than weight sizers, but are not as desirable for some varieties of apples. More Northwestern boxes were packed per man hour from rotating tubs but more bushel baskets were packed from packing bins than any other equipment. Less time was required in lidding Noithwestern boxes by hand and the nail dispenser than with the nail dispenser and box-lid clamp. Labor cost per bushel was essentially the same for plants packing 10,000 bushels as for those packing 100,000 bushels. More important than size of operation on labor cost were types of equipment, work meth¬ ods, plant layout and supervision of crews. 18. Effects of Lime on the Mineral Composition of Soybean Foliage. N. O. Price, W. W. Moschler and W. Kroontji; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Different levels of lime has litle effect on the major element (N, P, K, Ca and Mg) content of soybean foliage. However, the minor ele¬ ment (Cu, Co, Mo, Mn and Zn) content of the foliage show great dif¬ ferences due to various lime applications. The lower levels of lime bring about the greatest change in the minor element content of the foliage. Soil type is also an influencing factor effecting the mineral composition of plants. 19. History and Potential Use of Gibberellic Acid. Virgil H. Young, Jr., Merck h- Co., Inc. The effects of gibberellins on plant growth were first reported in Japan in 1898 as a disease of rice. About 1930, it was demonstrated that sterile culture filtrates of the fungus would produce the “tall growth” characteristic of the disease on rice plants. In 1954, fermentation tech¬ niques for producing the gibberellins were reported almost simultaneously by British and U. S. scientists. Research has already yielded several practical and economical agricultural uses for the gibberellins. Field applications are now being made on potatoes, grapes, cotton seed and celery. Several other promising uses are being currently tested on a large scale. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 375 SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS, AND PHYSICS 1. Design and Evaluation of a Cadmium Shield of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Exponential Pile ^ A. DeVolpi and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute A cadmium-aluminum shield is built around the V. P. I. exponential pile; (1) to establish boundaries opaque to an influx of thermal neutrons from outside the pile, (2) to secure the natural-uranium slugs from pil¬ ferage, (3) provide additional biological protection, (4) to restrict access to the neutron source, and (5) to protect the assembly from dust and dirt. The aluminum is required to provide structural strength. Access through doors on the four sides is afforded for experiments and loading; an opening on the top is provided for a control rod. After reviewing heterogeneous pile theory and shielding theory, the experimental techni¬ ques and results are recorded. Primarily by boron-trifluoride detection methods, the depression due to the shield of slow flux in the boundary regions is compared with an unshielded facility. 2. A Versatile Flexible Control Rod for Sub-Critical Systems \ Jackson E. Kinzer and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The problem of installing a control rod in the V. P. I. subcritical nu¬ clear reactor was complicated by the limiting two foot clearance between the top of the reactor and the ceiling in which to insert and operate an eight foot rod. The problem was overcome by cutting the rod in 6 inch sections at an angle of 45° and installing an internal pivoting arm which allowed the sections to break 60° with respect to one another. This allowed the rod to be wrapped on a drum taking the shape of a hexagonal helix when withdrawn from the pile and yet have the effect of a solid straight rod when inserted in the pile. To eliminate lateral movement of the rod in any direction when inserted, a threading cam was used which corrected for both the helix and hexagonal effect simulta¬ neously. Provision was made to change the neutron absorbing material by using a tubular sleeve cut in the same manner as the rod and sand¬ wiching the absorbing material between the rod and sleeve of each section. ^Supported in part by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. 376 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 3. A Graphite Sigma Pile for the Measurement of Moderator Parameters. Lee S. -Anthony and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The Virginia Polytechnic Institute Sigma Pile was constructed of AGOT grade graphite, and is a parallelepiped eight feet high, with a base of 66" X 66". There are foil channels in nineteen layers; the first two foil blocks in each channel are coupled together to facilitate removal. Source positions consist of one central position in level four, and four positions located symmetrically in layer three, at ± a/3, where they may be used to minimize harmonics. A framework was placed around the pile, and is used to support positioning plates, which meet the ends of the foil channels on two sides of the pile. A plate consists of 4^ x 4^ inch vertically placed channel iron, adopted for easy yet dependable position¬ ing. Horizontal and vertical BF^ traverses were obtained to prove the symmetry of the pile. The diffusion length and Fermi Age were run using conventional indium foil techniques. A value of 54.5 ±: 2 cm was obtained for the diffusion length, and 357 ±5 cm^ for the Fermi Age. indicating that the pile has uniform, acceptable parameters. 4. The Vibrations of a Loaded Cantilever. I. G. Foster; Virginia Military Institute A solution for the vibratory motions of a simple cantilever, loaded at the free end, is given for the simple case of free vibrations of an undamp ed bar. Modal frequencies and modal shape functions are derived as functions of the ratio of load mass to cantilever mass. The shape func¬ tions are non-orthogonal so that common methods of satisfying initial con¬ ditions fail. Since the amplitudes of higher modes are neghgible, numeri¬ cal approximation is possible and the results are in excellent agreement with experiment. 5. Measurements of Compressibilities of Solidified Gases at Vari¬ ous Low Temperatures.* John W. Stewart and Ralph I. La Rock; University of Virginia The bulk of the work reported here has been with solid methane (CH4). This substance exhibits two rotational (second order) phase transitions below 32° K and 2,600 kg/cm^ pressure, and one such trans- tion above this “triple point”. These transitions are observed as small discontinuities in compressibility. Measurements have been made to 20,- 000 kg/cm^ by the piston displacement technique at a number of tem¬ peratures between 4° K and 120° K. The phase transitions noted by ♦Supported by Office of Ordnance Research, U. S. Army. Proceedings 1957-1958 1958] 377 Trapeznikova and Miljiitin {Nature 144: 632. 1939) and by Stevenson (/. Chem. Phtjs. 27: 656. 1957) are substantiated only in part. The compressibility of CH4 at atmospheric pressure is 4 x lO-'"* cm^Vkg at 9° K; 5 X 16- at 30° K; 6 x lO -* at 65° K; and 8 x 10-* at 77° K. Solid CF4 has been investigated in the range 65° K to 89° K. Its com¬ pressibility at atmospheric pressure and 84° K is about 5 x 10-^ cm^/kg. This substance has a pronounced first order transition at atmospheric pressure and 76.3° K {Zeit. Physik. Chem. B41: 307. 1938). At 88.5° the transition pressure is found to be 1,210 dz 75 kg/ cm-. 6. Experimental Determination of the Densities of Several Soli¬ dified Gases at 77° K.® Ralph I. La Rock and John W. Stewart; University of Virginia The densities of solid methane, ethane, ethylene, propane, propylene, and carbon tetrafluoride at 77° K have been measured at atmospheric pressure by diiect condensation of the gas into a volumetric flask im¬ mersed in a liquid nitrogen bath. The accompanying pressure drop in a storage tank of known volume at room temperature was observed. The mass of gas in the tank before and after condensation was readilv deter¬ mined in terms of the number of moles, n, from the equation PV The second virial coefficient, B(T), was obtained from values given in the literature. The results listed below are based upon a minimum of eleven runs with each substance. Substance Methane Ethane Density gm/cm*^ Molar Volume cm^ 0.507 zh 0.004 31.6 zti 0.2 0.713 dz 0.002 42.2 zh 0.1 Ethylene Propane 0.732 dz 0.002 38.3 dz 0.1 0.763 dz 0.004 57.8 dz 0.3 Propylene Carbon Tetrafluoride 0.806 dz 0.003 52.2 dz 0.2 1.943 dz 0.007 45.3 zb 0.2 ♦Supported by the Office of Ordnance Research, U. S. Army. 378 [September The Virginia Journal of Science 7. Rolling Polygons. Robert C. Yates; College of William and Mary This is a discussion of the geometric problem of rolling a regular poly¬ gon of N sides upon a line and upon the outside and the inside of another regular polygon. By using trigonometric formulas for the sum of sines and the sum of squares of sines, arc lengths and areas were computed in elementary fashion as functions of N. By letting N increase without bound, the areas and arc lengths of the ordinary cycloid, hypo- cycloid, and epicycloid were determined. The audience was provided with sheets of colored drawings containing the essentials of the discus¬ sion. 8. The Magnitudes, Colors, and Motions of Stars of the Spectral Class R. Gordon L. Vandervort; University of Virginia Visual magnitudes and colors of 98 stars of the spectral class R have been observed with a photoelectric photometer and reduced to the sys¬ tem of Johnson and Morgan (Ap. /. 117: 313. 1953.) The average probable error of one magnitude amounted to ±0.”^055 and that of the color, ±:0.”™039. The variation of the color with spectral class is shown in the following table. Subclass No. of stars Ave. Color p. e. Unit Wt. RO 19 1.22 zb 0.13 R2 28 1.33 0.13 R5 23 1.57 0.16 R8 7 2.10 0.08 Var. 21 2.46 0.46 Statistical parallaxes were derived by means of the parallactic motion as well as by the use of the tau-components compared with the peculiar components of the radical velocities. After correcting the apparent magnitudes for the interstellar absorption, the average absolute magni¬ tudes were derived for the two groups of stars as shown in the second table. Group RO and R2 R5 and R8 No. of Stars 43 42 M 0.44 ± 0.29 — 1.10 zb 0.49 379 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 9. A Search for Distant Blue Stars in High Galactic Latitudes. Charles R. Cowley; University of Virginia A survey of McCormick 10 inch spectral plates has yielded one hun¬ dred-six blue stars in regions within 40 degrees of the north and south galactic poles. Colors, magnitudes, and proper motions were obtained for the 12 stars having negative color indices. Spectroscopic parallaxes indicate that these bluest stars are well above the plane of the galaxy, and are therefore probably Population II stars. Many of the A stars exhibit strengthened G bands, possibly indicating that these stars are also of Population 11. 10. The Richmond Area Seminar for High School Mathematics Teachers. E. Sherman Grable; University of Richmond During the past year a monthly seminar has been conducted for high school mathematics teachers in the Richmond area. The programs have been conducted by representative speakers from colleges and universities, business and industry. Interest proved to be high, with an average at¬ tendance of approximately fifty teachers. As a result of this interest and enthusiasm a five-week workshop will be held during the coming sum¬ mer. Financial support has been secured from business and industry. Attendance will be limited to forty teachers each of whom will receive a small stipend. The project has amply demonstrated that there is both interest in and support for efforts to strengthen the mathematics cur¬ riculum in our public schools. 11. Long-Enduring Meteor Trains ad Fireball Orbits. C. P. Olivier; University of Pennsylvania This paper presents data on meteor trains and fireballs in larger amount than, it is believed, has previously appeared. The factors which must be present for train development are discussed and it is shown that the development of a long enduring train is a comparatively rare pheno¬ menon. Mean heights for both trains and fireballs are given, along with the velocities of train drifts. Vector diagrams for drifts of night trains over America and Europe are redrawn, generally confirming those in Re¬ print 69. The monthly frequency of fireballs and their ratio to other meteors are derived. It is shown that while many have such orbital inclinations that origin in the asteroid zone was possible, others could not have originated there. Results, previously and currently obtained by the older naked-eye methods, are confirmed quite closely by the newer photographic and radio methods, despite the much greater absolute ac¬ curacy of the latter. 380 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 12. An Undergraduate Laboratory Course In Nuclear Physics. F. R. Crownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary Experiments for an undergraduate laboratory course in nuclear physics are briefly described. The experiments are designed to use standard, up- to-date nuclear physics apparatus to illustrate fundamental nuclear physics principles. The student thus gains a working knowledge of modern ap¬ paratus at the same time he does experiments in basic nuclear physics. 13. Some Gamma Ray Experiments for an Undergraduate Course IN Nuclear Physics. E. T. Gerry and F. R. Crownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary Gamma ray attenuation and Compton effect experiments using a scin¬ tillation spectrometer are described. Measurements of “narrow beam” ab¬ sorption coefficients are made by using energy selection instead of col- limation. By omitting the energy selection one finds considerably less attenuation and this demonstrates the concept of buildup factor, often neglected in introductory courses. The energy shift due to Compton scattering may be measured by determining the pulse-height spectrum of a monochromatic (Ca— source and comparing it to the spectrum of radiation scattered by a lead ring through an angle which can be easily determined geometrically. 14. Design and Construction of a Long Lens Beta Spectrometer. J. W. Little and J. F. Roach; College of William and Mary This instrument consists of a long solenoid and a plexigeas vacuum chamber. The electrons are detected by a scintillation phosphor, and the light pulses are transmitted to a photo multiplier tube outside the solenoid by a long light pipe. Electrons up to one MEV can be focused. 15. The Quantum Theoretical Concept of Measurement. John L. McKnight; College of Wiliam and Mary The first section of the paper is devoted to the development of a set of criteria for an adequate interpretation of measurement in quantum mechanics. They are founded on traditional epistemology and metaphy¬ sics. An epistemological scheme similar to that of Northrop and Marge- nau is developed which will fulfill these criteria. On this base it is pro¬ posed that variables such as position, momentum and the like are not uniquely possessed by quantum mechanical systems. Between acts of measurement it would contradict quantum tlieory to ascribe definite values to the classical observables of the system. The observables are latent in this strong sense and appear only during the measuring process. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 381 The characteristic interdependent statistical predictions of the values of those pairs of variables whose operators do not commute result from the process nature of measurement. This interpretation is applied to several examples and used to explain the Bohr principle of complementarity. 16. Comments on Magnetic TmN Films. G. Wayne Clark; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research The results of some recent theories and experiments on magnetic thin films are briefly reviewed. For the experimental results emphasis has been placed on films prepared by evaporation of the metals in vacuum. 17. Hysteresis Loop Tractor for Magnetic Tion Films. Billy W. Sloope; University of Richmond A circuit which has been adapted from that given by Howling {Rev. Sci. Inst. 27 1 952. 1956) and employing the Rubens {Rev. Sci. Inst. 16: 243. 1945) cube coil is described. This apparatus is designed to dis¬ play the hysteresis loop of extremely thin magnetic films of NiFe. Several uses of the apparatus and loop patterns are mentioned. 18. Magnetic Domains By The Kerr Magneto-optic Effect Calvin O. Tiller; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research The Kerr magneto-optic effect has been employed to observe or pho¬ tograph magnetic domains in thin vacuum-evaporated films of nickel-iron (approximately 80% nickel). A method of obtaining a magnetic hyste¬ resis loop from a photographic trace will be shown. 19. Coercive Force vs. Thickness for Thin Films of Nickel-Iron, Calvin O, Tiller and G. Wayne Clark; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research An invesitgation of the behavior of the coercive force as the thickness is decreased for thin vacuum-evaporated films of nickel-iron (81% nickel) is reported. It is found that the inverse 4/3 power of thickness depend¬ ence as predicted by Neel is not fulfilled. 20. What Should We Do About Centrifugal Force and Earth Satellites? Billy W. Sloope; University of Richmond The role and use of the term "centrifugal force’ in the explanation of earth satellites as opposed to the usual academic use is discussed. Also the role of the scientists in public science education is touched upon. [September 382 The Virginia Journal of Science 21. Pharmatomity-Atoms for Peace. Agnes K. Beall; Virginia Beach PHARMATOMITY — a name coined by the author — covers applica¬ tion in the field of PHARmacy of ATOMic research for better commun- ITY health. It was pointed out that human welfare has already been enhanced by the application of atomic energy developments and by-prod¬ ucts through pharmaceutical research in medicines and drugs now avail¬ able and in use. These products are the foundation of today’s highly successful medical therapy but are only the forerunners which reasonable expectancy indicates will be forthcoming from pharmaceutical laborato¬ ries. 22. Millimicrosecond Pulse Amplifiers. W. T. Joyner; Hampden-Sydney College A survey of available vacuum tubes shows that the FEP-60 secondary emission pentode offers the best figure of merit for pulse amplification. A negative feedback circuit is necessary to insure stable performance. A univibrator circuit is described which has a sensitivity of two hundredths of one volt and an output slope of 10^^ volts/ sec. Recent solid state amplifiers are shown to be considerably better than available vacuum tubes, particularly at low signal levels. 23. A Relaxed Condition on the Existence Theorem for Simulta¬ neous Implicit Functions. Reuben R. McDaniel; Virginia State College Given the svstem of n equations , x„, yj, y^, . . . , y^) = 0 (i = 1, 2, . . . , n) in m+ n unknowns defined at a point / o o o o o \ (Xj, x^,. . . . , X^, y^, 72’ • • • ’ By the well known Existence Theorem for implicit functions one can find a value O » / O O O ’‘k =fi y2’ • • • ’ provided (1) fj and its n partial derivatives (k = 1, 2, . . . , n) exist and are continuous in the neighborhood of P and (2) the Jacobian, J ^ 0 at point P. In this paper we show that, if f* ( i = 1, 2, . , . , n ) are 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 383 homogenous functions in Xj , . . . ? and if Xj^ / 0 for some value k, the condition that J be different from zero may be replaced by the statement: - ^Ixi hx2 • • • ■ ■ ■ f2xi ^2x2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ fnxi fnx2 . . . f f f nxk_i n nxj^^i ’ ^f. ^ 0 This may be verified by simply replacing by its value found from a statement of Euler’s Theorem for homogenous functions. 24. A Further Study on Newtons Interference Pattern from Coated Surfaces. H. Y. Loll; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Newton’s interference patterns produced by combination of simple geometrical surfaces such as circular cone, ellipsoid of revolution, etc., were discussed previously (V. J. S. 3:4). A further study has been made on patterns from cylindrical surface in combination with others. Then- characteristics have been found and verified experimentally. Micro¬ graphs of the interference patterns from surfaces coated with highly re¬ flective film are shown. 25. On the Mechanical Properties of Whiskers of Hexagonal Metals. P. B. Price, M. ]. Skove, and N. Cabrera; University of Virginia The mechanical properties of zinc, cadmium, and copper single-crystal whiskers were studied with a micro-tensile device constructed for this purpose. ^ It was found that these whiskers were quite strong and had sharp yield points. Second order effects in the stress-strain curves were noticed at high stresses. These second-order effects varied from crystal to crystal, indicating that the crystals were not perfect but rather had dislocations present. To study these dislocations creep experiments were done and the results indicate that Frank-Read sources are still active in whiskers with a cross-section of the order of 5 x 10“^ cm^. The high yield point stresses are presumably due to the small size of the crystal preventing pile-ups of dislocations from breaking through the oxide layer on the nearly perfect surface. The Virginia Journal of Science [September 26. liiE Effect of High Strain and Low Temperature on the Resistivity of Metal Whiskers. Herman H. Hobbs and E. P. Stillwell, Jr.; University of Virginia A thorough study has been made of the effect of elastic strain on the resistivity of copper whiskers. Preliminary results on whiskers of several other metals have also been obtained. The effect of plastic flow on the resistance has also been studied. The strain-resistivity curves in the elastic region are found to depart from linearity for all metals studied. The residual resistance of whiskers of several metals has been measur¬ ed. The residual resistance of reduction grown copper whiskers is found to be between ten and twenty percent of their resistance at zero degrees Centigrade. Cadmium and zinc whiskers grown by condensation of their metal vapor in inert gas have been shown to have residual resistances of about one percent of their resistances at zero degrees Centigrade. 27. Photodisintegration of Light Nuclei. P. Flournoy, R. Tickle, and W. Whitehead; University of Virginia A series of experiments has been started at the University of Virginia to investigate the photodisintegration of light nuclei. This paper is a report on preliminary data obtained for the neutron production cross sec¬ tions of He'^ and The 70 Mev Electron Synchrotron was used as a source of gamma-rays. Fast neutrons from photonuclear reactions in¬ duced in gaseous targets are thermalized in kerosene and detected by boron-trifluoride counters. The neutron pulses were amplified and fed into a coincidence circuit along with a 800/x Sec gate. The gate was triggered 35/x Sec after the beam pulse so that no pulses were recorded during the gamma-ray burst. Yield curves were obtained by recording neutron counts as a function of the ma!ximum photon energy from thres¬ hold to 50 Mev. A thin-walled, parallel plate ionization chamber was used to monitor the gamma-ray flux. This monitor was calibrated rela¬ tive to the Cu^'^(y, n)Cu®2 cross section section as measured by Berman and Brown. Cross sections for He^ and were extracted from the yield curves using the Penfold-Leiss matrix. ^ Parameters of the “giant resonance” peaks are: Ep He4 23.7 Mev 9P 1.3 mb ri/2 N14 22 Mev 9.7 mb where Ep = energy of peak 0 p — value of cross section at peak 8.0 Mev 4.6 Mev L^^°(E)dE .Oil Mev-Bams .088 Mev-Bams 385 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 r ^2 — width of resonance at half maximum io (9^^ (E)dE — integrated cross section to 50 Mev. 28. The Al-^ (y, 2P)Na2' Reaction L. B. Aiill and W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia An electron synchrotron was recently given to the University pf Vir¬ ginia by the General Electric Company. The maximum energy of the X-ray beam is variable from 10 to 70 million electron volts ,and a maxi¬ mum beam intensity of approximately 300 roentgens per minute is ob¬ tained at one meter from the tungsten target. The synchrotron has been used to investigate the AU^ (y, 2P) Na^^'* reaction. The Na^^ activit)^ induced in an aluminum sample and the Cu62 activity induced in a copper sample after a short irradiation were measured with a scintillation counter at various beam energies between 23 and 65 Mev. The cross section for the AU" (y, 2P) reaction was then computed from the above data, the known Cu^-^ (y^n) Cu®^ cross section, and the theoretical X-ray spectrum. Peak cross section is at 32 Mev., the half width for the cross section curve is about 8 Mev, and the integrated cross section is 2.7 mb — mev. Business Meeting The Astronomy, Mathematies, Physics Section business meeting was held at 11:40 AM, Friday, May 9, 1958 in the Cavalier Room, Hotel Roanoke. The following officers were elected by unanimous vote of the members: Chairman, Jackson J. Taylor; Secretary, Robert C. Yates; Sec¬ tion Editor (1960), I. G. Foster. The Chairman appointed Miss Isabel Boggs representative to the VAS Committee on the History of Science in Virginia. Jackson J. Taylor, Secretary 386 The Virginia Journal of Science [September SECTION OF BACTERIOLOGY Business Meeting. 1. Serum Bactericidin levels for Bacillus subtilis in Human Malig¬ nancies. H. C. Alexander and Eva Soto-Figueroa; Department of Microbiology, University of Virginia School of Medicine Previous studies have shown that pneumococcal pneumonia and myo¬ cardial infarction produce an increase in the semm levels of bactericidin. Data from further studies revealing that increase in concentration is also seen in patients with carcinoma of the lung and Hodgkins disease are presented in this report. Bactericidin levels are expressed in units per ml. of serum. Bactericidin titers found in 8 cases of primary epideiTuoid carcinoma in the lung ranged from 3 cases with levels of 2 to 4 units, within the normal range of healthy humans, to one case with 32 units. The diag¬ noses in all cases in this study were made on the basis of biopsy and histological characteristics. Only one case was resectable. The remain¬ ing patients showed evidence of extensive metastasis to mediastinal struc¬ tures and pleura. Only one case showed evidence of associated infec¬ tion. * Four patients with anaplastic carcinoma of the lung had bactericidin levels of 64 units. Of these patients one was resectable and the others evidenced signs of metastasis to hilar and mediastinal structures, and to axillary nodes and adjacent tissues. No patients showed active infection. Five patients with Hodgkins disease showed titers of 16 to 64 units with no correlation between duration of disease and titers since histories ranged from 3 months to 15 years. All patients represented acute ex¬ acerbations of their disease with mediastinal involvement in all but one, while none demonstrated lung parenchymal disease or active infection. Patients with adenocarcinoma of the lung had 16 units. Patients with multiple myeloma, breast carcinoma, lymphatic leukemia, and pernicious anemia were within normal limits. In summary, bactericidin levels are increased in epidermoid and ana¬ plastic carcinoma of the lung and Hodgkins disease. In contrast, studies by Southam and Pillemer on properdin levels in patients with malignan¬ cies indicate depletion. Collectively these findings illustrate two distinct host responses involving antibacterial systems. Proceedings 1957-1958 1958] 387 2. Rapid Detection of Salmonella typhosa by Fluorescent Antibody Technique. 1 Walter R. Dowdle, Charles T. Hall and P. Arne Hansen; Department of Microbiology, University of Maryland The importance of multiple labeling by fluorescent antibodies for the simultaneous demonstration of several antigens in one preparation has been emphasized. Immune typhoid globulin labeled with fluorescein and adsorbed with antigens 9 and 12, leaving Vi and d antibodies only, acts as a double label since the two fluorescent antibodies stain two different morphological structures. Hence this adsorbed serum makes it possible to differentiate Salmonella typhosa, which has both Vi and d, from all other Salmonellae. 3. Studies of Human Tissue Antigens. Gerald Goldstein and Quentin N. Myrvik; Department of Microbio¬ logy, University of Virginia School of Medicine 4. A Serological and Physiological Study of Heterofermentative Lactobacilli. Anne Zerschling and P. Arne Hansen; Department of Microbiology, University of Maryland The characterization of a group of common major antigens of the het¬ erofermentative lactobacilli would afford a valuable adjunct to the present physiological classification since the lines of demarcation among the spe¬ cies have proved to be somewhat vague. With respect to the agglutina¬ tion-agglutinin adsorption technique, however, the 49 strains analyzed exhibited a distinct tendency toward strain specificity, particularly among the strains classified physiologically as L. brevis, L. buchneri, and L. cello- biosus. Strains of L. fermenti of fowl origin also exhibited marked strain specificity, but six L. fermenti strains from a variety of other sources shared a common antigenic complex. It was possible to distinguish these strains from all others by either of two antisera appropriately adsorbed. 5. Lysis of Modified Erythrocytes by Normal Serum. H. J. Welshimer and Nancy G. Winglewish; Department of Micro¬ biology, Medical College of Virginia Sheep erythrocytes have been treated with polysaccharide extracts of Listeria monocytogenes. Staphylococcus albus. Salmonella typhosa and Bacillus megaterium. Such treated erythrocytes will undergo lysis in the iThis work was performed under contract with the U. S. Army Chemical Corps, Fort Detrick, Frederick, Md. 388 The Virginia Journal of Science [September presence of normal guinea pig serum, human serum and rabbit serum. The C’3 component of complement combines with the polysaccharide. The lytic activity of the serum is related to the complement activity. Anti¬ bodies against the polysaccharides have not been detected in the normal serum and are not believed to be involved in this lytic phenomenon. 6. Methods of Revealing Ingested Bacteria in Entamoeba histolytica. E. Clifford Nelson; Department of Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia The thickness and optical properties of the ectoplasmic layer of E. his- tolytica interferes with observation of ingested bacteria with the ordinary light microscope and even with the phase microscope. The present study was made to attempt to devise more adequate techniques for observing ingested bactria. A vital staining, crystal violet procedure has given good results in revealing bacteria in living amebae. A combined Wright-Giemsa staining procedure has given best results for killed and fixed permanent preparations. 7. A Microbiological Study of Antarctic Birds. John McNeill Sieburth; Animal Pathology Section, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Five studies conducted during earlier antarctic expeditions indicated that as many as fifty per cent of the antarctic birds were ‘Tacteriologi- cally sterile”. This study was conducted aboard the icebreaker “General San Martin” during the 1957-58 Argentine Antarctic Expedition. Four of eighteen birds were free of aerobes and in the scope of the earlier workers would also be considered as “bacteriologically sterile”. However, these birds had an obligate-anaerobic microflora. Antibacterial assays, direct microscopic observations and bacterial counts on gastrointestinal material indicated marked antibacterial activity in the proventriculus contents of penguins eating Euphausian Shrimp. The antibiotic activity of the shrimp was located in its phytoplankton laden stomach. Sea water phytoplankton per se was active at concentrations as low as five parts per million dry weight. Similar studies indicated that the antibacterial activity of proventriculus contents from birds pre¬ dating on penguins was due to the marked antibacterial activity of blood seimms. Penguins were free of a detectable tracheal microflora while the fly¬ ing birds had both a tracheitis and a tracheal flora of enterobacteria pathogenic for chickens. Serological tests indicated that Salmonellosis and Ornithosis occur in antarctic birds. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 389 SECTION OF BIOLOGY 1. COMPATABILITY RELATIONSHIPS IN THE CONVOLVULACEAE. Robert J. Knight; Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia Compatibilities have been studied of twenty-four species from six gen¬ era. Fifteen of the species were in the genus Ipomoea. Self-compatible taxa included the following 15 species. Calonyction aculeatum, C. muri- catum; Qiiamoclit coccinea, Q. lohata, Q. pennata; Ipomoea fistulosa, I. hederacea, 1. lacunosa, 1. lindheimeri, 1. Nil, L purpurea, 1. setosa, 1. trichocarpa, I. tricolor, 1. triloha. There are nine species which were found to be self -incompatible. These were Ipomoea cairica, I. cathartica, 1. pandurata, I. tyrianthina, 1. sp. (collected at E. Papayo, Mexico); ]ac- quemontia martii; Merremia tuberosa. Convolvulus arvensis, and Calyste- gia sepium. Data involve the results from (1) interspecific crosses; (2) self- and cross-pollination studies; and (3) the reaction of pollen on stig¬ mas or in styles following self- or cross-pollinations. It is considered that there have been parallel trends within several genera toward loss of self-incompatibility reactions, and that development of the annual habit of growth is closely associated with a high degree of self-compatibility in the Convolvulaceae . 2. Preliminary Studies of Cavernicolous Fungi. William W. Scott and Margaret M. Holland; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Although the fauna of caves has been intensively studied by many in¬ vestigators, little attention has been given to the plant life present in such habitats. The obvious reason for this discrepancy is the dependency of green plants upon light. However, it might be expected that the fungi would thrive in such an environment. Preliminary studies support the anticipated presence of an abundant population of soil and water inhabit¬ ing fungi within a number of caves in southwestern Virginia. The present investigation has been concerned primarily with troglophi- lic phycomycetous fungi. A large number of isolates representing about 25 chytridiaceous, saprolegniaceous ,and pythiaceous species have been studied and identified. 3. Saga of Virginia’s Water Lily (American Lotus). Agnes K. Beall; Virginia Beach While found in the eastern states from the Canadian border to Loui¬ siana, the yellow American Lotus exists in profusion today only in the Princess Anne County area of Virginia. This plant flourishes best in 390 The Virginia Journal of Science [September fresh, still waters and is water hardy. Hurricanes and high tides in coastal areas, bringing salt water, can wipe out a colony because of salt action on roots and tubers. The potentialities and significance of current research on Nelumbo liitea were stressed and methods of cultivation for home gardens (previously considered impractical) were described. Care must be exercised to avoid tender plant tips being damaged or the whole plant dies. The chemical and biological characteristics, historical signif¬ icance and striking beauty of American Lotus are deserving of far greater attention than previously accorded this native heritage. 4. A Comparative Study of the Phallic Papilla of Four Genera OF Crayfishes of the Family Astacidae. Thomas L. Johnson; University of Virginia The distal portion of the sperm duct, lying in the phallic papilla of the coxal podomere of the fifth pereiopod of the cryafish, bears a cuticu- lar lining. The shape of this cuticular element suggests that it is instru¬ mental in molding the spermatophore so as to facilitate its passage along the groove of the first pleopod, the organ of sperm transfer in the cray¬ fishes of the northern hemisphere. A comparison of this cuticular struc¬ ture in the distal portion of the sperm ducts in representatives of four genera of the Family Astacidae is made with the intention of determining whether or not modifications of it are of phylogenetic significance. 5. Precolonial Game Conditions in Virginia. John H. Reeves, Jr.; Virginia Cooperative Wildlife Reserve Unit, Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute Studies were made regarding the conditions of forests and fields in Virginia before 1600. With knowledge of the habitat, combined with early reports concerning the abundance of game animals, the following inferences seem logical: (1) The forests of this period were composed of mature or over-mature hardwood trees. Pines were scattered, being found only on the immediate coast or in tracts near tlie mouths of large rivers. (2) While forests covered most of Virginia, there was consider¬ able open land. These clearings were both agricultural and non-agricul- tural in purpose, and as much as 1,200 square miles of open land existed in precolonial Virginia. In the untilled savannas grasses grew in abund¬ ance. (3) Mast producing trees and grasses of savannas served, respec¬ tively, game species as bear and turkey, and grazing forms as elk and bison. The large herds of deer were restricted to edges of forests since the preferred shrubby plant growth was largely lacking in forests. Farm game animals, rabbits and quail were present, but in limited numbers. (4) Much of the open land in Virginia was a direct result of indiscrimi¬ nate burning of the woods by the Indians. The thought has been ex- 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 391 pressed that if this burning had been continued by the Indian, eventually, he would have destroyed or radically changed most of the forests of Virginia. 6. Host Specificity and Odostomia impressa. Say. J. Frances Allen; Universitij of Maryland A review of the literature indicates that, in general, members of the Pyramidellidae are considered as being host specific and ectoparasitic gas¬ tropods. Personal observations have suggested that such is not the case. A study of several species of this family relative to their feeding habits has been intiated, and Odostomia impressa Say, because of its accessi¬ bility, was selected for the fii'st concentrated observations. Although pre¬ viously reported as feeding on Crassostrea virginica, O. impressa not only utilizes that organism but in addition feeds readily on each of the follow¬ ing: Bittium varium; Crepidula convexa; Urosalpinx cinera; Triphora nigrocincta; a polychaete worm; another species of pyramidellid; and at the incurrent siphon of the tunicate, Molgtda. Obviously this species is not host specific. As to whether or not it should be considered as an ecto¬ parasite is a matter of definition and interpretation of the term. 7. General Considerations in Laboratory Animal Care. Berton F. Hill; Bureau of Laboratory Animal Resources, National Academy of Sciences This paper presents in a brief discussion the general considerations which must be taken into account in the breeding and maintenance of research animals. Several factors which hinder experimental results are noted. Problems in the design and construction of laboratory animal quarters are discussed. Proper equipment for animal colonies and the operational procedures used in such colonies are described. An attempt is made to list and outline briefly several systems of mating, including inbreeding and random mating. Certain rules for the storage and use of animal feed and bedding are given, with particular emphasis on the need for feed free of estrogenic contamination. The spread of infection in a laboratory animal colony and some general methods of control are discussed. Demonstration is made of the hazards encountered in the transportation of laboratory animals and the measures needed to minimize shipping stress. Finally, the attributes of an effective animal caretaker are noted. 8. Salinity and Oxy-hemoglobin Affinity. Jack D. Burke; University of Richmond The Hall Spectro-Comparator was used to determine the per cent sat- 392 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Illation of human hemoglobin at different oxygen tensions in millimeters of mercury. The hemoglobin was made-up in Sorensen’s phosphate buf¬ fer at different molarities, and at pH 6.8. Oxygen dissociation curves were detenmined at each molarity using the Brown and Hill thermodyna- j mial nomogram. The salinity range of eleven determinations was from ! M/1000 to M/1. When molarity was plotted vs. T^ saturation, it was j demonstrated that valid oxygen dissociation curves can be determined i for human hemoglobin solution buffered in salt concentrations ranging from M/75 to M/10. I 9. The Effect of Ultra-violet and X-radiation on the Growth OF Phleum pratense Roots. | Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College The growth of timothy roots exposed to UV (8 ergs/mmVsec) for 8 ^ minutes is immediately, but temporarily (3 hr. after iiTadiation) depress¬ ed. The growth of cells in the region of elongation is inhibited while the growth of cells near the tip is slightly stimulated for a short period after irradiation. Exposure to 1600 r of X-rays has no effect on elongat¬ ing cells but the growth of cells near the tip at the time of irradiation is depressed when they reach the region of elongation. Both t)^es of irradiation differentially affect division and growth of the meristemtaic cells. Division is inhibited while growth continues resulting in abnor¬ mally long cells. ' 10. Cytological Studies in Setcreasea purpurea Boom and S. brevifolia , (Torr.) Rose . | Smritimoy Bose; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Vir¬ ginia A 2n number of 12 is found in S. purpurea, while our S. brevifolia plants showed a 2n number of 25. Three different types of chromosomes occur in karyotypes of both species. These are chromosomes with (1) median, and (2) submedian constrictions — both types without any satel¬ lites — and (3) submedianly constricted types which have a satellite j on the shorter arm. The meiotic behavior of the 2n-12 species of S. . purpurea is normal in all the stages of I and II division. In metaphase I there is a regular formation of 6 bivalents and in microspore division 6 I chromosomes are always observed. The cytological behavior shows it i to be a diploid. I The meiotic behaviour of 2n = 25 species of S. brevifolia is found to | be irregular and univalents, bivalents, trivalents and quadrivalents are generally observed in metaphase of meiosis. Chromatin bridge formations i are common at anaphase I and II and large numbers of micronuclei are seen. In microspore division, cells with 11, 12, 13, 14 and 25 chromo- 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 393 somes are noticed of which 12 and 13 are in a majority. The evidence suggests it to be an aneuploid with a 4n + 1 constitution. Structural hybridity is also believed to be playing a part here. 11. Selection of the Large Milkweed Bug for Resistance to In¬ secticides. James MeDonald Grayson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The large milkweed bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dali.) has been sub¬ jected under laboratory conditions to selection for survival to sublethal dosages of DDT, toxaphene, and aldrin. No distinct resistance to aldrin or toxaphene had developed after 23 and 37 generations, respectively, but definite resistance to DDT had developed after 36 generations of selection. In addition, the number of eggs produced by DDT-selected females was significantly lower than that produced by normal females, but there was no significant difference between numbers of eggs pro¬ duced by normal and either toxaphene- or aldrin-selected females. 12. Influence of the Season on the Anatomy of the Skin and Follicles of Wooled Sheep and Dairy Goats. Lubow A. Margolena; Agricultural Research Service, U. S. D. A. Studies were carried out on the histology of skin and hair follicles of the dorsum of two groups of animals from samples collected throughout the year. One group was kept on pasture, the other under a controlled dietary regime, but otherwise under identical conditions. The 14 ani¬ mals used included 2 Merino and 2 Hampshire sheep of either sex, 2 female Toggenburg goats and 1 Merino lamb for each group. No varia¬ tions were observed because of pregnancy, lactation or sex differences, breed being of primary importance. Measurements and studies were made of the epidermis as the sole progenitor of hair follicles in prenatal stages and in case of skin wounds. Observations were also made of follicles in different stages and of melano- cytic distribution. Provided nutrition is adequate, season is of prime importance in folli¬ cular behavior in shedding animals like Toggenburg goats. The less differentiated and thinner the epidermis, the denser are the follicles and the higher the follicular and skin metabolism as indicated in Beltsville sheep having continuously growing wool. Melanocytic activity in goats is manifested during the initiation of new hair. Variation in the presence and location of pigment carrying cells, in different breeds, is discussed. 394 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 13. Short-term Survial in Pen-reared Quail. Thomas H. Ripley and Russell A. Cooldngham; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Massachusetts Division of Fisheries and Game The characteristics of short-term survival and its relationship to harvest using pen-reared quail were investigated. Three methods of study were used; (1) release and direct counts taken before the open season using birds tagged with plastic markers, (2) analysis of open season band returns from birds stocked during three periods before shooting, and (3) an analysis of the distribution of open season returns from releases made immediately before shooting. Direct counts of surviving birds from a 261-bird release showed losses of 38, 58 and 66% in 5, 15 and 30 days, respectively. The total return of 184 birds from three stocking periods made at 3, 13 and 28 days before shooting had a distributed contribution of 71, 17 and 12 per cent, respectively. A total return of 101 quail stocked three days before shooting was distributed so that 65, 24 and 11% were taken during the first, second and third, and fourth and fifth weeks, respectively. A direct relationship between survival and harvest was clearly indicat¬ ed. The implications of the findings with respect to stocking programs were discussed. ^ 14. Infraspecific Variation in the White Perch, Rocclis americanus (Gmelin) . William S. Woolcott; University of Richmond The white perch is a euryhaline species which occurs in the bays and coastal rivers of Eastern North America from Nova Scotia to South Caro¬ lina. The present population study, an examination of the variation pat¬ tern of the species, was made to determine whether various populations differed and, if so, on what level. Counts of fin rays and scales and measurements of various body parts were made on over 1400 specimens. The data are presented in the form of frequency distribution tables. In americanus there appear to be two primary gene pools located north and south of the Delaware River. Evidence for this was found in anal ray and lateral-line scale counts which were higher in the north. With few exceptions proportional measurements (expressed as percentage of standard length) were greater in the south. The Delaware River popula¬ tion is intermediate in many characters and apparently draws from both northern and southern gene pools. Partially isolated populations within the two major gene pools have diverged on a low level. Some differ¬ ences are probably the result of selective adaptation while others may 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 395 be due to a phenotypic response to environmental influence. In lake populations the specimens were more elongate than were those from rivers. 15. The Application of Marine Biology and Oceanography to Im¬ portant Fishery Problems. Howard H. Eckles; Chief, Branch of Marine Fisheries, U.S. Depart¬ ment of Interior The fishing industry is faced with many problems which causes econ¬ omic instability and hardship to its members. These range from depleted stocks and vagaries in fishing conditions to severe competition from im¬ ports. While application of marine biology and oceanography cannot solve all the fisherman's problems, science can uncover new resources, stabilize the supply and increase fishing efficiency. Using combined stu¬ dies of marine biology, oceanography and fishing explorations, new stocks of yellowfin tuna have been found in the equatorial Pacific south and east of Hawaii. Relations between water temperatures and tuna catches show that better catches result when surface layer waters are warmer than average. Low salinity indicates better skipjack tuna catches in the Hawaiian fishery. Through studies of meristic characters, scales, incidence of parasites, and serology fisheiy scientists can usually separate red salmon of Asiatic and North American origin caught on the high seas. Long term investigations usually are necessary to obtain sufficient knowledge to determine effects of environment on abundance of marine fishes. The unusually warm season of 1957 in the Pacific, with sea tem¬ peratures 3° to 6° F. higher than average, had a marked effect on im¬ portant ocean fish populations. 16. The Exoskeleton of a Freshwater Crab as a Microhabitat for Several Invertebrates. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. and Alejandro Villalobos; University of Virginia and University of Mexico In the Arroyo Tapalapan, Santiago Tuxtla, Veracruz, Mexico, a fresh¬ water crab, Pseudothelphusa lamelUfrons Rathbun, was found to be infest¬ ed with four, supposedly epizootic, animals. One of these, a flatworm belonging to the suborder Temnocephala, represents the second report of a temnocephahd from Mexico, and, to our knowledge, the first definite locality and host record in the Country. The presence of an oligochaete of the family Branchiobdellidae and of an ostracod of the genus Entocy- there on this crab establishes a new host and a new locality record for both groups; representatives of neither of these groups has been reported 396 The Virginia Journal of Science [September previously from hosts other than crayfishes. A copepod of the suborder Harpacticoida was also present in numbers such as to suggest that the association is not an accidental one. 17. Native Shrubs of Virginia. Arthur L. Eiser; Virginia Polytechnic Institute During the past two years work has been done on the taxonomy, ecology and economics of the native shrubs of Virginia. Some 386 spe¬ cies are known to occur in Virginia; 294 are native deciduous shrubs, 42 are native evergreen shrubs and 50 are naturalized deciduous shrubs. These 386 species are distributed among 115 different genera. Reports have been assembled as to the uses in wildlife and ornamental fields. More than 120 of the 386 shrubs have been recognized as being of ornamental value. Through field observation and food habit studies more than 128 shrubs have been listed as being utilized by birds and mammals. A few shrubs are used for both food (fruit and browse) and cover thus one cannot subdivide these plants accurately. 18. Grasses in Virginia. A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The grass family is well represented in Virginia by 408 different kinds distributed among 85 genera; 65 of which are native. It is surprising to note that many of our grasses have been introduced from the old world, mostly Europe. The grasses are of basic importance in our economy. Several species are cyanogenic under certain conditions; hence, are poisonous. Many people are allergic to pollen of certain grasses. Grasses are freely utilized by many species of wildlife for food, cover, nesting and bedding. The writer is making a study of the grasses of the state and will identify specimens showing good leaf and seed head development. 19. Studies on Evolutionary Divergence of the Flora of South¬ east Asia and the Southeastern United States. Mary Jo Parrish; Mary Washington College, and The Blandy Experi¬ mental Farm Genera having a disjunct distribution between Asia and America are compared as to the frequency of intrageneric polyploidy and aneuploidy among species of the two areas, in an attempt to measure the relative cytological stability of these relics of the Tertiary flora. Although several genera differ as to the presence of polyploid species in Asia and America, a tendency to share this characteristic is apparent. Asian species as a group show a greater variability of chromosome num- 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 397 ber, both in the frequency of polyploid series- and in the presence of aneuploidy. Aneuploidy is uncommon in the group, being known to occur in approximately 12 per cent of these genera; polyploid species are known for less than one-third of the genera. The cytological stability of these genera may be ascribed to centripetal selection under constant environmental conditions, 20. Blood Oxygen Capacity in Frogs. F, B. Leftwich; University of Richmond The blood oxygen capacity of 145 frogs, including 50 Rana pipiens, 43 Rana clamitans, and 52 Rana catesheiana was determined by the Grant modification of the Roughton-Scholander microgasometric syringe method. Mean blood oxygen capacities of 10.3, 6.0, and 6.9 volumes % were foimd for R. pipens, R. clamitans, and R. catesheiana^ respectively. Sta¬ tistically, significant differences existed between the mean blood oxy¬ gen capacity values of each species. Blood oxygen capacity per gram of body weight decreased as body weight increased. Consequently, total blood oxygen capacity increased as body weight increased. 21. A Preliminary Survey of the Ciliated Protozoa from Tree- Borne Mosses and Lichens in the Mountain Lake Area. Jesse C. Thompson, Jr.; Hollins College 22. Chromosome Sequence Change and an Inversion Bridge in Rhoeo discolor. Raymond O. Flagg; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia A different chromosome sequence was described in diakinesis and meta¬ phase I of Rhoeo discolor. Perhaps it originated through structural change in a plant with a chromosome sequence like that described by Sax, A gamete containing an opposite complex which had under¬ gone a segmental interchange between non-corresponding arms with non-homologous distal segments, viz, between arm C of chromosome cC and and aim b of chromosome bB. The segmental interchange may have been due to a reciprocal translocation or a crossover between homo¬ logous differential regions. Many similar rearrangements of chromosome sequence may occur in Rhoeo but be undetected or undetectable. Evidence was presented for a very small, nearly terminal inversion being located in arm d of either chromosome ed or dF. It appears that the distal pairing segments are sufficiently long for chiasmata to form in a region proximal to the inversion, i. e., that the distal pairing segments may be longer than they have been previously considered. (This study was made from a slide kindly provided by Professor L. Husted. ) 398 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE SECTION MEETINGS SECTION OF CHEMISTRY 1. Neutron Diffraction Observations on the Palladium-Hydrogen AND Palladium-Deuterium Systems. J. E. Worsham, Jr., M. K. Wilkinson and C. G. Shull; University of Richmond, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Neutron diffraction investigations on powdered samples have deter¬ mined that both hydrogen and deuterium atoms in beta phase Pd-H and Pd-D are located in the octahedral positions of the palladium lattice. Results obtained on samples with low gas concentrations were inconclu¬ sive. 2. Aggregation Studies of Soybean Protein Carl J. Likes; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research Ultracentrifugal studies on soybean protein extracts have indicated that the degree of aggregation is influenced both by pH and inorganic salts. Experimentally, commercial soybean meal was extracted with 0.2 M NaCl, titrated to a given pH, mechanically dialyzed against 0.4 M NaCl of the same pH as that of the titrated solution and then examined in the ultracentrifuge. At the extraction pH (6.3) and in solutions of pH 8 and 10, the ultracentrifugal pattern consists of three components hav¬ ing sedimentation constants of 1.5, 7.2 and 11 S (Svedberg units). At pH 11, the most rapidly sedimenting component disappears and at pH 12, the pattern, when examined under conditions comparable to those of the previous experiments, shows only a single component of 2.7 S. On prolonged sedimentation, this peak splits indistinctly into two com¬ ponents of 3.1 and 1.3 S. When the pH 12 solution is back titrated to pH 12 and dialyzed, etc., the pattern tends to revert to that found initially for the pH 8 solution. Repetition of the procedure, but in the absence of salt (removed from the 0.2 M NaCl extract by dialysis), revealed only a single component of 1.57 S at pH 12. Direct addition of NaCl to a 0.4 M level increased the sedimentation constant to 2.3 S. When back titrated to pH 8 and dialyzed against pH 8 distilled water, the salt-free pH 12 solution ex¬ hibited no distinctive aggregation tendency, the sedimentation constant being 1.58 S. A 0.2 M saline extract of the meal, subsequently dialyzed against pH 8 distilled water, was found to contain three components of 1.5, 6.0 and 10.0 S. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 399 Results of a generally similar nature were obtained on a commercial soybean protein sample. 3. The Use of Low Voltage Mass Spectroscopy in Qualitative Analysis of Organic Compounds. Charles Varsel, Francis A. Morrell, Frank E. Resnick; Philip Morris^ Inc., and W. Allan Powell; University of Richmond The application of mass spectroscopy to qualitative identifications of organic compounds is limited in some instances because of spectrum com¬ plexity, especially in the case of mixtures. The ionization processes, which occur when molecules are bombarded with electrons, are related to the energy of the bombarding electrons. Normally, a mass spectrum is produced by electrons of 50 to 70 electron- volt potentials. If the energy of these electrons is reduced to some low potential, only molecular ionization will occur. The usually complex mass spectrum is reduced to a single peak, which is that of the molecular ion. The lowest potential necessary for ionization of a molecule to occur is termed the ionization potential. A Consolidated Electrodynamics Corporation Mass Spectrometer was modified to permit variation of the ionizing voltage over a range of 0-20 volts. This modification permitted the analysis of mixtures at low ioniz¬ ing voltages, because all organic compounds ionize in the range of 8 to 14 volts. Low ionizing voltages simplify the mass spectra of mixtures by elimi¬ nating peaks caused by fragmentation of molecules. Consequently, quah- tative data can be more easily obtained from these spectra than from those produced by high ionizing voltage procedures. This low voltage technique was described and its application to the identification of unknowns in multicomponent mixtures, containing many compound types, was discussed. 4. The Use of Infra-Red Spectrophotometery in the Analysis of Piperazine Salts. William R. Maynard, Jr.; Virginia Department of Agriculture Piperazine salts, the currently preferred drug therapy for oxyuriasis, has proven an interesting problem for analysis. The problem is compli¬ cated by the fact that, while the piperazine base and its salts are soluble in aqueous solution, they are insoluble in organic extractive solvents. A more accurate method of analysis, based upon the formation of the dia- cetyl derivative in 100% yields (±: 1.0%), was developed. This deriva¬ tive is easily extracted from an aqueous solution with chloroform. 400 The Virginia Journal of Science [September The method consists of neutralizing the salt with excess sodium bicar¬ bonate, treating the free piperazine base with acetic anhydride in sodium bicarbonate solution and extracting the diacetyl piperazine. The method is very accurate, whether completed gravimetrically or by infra-red absorption procedures. The accuracy in both cases is within zb 1.0%. The infra-red procedure is preferred because of saving in time that is possible. A standard of diacetyl piperazine is prepared when using the infra-red method, and the absorbance of this standard is compared to the absorb¬ ance of the sample at 10.03 microns. The amount of diacetyl piperazine thus obtained is then converted to its original salt equivalent. 5. A Rapid Spectrophotometric Determination of Total Alkaloids IN Tobacco Smoke. Charlotte M. Haynes and Sylvester W. Pleasants; Philip Morris, Inc. The total alkaloids in collected smoke can be separated quickly by steam distillation and can be identified by spectrophotometric examina¬ tion in the ultraviolet region. The smoke from cigarettes is collected under standard conditions. A suitable aliquot of this solution is made basic, steam distilled and the resulting emiched distillate is examined spectrophotometrically. The method can be very rapidly carried out by employing multiple and automatic steam distillation equipment and by using a continuous flow spectrophotometer cell within a recording spectro¬ photometer. The method has been shown to be precise and reproducible for the determination of total steam distillable nicotine-type alkaloids in tobacco smoke. 6. Spectrochemical Determination of Certain Trace Elements in Human Plasma and Red Cells. Leonel M. Paixao and John H. Yoe; University of Virginia Improvements were made during the previous twelve months, in the procedure for the determination of the trace amounts of magnesium, chro¬ mium, nickel, copper and zinc in human plasma and red cells. The im¬ provements were discussed from the standpoint of contamination hazards, reproducibility of results and accuracy. 7. Spectrophotometric Determination of Chromium in Human Plasma and Red Cells. Dwight O. Miller; University of Virginia The spectrophotometric determination of chromium is based on a red- violet complex formed by the addition of diphenylcarbazine to a dilute acid solution of dichromate ions. A method for the rapid oxidation of 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 401 chromic ions to di chromate was presented. Ferric ions, which interfere with the diphenylcarbazide — dichromate reaction, can be removed by precipitation from dilute hydrochloric acid solution with cupferron, fol¬ lowed by extraction of the precipitate with chloroform. 8. Some Derivatives of Dithiooxamide as Reactions for the Simul¬ taneous Spectrophotometric Determination of Traces of Co¬ balt, Nickel and Copper. William D. Jacobs; University of Virginia Absorbance versus wave length curves and pH studies of the complexes of cobalt, nickel and copper with eight derivatives of dithiooxamide (ru- beanic acid) have been made. One of these derivatives, N, N’-bis (3- dimethylaminopyropyl) dithiooxamide, was investigated in detail. Factors affecting tlie stability of the cobalt, nickel and copper complexes of this compound, such as pH, the use of a protective colloid, temperature and order of addition of reagents were studied. Mole ratios of the three metallo-organic complexes were determined. The adherence of the three color systems to Beer’s Law, the effect of foreign ions and the optimum conditions for the analytical use of the reagent were investigated and dis¬ cussed. 9. Spectrophotometric Determination of Aluminum with Quiniza- rin-3,3-disulfonic Acid Na-salt. E. Guy Owens II and John H. Yoe; University of Virginia A method for the spectrophotometric determination of aluminum with quinizarin-2,3-disulfonic acid Na-salt has been developed. Aluminum forms a stable, violet complex with this reagent in methanol solution. The reaction is selective and has a practical sensitivity of one part of aluminum in fifty million parts of solution. The method has been suc¬ cessfully applied to the analysis of a limited number of bronze and steel samples in the range 0.02% to 6.0% aluminum. Preliminary separation of interfering ions was effected with the mercury cathode. 10. Spectrophotometric Determination of Uranium with 3-(2- ARSONOPHENYLAZO ) -4,5-DIHYDR0XY-B,G-NAPHTHALENEDISULF0NIC ACID (trisodium salt). H. Perry Holcomb and John H. Yoe; University of Virginia A method for the spectrophotometric determination of uranium has been developed using the trisodium salt of 3-(2-arsonophenylazo)-4,5-dihy- droxy-2,7-naphthalenedisulfonie acid. This reagent instantaneously foims a stable purphsh-blue complex, which has a maximum absorbance at 590 millimicrons. The mole ratio of reagent to uranyl ion is two to one. The color reaction conforms to Beer’s Law and has a sensitivity of one 402 The Virginia Journal of Science [September part in twenty million. Tolerances to diverse ions, effect of temperature and the separation of uranium from interfering ions by ether extraction of uranyl nitrate were investigated. Comparisons between this method and the dibenzoylmethane method were also made. 11. Reaction of Ethylene Oxide with Histidine, Methionine and Nicotinic Acid. H. G. Windmueller and C. J. Ackerman; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The deleterious effect of ethylene oxide fumigation on the nutritive value of animal diets prompted a study of the reactions of the fumigant with various nutrients in aqueous solution at room temperature. Histi¬ dine reacts rapidly to yield a strongly basic product. Using imidazole in a model system and isolating the product as the HCI salt, the product was identified as 1,3-bis (2-hydroxy ethyl )-imidazolium chloride. There is good evidence that in ethylene oxide treatment of histidine the analogous reaction occurs, as well as alkylation of the amino group. Nicotinamide, when treated similarly, yields as an initial product N-(2- hydroxyethyl)-3-carboxamidopyridinium chloride. The betaine of N-(2- hydroxyethyl) -nicotinic acid was isolated from a solution of nicotinic acid and ethylene oxide at pH 7. All of the above ethylene oxide products are labile to alkali. Ethanolamine can be identified among the degrada¬ tion products of each. N-acetylmethionine reacts readily with ethylene oxide to yield a salt containing a strongly acidic and a strongly basic group. It can be pre¬ cipitated from aqueous solution as the phosphotungstate or the reineckate, and it is believed to be the thetin of S-( 2-hydroxy-ethyl )-N-acetyhnethio- nine. 12. Imide and Hydrazide Plant Hormones. Lowell V. Heisey; Bridgewater College A series of imides and hydrazides of alkyl, chloro and hydroxy-substi¬ tuted maleic and succinic acids were prepared as possible plant hormones. Cyclic and mono- and di-non-cyclic hydrazides, some of which are new compounds, were included in the series. The purpose of the project is to prepare compounds that might act as metabolic antagonists to the well-known plant hormone, maleic hydrazide, and thus aid in the elucidation of its mechanism of action. Further, it is hoped that compounds with useful physiological actions of their own will be found. The physical properties of the compounds are to be determined and attempts made to see if there is any correlation between certain physical properties and such types of plant-hormone activity as growth stimulation, inhibition or alteration. 403 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 13. Aromatic Cyclodehydration on Solid Surfaces. Frank A. Vingiello and Martin Spangler; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The cyclodehydration of certain aromatic ketones by heating them with aluminum oxide under reduced pressure has prompted a further study of this method of cyclodehydration. Several different solid surfaces have been studied. Preliminary results indicate a correlation between the acid strength of the surface, as measured by adsorbed Hammett indicators, and surface activity. It is hoped that this method can be used to effect cyclodehydration without the concomitant hydrolysis of such groups as methoxy and cyano that usually occurs in homegeneous solution. 14. Preparation of Some Cycle Sulfones from 1,3-Pentadiene. Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney; Virginia Poltyechnic Institute In the presence of an excess of sulfur dioxide 1,3-pentadiene reacts to give the cyclic sulfone, 2-methyl-2,5-dihydrothiophene 1,1-dioxide (I) and polymeric substances. Physical constants and the infrared spectrum of I were presented. In the presence of aqueous sodium hydroxide, I is converted to a compound identified as 2-methyl-4,5-dihydrothiophene 1,1- dioxide (II). Sulfone II appears to be identical with the compound ob¬ tained from the oxidation of a 2-methyldihydrothiophene and tentatively identified as II by Birch and McAllen [J. Chem. Soc., 3411 (1951)] and with the compound obtained by the cyclization of 5-mercapto-2-pen- tanone followed by oxidation, reported by Bacchetti and Fiecchi [Gazz. chim. ital., 83, 1037 (1953)]. Bromine adducts from I and II were pre¬ pared and two bromine adducts from I were isolated. It is suggested that these latter adducts constitute two racemic mixtures. 15. Physical Properties of Systems of Toluene and Water Con¬ taining Glycol Ethers. Newton C. Landis and N. F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The viscosity, densities, surface and interfacial tension and the diffusi- vity of two phase systems consisting of the dimethyl ethers of ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol and tetra ethylene glycol in toluene and water have been measured and compared. The ternary dia¬ grams for the distribution of these ethers between toluene and water show that the systems contain decreased amounts of solutrope as the molecular weights of the ether decrease until the solutrope disappears in the system containing dimethyl ether of ethylene glycol. However, it rappears in the system containing acetone. The physical properties of the systems were compared to show the variation of the physical prop¬ erties with the molecular weight for the homologous series of solutes. 404 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 16. Kinetics of the Acid Catalyzed Cyclization of o-Benzylbensf- PHENONE IN Acetic Acid — Water Mixtures. L. K. Brice, Jr., and R. D. Katstra; Virginia Folytechnic Institute Cyclization of aromatic aldehydes and ketones to poly-nuclear hydro¬ carbons can be effected by a number of acid catalysts, both homogeneous and heterogeneous. A widely used reaction medium consists of a mix¬ ture of 48% hydrobromic acid, water and glacial acetic acid. A kinetic study of a typical cyclization reaction in this medium with varying amounts of water, acetic acid and hydrobromic acid was made. The reactions were carried out in sealed tubes at 100° C., the initial ketone concentration being 0.00500 M in all kinetic runs. The mole % of water in the acetic acid — water solvent was varied between 0 and 44% and the hydrobromic acid concentration between 1 M and 1.7 M. The results indicated that: (1) The cyclization reaction is first order with respect to the ketone concentration; (2) The first order rate constants increase more rapidly than the first power of the hydro¬ bromic acid concentration; (3) The rate of cyclization is extremelv sensi¬ tive to the concenti'ation of water in the reaction medium, particularly for mole fractions of water less than 0.2. 17. The Acid Catalyzed Depolymerization of Trioxane in Concen¬ trated Hydrochloric Aero Solutions: Salt Effects and Cor¬ relation WITH Ho. L. K. Brice, Jr., and L. P. Lindsay; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The rates of depolymerization of trioxane to formaldehyde in concen¬ trated hydrochloric acid solutions with and without added salt were meas¬ ured dilatometrically at 40° C. and 50° C. The trioxane concentrations in all kinetic runs were 0.25 M, the acid concentrations being varied be- teen 2 M and 7 M. The effects of salts (LiCl, NaCl, KCl, NH^Cl, (CH3)4NC1 and C5H5NHCI) on the depolymerization rate were studied. The results indicate that: (1) The rate of depolymerization correlates accurately with Hammett acidity function. Ho, at 40° C. and at 50° C. (2) The logarithm of the first order rate constant is a linear function of the acid concentration and the salt concentration, the slope depending upon the nature of the salt. (3) The magnitude of the salt effect on the rate of depolymerization depends upon thie radius of the cation of the salt. 18. The Heat of Sublimation of Boron and the Gaseous Species of THE Boron-Boric Oxide System. Alan W. Searcy and Clifford E. Myers; Lynchburg College The sublimation pressure of boron was measured in three kinds of 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 405 crucibles. The heat of sublimation at 298° K. was calculated to be 139 zb 4 kcal. The vapor pressure of boric oxide was measured. A heat of sublimation at 0° K. of 88.7 kcal. with an average deviation of 0.4 kcal. was calculated. This value is in good agreement with previous values in the literature. The reaction between boron and magnesium oxide was studied in a Knudsen effusion cell at about 1400° K. The data led to a calculated stability of B2O2 gas, which is in substantial agreement with that measm'ed by Chupka, Porter and Inghram. 19. Surface Rearrangements Produced on a Copper Monocrystal BY THE Catalytic Reaction of Hydrogen and Oxygen. Richard Y. MeeUieim; University of Virginia Surfaces of copper monocrystals, which were used to catalyze the reac¬ tion H2 O2 to form H2O, were examined with the aid of an electron microscope. These surfaces were roughened during the reaction by the rearrangement of the metal atoms in the surface. This roughening of the surface produced specific facets, powder and thin leaflets. The con¬ figuration and perfection of these facets were observed to depend on crys¬ tal face and the experimental conditions, which included temperature, oxy¬ gen concentration, total flow rate of the gas mixture and time. With a given set of conditions, the facet configurations on a particular crystal face were reproducible. Crystallographic planes of (111) orien¬ tation were the only specific crystal planes formed on these facets. The oxygen concentration (other variables constant) determined the amount of area parallel to each (111) plane formed on a facet and determined which of the (111) faces formed on the facets. AU edges were in (110) directions. When all variables were constant except time, the facets grew in size, at a rapidly diminishing rate, while their shapes remained rela¬ tively constant. The thin leaflets grew only from edges of (111) planes. Most of these films contained holes with three or six fold symmetry. Generally, the edges of these holes were straight lines in (110) directions of the parent crystal. 20. Corrosion Inhibition and Activation of Iron and Other Metals BY Metallic Cations in Fruit and Mineral Acids. Roger Buck; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research A broad survey was made of the corrosion of aluminum, cadmium, cop¬ per, gold, iron, magnesium, manganese, molybdenum, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, tungsten, zinc and zirconium by fruit and mineral acids at the boiling point in the presence of low concentrations of foreign metalhc ions. As a general rule, cations of the elements in groups II through V 406 The Virginia Journal of Science [September in the periodic table showed the highest tendencies to decrease the rate of corrosion, and the transition elements in group VIII showed the high¬ est tendencies to increase the rate of corrosion. The relative effects of the ions were functions of the metal undergoing corrosion and the acid used. As far as could be determined, all the metallic ions which affected the corrosion rate did so by virtue of plating out on the metal surface. However, the adherence of the depositing metal did not appear to be related to the effect of the depositing metal on the corrosion rate. The activators and inhibitors altered the corrosion rate at concentrations as low as 10“'^ to 10“^ M. These concentrations are equivalent to 0.1 to 10 atomic layers of the added metal if it is assumed that all the ions end up on tlie metal surface. 21. An Unusual Elbs-Type Reaction Observed during a Study of THE CyCLIZATION OF KeTONES. Frank A. Vingiello, Alexej Borkoved and Walter Zajac, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Using previously described methods, the syntheses of three new keti- mine hydrochlorides, six new ketones and six new hydrocarbons were accomplished. It was observed that certain ketones undergo both an Elbs-type reaction and a Bradsher aromatic cyclodehydration reaction under the same experimental conditions. 22. An Electron Microscope Study of the Oxidation of Copper Single Crystals in Aqueous Salt Solutions. G. Tyler Miller, Jr., and Kenneth R. Lawless; University of Virginia In order to obtain a better understanding of the reactions of metals in aqueous solutions, known metal single crystal surfaces were immersed in a salt solution and after removal were examined by means of the electron microscope. On immersion of copper single crystals into CUSO4 solution, it was fomid that well-shaped individual polyhedra of CU2O were rapidly form¬ ed on the metal surface.The orientation, geometric form, and number of these polyhedra varied with crystal face. The orientation relationships between the oxide and metal were the same as those observed for the oxidation of copper in pure water water at 25° C. and in air at higher temperatures. The geometric form varied with crystal face so as to expose the optimum number of (111), (100) and (110) faces of oxide. Growth spirals usually appeared on the (111) faces of the larger oxide polyhedra and, in addition, etch pits were observed to form adjacent to the oxide polyhedra. Finally, it was shown that annealing the specimen in hydrogen prior to oxidation in solution favored the formation of the 407 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 individual oxide polyhedra. These results were discussed in terms of existing ideas of dry oxida¬ tion and in terms of the electrochemical theory of corrosion. Business Session A short business session of the Chemistry Section was held at 5:00 P.M. on May 9. The selection of a contributor for the proposed publication on the history of science in Virginia, to be sponsored by the Academy, was discussed. This was referred to the incoming chairman for his selec¬ tion of a committee to work out the matter. The report of the nominat¬ ing committee was presented, and the following officers were elected for the 1958-1959 period by unanimous vote of the members present: Chairman — Frank V. Vingiello lecretanj — Mearl A. Kise SECTION OF EDUCATION 1. The Consevation Knowledge of Virginia School Pupils. Robert H. Giles, Jr.; Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries The Virginia Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit conducted a study to determine the conservation knowledge of Virginia’s public school pupils in grade 6 through 12. Cooperating in the project were the Virginia State Department of Education, Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Wildlife Management Institute and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Data obtained from testing 15,443 pupils in 61 statistically sampled schools throughout the State showed that (1) an adequate management instrument had been developed for testing pupils’ knowledge of the principles of wise resource use, (2) pupils thought they knew more about conservation than they did, (3) suburban pupils had greater conservation knowledge than town, large city, or rural pupils, (4) farm boys and girls obtained lower scores than pupils of other home environments, (5) Caucasian pupils had significantly more conservation knowledge than did Negro pupils, (6) Virginia pupils’ knowledge of conservation was deficient, (7) significant recommendations based on the results of the evaluation were possible. 2. Some Characteristics of Youth Enrolled in an Institution of the Hard of Hearing. Alonzo M. Myster; Virginia State College The purpose of this investigation was to determine whether or not stu- I 408 The Virginia Journal of Science [September j dents in certain hearing loss classifications differed with respect to rat- j ings on personality traits. The group investigated included 122 pupils | enrolled in a school for the deaf; distributed among three hearing loss i categories: slight, moderate and severe. For purposes of determining v/hether or not hearing loss was independent of personality rating, the chi square test of independence was utilized. The results of the investigation j indicated that in general hearing losses were not associated, in a fiducial I sense (using the five per cent level of significance), to personality rat- ■ ings. It is believed that these results may be attributed to limitations ^ inherent in the study: (1) the instrument is probably lacking in validity i and reliability and (2) there were small frequencies in one or more cells of the contingency table. Investigation of these considerations is under | way. ' 3. Validation of the Wert-Myster Farming Attitude Scale in a , Group of High School Pupils in Virginia. Alonzo M. Myster; Virginia State College The purpose of this investigation was to determine the reliability of , the Wert-Myster Farming Attitude Scale in a small group of high school i pupils. The subjects utilized were 36 pupils enrolled in the Nansemond County Training School and 83 pupils enrolled in the East Suffolk High School. In addition the regression of attitude on ages was investigated. In general, although the coefficients of reliability were not exceptionally ! high, they were of sufficient magnitude to indicate that the test is use¬ ful for purposes of surveying attitudes of groups. Moreover, the coeffi- i cients of reliability were sufficiently high, in some cases, to suggest that i they should be useful for purposes of individual diagnosis. Comparisons i of coefficients of correlation obtained in the groups studied yielded higher ; estimates of reliability for the vocational scale than for the life scale. In j comparing the coefficients of reliability obtained in this study with those obtained in the validating groups significant differences were generally ; observed. The regression of attitude on age was very low among the I Nansemond County Training School Pupils; the proportion of the vari¬ ance in attitude scores associated with age was approximately 16 per cent. : Among the East Suffolk pupils the sum of squares due to the regression i of attitude on ages was not significantly greater than zero, in a fiducial j sense. Curvilinear regression was not significant; the mean square for 1 deviations from curved regression was larger than the mean square for | curvihnearity of regression. j 4. Development of the Interests in Elementary School as Stu¬ died BY A Pictorial Interest Schedule. Shelva Dove and George W. Kent; Bridgewater College A nonverbal pictorial interest scale utilizing the psychophysical method j 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 409 of paired comparison was administered to 220 elementary school children ranging from the first to the eighth grade in Rockingham County, Vir¬ ginia. This scale employed nine line drawing pictures representing nine interest areas found from teacher ratings to be common among elemen¬ tary children. Statistically significant sex differences were observed on all but two of the interest categories. There was a smalf negative cor¬ relation between the rank ordering of interests for boys and for girls. Boys tended to excel girls in outdoor, sports, and mechanical interests, while girls tended to excel boys in social, artistic, reading, and musical interests. A statistically significant difference was found between first and eighth graders on all nine interest categories, thus indicating real changes in interest with age. The trends of interest change for boys and girls were similar for seven of the nine categories as shown by moderate to high rank order correlations. A small negative correlation was observed between boys and girls on mechanical interests with boys tending to in¬ crease their scores while girls decreased theirs. While the statistical sample employed in this study permits neither a generalization about the nature and development of interests in elemen¬ tary school, nor about the various possible factors which affect them, the data from this study are taken to indicate that a nonverbal pictorial inter¬ est scale may be a useful tool. It may be used to discover major inter¬ ests of the moment and for investigations of the nature and change of children’s interests. .i. A Word Color Association Test. Harry S. Beck; University of Virginia This test proposes to measure or evaluate an individual’s attitudes to¬ ward such things as: home, family, school, authority, work, interpersonal relationships, etc. It is also suggested that it may be useful in differen¬ tiating diagnostic groups such as: delinquents, neurotics, etc. The ra¬ tionale is that color has affective value for the individual and that this value remains constant at least for the duration of the test. By having the subject associate given stimulus words (60) with given colors (11) the stimulus words can be associated with each other since the color acts as a common denominator. For example, the color black may be asso¬ ciated -with father, authority, hate, teacher, boss, and unhappy. This would suggest that the subject dislikes those in authority over him, etc. Evidence was presented showing that with 800 Junior High School subjects certain colors tend to be associated with certain stimulus words at very significant levels of confidence (.001). Also that color choices remain stable over a period of one week. The test can be administered either individually or to groups. 410 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 6. The Application of Operations Research to Educational Prob¬ lems. John M. Long; University of Virginia In this paper the investigator has attempted to describe some of the results found in an exploratory study of operations research. The pur¬ pose of the study was to seek out new research tools for accomphshing educational research. It was found that operations research, although generally classified as applied research, is really neither pure nor applied research. It is rather a third type of research which attempts to analyze operating systems as a whole and at the operating level. It is correctly classified as research since its basic purpose is understanding. Operations research draws on a broad area of knowledge and uses scientific methods. Perhaps operations research draws heaviest from mathematics and the physical sciences. There are, of course, some concepts which seem more typically part of operations research than of any other area. Two of these concepts, the Queuing Theory and Optimization or Sub-optimization, were discussed briefly and in a non-technical manner. A number of applica¬ tions of these concepts to educational problems were suggested. The ap¬ plications might be classified into two groups. First, there were a number of applications which were more or less direct and practical in nature. Most of these were quite similar to those successfully made in business and industry. Second, there were suggestions for some rather abstraet applications in the realm of educational theory. In this sense, the proposal is for the development of mathematical structure for educational theory — one that would be relatively free of philosophical controversy. 7. The Human Governor: Cybernetics and Communications Theory. David D. Redfield; University of Virginia Cybernetics and communication theory formulate an interesting basis on which to develop concepts and ideas pertaining to Behavioral Science, Psychology, and Education. Authorities have hypothesized that “society can only be understood through a study of the messages and communiea- tion facilities which belong to it.” Pattern and organization are found inherent in such messages and it is possible to interpret the information carried by a message as essentially the negative of its entropy, and the negative logarithm of its probability. The total human capaeity of infor¬ mation acceptance is treated as limited by interfering variables in per¬ forming a task. 1. Structure of an organism is an index of performance expected from it. Responses are determined by utilization of information fed to the 411 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 organism and utilization of this information is a measure of efficiency. 2. When voice is interpreted as being invalid information or limiting human capacity^ entropy is increased and performance is limited. 3. Effective behavior appears to be limited through some sort of feed¬ back process and lends the human organism to be considered mathemati¬ cally as a servomechanism or closed-loop automatic control system. Finally, the human organism is considered using a systems approach to performance reliability, where communication system effectiveness is treat¬ ed in generalized form. SECTION OF ENGINEERING 1. Aerodynamic Characteristics of a Hemisphere in Newtonian Flow. E. Brian Pritchard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute It has been the purpose of the present investigation to determine the lift and drag coefficients for a hemisphere in Newtonian flow at any angle of attack. The hemisphere lift and drag coefficients have been determined for the limitations of pure Newtonian flow. Also, by consideration of the centrifugal forces resulting from the curved paths of the air particles an improvement on the Newtonian corpuscular theory has been obtained for the determination of the hemisphere lift and drag. In the present paper, expressions for the hft and drag coefficients are derived for both Newtonian flow and Newtonian-plus-centrifugal flow. These expressions are presented and compared in the form of plots of G and C versus angle of attack. 2. Characteristics of Complete Missile Configurations in Hyper¬ sonic Flow, Robert W. Truitt and WiUiam Grossmann, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The theory of wing and body characteristics in subsonic, transonic, supersonic and hypersonic flow is well established. Nevertheless, an accurate aerodynamic analysis of a simple wing and body combination is not easy to accomplish in the subsonic, transonic and supersonic flow regimes, and even more difficult is an analysis of a complete aircraft configuration due to complex wing-body interaction forces. 412 The Virginia Journal of Science [September It is assumed that no such complexity of interaction forces exist in the hypersonic flow regime, based on eoneepts of simple Newtonian impaet theory. A component method for analyzing hypersonic configura¬ tion is presented whieh enables the aerodynamic and stability character¬ istics of aircraft in hypersonic flight to be determined quite easily. Sev¬ eral typieal hypersonie missile configurations were analyzed and com¬ pared with use of the component method. The component method of aerodynamic analysis derives its value due to the fact that it is a simple method to apply. It is anticipated that the component method will assume a major role in the determination of aerodynamic characteristics of space craft re-entering the earth’s at¬ mosphere at very high speeds. 3. Minimum Drag Configuration for Hypersonic Flow. Robert W. Truitt and Thomas H. Thornton, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Minimum drag planforms having been found for subsonic and super¬ sonic flight, this paper derives the minimum drag planform for a swept wing in hypersonic continuum flow and illustrates a method by which the drag may be ealculated. Considering the flow from a continuum viewpoint only, Newton’s Impaet Theory along with a consideration for pressure ehanges due to eentrifugal forees are used to derive the mini¬ mum drag planforms. The wings considered have an aspect ratio of 1/2 or less and are described by the n-power equation, that is, flow simi¬ larity exists. The minimum drag planforms are found for a given profile, root chord, and span-thickness ratio or aspect ratio and the corresponding drag coefficients calculated. Also drag coefficients are found for planforms other than minimum drag planforms. When the minimum drag plan- form is used for the case of a profile normal to the free stream, a fixed span thickness ratio, and a profile thickness one-tenth of the wing span, a reduction in drag of 30% is obtained over a rectangular wing of the same span-thickness ratio. 4. Longitudinal Stability Derivatives of Missile Shaped Bodies AT Hypersonic Speeds, Robert H. Tolson and James B. Fades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute The general equations are developed for the longitudinal stability de¬ rivatives of axisymmetric bodies in Newtonian flow. The derivatives are evaluated for four n-power bodies, including the minimum drag shape. Also presented is a stability analysis for a missile-shaped body with a conical nose, a eylindrical afterbody and a conical tail flare. The 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 413 stability effect of nose, afterbody, and tail flare geometry are discussed separately and in combination. The results of the investigation show that statically stable high density, hypersonic missiles will also be dynami¬ cally stable. 5. Some Aspects of Magnetohydrodynamics. Robert W. Truitt and Richard D. Wagner; Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute Until recently the study of magnetohydrodynamics has been, for the most part, confined to the fields of the astrophysicist and the geophysicist. However, at the present time the aerodynamist has become involved in the study of magnetohydrodynamics due to the possible advantageous effects obtained by the application of a magnetic field to the flow over a body at hypersonic speeds. The purpose of this paper is to investi¬ gate the physical laws governing the interaction of conducting fluids flowing through magnetic fields. An analysis is made deriving the mag¬ netically induced body force on the moving conducting fluid. In addi¬ tion, the application of a simple physical model shows the retardation effect of the magnetic field on the fluid velocity. With these simple results, it was possible to obtain approximate effects on the sheer stress, drag, and heat transfer rates in tiie stagnation region of a blunt nose missile at extreme hypersonic speeds. The results show very close agree¬ ment with more detailed magnetohydrodynamic analyses. 6. Aeronautical Applications of Magnetohydrodynamics. Robert W. Truitt and Norris E. Mitchell; Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute In modem high speed flight, the production of strong shock waves will cause the air to become partially or wholly ionized. It has been foimd that the flow of an ionized gas is retarded by the presence of a magnetic field. The study of magnetohydrodynamics is accomplished by considering the Maxwell equations in addition to the equations of fluid dynamics. Since the flow is retarded, magnetohydrodynamic principles could be used in the stagnation region of a hypersonic missile to decrease the heat transfer rate. However, the magnetic effect will cause an in¬ crease in the shock wave angle and also an increase in drag coefficient. While the decreased heat transfer rate is desirable the increased shock wave angle and drag coefficient could have adverse effects, unless used to aid in deceleration upon re-entry of the missile into the atmosphere. Hence, an attitude of compromise must be used for design in the field of magnetohydrodynamics as in all other fields. 414 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 7. The Effect of Heat Insulation on the Cooling Requirements OF THE Internal Structure of High-Speed Vehicles. John Noble Perkins; Virginia Polytechnic Institute A general method for determining the transient skin temperature of bodies dming high-speed flight is presented. The governing differential equation is presented for this purpose, giving the fundamental relations between the transient skin temperature and flight history. The method was employed to compute the time history of the skin temperatures for several hypothetical flight plans, and the results presented in the form of graphs An investigation to determine the effect of heat insulation on the cool¬ ing requirements of the internal sti'ucture of a high-speed vehicle was made. The governing equation for heat conduction through an isotropic solid was developed, and then modified to account for nonhomogeneous materials. The initial and boundary conditions for the governing equa¬ tion were specified, and the equation solved by the method of finite- differences. The time history of the inner surface temperature of the insulation was calculated for several thicknesses. To make tlie solution as general as possible, the results are presented in terms of the thermal diffusivity of the insulating material. 8. Joining Aluminum with High Zinc Solders by Abrasion Solder¬ ing. !i O. R. Singleton, Jr.; Reynolds Metals Company Abrasion soldering of aluminum with high-zinc-content solders is a very useful and, until recently, an unpublicized technique. Above about 700° F zinc solders become molten and alloy readily with aluminum when an aluminum surface is subjected to a slight abrasion action under the molten solder. No flux is required; however, the solder will not flow into or join areas which have not been abraded. Once acquainted with this soldering technique, an operator can quickly become sufficiently skilled to produce consistently fine joints in small sections of heavy gauge. Either large sections or thin gauge sections require considerable operator skill and experience. Material under about 0.02" thickness is generally not adapted to this joining technique. High-zinc abrasion-soldered joints will usually have the best corrosion resistance obtainable for soldered aluminum. To attain this corrosion re¬ sistance, the solder base stock must be pure zinc (99.995^ zinc) from which alloys containing small amounts of aluminum or magnesium may be made. Even small amounts of impurities, especially of lower melt- 415 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 ing point metals, have significantly detrimental effects on joint corrosion resistance. 9. Hypersonic Drag Reduction by Blunting. Robert W. Truitt and Claiborne R. Hicks, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institnte A theoretical investigation has been conducted in order to obtain a simplified approximation to Newton’s minimum drag body for given fine¬ ness ratios of unity in the hypersonic speed range. It has been found that Newton’s minimum drag body, which is described by two parametric equations which require a laborious procedure to obtain their solution, may be closely approximated by the simple geometry of a blunted cone frustum body, defined by a given fineness ratio. Thus by replacing a given fineness ratio body with the blunted cone frustum body, the pressure drag can be reduced by within one or two % of the minimum drag obtainable and the aerodynamic heating problem is greatly relieved. 10. A Correlation for Drag Coefficient at Transonic Speeds- Axially Symmetric Flow. James B. Fades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The wave drag for cone-cylinder bodies of revolution in axisymmetric transonic flow is calculated using the Principle of Stationarity of local Mach number. It is found that the method gives good agreement with experiment and theory throughout the transonic range of Mach numbers, and for a wide range of cone apex angles. These data, in the transonic range, are then correlated using a form of similarity. This similarity condition is not based explicitly on the governing equation of motion, but rather on the physical aspects of the problem. For the correlation a reduced drag coefficient is described which is given as a function of the Mach factor squared. 11. Effect of Angularity in Compression Test Specimens, B. A. Niemeier and M. F. Rupp; Reynolds Metals Company Lack of perpendicularity of the parallel ends of compression test speci¬ mens was studied. The most skewed parallelpiped used in this investi¬ gation had an angularity up to three degrees from the right angle. Strain measurements using the Microformer and SR-4 strain gages at selected positions on the test specimen were made in detail. Stress strain curves produced from imperfect specimens are discussed. The critical point value of compressive yield strength of imperfect speci¬ mens with angularity up to three degrees is not found to be significantly different from those obtained from the more nearly perpendicular speci¬ mens. 416 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 12. Hypersonic Slender Body Theory in the Superaerodynamic Regime. R. W. Truitt and C. Howard Robins, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute A theoretical investigation has been made in an attempt to determine a simple analytical method for determining the minimum drag of slender bodies in rarefied hypersonic flow. The investigation covers three cases of molecular reflection, namely, specular reflection from a smooth sur¬ face, specular reflection from a slightly rough surface, and diffuse reflec¬ tion. The drag equations determined by Carter for each of these three cases of molecular reflection are simplified by performing a slender body analy¬ sis. The resulting equations are then combined with the n-power body type equation, and closed form solutions for the drag are obtained in terms of fineness ratio and the power n. These solutions are minimized and the values of n describing the bodies giving minimum pressure drag under each type of reflection are determined. A check of the re¬ sults reveals that the analytical method described is valid and gives an excellent approximation to the actual minimum drag bodies. 13. Artificial Satellite Spiral Descent Mechanics. James T. McDaniel and Arthur C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic Institue The problem considered in this paper involves the motion of a spheri¬ cal satellite in a near-circular orbit about the earth with a retarding drag force acting tangent to the path of travel. The equations of motion are based on a unit mass and are made non- dimensional to make the results as general as possible. The drag term in the governing equations is evaluated with the use of molecular flow theory since the region considered is in the upper atmosphere where the air is not a continuum. Using the resultant drag term in the equations a graphical plot was made and integrated to find the life-time of a satellite in an initially circular orbit at any original altitude from 100 to 1000 miles altitude. An example problem is presented in the paper which considers a spheri¬ cal satellite at an initial altitude of 400 miles. Using the results of tiiis paper it was found that the life-time is about two years, four months and ten days. 14. Vehicle Mechanics in an Earth-Moon Gravity Field. John W. Barnes and Arthur C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic Institute This paper is concerned with an approximate solution to the trajectory Proceedings 1957-1958 417 1958] of a missile initially in orbit about the earth; being supplied with thrust until escape conditions are obtained, and then proceeding on a collision path to the moon. The problem is readily broken down into three zones, each zone de¬ pending on the location of the missile. A closed form solution to the problem (dimensionless in form) was found for the vehicle while in each of the fiist two zones a simplification was found which reduced the work required to calculate the trajectory of the vehicle while in zone three. A mathematical investigation was conducted for the problem of orbit¬ ing about the moon after the vehicle reached a suitable location. Also the vehicle-mass ratio required to escape the terrestrial attraction was obtained by the use of elementary energy considerations. 15. An Escape Trajectory for a VEmcLE in the Earth-Moon Grav¬ ity Field. Lester W. Roane and Arthur C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The earth-moon force field was analyzed on a potential basis, and the equations were developed which permit the determination of the magni¬ tude and direction of the total resultant gravity force at any point in the field. A graphical solution allowed the field to be plotted in any plane containing both the earth and the moon. It was found that the moon appreciably disturbs the force field of the earth only in a relatively small area in its immediate vicinity. An analysis of one escape trajectory was carried out considering take-off from the point of neutral gravity between the earth and the moon. The results of this analysis show that escape from this point can be accomplished with thrusts of only about 3 Ib/slug under an acceleration of approximately 1/10 g in a very short period of time. It was also shown that for take-off from the region of the neutral gravity point the gravity forces may be neglected with very little error. Business Meeting: The chairman convened the business meeting at 5 PM on Friday, May 9. The previously appointed nominating com¬ mittee consisting of Messrs. Niemeier, Truitt and Murphy presented the slate A. C. Bruce for chairman, and O. R. Singleton for secretary. Mr. Bruce declined the nomination because of plans to leave the state at the end of the present academic year. After some discussion the fol¬ lowing were elected officers for the coming year: Chairman, B. A. Niemeier Secretary, O. A. Singleton, Jr. Editor, R. M .Hubbard (three year term) 418 The Virginia Journal of Science [September j From four contestants of the Junior Academy of Science describing their exhibits, Mr. Malcolm Alden Lillywhite of Washington and Lee High School, Arlington, Virginia, was selected to receive the 1958 George | Washington Award of the Engineering Section. The business meeting was then adjourned. ! 16. Decolorization of Caustic Wash Liquors from Chlorine- | Bleached, Sulfate, Wood Pulp. ! Peter W. Ruggieri, Jr. and Nelson F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic \ Institute ' The pH of the highly colored caustic waste (light transmittance of ten % was adjusted by the addition of acid waste from the chlorination ' stage of the pulp bleaching process. Satisfactory decolorization (li^t transmittance of 85 %) was obtained by coagulation with aluminum sul- i fate, available as papermaker's alum slurry. Commercial flocculating aids, such as Separan 2610, failed to be of appreciable value as a supplement to alum requirements. Other meth¬ ods of treating the waste, such as initially chlorinating it prior to alum treatment, coagulation with concentrated acids, and coagulation with fer¬ rous sulfate, proved unsatisfactory. Preliminary and large scale tests using alum showed that a retention i time of two hours in a settling tank after mixing produced an effluent with 85 per cent light transmittance and a sludge volume equal to 25 , per cent of the total volume. Efficient dewatering^ of the sludge was i obtained by centrifugation. The concentrated sludge from the centrifuge was ashed and 83.5 per cent of the alum recovered by digestion with sulfuric acid. On the basis of the data collected, a pilot plant was designed and evaluated on the basis of 1,000,000 gallons of caustic waste per day. 17. Overall Mass-Transfer Coefficients for a Homologous Series OF Poly-Glycol Ethers Between Toluene and Water. Nelson F. Murphy and Robert H. Pusey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute This investigation was performed to study the effect of a homologous series of solutes on the overall mass-transfer coefficients for liquid-liquid extraction. Four poly glycol dimethyl ethers were used as solutes. The molecular weight of the solutes varied from 90 to 222. Water was used as the carrier solvent, and toluene was used as the extracting solvent. Preliminary laboratory work was performed to determine the phase dia¬ grams and physical properties-density, viscosity, surface tension, interfacial tension, and diffusivity— for both phases. All measurements were made 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 419 at 30° C. A dipping refraclomeler was used to measure refractive indices for analysis of samples. Eight countercurrent-flow, extraction tests were performed in a VA- inch diameter, horizontal, glass tube, eight feet long. The feed concen¬ tration varied from 13 to 15 weight % of solute dn water. The solvent phase flow rates varied from 19 to 34 pounds per hour, and the water phase flow rates varied from 15 to 35 pounds per hour. The overall mass-transfer coefficients based on both phases were calculated. The coefficients based on the water phase varied from 0.0022 to 0.0133 feet per hour, and the coefficients based on the solvent phase varied from 0,0056 to 0.0237 feet per hour. 18. Studies in Adsorption Using Molecular Sieves. C. W. Price, P. H. Terry, and F. W. Bull; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Adsorption isotheriuis were determined for methanol on Linde types 4A and 5A molecular sieves at 66° C, and for n-butanol on type 5A mole¬ cular sieves at 120° C. It was found that Freundlich’s equation was of greater value in predicting these isotherms than were Langmuir’s or the general adsorption equations. A series of dynamic adsorption tests were performed using alcohols and hydrocarbons as the adsorbate materials. Samples of the effluent from these tests were analyzed by a vapor phase partitioner. The alco¬ hols decomposed in the presence of molecular sieves at 135° C to form ethers, water, and both saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. Iso¬ octane decomposed to form four or more unidentified materials in the presence of molecular sieves at 400° C. Straight-chain hydrocarbons, n-heptane, and n-hexane underwent no changes when contacted with type 5A molecular sieve at 400° C. The amount of n-butanol decomposed in the presence of type 5A sieve increased from 56.5 weight % of the original material at 138° C to 75.4 weight % at 182° C. 19. A Continuous Countercurrent Adsorber for Instructional Purpose. F. W. Bull, S. A. Burnette, and J. S. Chowning; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The purpose of this investigation was to employ the fluid-solids tech¬ nique to the design and construction of a continuous countercurrent gas sorption column which could be used with a wide range of systems and for instructional purposes to demonstrate the fluid-solid technique. Using primarily the equations used for the design of liquid-gas col- 420 The Virginia Journal of Science [September limns, a column of four inches in diameter and containing four plates, spaced at eight-inch intervals, was designed. The column was construct¬ ed of pyrex glass pipe sections to facilitate observation of the action on the plates. Solids flow control was accomplished with modified gate valves. The plates were made from grade 2, Porex plate 1/4-inch thick. Operational tests on the equipment, using the system regenerated catalytic cracking catalyst-air showed that the solids flowed smoothly through the column and at no point was stagnant or bridged solids observed. An increase in pressure drop across the plates with time of operation eventually made the column inoperable. Upon dismantling the column it was found that the Porex plates had been plugged with elut¬ riated fines of an average particle diameter of seven microns. Because of this plugging, grade 2, Porex plate is impractical as a plate material and it is recommended that the Porex plates be replaced with bubble- cap trays. 20. Evaluation of Factors Affecting the Extraction Efficiency OF AN Experimental, Liquid-Liquid-Pulse Extractor. D. L. Merrill, R. M. McEachem, R. E. Rood, and F. W. Bull; Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute The evaluation of the effects of pulse amphtudes of one, two, and three inches, solvent-to-feed ratios of 0.5, 0.75, 1.0 1.25, and 1.5 and a feed concentration of ten weight per cent acetone in toluene on the extraction efficiency of an experimental, liquid-liquid, pulse extractor were made using water as the solvent. The extractor consisted of a 2-inch diameter glass column contain¬ ing eight perforated plates having 23% plate-free-area. The puls¬ ing mechanism consisted of a brass bellows and push-rod assembly actuated by an eccentric cam. The pulse frequency was 5.3 cycles per minute. By employing various solvent-to-feed ratios, characteristic curves were obtained for the different pulse amplitudes for steady-state conditions. Blowing of the light phase occurred for volumetric solvent-to-feed ratios less than 1.0 and dumping of the heavy phase occurred for ratios greater than 1.9. Overall mass transfer coefficients were found to increase with increased pulse amplitudes. Also, the transfer rate increased for the conditions of blowing and dumping; however, much greater for the former condi¬ tion. Additional data will be obtanied for feed concentrations of 5 and 15 weight percent acetone in toluene. Average plate efficiencies and HTU’s will also be calcualtd. Proceedings 1957-1958 1958] 421 21. True -Averaging, Non-Saturating Electro-Pneumatic Converter H. R. Blane and W. P. Walker; University of Virginia. The electro-pneumatic converter constructed and described is a rug¬ ged, completely transistorized, precision instrument to be used for the conversion of millivolt a.c. signals to pneumatic pressure for control and measurement purposes. Its light weight, compactness, and moderate d.c. power requirements are merits not before offered in this type of device. The unique principle of operation of this instrument enables it to read the true average of rapidly fluctuating signals, and to maintain full sensi¬ tivity even under adverse conditions of poor phasing or nulling of the device supplying the input signal. These features are accomplished by using a wide range linear transistor demodulator to detect and average the error signal at a low amplitude (approximately 1 mv). The neces¬ sary further amplification is then accomplished by a transistor chopper and amplifier. The entire system is enclosed within a feedback loop to compensate for any non-linearities or drift in either the electrical or pneumatic circuits. 22. Research on Focusers for Molecular Beam Oscillators. K. L. Haynes, R. L. Ramey, and O. R. Harris; University of Virginia A molecular beam oscillator (Maser) consists of three elements: a nozzle which forms a molecular beam; a focuser-separator which uses the Stark Effect to reject the lower energy molecules and focus the upper energy ones; and a microwave cavity which is caused to oscillate by these upper energy state molecules reverting to a lower energy state. The scope of this paper is confined to a study of focuser-separators for use in ammonia (NH3) Masers. The ammonia Maser is the only type which has been developed sufficiently to warrant a study of its components; however, much of the theoretical material presented could easily be applied to other molecules. The basic theory is reviewed and a theoretical expression of the mole¬ cular trajectories is developed for a new type of disk focuser. Several computed trajectories are presented. Experimental data showing the ef¬ fect of focuser potential on the beam distribution is given. 23. Evaluation of High Temperature Antioxidants. Dennis M. Frame and James W. Cole, Jr.; University of Virginia This paper covered the development and evaluation of additives for use in synthetic lubricants, several of which were illustrated. The con¬ struction and use of a thermostated furnace for heating these oils under oxidizing conditions was discussed. The system consisted of a sample 422 The Virginia Journal of Science [September cell through which air was passed and which was placed in molten Wood’s metal at the test temperature to simulate conditions of use. The indices or criteria used to determine the degree of oxidation were also discussed and illustrated. The changes in the system which indicat¬ ed oxidation were mainly those of insoluble formation, acid and peroxide formation, viscosity change, weight losses, and spectrum changes. Men¬ tion was also made of recent work using such criteria as conductance. The catalysis of metals, particularly copper, in oil-additive systems was illustrated by the measurement of the effective life of the system versus the presence or absence of metals. Using the system composed of Plexol 201 as an oil and phenothiazine as an additive, the effects of variations in additive concentration, test temperature, and metal catalysis were given. Data on the relative anti¬ oxidant power of several phenothiazine derivatives were shown. 24. Application of Analog Computing Equipment to Extraction Calculations. Patricio Castro and Otis L. Updike; University of Virginia In a study of the speed and accuracy advantages of analog computa¬ tion for the diffusional operations, several mechanizations of a stagewise, countercurrent extraction cascade were devised. For a ternary system, the simplest setup required six coefficient “pots”, eight computing ampli¬ fiers (three as active filters), three diode function generators, and a five- cup servomultiplier. This mechanization, though restricted to steady- state problems, yields data on flow rates and compositions between stages as well as on number of stages. It was tested on a Type I liquid-liquid system in which acetone was extracted from water by trichloroethane. After setup, the number of stages could be calculated twice as fast as by graphical methods, with only slightly lower accuracy. Since setup time is longer, the analog method is superior only when many stages (in one or several cascades) are to be computed for the same system. Principal sources of error were the function generators and a division circuit. Changes in both should result in improved performance. Ex¬ tension of the technique to other flowsheet configurations, to distillation, absorption, or adsorption, and to transient conditions may be made. 25. Mechanisms of the Low Pressure Polymerization for Ethylene TO Polyethylene. Y. K. Pan and F. C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Ethylene polymerization was carried out in an air-free 200 ml bottle. Solutions of 0.17 to 1.34 gm of AICI3 and 0.1 to 1 gm of TiCl4, dis- 423 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 persed or dissolved in 20 ml of xylene, were used as catalysts. Tempera¬ tures of 45°, 55°, 115° and 135° C, and maximum pressures of ethylene of 45 to 55 psig were used. The reaction was stopped when the press¬ ure in the bottle dropped to a vacuum, sometimes to 25 inches vacuum. After adding isopropanol to the reacted solution, a v/hite or brown precipitate formed. A portion of it could be melted on a hot plate from 50° to 100° C. Most of the precipitate was dissolved in water; a few pieces, showing the characteristics of solid polyethylene, floated. Dur¬ ing filtration of isopropanol solution, some viscous oil was apparent on the filter paper. In another series of tests conducted in the presence of 0.046 to 0.006 gm. oxygen similar results were obtained. A pilot plant for ethylene poly¬ merization was described. Information concerning the effects of states of monomers, concentrations of catalysts, temperatures, and pressures on polymerization will be obtained. 26. The Separation of a Hydrogen-Carbon Dioxide Mixture by Gaseous Diffusion. Russell A. Primrose and Frank C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute A mixture of 50 mol percent hydrogen and carbon dioxide was dif¬ fused through a Dexiglas fiber glass filter 0.008 inches thick manufac¬ tured by C. H. Dexter and Sons, Inc. A separation of 2 per cent was obtained at a flow rate of one cubic foot per hour and a vacuum of 20 inches of mercury. Using a 1106-B fiber glass filter 0.018 inches thick, manufactured by Mine Safety Appliances Company, a separation of 3 percent was obtained at a flow rate of 4 cubic feet per hour and a vacuum of 20 inches of mercury. 27. Mechanisms by Which Ultrasonic Energy Affects Transfer Rates in Liquid-Liquid Extraction. H. A. Woodle, Jr. and Frank C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute High frequency sound waves are known to produce numerous and varied effects in a liquid system. This investigation was undertaken to illustrate the effects of subjecting a two-phase, three-component liquid system to ultrasonic waves. Experimental work was conducted at freqeuncies of 40 and 800 KC, and at varied times and intensities of treatment. Extraction, in the con¬ centration range of 14.4 to 14.8 weight percent methyl alcohol in toluene by distilled water was studied both with and without ultrasonic treatment. Results of cocurrent and countercurrent tesis show that isonation in- 424 The Virginia Journal of Science [September creases extraction rates by increasing interfacial area between phases through local agitation and mixing at interfaces, by removal of minute stagnant liquid layers at the interfaces through continuous induced agita¬ tion and circulation currents, and by a continual supply of fresh mate¬ rial from both phases to the interface through bulk phase circulation cur¬ rents. SECTION OF GEOLOGY 1. What Is Basement in Virginia? Charles E. Sears; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The problem of determining what is basement is a difficult one and in many cases is mainly one of definition. If basement is defined as consisting of rocks of different sedimentary and or structural environment separated by a profound break which may be due to several causes, we can talk about basement regardless of rock types or ages. Using this definition, there can be more than one basement. Under this definition, basement in Virginia can be described as follows: The first basement would consist of rocks of the Piedmont types which underlie the Coastal Plain sediments and which may also underlie the Paleozoic rocks of the area from the Blue Ridge Alleghany Plateau. The second basement, if present, would consist of rocks older or more complexly folded and meta¬ morphosed than the metasediments-sedimentary-igneous complex of the Piedmont. It is possible to conceive of a third basement which may under¬ lie the second basement rocks. Under this definition, rock types and ages need not be considered. 2. Stratigraphic and Geographic Distribution of some Upper Clin¬ ton (Silurian) Brachiopods. C. G. Tillman; Virginia Polytechnic Institute An analysis of the stratigraphic distribution of brachiopods within the lower part of the Middle Silurian Series in the eastern United States reveals that brachiopod assemblages can be used successfully for regional correlation. Based on brachiopod distribution, the upper part of the Osgood formation and probably most of the Laurel limestone of Indiana may be correlated with the Irondequoit limestone of New York. The Waldron shale of Indiana correlates with the Rochester shale of New York. Three parallel, environmentally controlled, faunal zones based on bra- 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 425 chiopods can be recognized in rocks of Rochester age from Indiana east¬ ward to the limit of the Silurian outcrop in the central Appalachians. The westernmost environmental zone is characterized by the rich Waldron- Rochester fauna. The two easternmost zones are distinguished by pro¬ gressively impoverished Waldron-Rochester faunas and by the appear¬ ance of several new forms. Preliminary work suggests that these parallel environmental zones roughly coincide with regional distribution of rock types. The western¬ most zone is in a region of limestone and dolomite with minor shale, the next zone eastward is in a region mainly underlain by shale with some limestone, and the easternmost zone is in a region mainly under¬ lain by sandstone with some shale. 3. Geomorphic Significance of Residual and Alluvial Deposits in THE Shenandoah Valley, Virginia. John T. Hack; United States Geological Survey Study and mapping of the surficial deposits in the drainage basin of the Shenandoah River indicate a close relation between bedrock and the distribution of residual and alluvial deposits. Saprohte is widely distrib¬ uted on the Cambrian and Ordovician limestones, especially on rocks like the upper part of the Beekman town dolomite that contain massive chert. The chert forms a residual mantle of stones that protects the finer grain¬ ed insoluble residue from erosion. Saprolite is commonly absent on rocks like the Martinsburg and Athens formations that, on weathering, do not yield coarse insoluble fragments. Alluvial deposits cover less than one-third of the valley floor, and occur where streams enter limestone or shale areas from mountains under¬ lain by more resistant sandstone and quartzite. Coarse alluvium is de¬ posited near the mountain foot by laterally migrating streams in pediment¬ like aprons. Piracies occur in these areas because the main streams issu¬ ing from the mountains have steeper gradients than their own minor tribu¬ taries that head on the valley floor, in softer rocks. The rough accordance of summit levels of the hills on the valley floor that has given rise to the concept of a valley floor peneplain results from the adjustment of slopes to a regularly spaced drainage network in a region having rocks that are roughly of the same resistance. Relief is considerably lower in the Martinsburg shale areas, however, than in hrne- stone areas and is highest in the outcrop belt of the Beekmantown dolo¬ mite. The present topography is better explained as the result of long- continued and deep erosion of a folded mountain chain that is close to isostatic equilibrium than by a theory involving still stand, uplift, and erosion, such as the theory of multiple erosion cycles. 426 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 4. A Further Discussion of the Saltville Fault in Smyth and Washington Counties, Virginia. Wilbur A. Nelson; University of Virginia In 1956 and 1957 additional drilling was carried on about one mile south of the Saltville fault in Washington County, Va. This drill hole which was located on Tin Bridge Road, passed through the Saltville fault at 2401 feet and penetrated the MacCrady formation of Mississippian age. The information obtained from this drill hole supplemented information ! obtained from several other drill holes completed about ten years ago, * extending from near Chatham Hill in Smyth County, Va., and shows for a distance of over twenty miles that the Saltville fault is a low-angle | bedding plane fault having an average dip of around 20° to the south¬ east, except along the trace of the fault where steeper dips occur due to ; the fact that a normal fault occurs just to the northeast of the trace of I the Saltville fault, which has downdropped the Saltville fault shingle block and produced a drag along the trace of the fault with dips as much as 60°. It is believed that further work along the Saltville fault to the northeast and southwest of this twenty mile section will show that ! similar conditions exist for some distance along this fault. 5. A Petrographic Analysis of the Mosheim Formation at Stras- BURG, Virginia. I W. C. Sherwood; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research | The purpose of this paper is to give a petrographic description of the Mosheim Formation as it occurs at the Dominion Quarry, approximately 2 miles NE of Strasburg, Shenandoah County, Virginia. The quarry at this point contains a complete cross section of the formation which strikes N 45° E and dips 30° to the SE. Nineteen samples were taken at approximately 8 foot intervals over the entire vertical section. Due to the extremely homogeneous nature of the formation, hand specimens show only slight differences. Generally the material is dove gray, compact, very fine grained, thickly bedded, indurated and breaks with a hackley to conchoidal fracture. Frequent inclusions of clear crystalline calcite occur in all but one specimen. Chemical analyses of the Mosheim in this area show CaCOs — 98.25% and MgCOs — .80%. In thin section the rock is shown to be essentially cryptograined calcite. This material shows some degree of transformation to pellets and comprises a total of about 80% of the rock mass. Irregular patches and veinlets of coarse granular calcite roughly parallel the bedding. Individual grains are euhe- dral and twinned. These “eyes” compose about 20% of the thin sec¬ tion area. Minor structures include stylolites, fossil calcite and banding. I' I I 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 427 Insoluble residues from all specimens average 1.96%. The coarse frac¬ tion contains quartz, pyrite and muscovite. Minus 53 micron material was X-rayed and identified as illite with traces of quartz. 6. Channeled Irregularities on the Knox Surface Wolf Cemetery, Washington County, Virginia. L. P. Harris; Virginia Polytechnic Institute In a small area 1.25 miles northeast of Shortsville, Washington County, Virginia, there are irregularities on top of the Knox dolomite which indi¬ cate the presence of an old channeled depression which are formed dur¬ ing an interval of temporary emergence of the sea floor in late Canadian, early Champlainian time. The evident local relief on top of the Mascot dolomite is of interest because of the clarity with which the unusual geologic relations are revealed in this locahty. 7. Mineral Occurrence and Associations in the Albemarle Crush¬ ed Stone Quarry (Catoctin Formation) near Shadwell, Vir¬ ginia. WiUiam F. Giannini and William K. Rector, Jr.; University of Virginia The purpose of this paper is to report the mineral occurrences and associations in the Albemarle Crushed Stone Quarry. The quarry, owned by Mr. Luck, is 3.2 miles from the eastern city limits of Charlottesville, Virginia, on Route 250, near Shadwell. It is approximately 1,000 feet in length and 600 feet in width, with three terrace levels, each approximate¬ ly 30 feet in height. The minerals occurring in this quarry may be grouped into three major associations. These are the Catoctin greenstone assemblage, amygdule fillings in the greenstone, and a rhyolite dike assemblage. Those found in the Catoctin are calcite, chalcopyrite with subordinate malachite, chlo¬ rite, epidote, albite metacrysts, specular hematite, magnetite crystals, pink orthoclase, pyrite, quartz, tremolite-actinolite asbestoes, and vermiciJite. The majority of these minerals are secondary and occur in fractures or in distinct zones in the greenstone. Minerals in the amygdule fiflings of the greenstone are disseminated specks of chalcopyrite, epidote surround¬ ing chlorite and filling the entire vesicule, and green quartz. Associated with the rhyolite dike are calcite and dolomite crystals, purple and white fluorite, hematite, and quartz, all occurring as secondary minerals fill¬ ing fractures. 428 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 8. Remarks on Carbonate-Derived Gossans near Stony Point, Vir¬ ginia. J. F. Tazelaar; University of Virginia Twelve miles northeast of Charlottesville, Virginia, two gossan-capped veins of Precambrian age cut Swift Run sediments. Regional tectonics produced these fissures which were subsequently healed by quartz-sul¬ phide melts. Both gossans have a similar mineralogy (goethite-limonite, quartz) and cavernous habit. The more prominent gossan outcrops for 1800 feet, averages 5 feet in width, is terminated and rendered schistose at its north¬ ern extreme by a strike-slip fault. Crudely aligned aplite outcrops sug¬ gest faulting of the southern extreme. Belief that the porous gossans represented oxidation and hydration of sulphides solely has led to futile attempts to locate a supergene zone. Summarily, if sulphides ( chalcopyrite, pyrite) were present their detec¬ tion by an electrical survey appeared feasible. A self-potential survey was carried out and the results failed to indicate workable sulphides at depth. Polished ore specimens reveal a late iron carbonate (siderite) replace¬ ment of pyrite (early) and chalcopyrite (late). Thus, deposition of cop¬ per sulphide was delayed, possibly prohibited, and malachite, a copper carbonate, was formed. At any rate, the cavernous to massive gossans are best explained as products of chiefly siderite oxidation and hydration, not sulphide. 9. Program of the Division of Mineral Resources. J. L. Calver; Division of Mineral Resources The Division of Mineral Resources is the division of the Virginia De¬ partment of Conservation and Development charged with the responsi¬ bility of conducting research on the geology of the Commonwealth. These responsibilities include mapping the shape of the land surface, a program carried out cooperatively with the United States Geological Survey; map¬ ping the surface and subsurface formations and preparing geologic maps; preparation of reports concerning the occurrence, physical and chemical properties of rock and mineral materials; determination of possible indus¬ trial usefulness of these materials; and serving the citizens and industries of the State by disseminating the results of these investigations. It is apparent that the size and scope of the Division’s work is indeed large. The real endowment of the Commonwealth is still the earth and tlie future rests on what scientists may find in it, under it, or above it. Min- Proceedings 1957-1958 429 1958] eral resources, the rock and mineral materials below the surface and the very shape of the land itself exert an ever present influence on our every¬ day activities, our industrial economy, and even our way of life. 10. Some Worthies in Geology. Joseph K. Roberts; University of Virginia From the time of Agricola, scholars and investigators have developed the earth sciences from mere local concern to a widespread interest. The names of Werner, Cuvier, Sedgwick, Murchison, and many others became known in America which takes us back around a century and a half. In America Silliman, Dana, Eaton, Hall, and others early in their time set out to add to a growing and expanding science. As the years have gone by our many worthies have brought new facts from time to time, and a new geological front has been made in the last two decades. It is an expanding and a healthy advance and is penetrating most all of the /egions of the earth. As long as a free world can meet on a fair level, and interchange com¬ mon knowledge there need not be local nor widespread concern over geological progress, which our worthies have started so well, and have handed down to this generation Each age will see, as it were, the passing and exchange of ideas by a Commonwealth of Nations. By lantern slides a selected group of worthies will be exhibited with these few words of appreciation. 11. The Use of Silica Sand for Providing Skid Resistance of High¬ way Surfaces. J. L. Eades; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research The Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research proved that pavement surfaces composed of limestone aggregate often become polished. To correct this condition, the Highway Department has spent over a million dollars in its deslicking program. Thin applications of skid resistant material add little to the structural strength or the dur¬ ability of the road; therefore, it was necessary to find the most economi¬ cal method of deslicking with very thin layers of material. One of the most effective treatments is a thin application of Kentucky Rock Asphalt which is a crushed, asphalt impregnated sandstone. This material could be applied at the rate of 10-15 lbs. per square yard. However, because the production rate of spreading was low and the initial cost of the mate¬ rial was high, there was a need for a better material. There was the challenge, to find a lower cost surfacing material which was just as effec¬ tive when applied at the 10-15 lbs. per square yard rate. 430 The Virginia Journal of Science [September An analysis of the rock-asphalt proved the sand grains to be very angular and almost all one size. It was learned that glass sands produced in Virginia were also very angular and had a similar gradation. Through experimentation with various asphalt contents and additives a blend was developed which could be apphed as thin as Kentucky Rock Asphalt. These glass sands are now used to give the most skid resistant pavements in the state and for less money. 12. Implications of Smoky Phantoms in Rock Crystal Quartz near Craigsville, Virginia. Whitman Cross, II and R. K. Peare; University of Virginia The purpose of this paper is to report an occurrence and the possible origin of smoky quartz phantoms in some rock crystals. These crystals were found at the Gay Quarry, operated by the Lehigh Portland Cement Corporation's Fordwick Plant, approximately two miles southeast of Craigs¬ ville, Virginia on county route 684. These crystals, which are from 2 to 15 mm. in length, occur in fractures associated with clear rhombohedrons of calcite in the cherty limestone of the Upper Helderberg. The writers feel that these crystals may contribute information on the origin of some smoky quartz. Holden summarized previous work dealing with this sub¬ ject in 1925. He believed the smoky color of quartz was produced by uranium-radium radiations and was not a result of carbon compounds or inorganic impurities. Some of the smoky quartz phantoms from the Gay Quarry were found associated with smoky calcite capped by clear calcite. Such an occur¬ rence suggests that the smoky quartz and smoky calcite have a similar origin. A thin section of a smoky quartz crystal revealed impurities in the form of layered coatings parallel to the crystal faces. The apparent smoky appearance is caused by the inclusion coatings since crystal plates, when viewed endwise, are not actually smoky in coloration, but contain only numerous oriented inclusions. The outer coatings of the phantoms are thicker than the inner layers and, in one thin section magnified 450 times, they appear to consist of microscopic crystals. These crystals are prismatic with pyramidal terminations. They have parallel extinction, birefringence, and are pleochroic with greatest absorption perpendicular to their length. These properties suggest tourmaline. Due to insufficient amounts of material, a definite identification has not yet been made. In conclusion, the writers feel that, in some cases, quartz which is apparently smoky may result from impurity cappings on the crystals dur¬ ing their growth history. 431 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 13. Conjugate Quartz Veins in the Lynchburg Gneiss near Fancy Gap, Carroll County, Virginia. B. H. Richard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Three sets of joints occur near Fancy Gap, Carroll County, Virginia. Two of these sets, which constitute a conjugate set of shear fractures, have been filled wtih quartz. That all joints cut the gneissosity of the Lynchburg gneiss shows clearly that the joints developed after the gneiss was metamorphosed. The joints formed in three stages: 1) a set of nearly vertical shear joints that strike N55 E developed and was filled with quartz; 2) a set of nearly vertical shear joints that strike N75 W developed, locally displaced the first, and was filled wiht quartz: 3) another set of joints was formed and displaced the second set with move¬ ment essentially parallel to the strike and dip of the first set. The gneiss was plastically deformed subsequent to all jointing. 14. Cementation of Quartzose Sandstones of Western Virginia, W. D. Lowry; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The cement of a few of the Paleozoic quartzose sandstones of western Virginia was introduced contemporaneously with sedimentation. The quartz grains of these sandstones, such as the hematite-cemented Clinton and the calcite-cemented Oriskany, retain much of their original shapes. In contrast, the quartz grains of the more common silica-cemented sand¬ stones, ranging in age from Cambrian to Pennsylvanian, have had their original shapes modified or destroyed. The grains are commonly char¬ acterized by outgrowths and solution concavities. The sihca cement of these sandstones was not introduced from an outside source at the time of deposition. Instead it was derived by solution of the grains them¬ selves at points of contact where high unit stresses were developed as a result of either deep burial or major tectonic forces. The dissolved silica was deposited in lower pressure pore spaces to form outgrowths. Although the original porosity and permeability of most of these sihca- cemented sandstones has been destroyed, a few retain appreciable poros¬ ity. The incomplete welding together of these grains may be attributed to either insufficient force to maintain the required unit stress as the area of contact increased or to the driving out by gas or oil of sufficient pore i water to prevent complete transfer of siHca. Business Meeting: Dr. B. N. Cooper presented a memorial in honor of the late Dr. Marcellus H. Stow, Washintgon and Lee University. The following officers were elected: Chairman — J. T. Hack; Vice-Chairman — J. L. Calver; Secretary — R. S. Mitchell; Section Editor — B. W. Nel¬ son; Historian — J. K. Roberts. 432 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Field Trip: About fifteen took part in the annual field trip under the leadership of Dr. C. E. Sears. It was planned to be a traverse from j the Blue Ridge escarpment of Floyd Co. to Sinking Creek in Giles Coun- | ty, but it was necessary to discontinue the trip before reaching Blacks- : burg because of rain. j SECTION OF MEDICAL SCIENCES : 1. A Method for the Standardized Production of Irreversible ^ Shock Following Hemorrhagic Hypotension in the Cat. Eugene D. Brand; University of Virginia Eight cats were subjected to temporary hemorrhagic hypotension by means of an arterial reservoir, and their subsequent courses were followed closely until recovery or death. A level of hemorrhagic hypotension of 30 mm. Hg was found optimal, because lower pressures caused acute death from cardiac arrhythmia, and higher pressures unnecessarily prolonged the procedure. The degree of automatic reinfusion, or spontaneous up¬ take of blood by the cat from the reservoir, was the variable most closely correlated with subsequent development of irreversible shock. Expressed | as per cent of the maximum bled into the arterial reservoir, the minimum uniformly fatal amount of automatic reinfusion was 35 per cent. 2. A Relationship between Molecular Structure and Stimulation OF Muscle Metabolism. D. R. H. Gourley; University of Virginia When tolbutamide (l-butyl-3-p-tolylsulfonylurea) is added to isolated frog muscle, the oxygen consumption of the tissue rapidly rises to a new rate which is maintained for several hours (Virginia J. Science, 8:338, 1957). The increased consumption of oxygen is due to the oxidation i of excess lactate which accumulates following stimulation of glycolysis by tolbutamide. There is little or no stimulation of glycolysis when the methyl group on the benzene ring para to the main chain of the molecule I is absent or replaced by either a methoxy or carboxyl radical. Substitu- j tion of an amino group (carbutamide) produces a compound that inhibits ! metabolism. Substitution of an ethyl, isopropyl or tertiary butyl radical ' produces compounds that are increasingly effective in stimulating gly¬ colysis and oxygen consumption. These effects are similar to those cans- i ed in frog muscle by caffeine although, unlike caffeine, the suHonylbutyl- urea derivatives apparently exert their effects without causing contracture. 433 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 3. The Growth of Thyroidectomized Rats Given 3,3^5-TRnoDOTHY- RONINE. Chalmers L. Gemmill; University of Virginia Thyroidectomized rats on an iodine deficient diet have little or no growth. Neither inorganic iodide nor 3,5-diiodothyronine promotes growth in these animals. Normal diet restored partially the growth and 3,3’,5-triiodo-L- thyronine restored completely the growth of the animal even after con¬ siderable time of cessation of growth on an iodine deficient diet. It is concluded that organically bound iodine is essential for the growth of thyroidectomized rats. 4. Studies on the Effects of Scurvy and Inanition on the Male Reproductive Tract.^ L. F. Cavazos and B. P. Kocen; Medical College of Virginia Eighty male guinea pigs were divided into 20 equal groups and studied as to pathogenic effects of avitaminosis C and inanition on the repro¬ ductive system. Experimental groups were fed as follows: (a) vitamin C-deficient diet, ad libitum, and no ascorbic acid; (b) vitamin C-deficient diet, ad libitum, plus 10 mg ascorbic acid daily; (c) vitamin C-defident diet plus 10 mg ascorbic acid daily but food consumption was adjusted in order that the animal weight would follow the weight of the scorbutic animal; and (d) vitamin C-fortified diet, ad libitum, plus 10 mg ascorbic acid daily. Animals on the restricted diet (c) were used to differentiate between changes brought about by caloric restriction and those induced by ascorbic acid deficiency. Staining reactions included periodic acid- Schiff technique, Sudan black B, oil red O, toluidine blue, azure A-eosin B and the ascorbic acid method. Spermiogenesis was blocked or inhibited in the majority of the scorbutic animals and most of the inanition controls, but no changes were noted in the Sertoli cells, or connective tissue elements of the testes. There were pathologic alterations in the Ley dig cells of 16 of the scorbutic animals. These changes were characterized by pyknotic nuclei, cell spindling and fibroblastic forms. Sloughed spermatids were present in the epididymis of the scorbutic guinea pigs, but were seen infrequently in the inanition controls. 5. Some Effects of X-Irradiation on Guinea Pig Brain Gortex with Special Reference to the Age Factor.^ Robert H. Brownson and Burton A. Moss; Medical College of Virginia ^Supported by Grant A-1181 (c) from the U. S. Public Health Service. 434 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Certain cytological and histochemical approaches have been made to¬ wards evaluation of the effects of 1600 r units of X-ray delivered bilate¬ rally to the animal’s head. The 30 guinea pigs utilized in this study were grouped by ages into 1 month, 6 months, 9 months, 15 months, 38 months, and 62 months. Control and experimental animals were sacri- i ficed simultaneously 32 days post irradiation time. Tissues were initially fixed in situ by perfusing with 10 percent formalin and physiological | saline-acacia. Further fixation was then caried out. ! Control animals demonstrated higher counts of perineuronal glial satel- i lite cells than experimental animals. Average numbers of glia/neurons ' for all control animals was 0.90 and for the experimental, 0.70. Iden¬ tification of types of perineuronal glial satellite cells demonstrated that | in controls 63 percent were oligodendrogha, 22 percent astrocytes, and I 15 per cent microglia. Experimental animals indicated a decrease in : microglia and increase in oligodendrogha. ' The Feulgen reaction revealed in experimental animals 1) that neurons exhibited conspicuous Feulgen positive granules approximating the nu¬ clear membrane; 2) in ghal cells, alteration of the staining pattern from the control animals. Hortega’s silver carbonate method for pigment, ' osmic acid method for degenerating myelin and phase microscopic analy¬ sis will be discussed. 6. Motion Pictures of Changes in Cells Inducted by X-Ray Treat¬ ments OF Tadpoles and Tetrahymenae. Carl C. Speidel; University of Virginia I 7. Tissue Cultures from Human Adult Bronchial Epithelium. Comeha Hoch-Ligeti and Joyce P. Hobbs; University of Virginia Explants of bronchial epithelium were made in vitro from 140 adult ; human lungs removed by operation. Apparently normal bronchial epithe- ; hum taken from patients with carcinoma of the lung grew more often : in primary explants than analogous epithelium from tuberculous patients j or from patients -with bronchiectasis or unresolved pneumonia. The his- ' tological appearance of the bronchial epithelium of the donor, even in | a segment immediately distal from the explant, did not give an indica- | tion of the facility with which the explants could be grown. Explana- j tion of carcinoma of the bronchus was unsuccessful in 4 cases. Two i explants both derived from cases of careinoma of the lung, gave rise to l permanent cell strains. The cells of the two permanent strains, growing in clones, assumed the morphological appearance of malignant cells dur- i ing the 12 months of cultivation. Their histochemical behavior wdth re- : gard to reduction of tetrazolium salts was also changed. When trans- ; 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 435 planted into cortisone-treated weanling rats^ these cells grew for 3-4 weeks and invaded the surrounding muscles, however, no metastatic lesions were observed, 8. Effect of Amphenone Administration of the Adrenal Response OF Rats to Alcohol Intoxication. J. G. Forbes and G. M. Duncan; Medical College of Virginia Amphenone ( 1 ,2“bis~ ( p-aminophenyl ) -2~methyl-propanone"l-dihydro- chloride) was fed for 7-14 days to half-grown male rats at a level of 0.5% in a diet consisting of equal parts ground pellets and complete synthetic diet containing 65% sucrose. The adrenal cholesterol concentration in¬ creased progressively to about 4 fold by 14 days, concurrently 'with mark¬ ed hypertrophy of the glands. The drop in the adrenal cholesterol in response to alcohol intoxication was either absent or markedly inhibited. The rate at which relatively unresponsive adrenals developed seemed to be a function of the initial age as indicated by weight of the rats and of the number of days amphenone was fed. The extent and duration of intoxication was quite comparable to that seen in control rats. Amphe¬ none feeding did not influence the rate at which alcohol disappeared from the blood. 9. A ^*New” Autoagglutinin against Stored Erythrocytes. Cecil Hougie, Janet L. Dandridge and O. B. Bobbitt; University of Virginia A high-titer autoagglutinin directed against stored erythrocytes was found in an elderly patient with a hemolytic anemia. The patient’s serum agglutinated her own and all ABO compatible cells which had been stored for 72 hours with or without anticoagulants. The agglutinin had a wide thermal amplitude between 2 and 37® C, with an avidity greatest at 37® C, and was present to a titer of 1 in 4000. Fresh ceUs exposed to a pH of 6.2 for 1 hour or papainised ceUs were also agglutinated. The agglutinability of stored cells could be reversed by treatment "with ade¬ nosine and inosine. The agglutinin was relatively heat stable and no loss of activity occurred after heating to 56° C for 30 minutes, but almost complete inactivation was achieved by heating to 70° C for 2 minutes. The patient’s direct and indirect Coombs tests were negative, and the indirect Coombs performed on stored cells exposed to high non-aggluti¬ nating titers of the patient’s serum were also negative using 4 different types of Coombs sera. This agglutinin differs from any other hitherto reported. 436 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 10. Effect of Temperature on Secretory Activity and Oxygen Consumption of Isolated Frog Skin. Ernst G. Huf and Norma S. Doss; Medical College of Virginia A study is presented on the effect of temperature on unidirectional active ion transport, resting electrolyte equilibrium (electrolyte composi¬ tion) and oxygen consumption in isolated frog skin. The aims were two¬ fold; first, to find out whether the rate of active transport can be changed without affecting the Na+ and K+ balance of skin itself; secondly, to arrive at minimal A Na+/A02 values by correlating quantitatively inhibi¬ tion of active ion transport with inhibition of 02-consumption. NaCl transport was maximal at 20° C. At 28° and at temperatures below 20°, rate of NaCl transport was diminished. In many instances NaCl trans¬ port was diminished in skins which maintained their normal Na+ and K+ content. In several cases, however, neither rate of transport nor resting electrolyte equilibrium was affected; in other cases both were. 02-consumption dcreased when lowering the temperature over the range from 28° to 10° C. From a plot of log Q02 against 1/T an activation energy of ju, = 13,700 cal was calculated, valid for the range from 10° to 20° C. It appeared that jx was smaller for temperatures about 20° C. Working between 10° and 20°, it was found that, on the average, 4 to 5 equivalents of N+ were transported for one mole of O2 consumed in skins with undisturbed resting electrolyte equilibrium. 11. A Cell for Osmosis and Diffusion Studies of Isolated Secre¬ tory Membranes. Addison D. Campbell, Thomas E. Gilmer and Ernst G. Huf; Experi¬ ment Incorporated, University of Richmond and Medical College of Virginia A cell, 10 inches long and 3 inches in diameter, has been constructed of lucite and consists of two nearly identical halves. When the membrane is held in the cell, it separates two chambers of 30 cc each, in which is placed the material to be studied. Gonnections to current electrodes are provided at the ends of these chambers thereby furnishing a means of setting up a current in the cell and, thus, controlling the potential differ¬ ence across the membrane. Another pair of electrodes, located at the membrane, allows for the measurement of this potential. Both sets of electrodes are connected to the auxiliary circuit through calomel electro¬ des. The cell is further equipped with connections for osmometers, means of filling and draining the chambers, magnetic stirrers, and is surrounded by a water jacket for temperature regulation. Tests show that the poten¬ tial over the area of the membrane is constant to within 1 mv and the temperature is constant to dz 0.02° C. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 437 12. An Apparatus for the Study of Isolated Secretory Membranes AT Automatically Controlled Membranes Potentials. Thomas E. Gilmer, Addison D. Campbell and Ernst G. Huf; Experi¬ ment Incorporated, University of Richmond and Medical College of Virginia An apparatus is described which automatically and continously controls the potential across an isolated membrane in a conducting hquid. Poten¬ tial probes adjacent to the membrane on each side provide the means for measuring the potential; this signal is also used as the input to a servo amplifier. The servo amphfier in turn operates a motor-driven shde-wire which varies an applied voltage to produce a null signal at the input. This voltage is applied through suitable electrodes across the ends of the chamber containing the liquid and membrane. The servo amphfier, motor and slide-wire are adapted from a standard Varian Model G-10 strip-chart recorder. The alterations to the recorder are in the circuit and in the gearing between motor and slide-wire. A motor-driven micro switch makes possible the automatic alternate meas¬ urement of spontaneous membrane potential and current at controlled po¬ tential. Results are given of a series of measurements made on frog skins in Ringer solution; the effect of the addition of various inhibitors on the spontaneous potential and the short circuit current is shown. The appa¬ ratus can be used in conjunction with radioactive tracer studies to give an accurate measure of the total energy associated with active ion trans¬ port. 13. Metabolic Studies on Isolated Epithelium of Frog Skin. Leif Skjelkvale, Kathryn Nieder, and Ernst G. Huf; Medical College of Virginia The aims of the present study are to investigate the effect of: (1) Krebs cycle metabolites and related compounds on O2 consumption of intact skin epithelial cells; (2) enzyme inhibitors in the presence and absence of substrates on O2 consumption; (3) substrates (shown to be effective on O2 consumption) on net rate of active Na+ transport by measuring the electric current output of isolated, intact skin. To remove the epithelium, pieces of abdominal skins were kept overnight in the cold room in a small volume of bicarbonated water (pH =: 7.0). Histological evidence is presented to show that all layers of a well-preserved epithe¬ lium can be removed by gently scraping the surface of skin, pretreated as mentioned. Mineral analysis showed that treated skins had reduced their Na+ and K+ content to about ^ of the original values; water content was slightly elevated. Nevertheless, a vigorously respiring isolat- 438 The Virginia Journal of Science [September ed epithelium could be obtained. Q02 measurements on isolated epithe¬ lium (using the Warburg technique) in the presence and absence of 100 imits of penicillin and 100 [x gm streptomycin showed that for a period of at least 4 hours all Og is consumed by epithelial cells, — not by micro¬ organisms that might have been present. Pyruvate and oxalacetate (0.1 — 5 mM) increased O2 consumption. Oxalacetate (5 mM; the only sub¬ stance tested so far) was also able to increase (40% for 6 hours) the electric current output as a result of increased active Na+ transport. Fluoroacetate significantly depressed O2 consumption. Sodium acetate was able to protect against fluoroacetate but only when present before addition of fluoroacetate. I4.I0N Activities with Presence of Kidney Bries. Sidney Solomon; Medical College of Virginia 15. Metabolism of Nicotine in the Human.i Edward R. Bowman, Lennox B. Turnbull, and Herbert McKennis, Jr.; Medical College of Virginia In previous studies from this laboratory [J. Am. Chem. Soc. 79, 6342 (1957)] urine of dogs, following intravenous administration of nicotine, was examined for metabolites. Examination of male human urine after oral administration of nicotine (30 mgm/per day for three days in divided doses of 3 mgm each) and examination of male smokers’ urine has now been accomplished through similar techniques. The urine of smokers is similar to that of nicotine-tieated dogs in that the chloroform soluble metabolites upon paper chromatography with 0.5 N ammonia water — (1 vol.) -n-butanol (4 vol.) -ethanol (1 vol.) separate into three Koenig positive zones (Rf 0.61, 0.73, 0.86). In addition to these metabohtes, a zone corresponding to unchanged nicotine is observed. This latter find¬ ing confirms the work of earlier investigators. The Rf 0.73 material from the chloroform extract of a human volunteer who ingested nicotine was purified by chromatography on alumina and passage through a Dowex-1 (OH) column. An oily fraction obtained from this operation readily yielded a yellow picrate (micro m.p. 100-102°) corresponding to cotinine picrate. The infra red absorption spectra of authentic and isolated pic- rates were identical. The mixed melting point showed no depression. The involvement of cotinine in the metabolism of nicotine in the human points to the probably occurrence of other metabolites, including y-(3- pyridyl)-y-methylamino-butyric acid, and other compounds which can arise from nicotine via the metabolic intermediate cotinine. lAided by grants from the Tobacco Industry Research Committee and the Ameri¬ can Tobacco Company. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 439 SECTION OF PSYCHOLOGY 1. A Follow-up Study of School Related Referrals. Roberta Keifer Simmons; Norfolk Mental Hygiene Center This study was intended as an evaluation of the work of the Norfolk Mental Hygiene Center in reference to cases of maladjusted or disturbed school children referred either directly from the area school authorities or from other agencies. The investigation was carried out by means of a questionnaire completed by the visiting teachers engaged upon the fol¬ low-up study. The information on 46 completed questionnaires was clas¬ sified and tabulated yielding summary data presented in table form under such headings as: age, sex and grade; referral sources; recommendations effected and not effected; other action taken; present condition; further action recommended; and comments concerning the present status of the case. From this information it has been possible to draw conclusions concerning the efficacy of both the clinic and school services together with recommendations for improvements in these services as well as the use of the follow-up technique. 2. Variation of Whole-Part Methods of Learning and Experiment¬ ers. F. J. McGuigan; Hollins College McGuigan and MacCaslin have suggested that much of the superiority of the whole method may be due to the fact that it entails greater dis¬ tribution of practice than does the part method. The present study sought to further vary the amount of distribution and simultaneously the extent to which the method is whole or part. A second purpose was to sample a population of experimenters. Seventy-two undergraduate women served as subjects and nine as ex¬ perimenters. The task used was the reproduction of a kuo block task. Four methods were: a part method, a very incomplete whole method, an incomplete whole method, and a whole method. Hence a 9 x 4 factorial design was used. The results were: No significant difference among experimenters; a significant difference among methods such that the whole method was superior to the others, and the incomplete whole method was superior to the incomplete whole method and the part method. Hence these results are in accord with the McGuigan and MacCashn hypothesis and indicate that generalization to the population of experimenters is tenable. 440 The Virginia Journal of Science [September I I 3. Cutaneous Electrical A I. Glenn R. Hawkes; University of Virginia In the University of Virginia Psychological Laboratory there has been devised a cutaneous communication system using a matrix of mechanical vibrators to impart encoded information to a subject. While it is theore¬ tically possible to design such a system using electrical stimuli to pro¬ duce vibratory sensations, almost no published research data report cuta¬ neous sensitivity to electrical current. Intensity of stimulation is a cue used in the mechanical communication system, but no information is available on sensibility to electrical current intensity changes. This re¬ search was an investigation of cutaneous sensitivity to changes in alter¬ nating current intensitv. The possible effect of differing frequencies of stimulation was deter¬ mined by use of 100, 500, and 1500 cycles per second of alternating :*urrcnt. Data are not yet complete, but the effect of different frequency appears small, a result comparable with research using mechanical vibra- i tion. The effect of weak or strong levels of the standard on discrimination of intensity changes was investigated by using a standard level just above | the absolute threshold and a standard just below the tolerance limit. The effect of different intensity levels of the standard is small; published , results using mechanical vibration show considerably better discrimina- ■ tion at strong intensity levels of the standard than at weak intensities. 4. Cutaneous Frequency Discrimination. ' Genevieve Dugan Goff; University of Virginia To measure the ability to discriminate differences in frequency of a cutaneous vibratory stimulus, it is imperative that cues from concomitant ; changes in subjective intensity of the stimulus be eliminated. This was | done in the present study by finding for each frequency used the inten- I sity which rendered that freqeuncy subjectively equal in intensity to a i 100 c. p. s. standard. Each of four observers used made these equal I intensity judgments for two intensity levels of the standard — 25 d. b. ! and 35 d. b. above threshold. Using the individual equal intensity cuiwes j thus obtained, each observer then made judgments of differential fre- I quency for 25, 50, 100, 150, and 200 c. p. s. Curves are presented for ^ one observer showing the equal intensity and differential frequency i values. Differential frequency was found to increase with frequency and i to decrease with intensity. i I 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 441 5. Logical Reasoning and Scientific Talent. Antonia Bell Morgan; Memfield, Virginia The Morgan Test of Logical Reasoning was given to the 40 winners of the Westinghouse Science Talent Search in 1957 and again to the 40 winners in 1958. A statistical analysis of the results of these 80 winners and a comparison of the scores of these winners with other groups reveals that these high school seniors, as a group, are more logical in their reasoning than college graduates with a Bachelor’s degree, col¬ lege graduates with a Master’s degree, college graduates with formal training in logic, supervisory employees in a large corporation, engineers with a Bachelor’s degree, college graduates with a law degree, and dis¬ tinguished college graduates selected by a Government agency for train¬ ing as executives. The conclusion is drawn that one aspect of science talent is marked ability to reason logically. A corollary conclusion is that this may prove useful in the detection of scientific talent at the high school senior level. 6. Stimulating Discomfort and Relief in Written Documents. Dell Lebo and William Applegate; Richmond Professional Institute The Discomfort Relief Quotient has been employed frequently as a reliable measure of tension during psychotherapy. An examination of experimental work reveals a close correspondence between discussion topic and DRQ tension. Early in therapy, when a great number of prob¬ lems are mentioned, DRQ’s are high. Later, when the patient states fewer problems, lower DRQ’s occur. This systematic relationship can be discerned under a variety of conditions. Despite this close relation¬ ship, the specific role of topic as determinant of DRQ seems to have been largely overlooked. To investigate this relationship specifically 55 women were asked to write about three topics; an unhappy, happy, and "neutral” event. It was hypothesized that DRQ magnitudes could be produced to order: low, high, and intermediate for unhappy, happy, and “neutral” event stories respectively. The hypothesis was borne out. Two implications arise. This method is promising; it can be used to rapidly and easily compare DRQ’s with other objective measures of tension. The utility of DRQ measures as evidence of therapeutic success may be limited by their tendency to reflect the discussion topic. A counselor could influence the DRQ at will. 7. The Control of Olfactory Stimuli. Wilham R. Goff; University of Virginia Extensions of a previously reported technique for studying olfactory 442 The Virginia Journal of Science [September sensitivity in small animals are presented. A simplified system of suc¬ cessive dilutions has been devised whic hpermits the presentation of accurately quantified odor vapor stimuli in concentrations of one part in one million or lower. This technique is being used to determine the absolute threshold of the albino rat to a series of homologous bons. 8. The Development of the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test. Robert A. Johnston; University of Richmond ; This paper reviews the development of the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test, presenting the rationale and a description of the four scales which i it includes. Its history is traced through several revisions with data con¬ cerning its reliability and validity. Also included is a review of the ' literature concerning the achievement scale of the IPIT and a summary ' of the theoretical and methodological considerations surrounding its use. Its purpose is to provide a background for both a critical consideration of the IPIT as a useful instrument for the assessment of the achievement variable and a better understanding of the research papers to be presented s in the symposium. hydrocar- 9. A Further Investigation of the Effects of Achievement Ima¬ gery AND Differential Instructions on Maze-Learning Perform- i ANce. Ann Hunter; University of Richmond Two studies investigating the effects of Achievement Imagery (AI) and motivational instructions on the learning of an electric maze had yielded conflicting results. In the initial study, it was found that there were no differences between high and low AI Ss under threat of shock instructions; while under neutral instructions, the high AI group made significantly fewer errors. A replication of this study, however, showed ^ that high AI Ss made more errors than low AI Ss under shock instructions and that there were no differences under neutral instructions. The re- i plication also yielded sex differences which were not found in the origi¬ nal studv. i •' I The present study attempted to resolve these conflicting results. Cer- i tain differences in procedure were also investigated, as was the general i learning ability of the Ss in the AI groups. In general, the results lend i more support to the conclusions of the second study. 10. A Psycholinguistic Analysis of Speech Behavior in Group Dif¬ fering in Achievement Imagery. i 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 443 Rudolph F. Wagner; Richmond Public Schools and John E. Williams; University of Richmond This study was designed to investigate experimentally whether a psy- cholinguistic analysis would reveal any characteristic differences in the speech behavior of Ss with High and Low Achievement Imagery (AI) as measured by the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test (IPIT). A further variable was introduced in form of the K-Scale of the Minnesota Multi- phasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) in an attempt to refine the meas¬ urement of Achievement Imagery. Forty-four male college freshmen were divided into High and Low AI Groups. The two AI groups were then subdivided into High and Low Defensiveness Groups on the basis of the K-scale scores, yielding four subgroups in all. Ss were given ver¬ bal cues and their verbal responses were recorded and subsequently sub¬ jected to a psycholinguistic analysis. In the comparisons of High and Low AI Ss, the category of ‘"nonfluencies” was the only one that yielded a statistically significant difference. No categories proved significant when High and Low Defensiveness groups were compared and no interaction effects between AI and K were found. 11. Achievement Imagery and A. G. E. Scores as Predictors of Grades in General Psychology. John E. Williams; University of Richmond The study investigated the relationship of differences in Achievement Imagery (AI), measured by the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test, and dif¬ ferences in ‘"academic aptitude”, as measured by the A. G. E. test to aca¬ demic standing at the end of the first semester of a course in General Psychology. The major findings were, as follows: for women, high AI was asso¬ ciated with higher grades at all levels of academic aptitude with the most pronounced relationship in the middle range of aptitude; for men, AI was not associated with grades at any level of academic aptitude. 12. Pupillary Dilation to Spectral Stimuli. Robert H. Gibson; University of Virginia An indirect method of correlating differential retinal sensitivity with wavelength of light stimulation has been described by Motokawa. He has reported that temporal change in retinal sensitivity, as measured by the magnitude of DC pulse required to produce a barely discernible phosphene flash, is related to the color of a two-second preadapting photic stimulus. His suggestion is that the obtained differentially shaped recovery functions represent the aftereffects of the three basic receptor 444 The Virginia Journal of Science [September systems for color, in accordance with the trichromatic color theory. The present exploratory study was an examination of the time course of photopic pupillary dilation to red, green, blue-green, and white light of equivalent photometric brightness. Two levels of brightness were employed for one of the colors. Since the pupillary reflex is closely related to many retinal states, the form of the dilation function was examined for differences attributable to wavelength of foveal stimulation. No such differences were found; intensity (brightness) was judged to be the significant variable. 13. A Comparison of Patterns of Drinking Behavior in Rats Fol¬ lowing Water Deprivation and Saline Injection. James F. Campbell, Jr.; University of Virginia Several investigators have reported using injections of predetermined doses of hypertonic saline to produce drinking behavior in the rat equiv¬ alent to that obtained following specified periods of water deprivation. The typical basis of comparison has been the total amount ingested dur¬ ing a test period. In a preliminary experiment employing a modified Stellar drinkometer the number of laps were cumulatively recorded to determine the patterns of drinking for six rats during a one hour period after either 24 hours water deprivation or injection of a ten percent saline solution. While the total amount drunk was comparable under each condition, the deprived animals drank in an initial burst of about 500 laps followed by brief pauses and short bursts of 30 to 40 laps for the remainder of the hour. The injected rats, subsequent to a similar initial burst, stop¬ ped for a longer interval and then took 200 to 250 laps. The rats which were switched from a deprivation to an injection schedule changed pat¬ terns of drinking, but the initially injected did not. Current studies are attempting to determine the cause of the failure to reverse as well as to answer other questions about these phenomena. 14. The Parental Pathogens Test. Harold E. Paine; Memorial Guidance Clinic The Parental Pathogens Test is a thematic apperception type of projec¬ tive technique employing ambiguous stick figures and specifically struc¬ tured verbal directions. It was originally designed to get at certain pa¬ thogenic parent-child relationships. This is an introduction of a techni¬ que for which no formal normative or validating data are available. Clini¬ cal experience with it indicates that it can be a reliable, valid, and use¬ ful instrument. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 445 It has been observed that die test reveals, in addition to the specific pathogens: family and life role, self -concept, kinds of self-expression and communication characterizing the family, the nature of interpersonal relationshps, and the defense mechanisms. The PPT is regarded as being most useful in ""‘middle childhood” (6-12 years). It shows promise of special significance for understanding the child within the context of his total family inter-relationships. 15. Who Is the Patient? A. W. Jeffreys; Western State Hospital Traditionally the psychotherapeutic treatment of psychosis is adminis¬ tered primarily to the patient, while significant relatives and friends enter little, if any, into the treatment process. The importance of treating significant people in the patienfs life is becoming more recognized and in some instances realized. In therapy with children, the value of treat¬ ing parents has always been recognized and even demanded by some clinics. The author cites three cases where improvement of adult psychotics followed treatment of adults significant to the patient. Should such an approach prove fruitful, a very serious question arises within our society as to who should receive treatment — the carrier of the symptoms or the person (or persons) who enters into the generation of the symptoms. Most often the latter exhibits no behavior or symptoms that would allow for enforced treatment under the present value system of our society. 16. A Repetition of the Miller Experiment on Acquired Fear. Raymond H. Kirby; The College of William and Mary An experiment by Myers and Miller (1952) had demonstrated that the Miller (1948) demonstration of fear as motivation and fear-reduction as reinforcement lacked a necessary control for “exploratory” behavior. It was the purpose of this experiment to repeat the original Miller experi¬ ment with a conti'ol group. A group of ten white rats was trained and tested using the same procedure employed by Miller in 1948. Another group of ten white rats, the control group, was given the same procedure except that they receiv¬ ed no shock on the fear-acquisition trials. Using the measure of latency to turn a wheel to escape the compart¬ ment in which the rats had a history of shock, the experimental group was found to have more responses of escaping and shorter mean latencies for escape. 446 The Virginia Journal of Science [September The data were interpreted as supporting the conclusions of the 1948 Miller experiment — — i. e., that fear can be motivating and fear-reduc¬ tion can be reinforcing. 17. An Apparatus for Studying Variables of Human Taste Thres¬ holds. John B. Feallock; University of Virginia Three variables are discussed which are likely to have effects upon taste processes and are capable of being studied peripherally in man. These are the temperature of the taste solution, the interaction of temp¬ erature with taste quality, and the rate at which a taste solution flows over the tongue. The substance of this paper is the description of an apparatus that will permit the control of these variables in”The study of their effects upon absolute thresholds of taste. The tongue is stimulated by means of a modified Gustometer through which the taste solution flows by gravity feed at a constant rate. The rate is determined by one of a series of constricted tubes calibrated for rate of flow which is placed in the flow line. The rate of flow may be varied up to 1.6 ft/sec by this means, and is accurate to within 5% over most of this range. The temperature of the stimulus solutions and rinse water is held con¬ stant through the use of a thermostatically controlled water bath, water jacket, and heating coils. Temperature control is completely automatic and accurate to within 0.5° C at the point of stimulation for temperatures within the range of 20 — 45° C. 18. Length of Deprivation and Time of Testing as Determinants OF FOOD Intake. George Cicala and John K. Bare; College of William and Maxry The authors have previously demonstrated that if deprivation is begun at 1900 hours and extended for varying durations up to 24 hours, the subsequent 24-hour intake of white rats is determined to such an extent by their natural day-night cycle that deprivation fails to increase inges¬ tion. The present study provides similar long term measures of food intake when deprivation is terminated at a fixed time. White rats were subjected to a single deprivation and taught to press a lever to secure food on a continuous reinforcement schedule. There¬ after, the animal received all his food by performing this response. After 72 hours of acclimatization, seven groups of eight animals each were deprived for 0, 2, 4, 8, 12, 18, and 24 hours. For half the animals in each group, deprivation was terminated at 1900, and for the other 447 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 half deprivation ended at 1300. Food intake was measured for 24 hours following deprivation. During the first hour of eating following deprivation, intake increases significantly as deprivation increases and time of testing fails to influence the behavior. Thereafter, both testing time and length of deprivation significantly alter food intake, and no interaction is apparent. SECTION OF SCIENCE TEACHERS 1. The Science Teachers Section of the Academy was addressed by Mr. Frank Kizer of the State Department of Education on the methods this organization is now using to help the science teacher in Virginia. 2. Dr. James W. Cole, Jr. moderated a program on Quantitative Measurements in the Teaching of Science. Different members of the Academic Year Institute presented phases of measurements applicable to the fields of chemistry, physics, and biology. In chemistry, Mr. William Karnes acted as host and presented Mrs. Edna Luck and Miss Natalie Holladay who demonstrated methods of measuring density, and from this, methods of calculating the percentage of metals in alloys. Mr. James Benton and Mr. Karnes presented a time reaction study on chemical reactions and plotted a graph of the results. In physics, Mr. Harlan Pafford served as host, Miss Ruth Carter ex¬ plained the equipment, and Mrs. Mariana Becker demonstrated that Ohm's Law is not always correct. Mr. Pafford showed how graphs of such information could be plotted. In biology, Mrs. Ashley Morgan demonstrated how quantitative meas¬ urements can be used in biology in measuring the size of simple plants and animals and in calculating the reaction of the number of molecules in the photosynthetic reaction. Mr. Ramon Davis illustrated how the concentration of P32 was detected in coleus stems and leaves. The effects of P32 causing anemia in mice was also shown. Graphs were used to demonstrate the differences. The following officers were elected for next year. They are: Mae Jennings, Chairman; A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., Chairman-elect; Virginia Ellett, Secretmy. 448 The Virginia Journal of Science [September SECTION OF STATISTICS | 1. Combined Intra- and Inter-Block Analysis for Factorials in | Incomplete Block Designs. R. E. Walpole; Roanoke College i I The work of Kramer and Bradley on factorials in incomplete block ' designs has been extended to include the several suitable classes of two- associate class, partially balanced incomplete block designs, that have not ' at present been considered in the literature. For the balanced incom¬ plete block and the group divisible, partially balanced incomplete block j designs, only the combined intra- and inter-block analysis is considered. However, in the case of the Latin Square, partially balanced incomplete i block designs, botli the intra-block analysis and the combined intra- and i inter-block analyses are obtained. A study is made of the variances and covariances of the factorial esti¬ mators, and then of factorial treatment contrasts, along with the efficien¬ cies of the contracts in various designs relative to the corresponding con¬ trasts in completely randomized designs. Tests of significance for fac¬ torial effects are derived and single-degree-of-freedom comparisons are determined in order to investigate trends and special contrasts among the factorial effects. 2. The Use of Response Surface Analysis on Biological Material. | David C. Hurst; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Traditional analyses of variance on continuous treatments are compared i with the response surface formulation. Pitfalls in the use of the response : surface technique on biological material in bioassay and fei-tilizer experi¬ ments are pointed out. Some remedies are suggested. 3. Triangle, Duo-trio, and Difference-from-control TevSts in Taste Testing. Ralph A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Much experimental work has been done in comparing triangle and duo- : trio tests for the detection of differences in taste testing. Some of the ' mathematical implications have also been discussed by Hopkins and ; Gridgeman [Biometrics 11(1)]. In this paper we assume subjective re¬ sponses on a response scale and develop means of calculating correspond¬ ing probabilities of correct choices in triangle and duo-trio tests and ex- ^ pected difference from control in the difference-from-control test. The two probabilities mentioned above are expressed in terms of the power j 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 449 function of analysis of variance but required special evaluations in this problem. A table showing comparisons of the several tests is presented and from these power comparisons and power efficiencies may be evaluat¬ ed. 4. Introduction to Statistical Sampling Inspection. G. F. White, Jr.; Richmond Rrofessional Institute and Reynolds Metals Company Sampling Inspection involves the inescapable risk of making wrong deci¬ sions. Fortunately, the risks involved in sampling can be specified in advance and plans found or designed that will control these risks, at economic levels. The two fundamental curves (Operating Characteristic and Average Outgoing Quality) showing the protection Characteristics of a plan and the Average Sample Number curve showing cost character¬ istics of a plan are described. The essential steps in selecting and apply¬ ing statistical sampling plans are discussed. 5. Application of Variance-Length Curves in Product Quality Analysis. William D. Hicks; Fieldcrest Mills, Incorporated The variations in linear weight of sliver, roving and yarn were eval¬ uated in terms of the variance-length curve. It was found that the variance-length curve is a means of completelv characterizing the weight variation in a strand of textile product. After discussing the method of sampling and testing, the statistical techniques of combining cut length? to obtain all the requisite points on the variance-length curve are pre¬ sented. An example of a typical set of results is included. This paper is based on a thesis submitted by the author in partial ful¬ filment of the requirements for the M. S. C. degree at the Institute of Textile Technology, June 1957. 6. Methodology for the Improvement and Analysis of Unsatisfac¬ tory Condition Data on a Complex Automatic Electro-Mech¬ anical System. James R. Duffett; Virginia Polytechnic Institute This paper provides the following methodology: (1) Non-statistical methods which can be implemented without delay to improve an Unsatisfactory Condition Reporting System on a Complex Automatic Electro-Mechanical System. (2) Methods of statistical analyses which can be employed to evaluate reliability and quality when “common denominators”, such as com¬ ponent operating time and hardware complexity, are not available. 450 The Virginia Journal of Science [September | (3) Methods of statistical analyses which do require the availability j of such “common denominators” as component operating time and hardware complexity. The ultimate purpose of the methodology given is the evaluation and ! improvement of the reliability and quality of the hardware. i 7. Analysis and Reduction of Variations in the Processing Plant. Norbert Lloyd Enrick; Institute of Textile Technology In many types of processing, such as occur in the chemical and textile industries, it is desirable to determine the amount of variability present ^ at each production stage. From this determination, it is then possible to isolate those places where excessive variation may be occurring, and ■ which may then be corrected. ' This type of variations analysis is often complicated by the fact that there may be several machines at one processing stage, which may feed randomly into the machines of the subsequent department. For example, in cotton or synthetic fiber carding, the product from 50 to 100 cards : may feed randomly into 5 to 10 drawing frames, being mixed in the process. Variance analysis may be utilized to break down processing variations at each stage into the within-machine, between-machine and room-overall components. Further statistical evaluations can then be ■ made to allow for the effect of mixing and blending, as well as for the effect of attenuation, draft, or dilution of stock. In order to make these statistical tools useful in a plant that may not have the continuous services of a statistician in the laboratory, a simplification has been developed, utilizing average within-machine and ' cross-ranges as estimates of variance components. From a large number of actual applications of this technique, a typical example is used, illustrating how the within-machine, between-machine and room-overall components of variation may be evaluated and utilized i to isolate and subsequently correct places in processing where excessive i variations are occurring. This example involves the tracing of the flow i of variations from process-to-process for five successive processing stages, j involving mixing and blending, as well as attenuation of the stock process- ■ ed. I 8. Application of Linear Programming to Dope Metering Pump ' Replacement. J J. W. Cowdery; Celanese Corporation of America \ Three types of pumps, each capable of producing any of the ten dif- j 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 451 ferent products manufactured at the plant, were assigned to the products, by Linear Programming techniques, to effect the minimum replacement costs. Collection of the necessary data (failure rates, replacement costs, and product mix) was the most difficult phase of the application. Due to practical limitations in plant operation the optimum solution could not be applied; however, the solution was used to formulate a set of operat¬ ing rules. Operation of the plant to these rules resulted in a considerable reduction in replacement costs. 9. A Designed Experiment to Evaluate Yarn Lubricants. Hubert M. Hill; Tennessee Eastman Company This paper will describe an experiment to compare seven yarn lubri¬ cants and two yarn sizing fonnulations. In order to evaluate the lubricants, the yarn was prepared on warp beams and woven into cloth. The lubricants were evaluated by inspect¬ ing the cloth for warp defects. The design used v/as a 2 x 7 factorial replicated three times. In order to finish the experiment in a reasonable time, the experiment was run on seven looms in blocks of six using a partially balanced incom¬ plete block design with two associate classes. Prior to analysis the average value for each treatment was transformed as the -y/x. Analysis of the data showed that the lubricants can be divided into two over-lapping groups. Neither the sizes or interactions were signifi¬ cant. The choice of the transformation used and certain aspects of the data also will be discussed. 10. Analysis of Variance of a Randomized Block Design with Miss¬ ing Observations. William A. Glenn and Clyde Y. Kramer; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The estimation of several missing values in a randomized block design is considered. The method used is that of minimizing the error sum of squares, proposed originally by Yates (1933). Explicit equations for each absent value are derived for all cases in which not more than three values are missing. A general formula valid for any permissible num¬ ber of missing observations is given for the case in which no two values are missing in the same block or treatment, and also for the case in which all of the values missing are in a singleblock or treatment. A procedure for the completely general case is proposed. This, although requiring the inversion of a symmetric matrix of order equal to the 452 The Virginia Journal of Science [September number of missing observations, may prove to be less tedious in applica- i tion that the iterative method proposed by Yates. i A direct method of analysis not requiring a correction for bias in the treatment sum of squares is discussed and demonstrated. Formulas are given for the bias introduced when an analysis of variance is carried out on the augmented data. These, though equivalent to the generalized | formula given by Yates, are found to differ from the latter slightly in form. 11. Analysis of Variance of a Latin Square Design with Missing Observations. Suzanne Glass and C. Y. Kramer; Roanoke College and Virginia Poly- ‘ technic Institute ■ The statistical analysis of a Latin square design is sometimes com¬ plicated by the fact that some of the observations are missing. The usual method of analysis requires that the design be balanced, but miss¬ ing values destroy this property of balance. In this paper, a method is developed for analyzing a k x k Latin square with p missing observations, 1 < p < (k— 1) (k— 2)— 1, where only one missing plot appears in any row, column, or treatment or where all the missing values appear in the same row, column, or treatment. Explicit formulas for the p missing plots are obtained as well as formu¬ las that may be used to correct for the bias in the treatment sum of i squares. 12. Significance Tests in Paired Comparisons. ■ T. H. Starks and H. A. David; Virginia Polytechnic Institute Approximate tests of significance must be used for paired comparison experiments that lie outside the range of the tables by Bradley and Terry, Bradley, and Kendall and Babington-Smith. This paper specifies certain general model assumptions for the paired comparisons experiment, and there presents approximate tests of significance for the following null j hypotheses: 1) The treatments have equal ratings (single judge); | 2) The treatments have equal ratings (several judges); 3) The true treatment ratings do not change from judge to judge. : The alternative hypothesis in each case is that the corresponding null hypothesis is not true. I 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 453 The test statistics introduced for tests of the first two null hypotheses are functions of the corrected sum of squares of treatment scores, and they are distributed approximately as chi-square variates. The approxi¬ mate test of the third null hypothesis is based on the theory of chi- square homogeneity tests. 13. Generalized Distributions and the Problem of Confidence Statements in Multivariate Analysis. Rolf E. Bargmann; Virginia Polytechnic Institute The convenient likelihood-ratio approach for the construction of tests in multivariate analysis does not lend itself readily to the construction of confidence intervals. The speaker reported on some existing techniques of constructing multivariate confidence intervals, with levels >1 — a, from the “union-intersection approach” of S. N. Roy. He then proceeded to some results he obtained by studying the distributions of generalized X2 and F matrices, and the general non-central distribution of all ele¬ ments in a correlation matrix. Exact confidence statements can be ob¬ tained for some parametric functions, such as the determinant of a popu¬ lation dispersion matrix, and the ratio of determinants of two such mat¬ rices, but these parametric functions are rather meaningless in that they never assume a unique central value. Confidence statements on the very powerful functions similar to the hkelihood-ratio statistics cannot be ob¬ tained in this manner, for the resulting expressions contain sample and parametric quantities in a mathematically inseparable expression. (Ref¬ erence: Rolf E. Bargmann, “A Study of Independence and Depend¬ ence in Multivariate Normal Analysis”, Chapter III; Institute of Statistics, University of North Carolina, 1957). 14. Statistics of Direction. G. S. Watson; Australian National University In geological and geophysical problems, the variables of interest are often directions. For example, in palaeomagnetism the main interest cen¬ ters around the residual or remnant magnetism of rocks of various ages. Since the strength of the magnetism may be subject to many unknown factors which do not operate on the directions of the magnetization, it is the later variable that is easiest to use. In geology the orientation of plain layer of formation is defined by the direction of their normals. Probability distributions for directions in any number of dimensions have been proposed to define explicitly how the observations will be dis¬ persed about the mean direction. Statistical methods for the comparison of mean directions and of dispersions have been developed. The approxi- 454 The Virginia Journal of Science [September mate forms of true procedures bear a striking resemblance to multivariate normal analysis. The exact procedures which may be used in some instances are of considerable theoretical interest as they throw into clearer relief the famous Behrens-Fisher problem. 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 455 LIST OF MEMBERS 1957-1958 Note: Following are the types of membership in the Academy. ***Patrons, who contribute one thousand dollars or more to the Academy. **Life Members, who contribute one hundred dollars or more to the Academy. ** Honorary Life Members (Elected by Council). * Sustaining Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars. —Contributing Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars. Regular Members, who pay annual dues of three dollars. Student Members, who pay annual dues of two dollars, (restricted to college students only). Note: Number following name designates section, or sections, to which member belongs; ‘‘C” following name indicates “Student Mem- ber”; “B” following name indicates “Business Member.” 1. Agricultural Sciences 7. Engineering 2. Astronomy, Mathematics, 8. Geology and Physics 9. Medical Sciences 3. Bacteriology 10. Psychology 4. Biology 11. Science Teachers 5. Chemistry 12. Statistics 6. Education Please notify Foley F. Smith, P. O. Box 1420, Richmond, of any errors you may find in this Hst. Abbitt, Mary Horn, 12 . 7703 Wood Road, Richmond Abbott, Betty J., 4 . . . Biology Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg Abbott, Dr. Lynn D. Jr., 9,5 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg Ackerman, C. J., 5 456 The VffiGiNiA Journal of Science [September ** Addison, Mr. W. Meade Addison . . . 2000 Monument Ave. Richmond Akerman, Prof. Alfred 1 . . . . . The Seward Forest, Triplett ** Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Co., . . . . . . Richmond Alcock, D. Carol C, 5, 4 . . . . . 2917 Chamberlayne Avenue, Richmond — Alden, Prof. Harold L. 2 . . Box 3445 Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Allen, Carl W. 1 . . . . Box 246, Blacksburg Allen, Dr. J. Frances 4 . Univ., of Maryland, Dept, of Zoology, College Park, Maryland AUen, Dr. Rhesa M. Jr., 8 . French Coal Co., Bluefield, W. Va. Allied Chemical & Dye Corp., B . . Nitrogen Division, Hopewell Allison, A. H. 1 . 123 Fife Street, Norfolk Ahich, Dr. E. Meredith, 9 . Univ. of Va. Hospital, Charlottesville Alvey, Dr. Edward Jr., 6 . Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg American Tobacco Co., B . Research Lab., Petersburg Pike, Richmond Amore, Dr. Thomas 5 . . . Cardinal Products, Inc. P. O. Box 1611, Durham, N. C. Amos, John M. 4 . . . Price Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg Derting, John F. 8,1 . . . Box 84, Flint Hill Anderson, A. H. 1 . Forest Supervisor, U.S.D.A., George Washington National Forest, Harrisonbiug Anderson, Mrs. John Wm. 11,4 . 4404 East Franklin Street, Richmond Anderson, Stewart W. 7.6 . . . . . V.M.L, Lexington Andrews, Dr. Jay D. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Andrews, Robert S. Jr., 10,12 . . . . 230 Washington Ave., Colonial Heights — Anslow, W. Parker Jr., 9 . . Bennington Road, Hessian Hills Charlottesville *Armistead, Fontaine C . 7611 Sweetbriar Road, Richmond 26 Armstrong, Dr. Alfred R. 5 . . . 510 Newport Ave., Williamsburg Arrington, Dr. George E. Jr., 9 . . . . . McGuire Vet Administration Hosp., Richmond Artz, Miss Lena 4,8 . . . . . . . . Waterlick Ashley, Roy 5 . . . . . 5304 Michael Ave., Richmond Austin, John M. 11,5 . . . . . . . . . Route 2, Farmville Baber, Clinton W. 5,7 . . . . . Apartado 769, Caracas, Venezuela *Bachrach, Arthur J. 10 . . Div. of Chemical & Medical Psychology, Univ. of Virginia Hosp., Charlottesville Bahous, Mrs. C. Ruth 2 . . . . 110 Langhome Lane, Lynchburg 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 457 Bailey, Dr. John Wendell 4 . 27 Willway Road, Richmond 26 Bailey, Robert S. 4 . Gloucester Point —Baker, Dr. T. Nelson . Virginia State College, Petersburg Baldock, Dr. Russell 2,5 . 114 Ogontz Lane, Oak Ridge, Tennessee **Baldwin, Dr. J. T. Jr., . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Balhngall, J. M. 2 . 4267 S. 35th Street, Arlington 6 Balthis, Mr. Thomas A. 5 . 3301 Grove Ave., Richmond Bane, Ruby K. 5,9 . 2623 Hanover Ave., Apt., 4, Richmond Banghart, Dr. Frank W. 12 . . 322 Parkway, Charlottesville Bare, John K. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Barrett, Nancy Jane 5,11 . 230 Boulevard, Salem — Bartsch, Dr. Paul 4,8 . Gunston Hall Road, Lorton Bass, Mr. Charles F. 8 . Box 43, Stephens City —Bateman, Robert C. 5 . 8410 Spalding Drive, Richmond 26 Baum Parker B. 5 . 603 Burleigh Ave., Norfolk 5 —Baxter, Dr. Donald L. 9 . 471 Briarhill Road, Beach, Miss Mary Leigh 3 . Beall, Mrs. Agnes K. 5,9 . . —Beams, Dr. Jesse W. 2 . Beatty, M. Edwin 4,8 . Becker, Mrs. Mariana 11 . *Bell, C. Cooper Jr., 9 . Bell, Dr. Wilson B. 9 . Bennett, Melvin B. 5 . Benton, Prof. Arthur F. 5 . Berkeley, Dr. Edward 4 . . Berne— Allen, Dr. Allan, Jr., 5,7 Berry, Rodney C. 5,1,3 . Berry, Rodney C. Berry Jr., 5 .... Bevan, Dr. Arthur 8 . . . Beverly, Mary Lee C,9,4,5 . —Bickers, Dr. WilHam . Bice, Prof Raymond C. Jr., 10 Springfield, Delaware County, Pa. . Box 151, Arlington . 206 88th Street, Virginia Beach .... Physics Lab., McCormick Road, University Station, Charlottesville 6029 Bonneau Road, Richmond 27 . 119 E. Ocean Ave., Norfolk . 710 Keats Road, Richmond 26 . V.P.I., Blacksburg . 210 Defense Ave., Sandston .. Cobb Chemical Lab., Univ., Sta., Charlottesville .... 1 West Main Street, Richmond . 144 N. Washington Drive, St. Armands Key, Sarasota, Florida 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 1433 Drewery Street, Richmond 24 . Churchville . 663 Montrose Ave., Roanoke . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond . . Peabody HaU, U. of Va. Charlottesville . . Quinton Bieliauskas, Dr. V. J. 10 458 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Bierhorst, Dr. David 4 . . Dept, of Botany, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Bill, Miss Margaret E. 5 . 3300 Hanover Ave., Richmond —Bird, Mr. Lloyd C. 3 . 303 South 6th St, Richmond —Black, Dr. Zoe 4 . Box 1171 College Sta., Fredericksburg Blackwell, Jane 11,5 . Box 514, South Boston Blair, Miss Barbara 5 . Box 110, Univ. of Va., Hosp., Charlottesville Blake, Dr. Archie 12 . 2133 N. Chcle Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan Blake, Dr. John A. 10 . 6707 Stuart Ave., Richmond —Blank, Grace J. 9 . 6707 Stuart Ave., Richmond —Blanton, Dr, Wyndham B. 9 . 828 W. Franklin St, Richmond Blaser, Dr. R. E. 1,4,12 . . . V.P.L, Blacksburg Blincoe, Dr. J. W. 2 . . . . Ashland BHss, Dr. Lam*a . 225 S. Princeton Circle, Lynchburg — Blomquist, Dr. John H. 7,5 . 1803 Warner Road, Richmond 25 Bobb, Dr. Marvin L. 4 . Piedmont Fruit Research Lab., Charlottesville Roger, Jack Holt 6 . 8807 Turnbull Ave., Richmond * Boggs, Prof. Isabel 2 . Box 235, R— M.W. College, Lynchburg Boldridge, Frank 5 . 305 Henry Street, Ashland —Bond, Dr. W. R. 9 . . . Box 106, Midlothian —Boozer, Miss Mary E. 12 . 1140 West Grace Street, Richmond 20 Bose, Smritimoy C,4 . Blandy Experimental Farm, Boyce Bouton, Dr. S. Miles Jr., 9 . Rt. No. 1, Cherry Hill Farm, Evington Bowen, Dr. Leroy E. 1 . 505 Elmwood Ave,, Lunchburg Bowers, Dr. Russell V. 9 . 3601 Mechanicsville Pike, Richmond Bowles, Mrs. John L. 8 . 329 Clovelly Road, Richmond 21 Bowles, Miles C. 3 . P. O. Box 246, Accomac —Bowman, Dr. Paul W. 4 . . . 3114 5th St, N,, Arlington Bowman, Dr. Raymond P. G. 6 . 609 Progress Street, Blacksburg Boyer, Dr. William P . Director of Research, Va., -Carolina Corp. Richmond Bozeman, Herman H, 6 . 8 West Lancaster Road, Richmond Bradfield, W. E. 10,6 . Box 795, Pearisburg Bradley, Frank D. 4 . 4249 25th Street, North, Arlington 7 Bradley, Ralph A. 12 . 204 Rose Ave., Blacksburg Brand, Dr. Eugene D . Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ., Hosp. Charlottesville Bray, Dr. W. E. 3,5,9, . Box 1063, University, Va, Brent, Miss Frances 11 . . . . . Kilmarnock Brice, Dr. Luther Jr., 5 . . . Chemistry Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 459 Brinkley, Mrs. Bernice N. 11,4 . Clover Va. Brittingham, Dr. William H. 2 . Box 2160, Norfolk 1 —Brogden, Mr. C. E. 5 . 11 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26 —Brown, Dr. Frederick L. 2 . 308 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville Brown, Mr. Irby H. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Brown, Dr. W. Horatio 8 . Austinville Brown, Lt. Col. Warren W. 5,6,11 . Box 73, Kable Sta., Staunton Bruce, A. C. 7 . P. O. Box 196, Blacksburg Bruce, Dr. Robert E. 11,2 . P. O. Box 385, Staunton Brugh, Joseph F. 2,4, 6 . 1846 Oakland Street, Petersburg * Brumfield, Dr. Robert T. 4 . Longwood College, Farmville Bruner, Mr. B. M. 5 . 105 North Wilton Road, Richmond 21 Bryant, R. E. Jr., 5 . 2623 Linbrook Drive, Richmond Bull, Fred W. 7,5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg BulTington, W. E. 4 . Randolph-Macon Col., Ashland Bully, Miss Kathryn 4 . 216 West Queen St., Hampton Bunco, Lt, George Edwin 5 . 2924 Harvey St., Apt. 5-F Madison, Wisconsin. —Burch, John B.4 . Museum of Zoology, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan —Burger, Miss Elizabeth 4 . . Longwood College, Farmville —Burke, Jack D. 4 . Biology Dept. Univ., of Richmond, Va. Burleigh, Mrs. Dorothy 11 . . Christiansburg High School Christiansburg Burns, Prof. G. Preston 2 . P. O. Box 1005, College Station Fredericksburg Burton, Willard W. 5 . 6510 Engle Road, Richmond 26 Butler, James T. 5 . 1204 Bobbiedell Lane, Richmond 26 Buxton, Dr. W. D. 9 . Univ., of Virginia Hosp., Charlottesville Bym, Mrs. Jane N. 4,5 . 80 Main Street, Warwick Byrne, Col William E. 2 . . . Box 836, Lexington Cabera, Dr. N. 2,5 . 14-R Copeley Hill, Charlottesville —Caldwell, Paul N. 11,4 . 2784 Westhampton Ave., S. W. Roanoke Callahan, William H. 8 . 1 Rowe Place, Franklin, N. J. Calver, James L. 8 . . Box 3667, Univ., Sta., Charlottesville Calvin, Dr. Allen 10 . Psychology Dept., Hollins College, Hollins Calvin, L. W. 10 . . . 1620 Monument Ave., Richmond 460 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Caminita, Mrs. B. H. 3 . 501 North Lincoln St., Arlington Campbell, Addison D. 2 . 8520 Julian Road, Richmond 26 Canham, R. G. 5 . 590 Burnham Lane, Williamsburg Carman, George Gay 2 . 3907 W. Franklin St., Richmond 21 Carpenter, Prof. D. R. 2 . Roanoke College, Salem —Carpenter, D. Rae Jr., 2 . 313 Letcher Ave., Lexington -Carroll, Dorothy 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C. Carroll, Robert P. 4 . . . Box 613, Lexington Carter, Miss Linda L. 10 . Children’s Service Center, Univ., Hisp., Charlottesville Carver, Dr. Merton E. 10 . University of Richmond Cary, Miss M. Katherine 9,5 . Medical College of Va., Richmond Cash, W. W. Jr., 5 . Route No. 2, Box 150, Eagle Rock Chace, F. M. 8 . The M. A. Hanna Co., 1300 Leader Bldg., Cleveland, Ohio Chamberlain, Dr. J. L. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Randolph— Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg —Chapman, Dr. Douglas C. 9 . 324 Clovelly Road, Richmond Chappell, Dr. Wilbert 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg —Charlton, Mrs. T. R. 11,9 . Caltrops Neck Road, Tabbs Chase, Mr. H. M. 5 . 158 West Main Street, Danville, Cheng, Thomas C. C,4 . Dept, of Histology, Univ. of Maryland Dental School, Baltimore, Maryland Chesson, Mr. R. R. 5 . 6 Lexington Road, Richmond 26 Chevalier, Dr. Paul L. 9 . 11 East Franklin St., Richmond Chi Beta Phi, Iota Sigma Chapter, . Radford College, Radford Christian, Sue B. 11,4 . 3305 Patterson Ave., Richmond 21 Christie, Mr. Thomas H . 3713 W. Washington Blvd., Arlington Chumney, Richard D. 1 . . . Box 1163, Richmond 9 —Churchill, Miss Helen, 4,3,9 . Hollins College, Virginia Clague, Prof. W. Donald 5,9, . . . Bridgewater Clairborne, Miss Imogene B . 2413 Terrell Place, Lynchburg Clark, G. Wayne 2 . R. F. D. 9, Box 155, Richmond 25 Clay, John W. 1 . Box 565, Tappahannock Clayton, Dr. C. C. 5 . . . MCV Station, Richmond 19 Clayton, Dr. R. A. 5 . Research Lab., American Tobacco Co., Richmond 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 461 Cline, Frances 11 . . . . . WMHS, Fishersville Clough, Dr. O. W. 9 . . . . . . Medical College of Va. Richmond Cocke, Mr. E. C. 4 . . College Sta., Winston-Salem, N. C. Cockerille, Dr. F. O. 5 . Greenwood Cofer, Mrs. Elizabeth S. 11,5,4 . . 1503 W. Laburnum Ave., Richmond 27 Cogbill, Dr. E. G. 5 . American Tobacco Co., Research Lab. Petersburg Pike, Richmond Cole, Cletus A. 10 . 3414 N. Kensington Street, Arhngton —Cole, Dr. James W. Cole, Jr., 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville Coleman, C. S. 1,8 . P. O. Box 194, Fairfax —Coleman, George U. Jr., 4,5,2 . 621 Staunton Ave., N. W. Roanoke Coleman, John S. 2,6 . 3010 N. Florida Street, Arlington 7 * College of William & Mary . Williamsburg ColHns, Beth, C,4 . 801 Illinois Ave., Salem Compton, Dr. Jack 4,5 . Institute of Textile Technology Charlottesville Congdon, Dr. Wm. J. 8 . 611 Prince Henry Ave., Hopewell Cook, Mrs. F. Hartwick 2,5,12, . Alton State Hosp., Alton Illinois Cool, Dr. R. D. 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Cooley, Dr. C. C. 9 . 912 Medical Arts Bldg., Norfolk 10 Cooper, Dr. Bryon N. 8,7 . Box 634, Blacksburg Cooper, Miss Frances 5,4 . 1301 Third Street, S. W., Roanoke —Cooper, Dr. Pascal W. 5 . 301 Ohio Ave., Harrisonburg Copeland, Graham 1 . . . 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond Cornfield, Jerome 12 . R. F. D. 2, Herndon Cotting, Mrs. Ed. L 9 . 1213 Rowe St. Fredericksburg *Coty, O. N. 5 . 515 Ridge Top Road, Richmond 26 Courtney, Welby G. 5 . Experiment Inc., Richmond *Cox, Edwin 5 . Holly Hill, Aylett —Cox, Edwin L. 12,4 . Assessment Div., Camp Detrick, Frederick, Maryland Cox, Mary Lee 11,5,4 . 3654 Radford Street, Norfolk 13 Cox, Mr. Norman R. 5 . . . 5209 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond Craighead, R. A . General Office Bldg., Norfolk and Western Railroad, Roanoke Crandall, Dorothy L. 4 . . . Box 278, R.— M. W. College, Lynchburg Crawford, Mr. Stuart C. 5,4,7, . . . . Box 124, Franklin Crayton, Frank H. 4 . 6312 Glyndon Lane, Richmond 25 462 The Virginia Journal of Science [September | Creel, J. Randall Jr., 8 . . . Cleft Road, Mill Neck, ! Long Island, New York 1 Crim, David M. 2,11 . V.M.L, Lexington ' Crim, Samuella 4,11 . New Market j —Crittenden, Dr. Eugene D. 5,1 . Nitrogen Div., Allied Chemical & Dye Corporation, Hopewell Crouch, Joseph P. 9 . USN Facihty, APO 845, New York, N.Y. i Crowell, Prof. Thomas 5 . Cruser, Mr. Melvin E. Jr., 2 ... —Cummins, Dr. Milton D. 9 .... Cunningham, Robert E. 5 . — Daffin, Professor John B. 5,2 Dancy, William H. Jr., 2 . * Darden, Colgate W. Jr., . Daughtrey, Dorothy D. 4,5 . ** Davenport & Company . David, Dr. H. A. 12 . Davier, Maurice 12 . Davies, Dr. E. F. S. 6 . —Davies, William E. 8 . Davis, Donald 4 . —Davis, James H. 8 . Davis, Mr. Loyal H. 5,2 . Davis, Thursa F. 5 . DeArmon, Ira A. Jr., 12 . . Deck, Dr. J. David 9 . Decker, Miss Mary G. 5 . Delk, Mr. J. A. 11,4 . DelPriore, Mr. Francis R. 12 Denise, Francis J. 5 . Dent, Dr. J. N. 4 . Dewey, Dr. Lovell J. 5 . —Dickerson, Dr. L. M. 4,1,5 . Dickey, Dr. R. W. 2 . Dietrick, L. B. 1 . . . Dietrick, Dr. Richard V. 8 .. Dinwiddie, Dr. J. G. 5 . Dodd, Dr. Eileen K. 10 . . Gobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville . 610 West Princess Anne Road, Apt. 2-B, Norfolk 7 ' ... 1001 West Franklin St., Richmond 20 . 300 Park Place, Charlottesville . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton . Route 4, Box 141, Charlottesville . University of Virginia, Charlottesville . . 406 North Nansemond Street Richmond 21 . 1113 E. Main St., Richmond ... Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg .... Box 3342 Univ., Sta., Charlottesville . Va. State College, Petersburg . 125 Green way Blvd., Falls Church ... 2607 Wickham Ave., Newport News . 3207 Inwood Drive, Houston, Texas . Box 1895, Richmond 15 . Va. State College, Petersburg . 508 Military Road, Frederick . Dept, of Anatony, Univ. of Virginia Hospital, Charlottesville . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala. . 816 Appomattox St., Hopewell . Rt., No. 2, Box 22, Arnold, Maryland . 1706 Butte Road, Richmond 25 Miller School of Biology, Univ., of Va., Charlottesville . Box 726, MCV Stat., Richmond 19 . Box 85, Covesville . 32 Univ. Place, Lexington . 506 Preston Ave., Blacksburg . . . Box 779, Blacksburg . 620 Walnut Ave., Waynesboro . Box 1205, College Sta., Fredericksburg 1958] Doerhoefer, Basil 8 Proceedings 1957-1958 463 Longview Lane, Upper River Road, Louisville, Kentucky Dorsey, Edward G. Jr., 7 . 1327 Avondale Ave., Richmond 27 Doub, W. H. Jr., 10 . 6606 Wexford Ave., Richmond 25 Dovel, Anne Hundley, 5 . . . Nurses Home, Memorial Hosp., Wilmington 6, Delaware Dryer, Mrs. Hilda Y. 11,4 . 463 North Thomas St., Arlington 3 Duke, Miss Martha W. 4,11 . 721 Park St., Charlottesville * Duncan, Dr. Cecil E. 2 . 865 Thomwood Drive Palo Alto, California *Duncan, Mrs. Geraldine 9 . 2915 Seminary Ave., Richmond Dunlap, Miss Elizabeth 11 . Spring Farm, Lexington Dunton, Dr. E. M. Jr., 1 . . . Box 2160, Norfolk ^**DuPont, Mrs. Alfred I . Nemours, Wilmington, Del. E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc., B . Textile Fibers Dept., Richmond Dyer, Edward R. Jr., 2 . Leander-McCormick Observatory, University of Va., Charlottesville Fades, James L. 8 . 1528 Westwood Ave., Charlottesville —Eddy, C. Vernon 6 . . Box 58, Winchester Edmundson, Dr. R. S. 8 . 1411 Virginia Ave., Charlottesville Edwards, Dr. Leshe E. 9 . Dept, of Physiology M. C. V. Sta., Richmond 19 Edmonds, Marvin D. 5 . 1315 Foster Road, Richmond 26 Eheart, Mr. James F. 5,1 . . . V.P.I., Blacksburg Eisenhart, Dr. Churchill 12 . National Bureau of Standards Washington 25, D. C. Eiser, Arthur L. 4 . . 514 Progress Street, Blacksburg Elder, John H. 5,1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Elkan, Gerald H. 3,4 . Dept, of Biology V.P.I., Blacksburg ^Emmett, Dr. J. M. 9 . C & O Hospital, Clifton Forge Engel, Dr. R. W. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg —English, Prof. Bruce V. 2 . . 536 Valley Road, Charlottesville Enrick, Norbert Lloyd 12 . %Institute of Textile Technology Charlottesville Essary, Prof. E. O. 1 . . Poultry Dept., V. P. I., Blacksburg Esso Standard Oil Company B, . Attention: C. C. Pembroke Broad & Hamilton Streets, Richmond Evert, Dr. Henry 4,5 . 11 Harvard Street, Garden City, New York -Experiment Incorporated . Box 1-T, Richmond 2 Farlowe, Vivian 4 . Meredith College, Raleigh, North Carolina 464 The VraciNiA Journal of Science [September *Faulconer, Dr. Robert Jameson 9 . Dept, of Pathology DePaul Hospital, Norfolk 5 Ferneyhough, Dr. Robert S. 9 . 810 Le St., Warrenton Fields, Dr. Victor H. 5 . . Box 32, Hampton Institute, Hampton Filer, Dr. Robert J. 10 . . Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Finch, Mr. Earl A. 1,12 . 1311 Hillside Ave., Richmond Finger, Prof, Frank W. 10 . . . Peabody Hall, University Finnegan, Dr. J. K. 5,9 . M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19 Fischer, Dr. Ernest 9,4 . . Medical College of Va., Richmond Fish, Prof. F. H, 5 . . . . Box 702, Blacksburg Fisher, Dr, Robert A. 7,5 . . . 106 Cohee Road, Blacksburg Fitzpati'ick, Evelyn 11 . 1030 Calhoun Street, Radford — Fitzroy, Herbert W. K. 6 . . . 1 West Main St., Richmond Area, University Center, Richmond Flemer, Capt. John 7 . . . . Oakgrove Fletcher, Dr. F. P. 9 . 2319 East Broad St., Richmond Flint, Dr. Franklin F . . . 1567 N. Gordon St., Pomona, California — Flory, Dr. Walter S. Jr., 4, 1 . Blandy Exper, Farm, Boyce Flowers, Mr. Wm. L. 5 . 8719 Weldon Drive, Richmond Floyd, Miss Susie V. 4 . . . 46 Hopkins St., Hilton Village Foltin, Dr. Edgar N. 10 . Chatham College, Woodlawn Road, Pittsburg 32, Pennsylvania Forbes, Dr, Allan 9 . . . 2372 Nome St., Denver 8, Colorado —Forbes, Dr. J. C. 5,9,2 . Medical College of Va., Richmond —Foster, Col. I G. 2 . . . 451 Institute Hill, Lexington Fredericksen, Dr. James M. 5 . Box 25, Hampden Sydney Freer, Prof. Ruskin 4,8 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Freitag, Mrs. Herta Taussig 2 . Hollins College, Hollins —French, Mr. G. Talbot 1,4 . 1510 Wilmington Ave., Richmond, 27 French, R. H. 5 . Longwood College, Farmville Freund, Dr. Jack 9,5 . 622 N. Boulevard, Richmond Freund, Dr. John 12 . 606 Preston Ave., Blacksburg Friedman, Mr. Samuel J. 2,5 . 840 Jefferson Ave., Waynesboro *Froehling & Robertson, Inc. . . . 814 West Cary St., Richmond Fulton, H. R. 4,8 . . . . 1732 Lanier Place, Washington 9, D.C. Fuqua Mrs. F. C. 9 . . . 3005 Linden Ave., Fredericksburg Furtsch, Dr. E. F. 5,6 . . . . P. O. Box 618, Blacksburg Gager, Forest L. Jr., 5 . 103 Lee Circle, Richmond 25 Gaines, Prof. Robert E. . . 3 Bostwick Lane, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Gambrill, Miss Caroline 11,5 . . r.... . Fairfax Hall, Waynesboro Gant, Dr. James Q. . . 1726 M. St., N. W., Washington 6, D. C. Garber, Louis L. 10 . . . Box 1080, Staunton 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 465 Garner, W. N. 4,6 . . . . . 128 Lewis Ave., Salem Garretson, Mr. Harold H. 5 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Garrett, Dr. H. E, 10 . 1872 Winston Road, Charlottesville Geldard, Dr. Frank A. 10 . 1900 Edgewood Lane, Charlottesville Gemmill, Chalmers L. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville German, Dr. Leslie 5 . 303 Letcher Ave., Lexington Gibson, Prof. Theodore W. 2 . Wise Va. Gilbert, Ray C. 8 . . . . . . Austin ville Gildersleeve, Mr. Benjamin 8 . 5811 North 19th Street Arlington 5 Giles, Robert H. C,4 . Virginia Wildlife Unit, V.P.I., Blacksburg Gillespie, Robert F. Jr., 4 . Va. Episcopal School, Lynchburg Gilliam, Jane F. 11,2,5 . Box 52, Phenix Gilmer, Prof. Thomas E. 2 . Hampden-Sydney Gilmer, T. E. Jr., 2 . Box 239, Bon Air Gilreath, Dr. E. S. 5 . Box, 745, Lexington —Gladding, R. N. 5 . American Tob. Research Lab., 400 Petersburg Pike, Richmond Gladding, Mrs. Walter 5,9 . 1613 Park Ave., Richmond 20 Gladstone, Irin M. 7 . Ill Greenway Drive, Portsmouth Glass, Jewell J. 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C. Click, Rudolph A. 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater Clock, Dr. Eugene 5 . American Tob. Co., Research Lab., Richmond ^^^Goethe, Mr. C. M . 720 Capital Nat. Bank Bldg., Sacramento, Cahf. —Goldstein, Lewis C. 4 . 824 Park Ave., Richmond Gooch, Edwin O. 8 . Div. of Geology, Box 3667, Charlottesville Gould, Henry W. 2 . Dept, of Mathematics, Univ. of W. Va. Morgantown, W. Va. Gourley, Dr. D. R. H. 9 . Univ., of Va. Medical School Charlottesville Goyette, Dr. Lewis E. 4 . 6506 Stuart Ave., Richmond Graf, Dr. G. C. 1 . Dept, of Dairy Science, V.P.I., Blacksburg Gray, Dr. Clarence C. Ill 5,1 . P. O. Box 537, Va State College, Petersburg Graybeal, Prof. H. C. 6 . Box 1204, Radford College, Radford Grayson, Dr. James McD. 4 . 1300 Oak Drive Blacksburg Green, Frank L. 5 . . . 3805 Gaulder Court, Richmond Green, Ralph E. 2 . . . 3015-A, Woodrow Ave., Richmond 466 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Greene, William M. 8 . 50 Fairway Drive, Birmingham, Ala. Griffin, Pearl G. 5 . . Lynchburg Gollege, Lynchburg Gross, W. B. 9 . %Animal Pathology, V.P.L, Blacksburg Grossnickle, Dr. Thurman T. 5 . Bridgewater Gollege, Bridgewater Grove, Mrs. Phyllis S. 5 . 1211 Greystone Ave., Richmond Groves, Dr. A. B. 1, 4,5,3 . Winchester — Guerry, Dr. Dupont III 9 . 2015 Monument Ave., Richmond 20 Gupton, Oscar W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.M.L, Lexington Gushee, Beatrice E. 5 . Hollins Gollege, Hollins Guthridge, Mr. Joe W. 2 . Univ. Glub, Blacksburg Guthrie, John D. 1 . “Ville View”, Gharlotte Court House *Guy, Dr. William G. 5 . Box 1274, Williamsburg *Gwathmey, Dr. Allan T. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., University Gwathmey, Mrs. Allen T. 6 . Dawson’s Row, University of Virginia, Charlottesville —Haag, Dr. H. B. 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Hack, Dr. John T. 8 . U.S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C. Hackman, Miss Jonna C, 5 . 8 Monroe Terrace, Radford Hackney, R. P. 5 . 4500 Hanover Ave., Richmond 21 Hahn, J. F. 10 . Peabody Hall, Charlottesville Hahn, Dr. T. M. Jr., 2 . Dept, of Physics, V.P.L, Blacksburg Hallock, Dr. Daniel L. 1 . Holland -Ham, Dr. William T. Jr., 2 . P. O. Box 816, MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Handley, Charles Overton Jr., 4 . U.S. Nat. Museum Washington 25, D. C. ^Handy Mr. E. S. C. 4,10 . Box 216, Charlottesville **Hanmer, Mr. H. Rupert 5 . 400 Petersburg Turnpike Richmond 24 Hanna, Dr. Bertram L. 12,9 . M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19 Hanselman, Miss Louise 5 . 414 N. Sheppard St., Apt. 17 Richmond Hansen, Mrs. Lubow M. 3,4 . . 8715 23rd Ave. Court Adelphi, Maryland Hansen, Dr. P. Arne 3,4 . . Dept, of Bact., Univ. of Md. College Park, Md. Hardesty, Mrs. Anne S. 10 . Rivermont Park Apts., Lynchburg Hargis, Dr. Wm. J. Jr., 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Harker, Joseph N. Jr., 2,11 . 2302 Wycliffe Ave., S. W. Roanoke * Harlan, Dr. William R. 5 . 329 Greenway Lane, Richmond * Harlow, Edward S. 5 . Stuart Court Apts. No 303, 1600 Monument Avenue, Richmond 20 Harnsberger, Wilbur Jr. 8 . 366 Franklin Street, Harrisonburg 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 467 Harowitz, Charles L. 5 . . Harrell, Dr. Bryant . . . Harrell, Mr, Cleon 12 . . —Harrell, Ruth Flinn 10 . . Harrington, Mrs. Beatrice A. 2 ... Harris, Dr. Isabel 2 . !. —Harris, Dr. Orville R. 2,7 . Harris, Dr. William E. 10 . Harrison, Edward T. Jr., C.4 .... Harrison, Miss J. Peachy 5 . — Harshbarger, Dr. Boyd 12 . — Hartung, Walter H. 5 . . Haven, Dexter S. 4 . -Hay, N. R. T. 8 . Haygood, Neal T. 5 . Haynes, Mrs. Donald H. 5 . Heatwole, Mrs. B. G. 11,2 . Heckel, Dr. H. L. 5 . Hedgepeth, Rodger 7 . -Heflin, Col. S. M. 2 . Hegre, Dr. Erling S. 9 . Heisey, Dr. Lowell 5,3 . Hembree, Dr. Howard W. 10 .. Hench, Miles E . , Henderson, Mr., R. G. 1,4 . Henneman, Dr. Richard H. 10 Herbert, Dr. Paul 8 . Hereford, Dr. Frank L. 2 . Hering, Mrs. T. T. 4,2,11 . Herr, J. M. Jr., 4 . Higgins, Dr. Edwin S. 5,9 . Hildreth, Dr. H. M. 10 . Hill, C. H. 4 . . . . . . . . 7804 Meherrin Road, Richmond ............ Dept, of Chemistry, College of William & Mary, Williamsburg . . . Princess Anne . 6411 Powhatan Ave., Norfolk 8 . . 2024 Barton Ave., Richmond 22 . 6411 Three Chopt Rd., Richmond . 908 Rosse Lane, Charlottesville . . Bon Air . Box 1307, Va., State College Petersburg . 2 Malvern Ave., Apt. 5 Richmond 21 . Dept, of Statistics, V. P. L, Blacksburg . M. C. V. Sta., Richmond 19 ..... Biology Dept., Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point ... Four Winds, Medham, New Jersey . 2447 South Lowell St., Arlington . 3803 Caulder Court, Richmond . 1411 ChurchvilTe Ave., Staunton . 2817 Pickett St., Hopewell . Box 405, Blacksburg . 508 Highland Road, Lexington . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater . 2720 Forest Hills Road Petersburg . . 4802 Kensington Ave., Richmond . . . Blacksburg . Psychology Lab., University . Tri State Zinc Co., P. O. Box 1011 Galena, Illinois . Dept, of Physics, The Univ. Birmingham, England . . P. O. Box 87, Stuarts Draft 717 Lyons Court Lane, Charlottesville . Dept, of Biochemistry, MCV Sta., Richmond 19 .... 7606 Lakeview Drive, Falls Church . 447 N. Braddock St., Winchester 468 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Hillsman, Overton L . . —Hinton, Dr. William 10 . Hoak, Mr. James F. C,2 . Hobbs, Herman H. C,2 . Hobbs, Prof. Horton H. Jr., 4 .... Hoch, Dr. Hans 5,2 . —Hoch— Ligeti, Dr. Cornelia 9 ... Hodge, Robert A. 11,4 . —Hodges, Dr. Fred M. 9 . Hodgkin, Dr. W. N. 9 . Hoff, E. C. 9,4,10 . —Holcomb, Carl J. 4 . Holland, Charles T. 7 . Holland, Margaret M. 4 . Hollins College . Holloway, Mr. Harry Lee Jr., 4 —Holmes, Dr. B. T. 9 . Holmes, Dr. E. M. Jr. 9 . Holmes, J. C. 5 . Hopkins, Mr. H. Robert 8 . Horlick, Dr. Rueben S. 10 . Horn, Robert H. 11,5 . Horne, Dr. T. J. 1,6 . —Horowitz, Alan S. 8 . ^Horsley, Dr. Guy W. 9 . Horsley, Mrs. Ruth O. 4 . Horton, Dr. John P. 1,5,7 . Horton, Mrs. Loetta W. 11,2 .... Hostetter, Dr. D. Ralph 4,8 . Hough, Dr. W. S. 4,1,8 . House, Dr. Verl L. 4 . — Hoxton, L. G. 2 . Hubbard, Mr. Robert M. 7,5 ., Hudgins, Webster R. 5 . Huf, Dr. Ernst 9 . .. 5814 Crestwood Ave., Richmond 26 . 15 Jordan Street, Lexington | . Luray ; . . 32 Univ. Circle, Apt. 305 | Charlottesville . 517 Rugby Rd. Charlottesville . MCV Sta., Box 816, Richmond 19 ... 1614 Greenleaf Lane, Charlottesville . 417 Pelham St., Fredericksburg . 1000 W. Franklin St., Richmond . Warrenton . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 . Extension Forester V.P.L, Blacksburg . P. O. Box 836, Blacksburg . Dept, of Biology, Brookhaven Nat. Lab., Upton, L. 1., New York . Hollins, . Roanoke College, Salem 336 Mero Street, Frankfort, Kentucky, . City Hall Annex, Richmond 519 Tanglewood Road, Richmond 25 . Va. Div. of Geology, Box 3667, University Station, Charlottesville . 3004 N. Stuart Street, Arlington . 904 Martin Street, Charlottesville . 1013 Draper Road, Blacksburg . Box 268, Littleton, Colorado . 617 W. Grace Street, Richmond . Wingina . 2022 Stratford Road, Richmond 25 . 4431 Hazel Ridge Road, Roanoke . Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg . . 523 Fairmont Ave., Winchester . 1123 Clement St., Radford . Univ. of Va., McCormick Road, Department of Physics, Charlottesville . 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville . Port Haywood . MCV Station Richmond 19 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 469 Hughes, Hansel L. 5 . 1538 W. 50th Street, Norfolk Hughes, Mrs. Lillian A. 5,9 . . . Room 401, Clinic Bldg., MCV Station, Richmond 19 Hughes, Dr. Roscoe D. 4,9 . . Medical College of Va., Richmond ^Humphreys, Dr. Mary E. 4 . Box 127, Mary Baldwin College, Staunton Humphreys, Miss M. Gweneth 2 . Randolph-Macon Womens College, Lynchburg Hundley, Dr. Louis R. 4 . V.M.I., Dept, of Biology, Lexington Hunt, Harvey, L. 5,7,1 . 1411 N. Shore Drive, Norfolk —Hunter, J. M . Va. State College, Petersburg Hunter, Louise S. 2 . Va. State College, Petersburg Hurley, John F. 10 . 1609 Pinewood St., Falls Church — Husted, Dr. Ladley 4 . Dept, of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville —Hyde, Dr. Austin T. Jr., 4 . . Rutherford Hospital Rutherfordton, North Carolina Ikenberry, Dr. Emmert 2 . 310 West View St., Harrisonburg Imus, Henry A. 10 . 2828 Connecticut Ave., N. W. Apt. 913 Washington 8, D. C. —Inge, Dr. Frederick D. 4 . Hampton Institute, Hampton IngersoH, Everett H. 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19 —Ingles, Andrew L. 4 . 1006-3rd St., West, Radford Insley, Dr. E. G. 5 . 1233 Brent St., Fredericksburg —Irby, Richard Jr., 5 . 712 Spottswood Road, Richmond —Jackson, Eugene L. 4,5,9 . 1407 Cummings Drive, Richmond —Jackson, Dr. H. W. 4 . Sanitary Engineering Center, 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio James, Dr. G. Watson III 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 James, Col, Harold C. 2,11,6 . Kable Sta., 32, Staunton Jarman, Dr. A. M. 6,10 . 1872 Winston Ave., Charlottesville —Jeffers, Dr. George W. 4,11 . Route 6, Farmville Jefferson, Miss Betty Lou 11,4 . 1211 Forest St., Danville Jeffrey, Jackson E. 4 . 709 South Main St., Blacksburg Jeffreys, Dr. A. W. Jr., 10 . Western State Hosp., Staunton —Jeffreys, Mr. George A. 3,5 . P. O. Box 225, Salem Jenkins, Mr. Herschel S. 5 . 2101 Hickory Road, Richmond 25 Jennings, Dr. H. Y . 128 Park Ave., Danville Jennings, Mae 11,4 . Radford High School, Radford Johnson, Dr. Harry I. 7,5,6 . 429 High St. Salem Johnson, James A. Jr., 5 . . . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19 470 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Johnson, J. H. 6,5 . Jonas, Dr. Herbert 9,4,1 . —Jones, Arthur R. 2 . Jones, Dr. E. Ruffin 4 . Jones, Mr. George D. 1,4 Jones, J. Claggett 5 . Jones, John C. 1,4 . Jones, Muriel M. 3 . Jopson, Dr. Harry G. M. 4 Jones, George R. 3 . —Jones, Mrs. Louise L. 9 . Joyner, Dr. W. T. 2 . Kapp, Mary E. 5 . Kaye, Dr. Sidney 9,5 . Keach, Gharles G. 10 . Kean, Dr. Robert H. 5 . Johnson, Rose Mary 4 . Keeble, Prof. W. H. 2 . —Keith B. Ashton, 8,6 . Kell, Dr. Joseph F. Jr., 9 ... Keller, Miss Janness G,4 .... Keller, Dean May L. 6 . Kelly, Mr. J. J. Jr. 6 . Kelly, Dr. John W. 9 . Kelly, Dr. M. Mae 10 . Kent, Mrs. Cleo Q. 11,2 .. Kent, Prof. George W. 10 , Kepner, Dr. William A. 4 .. Kerby, George F. 5 . Kindred, Dr. J. E. 9 . King, Dr. Kendall W. 3,4 ^Kise, Dr. M. A . Kiser, F. D. 11 . Knight, Robert J. C,4 . . Booker T. Washingtin High School, Norfolk 4 . Gancer Research Lab., Univ. of Va. Medical School, Charlottesville . 612 N. Main St., Lexington . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. . Box 448, Orange . 3906 Patterson Ave., Richmond 21 . 5810 Namakagan Road Washington 16, D. C. . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater . Luray . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Physics Dept. Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney . 901 W. Franklin St., Richmond 20 . 404 North 12th St., Richmond 19 . 2531 Holmes Run Drive, Falls Church . 32 Old Farm Road “Bellair” Charlottesville . Carrollton Apartments, Jefferson Park Avenue, Charlottesville . . Box 607, Ashland . % General Delivery, Washington, D. C. . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 . Box 144, St. Charles . University of Richmond, Richmond . Wise Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden . School Board Office, Pearisburg . Naruna, Campbell County . Bridgewater . 29 Univ. Place, University . 1201 Hamilton St., Clifton Forge .... Box 1873, Univ., Sta., Charlottesville . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg . Va. Smelting Smelting Co., W. Norfolk .. 5813 Westboume Drive, Richmond 28 . The Blandy Experimental Farm, Boyce 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 471 Knutson, Ray M. 8 . . . . . . . . Austinsville Koppel, Leopold 5 . . 16 West St, Fort Plain, N. Y. Kramer, Clyde Y. 12 . . . . . . . Dept of Statistics, V.PJ., Blacksburg Kreshover, Dr. Seymour J. 9 . . . 1204-A. Willow Lawn, Keswick Gardens, Richmond Kriegman, Mrs. Lois S. 10 . . 26 Malvern Ave., Richmond 26 Krug, Dr. Robert C. 5 . . . Dept of Chemistry, V.P.L, Blacksburg Kuhltan 2 . . . 1615 Hardwood Ave., Charlottesville Kunz, Walter B. 5,2,6 . . . . American Viscose Corp. Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania Kyle, Z. T. 6,2 . . Supv. of School Libraries & Text Books State Dept, of Educ., State Office Bldg, Richmond Lacy, O. W. 10 . Trinity College, Hartford 6, Connecticutt, Lacy, William S. 6 . . . Ill N. 5th St., Richmond Lambert, Dean J. Wilfred 10 . . . . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Lancaster, Dr. Dabney L. 6,2 . Millboro Springs —Lancaster, Mr. J. L. 6 . 416 17th St, N. W. Charlottesville Lane, Mr. Charles F. 8 . . . . . Longwood House, Farmville *Lane, Mr. E. H. 5 . The Lane Co., Altavista Langston, Dr. Henry J. 9 . . Cor. Main St. & Jefferson Ave., Danville — Larew, Dr. Gillie A. 2 . . . . Randolph Macon Women's College, Lynchburg Larson, Dr. Paul S. 5,9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Larus, C. D. 2 . . . . Lams & Bros. Company, 22nd and Cary Street, Richmond LasweU, Dr. Troy J. 8 . Dept, of Petroleum & Geological Engr., Louisianna Polytechnic Institute, Ruston, Louisiana —Latham, R. E. 2,5 . . . . . Science Dept, Episcopal High School, Alexandria Lautenschlager, E. W. 4 . Dept of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville Lawless, Dr. Kenneth R. 5 . . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville Lawrence, Dr. C. K. 5 . . . Claremont Lebo, Dr. Dell 10 . . . 812 Park Avenue, Richmond 20 Lee, Dr. Claudius 7 . . . Box 157, Blacksburg Lee, Prof. Mary Ann 2,12 . Sweet Briar Leeper, Mrs. Annie S. 5 . . . 6727 Stuart Ave, Richmond Lefever, Miss Grace B. 2 . . . Eastern Mennonite College Harrisonburg 472 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Lefever, Dr. Robert A. 5 . 7905 Greenock Drive, Bon Air Lehman, Robert C. 2 . Box 81, Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg Leidecker, Dr. Kurt F. 6 . Box 1246, College Station, Fredericksburg Leidheiser, Henry Jr., 5,2 . Va. Inst. Scientific Research 326 North Boulevard, Richmond Leisner, Robert S. 4 . 210 Henderson St., Chapel Hill, North Carolina —Leone, Dr. Louis A. 9 . Box 728, MCV Sta., Richmond 19 LeVan, Donald C. 8 . 2316 Staium Road, Charlottesville Levin, Neal T. 5 . . 250 Mt. Vernon Place, Apt. 10-E Newark 6, New Jersey **Lewis, Dr. Ivey F. 4 . 1110 Rugby Road, Charlottesville Lewis, Mrs. Karen 1. 9 . 500 John Adams Drive, San Antonio, Texas Lewis, Miss Leah V. 6,10 . Virginia Union Univ., Richmond 20 Lewis, Penelope B. Lewis 10 . Western State Hosp., Staunton Lewis, Virginia E. 11,6 . Culpeper, Va. Lewis, Walter H. C,4 . Dept, of Biology, Stephen F. Austin College, Nacogdoches, Texas Likes, Dr. Carl J. 9 . 2006 Hanover Ave., Richmond Lindzey, Dr. James S. 4 . Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland Line, Dr. Lloyd E. Jr., 2 . Experiment Inc., Richmond Linfield, Dr. B. Z. 2,12 . 1324 Hill Top Road, Charlottesville Lister, Irvin C. C,9 . Hatton Point, % S. G. Townsend, Portsmouth Little, E. D. 5 . Box 221, Hopewell —Littleton, Dr. Leonidas R. 5,2 . Emory Lloyd, Dr. Kenneth E. 10 . Psychology Lab., Peabody Hall, University of Virginia, Charlottesville Lockett, Dr. J. L. 1 . Virginia State College, Petersburg Loh, Hung-Yu 2 . Box 767, Blacksburg Lombardi, Gerardo J. 7,12 . 1705 Indiana, N. E. Albequerque, New Mexico Long, Dr. John H. 2 . R.F.D. 2, Williamsburg Long, John M. 2,12,6 . 224 West 35th Street, Norfolk Loving, Mrs. Virginia K. 11,4 . Stage Junction Lowry, W. D. 8 . 206 Rose Ave., Blacksburg — Lundquist, Dr. Eugene 2 . P. O. Box 462, Hampton Lurate, R. B. 8 . 15 Wynnewood Road, Livingston, New Jersey Lyons, Dr. Harry 9 . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 473 Macon, Evelyn T, 11,4 . . . . Mahan, Dr. John G. 4 . . Main, Ralph E. 11,4 . . Major, Dr. Randolph T. 5 . Malcom, Dr. Edward V. . . **Manahan, Dr. John E. 2,4 .. Maner, Alfred W. 7 . . . . Mangold, Carl Jr., C,8 . Mankin, W. D. 4 . . . Manzelli, Dr. M. A. 1 . . . Mapp, Mr. John A. 10,6 . . Markees, D. G. 4,5 . Maroney, Samuel P. Jr., 4 . Marshall, Lee 8 . Martin, Dorothy A. 4 . . . —Martin, Dr. Walter B. 9 . Mason, Dr. A. H. 2 . Mason, Ernest E. 5 . Mason, John Y. Jr., 1 . Massey, Prof. A. B. 4,1 . Mathewes, D. A. 5 . Matthews, T. L. Jr., 10 . . Mattus, Dr. George 1 . Maurice, Mrs. Elmira C. 6,4,11 . Maurice, H. A. Jr., 4 . Maynard, William R. Jr., 5 . Mays, James W. 5 . McCorkle, T. A. 5 . . . McCrackan, Prof. Robert F. 5 .. McDaniel, Dr. R. R. 2,12 . — McDarment, Capt. Corley 4,2 McDermott, Mrs. Kate B. 2,11 MacDougall, Capt. Hugh 10,8,4 McDowell, Gloria 10 . . . McEwen, Dr. Nobel 10 . . McGehee, Dr. Frances 10 . . . 1110 Griffin St., Lynchburg . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg 1415 Briarchff Ave., Charlottesville Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville . . 603 Westcott St., Falls Church . . . ScottsviUe . Va. Dept, of Highways, 1221 East Broad St., Richmond . 104 Preston St., Lexington . Herndon . 7 Beechwood Drive, Watchung Plainfield, New Jersey Bristol Steel & Iron Co., Bristol Va. . Biology Dept., Amherst College, Massachusetts . Dept, of Biology, Univ., of Va. Charlottesville . 3716 Cactus St., Ashland, Ky. . 1116 Bedford Ave., Apt. 2 Norfolk 8 . 521 Wainwright Bldg., Norfolk .. 2407 N. Kenmore St., Arlington 7 . 906 Foley Drive, Williamsburg . 5508 Bendley Road, Richmond 26 . Box 95, Blacksburg . Box 146, Hampden-Sydney 8710 Brawner Drive, Richmond 26 .. Agri. Exj>. Sta. V.P.I., Blacksburg . 1208 W. 45th St., Richmond 24 . 1208 W. 45th St., Richmond 24 .. 1600 Michaels Road, Richmond 26 . Stony Creek . Longwood College, Farmville ... 41 Mill Road, Spartanburg, S. C. . Va. State College, Petersburg . . Route 1, Eau Gallie, Florida . 331 Vernon St., Lynchburg . Fork Union Military Academy, Fork Union . . . 540 Argyle Drive, Apt. 4, Falls Church ..... 401 College Ave., Ashland, Va. .... 2615 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg 474 The Virginia Journal of Science [September McGill, William M. 8, 6, 7, 5 . Va. Geological Survey, Box 1428 GharlottesviUe McGinnes, Burd S. G,8 . Box 4809 Va. Tech. Sta., Blacksburg McGuigan, F. J. 10 . Psychology Dept., HolKns GoL, Hollins McHugh, Dr. J. L. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Mclnteer, Warren H. 2 . R.F.D. No. 2, Box 56-E, Laurel, Maryland McKee, Betty A. 9 . Apt. 2, 707 N. Golonial Ave., Richmond 21 McKennis, Dr. Herbert Jr., 9,5 . Medical Gollege of Va., Richmond McKillop, L. D. 5 . Box 117, Route 2, Glen Allen McLaughlin, Sam B. 11,4 . Woodberry Forest School Woodberry Forest McNutt, Miss Peggy 11 . Ill East Uhler Ave., McPherson, Gol. W. L. 5,6 . Box 23, Blacksburg McShane, E. J. 2 . 209 Maury Ave., GharlottesviUe Mead, William M. 12 . 4011 Morrison Drive, Lynchburg * Medical Gollege of Virginia . Richmond —Mellette, Dr. Susan J. 9 . Box 728, MGV Sta., Richmond 19 Melton, Charles E. 2,5 . 129 South Purdue Ave., Oak Ridge, Tennessee Mengebier, Dr. W. L. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Madison College Harrisonburg Meredith, Dr. John M. 9 . 1200 East Broad St., Richmond — Midyette, James W. Jr., 1 . P. O. Box 228, Ashland Miller, G. Tyler 6 . Hillcrest, Madison College, Harrisonburg Miller, Mrs. Helen P. 11,4 . 3407 Griffin Ave., Richmond 22 Miller, Mr. Lawrence I. 1 . Tidewater Research Sta., Holland Miller, Robert R . 19 N. Queen St., Shippensburg, Pa. Miller, Miss Vada C. 4,5 . Route 1, Bridgewater Miller, Dr. W. Schuyler 5 . Box 202, Ashland —Miller, Prof. Edwin DeWitt 4 . Box 388, Madison College, Harrisonburg MilUiiser, Fred R. 5 . 839 Jefferson Ave., Waynesboro — Minnix, Richard B. 2 . Box 656, Honeysuckle Hill, Lexington Mitchell, Barbara V. 5,4 . 51 Malvern Ave., Richmond 21 Mitchell, Dr. Richard S. 8 . Dept, of Geology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville —Mitchell, Dr. S. A. 2 . Box 3466, University M oiler. Dr. Elizabeth 10 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar Montgomery, Mrs. Dorothy D. 2 . Hollins College, Hollins * Moody, Warren L. 5 . 5 North 6th Street, Richmond 19 Moomaw, Mr. Rawie P. 5,7 . 1233 Floyd Ave., S. W., Roanoke 7 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 475 Moore, Robert C. 1 . . . Blacksburg —Moore, Ross E. 8 . 1160 Denver Club Bldg., Denver 2, Colorado Moore, Dr. Warren 4,1,5 . Raphine Moran, Mrs. Leroy 5 . 708-12th St, S. W., Roanoke Moreland, Dr. J. Earl 10 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland Morgan, Herbert S. Jr., 5 . 610 Brentwood Circle, Route 7, Richmond Morgan, Dr. William J. 10 . Merrifield Morgan, Mrs. William J. 10,6 . Merrifield Morris, Phillip & Co., Ltd., Inc. B . Robert N. DuPuis, Vice Pres., Research, P. O. Box 1895, Richmond 15 Moschler, W. W. 1 . V.P.L, Agronomy Dept., Smyth Hall, Blacksburg Moseley, Edward C. 10 . 1607-B Mohle Drive, Austin, Texas Moseley, John M. 5 . 5703 York Road, Richmond Mosman, Kenneth F. 10 . 4204 12th Road, Arlington —Mullen, Dr. James W. 2,7 . Box 1-T, Richmond 2 Mullin, George B. P. 1 . Southeastern Forest Exper. Sta., Box 2570, Asheville, North Carolina Munford, George S. Ill 2,8 . Began Lane, Dover, Massachusetts Murden, William P. 7 . 1805 Canterbury Road, Hampton Murphy, Dr. Nelson F. 7,5 . Box 104, Blacksburg —Murphy, R. S. 5 . 502 McRae Road, Bon Air Murray, J. J. Jr., 4 . Dept, of Biology, Washington and Lee, Lexington Murray Prof. W. A . 902 Gracelyn Court, Blacksb^urg Myers, Dr. Clifford E. 5 . Lynchburg CoUege, Lynchburg *Nance, Mrs. W. R. 11,6,4 . Axton Nedlock, Wesley 5 . 305 N. Sixth Street, Hopewell —Negus, Dr. Sidney S. 5 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 —Nelson, Dr. Charles M. 9 . . 906 West Franklin St., Richmond Nelson, Dr. E. Clifford 3,9,4 . MCV Sta., Richmond Nelson, Prof. Wilbur A. 8 . Monroe Hall, University Nettles, Mrs. Frances 4,6 . 836 13th St, Newport News Newcomb, Dr. T. Robinson 12 . Box 162, Vienna —Newell, Lt. H. W. 6,4 . Box 5, Staunton Military Academy, Staunton —Newman, Lt. Col. James B. 2 . 445 Institute Hill, Lexington ***The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Co., "‘B” . Newport News 476 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Nichols, Dr. Norma Hajek 10,6 . Medical College of Va., Richmond 19 —Niemeier, Mr. B. A. 7 . 808 W. 44th St., Richmond — Niemeyer, A. B. Jr., 5 . 85 Alywin Road, Cradock, Portsmouth Norby, Dr. Darwin E. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg Norfolk & Western Railway Co., B, . AHN, Sidney F. Small, Vice-President, Roanoke, Va. Norment, C. Russell Jr., 11,5,2 . Woodbridge —Norris, Dean Earle B. 7,2 . Blacksburg North, Edward M. 11,2 . 910 Cottage St., Vienna Nugent, T. J. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk — Obenshain, Dr. S. S. 8 . . Blacksburg O’Connell, James L. 10 . 3400 Martha Mustis Drive, Alexandria O’Donohue, Mrs. Cynthia H. 5 . 2724 West Grace Street, Apts. 10, Richmond 20 —Oglesby, Prof. E. J. 2 . Box 1887, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Old, Mrs. James E. Jr., 11 406 S. Main St., Norfolk 6 —Old, William E. Jr., 4 . 728 Raleigh Ave., Norfolk 7 Oldham, A. M. 5 . 1507 Young Street, Richmond 22 Ohvier, Dr. Charles P. 2 . 521 North Wynnewood Ave., Narberth, Pennsylvania Olsson, Mr. Elis 7 . The Chesapeake Corp., West Point O’Mera, Eleanor W. C,5 . 316 Alderman Road, Charlottesville O’Neill, Mr. Charles T . P. O. Box 711, Charlottesville Osborne, Dr. Paul J. 4 . . . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Osborne, J. Scott Jr., 5 . 1317 Spring Road, Richmond 25 Osborne, W. Wyatt 4 . Plant Pathology Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg Osvalds, Dr. V. 2 . P. O. Box 3445, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Overcash, Mr. H. B. 4 . Hampden-Sydney Owen, Dr Benton Brooks 5 . Yale University, New Haven, Conn. Owen, Dr. Fletcher B. Jr., . Box 726, MCV Sta., Richmond Packard, Mr. Charles E. 4 . Randolph-Macon College- Ashland Paixad, Leonel Morand C,5 . Long House Farm, Greenwood —Palmer, Dr. James K. 5 . 2820 Grove Ave., Richmond Palmer, Mrs. Viola G. 3 . Box 44, Hampton Institute, Hampton Parker, Mr. M. M. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk Parkhurst, Dr. R. T. 1 . 702 Shenandoah Ave., N. W. Roanoke Parnell, John V. Jr., 4 . Va. State College, Petersburg Parrott, W. T. 8 . Va. Dept, of Highways, Richmond Patterson, Dr. Paul M. 4 . Hollins College, Va. Pattishall, Evan G. Jr., 6 . 138 W. Park Drive, Charlottesville 477 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 Patton, James B. Jr., 6 . State Dept., of Edu., State Office Bldg., Richmond Paul, Lee E. 10 . . . . M & S, FEA, Fort Lee Peabody, Dr. William A. 5,9 . . . . . 4805 Brook Road, Richmond Pedersen, Mr. P. M. 5,2,7,12 . 4712 New Kent Road, Richmond 25 Peery, G. G. 4 . 310 High Street, Salem Pegau, Dr. A. A. 8 . . Va. Geological Survey, Box 1428, University Pegau, Lucy Byrd 4 . 1808 Winston Road, Gharlottesville Pence, Col. J. Worth 11,6 . Box 116, Kable Sta., Staunton —Perkins, Mr. Frances R. 11,2 . 2003 Le Suer Road, Richmond 26 —Perry, John L. 2 . 2839 Oak Avenue, Norfolk 12 Pertzoff, Dr. V. A. 2 . Keelona, R. F. D. 1, Charlottesville Petterson, Olga M. 9 . Box 727, MCV, Sta., Richmond Pettigrew, T. P. 5 . . 1015 West 47th St, Richmond 25 Pettus, William G. 2 . 410 Riverside Drive, Lynchburg Phillips, Dr. E. Lakin 10 . 415 E. Jefferson St., Falls Church Phillips, Mrs. Margaret C. 2 . 114 Conway Ave., Norfolk 5 Phillips, Mrs. Wm. B. 11 . Church Road Phipps and Bird, Inc., B . 303 South 6th St., Richmond Pickral, Colonel George M. 5 . 315 Letcher Ave., Lexington Pierce, Dr. J. Stanton 5 . 813 Roseneath Road, Richmond Pincus, Dr. Albert 9 . Central Natl. Bank Bldg., Richmond Pinschmidt, William C. Jr., 4 . Box 1132 College Sta., Fredericksburg —Pitt, Lyndele A. 4,5,11 . 4303 New Kent Ave., Richmond 25 Pittman, Mr. Lawrence E. 11,4 . Prince George School, Prince George Va. Pittman, Dr. Melvin A. 2 . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Pitts, Prof. Frank P. 5 . Medical College of Va., Richmond Pitts, Dr. Grover C. 9 . Dept, of Physiology School of Medicine, University of Virginia, Charlottesville Pleasants, S. W. 5 . Beaverdam Poindexter, Emmett H. Jr., 5 . Frederick Hall Poindexter, Dr. R. J. 6 . . . Madison College, Harrisonburg Pollard, M. Hathaway 5 . 2832 Monument Ave., Richmond Pond, John W. 3 . 3916 Pilots Lane, Apt. 5, Richmond 22 Powell, Mr. W. Allan . Box 86, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond "^Poythress, Wm. P. & Co., Inc. 5,9 . Attn: A. G. Richardson, Chief Chemist, Box 2158, Richmond 17 Powers and Anderson . . . 603 E. Main St., Richmond 478 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Pugh, Jean E. 4 . Norfolk Div., W & M-V.P.L, Norfolk Pulliam, Miss Elizabeth 3 . 3516 Stuart Ave., Apts., Richmond 21 — Purlee, Dr. E. Lee 5 . 1517 Aberdeen Road, Hampton Quarles, Dr. Lawrence R. 7 . Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va. Charlottesville Rageot, Roger 4 . Norfolk Museum of Art & Sciences, Norfolk 10 —Ragland, Richard S. 2 . 107 Sunset Boulevard, Blacksburg Ramey, Dr. Robert L. 2,7 . Thornton Hall, University of Va., Charlottesville Ramsey, E. W. 8 . Rock Castle Farm, Esmont Ramsey, John B. Jr., 2,7 . 1420 Abingdon Drive, Apt., 201, Alexandria Ramsey, Mrs. Mollie H. 11,5 . Greenville Ramsey, M. M. 8 . . . 126 Observatory Ave., Charlottesville Ramsey, Dr. Robert A. Sr., 2 . 3 Stacie Road, Richmond 24 Ramsey, Dr. Robert W. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond *Randolph-Macon Woman's College . . Lynchburg Ransome, G. W. 11 . Box 88, Powhatan Rappaport, Dr. Jacques 4 . Miller School of Biology, Charlottesville Rayburn, Dr. C. H. 5 . 5212 Denvonshire Rd., Richmond Reams, William M. Jr., 4 . Dept, of Anatomy, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Reaves, Paul M. 1 . 215 Washington St., Blacksburg Redd, John B. Jr., 5 . . . Box 43, Powhatan Reid, Dr. J. Douglas 3 . University Heights, R. F. D. 13, Richmond Reitz, John E. 4 . 1414 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville Remsburg, Mrs. Vera B. 4 . 445 Knoll St, N. W., Vienna *Rennie, C. Bruce 1,7,5 . Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp., 401 East Main St., Richmond —Rennie, James G. Jr., 2 . 1302 Greycourt Ave., Richmond Reynolds Metal Company B . Richmond Rice, Dr. Nolen E. 4 . . . Box 169, Unversity of Richmond, Richmond Rice, Dr. Wm. E. 5 . Box 537, Route 10, Richmond 24 Rich, Dr. C. I. 1 . Box 481, Blacksburg Rich, Dr. Gilbert J. 10 . 406 Allison Ave., S. W. Roanoke Richards, Mr. Walter L. Jr., 4 . 1502 Cedar Lane, Richmond 25 Richardson, Ruth E. 11,2 . 2921 Midlothian Pike, Richmond 24 Richardson, Prof. W. 2 . 401 Roanoke St., Blacksburg Ridley, Walter N. 10,6 . St. Paul’s College, Lawrenceville 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 479 Riese, Dr. Hertha 10 . Rt. 2, Box 443, Glen Allen Mrs. William M. Jr., 4 . Route 34, Lynchburg Rigney, James A. 5 . 803 S. Main St, Blacksburg Risley, Miss A. Marguerite 2 . Box 63, R. M. W. College, Lynchburg — Rison, Mr. J. Waddell . 609 Insurance Bldg., Richmond Ritchey, Col. H. E. 5 . 213 Maiden Lane, Lexington Robb, Mr. J. Bernard 5 . %A. B. C. Board, Box 1395, Richmond Robbins, A. H. Co., Inc B . 1407 Cummings Drive, Richmond Roberts, D. B. 7,10,6 . U. S. Naval Sta., Navy 520, % F. P. O., San Francisco, California Roberts, Dr. Joseph K. 8 . Box 1471, University Roberts, J. W. 7 . Box 1-J, Richmond Robeson, Dr. Andrew 2 . Box 145, Blacksburg Robey, Dr. Ashley 5 . P. O. Box 421, Salem Robinson, Miss N. Virginia C,4,7 . 916 Onslow Drive, Greensboro, North Carolina Rodger, E. E. 1 . 1427 Gentry Lane, Gharlottesville Rodig, Dr. Oscar R. 5 . Gobb Chemical Lab., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Rogers, D. A. 1,5 . % Allied Chem. & Dye Corp. Morristown, New Jersey Rosbash, Dr. David O. 5,3 . 3516 Brymoor Road., S. W. Roanoke Rose, Dale E. 11,5 . Chemistry Dept., Hampton High School, Hampton Rosenzwelg, Abraham Leon 3 . Vet. Administration Hosp., Richmond Rosser, Shirley E. 2 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Roszell, David K. 5 . 601 West 26th St., Richmond 25 “Row, Dr. Stuart B. 5 . O'Sullivan Rubber Corp., Box 603., Winchester Rowe, Maurice B. 1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19 “Rowlett, Dr. Russell J. Jr., 5 . 4606 Wythe Ave., Richmond Rushton, E. R. 5 . 850 Locust Ave., Charlottesville Rozsa, Dr. George 9,5 . 6 Lexington Ave., Buffalo 22 Runk, Dr. B. F. D. 4 . Registrar's Office, The Rotunda, Gharlottesville Russell, Dr. Catherine M. 3 . . . Dept, of Micro-Biology, University of Virginia Medical School, Charlottesville Russell, Edgar V. 5 . V. P. I., Blacksburg Ryman, Jacob F. 2 . Box 147, Blacksburg 480 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Sadie, Dr. Alexander 5 . . . . . Nitrogen Div., Allied Chemical and Dye Corp., Hopewell Sadler, O. P. 11 . Buckingham Central High School, Buckingham Samuel, Boyd L. 5,1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Sanders, Jerrell 2 . . . . 1546 Berkeley Ave., Petersburg —Sanger, Dr. Wm. T. 9,10,6 . . Medical College of Va. Richmond Sauder, Lt. William C. 2 . 115 Spinning Road, Dayton 3, Ohio Saunders, Mrs. Kirkland R . 307 North Granby St., Richmond Schaffuer, Mrs. Milton, 10 . 1212 N. Quincy St., Arlington Schaub, Richard C,8 . 162 Wheeling Ave., Elm Grove, West Virginia —Scherer, Dr. J. H. 9 . 820 W. Franklin St., Richmond Scherer, Dr. Philip C. Jr., 5 . P. O. Box 80, Blacksbm-g Scherer, W. B. 10 . 2717 Henrico Drive, Richmond 22 Schillo, Richard J. 10 . 517 Valley Drive, S. E., Vienna -Schmertzing, Hannibal 5,2 . 2606 Maple St., Hopewell Schmidt, R. G. 5 . . . Box 5262, Richmond Schneider, Dr. James Z. 5 . U. S. O. M., American Embassy Quito, Equador Schoenbaum, Alexander W. 5,7 . 403 Beechwood Drive, Richmond —Scott, W. R. 2,5,7 . 125 N. Fourth St., Buckroe Beach *Shuffleburger, Mr. T. E. Jr., 8 . 3804 AppleRee Drive, Alexandria Schumann, D. E. W. 12,2 . Dept, of Statistics, University of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, South Africa Scott, Dr. A. P. 9 . Allied Arts Bldg., Lynchburg Scott, Frances Deane Scott, 10,6 . Woodstock Apt. 12, Lynchburg Scott, Frederick R. 4,2 . . 115 Kennondale Lane, Richmond 26 ** Scott and Stringfellow . . . Richmond Scott, Dr. William W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.L, Blacksburg Sears, C. E. Jr., 8,7 . . . Box 522, Blacksburg Sears, Dr, D. Scott 5 . 8131 Sawmill Road, Richmond 26 Sharpley, J. M. 3 . 421 Avon Road, Memphis 17, Tennessee Shawver, Mr. M. C. 4 . Box 278, Madison College, Harrisonburg Shelburne, Tilton E. 7,8 . Thornton Hafl, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Shellington, Dr. James K, 5 . Box 557, Lexington Shelton, George E. 5 . . . . . Box 6-S, Richmond 17 Shepherd, Mary G. 11,5,4 . . . 1643 Center Hill Drive., S. W., Roanoke Sheppard, Dr. L. Benjamin 9 . 301 Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 481 Sherman, Charles L, IV C,8 . . P. O. Box 912, Lexington —Sherwood, Mr. C. S. Ill 5,6,8 . . Ill West Road, Portsmouth Sholes, Dr. Dillard M. Jr., 5»9 . . . St. Elizabeth Gen. Hosp., Elizabethton, Tenn. Showalter, Dr. A. M. 4,1 . . 310 Paul St., Harrisonburg Shuey, Dr. Audrey M. 10 . . . 1059 Rivermont Terrace, Lynchburg Sieburth, Dr. John 3 . . Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg Siegel, Dr. Paul B. 1 . . . . Poultry Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg Silas. Dr. Gordon 10 . . . . Roanoke College, Salem Silverberg, Dr. Jacob 10 . Ill Melbourne Drive, Richmond 25 —Simpson, J. A. G. 12 . . . 2215 Monument Ave., Richmond Simpson, Dr. R. L. Jr., 6,9 . . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Simpson, Dr. T. McN. Jr., 2 . . . . Ashland Simmons, Mrs. Robetra Edefer 10 . 1102 Colonial Ave., Richmond Singleton, O. R. Jr., 7 . . 49 Malvern Avenue No. 6, Richmond 21 Singleton, Dr. Ralph W. 4 . . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Sitler, Miss Ida 4 . 137 South Second St. Lehighton, Penn. Sitterson, Miss Louise 11 . . . 118 Warren St., Apt. 1 Norfolk — Sloope, Billy W. 2 . 8906 Penquin Road, Richmond Smart, Col C. W. 5 . . 449 Institute Hill, Lexington Smart, Grover C. Jr., 4 . 102 Merrill Crest Drive, Madison 5, Wisconsin —Smart, Dr. Robert F. 4,2 . Box 108, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Smiddy, Joseph C. • . . . . . Clinch Valley College, Wise Smith, Alvin H. 10,6 . Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney Smith, Bessie S. 10 . . . 26 Elm Ave., Hilton Village Smith, Dr. Burke* M. 10 ..... . . 827 Kerner Ave., Salem — Smith, Foley F. 5,9,1 . . . . Box 1420, Richmond Smith, Garland W. 7 . . . . 4202 Chickahominy Ave., Richmond Smith, Harry L. 1,4 . . . . . 3404 Martin Ave., Richmond Smith, Dr. J. Doyle 5 . . . . Medical College of Va., Richmond Smith, Dr. LeRoy 9 . . . . 1805 Monument Ave., Richmond Smith, Miss Pat C 4 . . . 298 Norma Park, Norfolk 5 Smith, Pauline 11, . . . . . . . . Route 2, Box 434, Manassas Smith, Robert L. 5 . . . . 7324 Hermitage Road, Richmond Smithey, Dr. William R. Jr., 5 . . Research Dept, Virginia-Caro- lina Chemical Corp., Richmond Sniesko, Dr. S. F. 3,4 . . Kearneysville, West Va. Snoddy, Virginia C. . . . Jack Jouett Apts., Charlottesville 482 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Sommerville, Dr. R. C. 10 . Speese, Dr. Bernice M. 4 . Speidel, Dr. Carl C. 9,4 . "^Spencer, Dr. Edgar Winston 8 Starling, Dr. James 4 . Steinhardt, R. G. Jr., 5,2 . Stephens, William K. Jr., 5 . Stern, Dr. E. George 7 . Stevens, Eleanor B. 11,2,5,4 . Stevens, Fred Jr., 7 . Stevens, Dr. Kenneth P. 9,4 . —Stevenson, Dr. Edward C. 2 . Stewart, John W. 2 . Stewart, Lawrence L. Jr., 5 . Stewart, Miss Roberta A. 5 . Stickley, Mr. Allen R. Jr., 4 .... Stipe, Dr. J. Gordon Jr., 2 . * Strauss, Lewis L. 2,1,9 . Strickland, Dr. John G. 4 . **Strudwick, Mr. Edmund Jr., . Strunk, Dr. DeForest L. II 10 Sumpter, Charles E. 3 . Suter, Daniel B. 4 . —Sutton, Dr. Lee E. . * Sweet Briar College . Swem, Dr. Earl G. 6 . Swertferger, Dr. Floyd F. 6,10 Swezey, Dr. F. H. 5 . Talley, Glaude P. 5 . Tanner, Mrs. Jesse D. 11 . — Tarr, Frederick H. 4,8 . —Taylor, Mr. Jackson J. 2 . . 307 Vernon St., Lynchburg . Dept. o£ Biology, College of William & Mary, Williamsburg . University . Geology Dept., Washington & Lee University, Lexington . Main St., Lexington . Hollins College, Va. . 2322 Golden Road, Richmond . Box 361, Blacksburg . Foxcroft School, Middleburg . Box 108, Lorton . 404 E. Nelson St., Lexington . . Box 1893, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Dept, of Physics, McCormick Road, Charlottesville . 2212 Hanover Ave., Richmond . Box 634, Hollins College, Va. . Box 667, Buena Vista . Randolph-Macon Woman’s CoUege, Lynchburg . Room 518, 620 Fifth Ave., New York City 20, N. Y. . Biology Dept., Univ. of Richmond Richmond . Fine Creek Mills, . Dept, of Edu., Peabody Hall, Charlottesville . 5204 Lee Ave., Richmond 26 . Eastern Mennonite College Harrisonburg ... 1200 E. Broad St., Richmond 19 . Sweet Briar .. 119 Chandler Court, Williamsburg . Longwood College, Farmville . . Box 671, Waynesboro . 5209 Sheridan Lane, Richmond . Victoria High School, Victoria . Box 903, Washington & Lee University, Lexington . University of Richmond 483 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 —Taylor, Henry M. 12 . . . Ravenswood, 8718 River Road, Richmond 26 Taylor, Dr. Mildred F. 2 . . . . . Mary Baldwin College, , Staunton Taylor, Dr. Raymond L. 4 ................ 1820 N. Johnson St, Arlington 7 Taylor, Robert T. C,12 . . . . . . . 1211 Admonston Drive, Rockville, Maryland Teasley, Harry North Jr., C,4 Tebo, Dr, Edith J. 2 . . —Temple, Wade J. 2 . . Temple, William T. 5 ............. Tenney, Eleanor 11,4 . . . Tenney, Dr. Wilton R. 3 . — Thalhimer, Mr. Morton G. .. Thayer, J. Garland 8,6 .......... Thiers, Dr. Ralph 5 . . . . Thomas, Dr. Minor Wine 10,6 Thompson, Dr. Dorothy D. 5 Thompson, Jesse C. 4 . . Thompson, Norman R. 4 ........ "'^Thomsen, Dr. Lillian 4 . . Thornton, Dr, Nan V. 5 . . — Tornton, Dr. S. F. 1 . Todd, R. G. 5 . . . Toller, Louis 2 . . . . Toone, Dr. Elam C. Jr., 9 . Totten, A. 1. Jr., 7 . . . Trout, Dr. William E. Jr., 5 ... Trout, WilHam E. Ill C,4 ... Truitt, Prof. R. W. 7 . Tucker, Ellis N. 11,2 . . Turner, Dr. Charles J. 6 . —Turner, Dr. J. V. Jr., 9 . Umphlett, Clyde J. 4 . . . *The University of Richmond . . . . . . 2 N. Confederate Ave., Sandston ............. 53 East End Ave., Shrewsbury, New Jersey . . . P. O. Box 186, Ashland . . 1712 Monticello Ave., Petersburg . Montpelier High School, Beaver Dam . . . Box 414, Univ. of Richmond . . 3202 Monument Ave., Richmond . . . . . . Route 1, Abingdon .. 9 Alton Place, Brookline, Massachusetts . . . Radford College, Radford . . . . Box 32, Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar . . . Biology Dept., Hollins College, Hollins . . . Dairy Science Dept. V. P. L, Blacksburg .............. Mary Baldwin College, Staunton . . . . Box 292, R. M. W. College Lynchburg . . . . P. O. Box 1940, Norfolk .. A. B. C. Board, Box 1395, Richmond Box 478, Madison College, Harrisonburg . . 1200 East Broad St., Richmond .. Reynolds Metal Co., 10th & Byrd St., Richmond . . Box 64, Univ. of Richmond Richmond . 35 Towana Road, Richmond .... Aero Engr. Dept. V. P. L, Blacksburg . . . . . . Woodberry Forest . . 312 North 9th St., Richmond 19 . . . 804 Prefessional Bldg., Richmond . . Dept, of Botany, U. N. C., Chapel Hill, North Carolina . . . . . . . Richmond 484 The Virginia Journal of Science [September AMERICA’S LEADING MANUFACTURER OF CIGARETTES 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 485 ^University of Virginia . . . . . University Updike, Dr. I. A. 5,6 . . . Box 667, Ashland —Updike, Dr. O. L. Jr., 7,5 . Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville —Valentine, Mr. C. Braxton 5,9 . Box 1214, Richmond Valentine, Granville G. Jr., 5,9,3 . Box 1214, Richmond VanAlstine, J. N. 8 . . Route 1, Center Conway, New Hampshire Vanderryn, Dr. Jack 5 . 108 Eakin St., Blacksburg Van, Engel, Willard A. 4 . Va Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Varnier, H. E. 7 . 6401 Clydewood Ave., Richmond Varsel, Charles, 5 . 1206 Blue Jay Lane, Richmond Vilbrandt, Dr. Frank C. 7,5 . Box 126, V.P.I., Blacksburg Vingiello, Dr. Frank 5 . 408 Roanoke St., Blacksburg Virginia-CaroKna Chemical Corp., . Research Dept. Library, Box 1136, Richmond 8 Virginia Electric & Power Co., B . . . Richmond * Virginia Military Institute . Lexington V. M. I. Student Chapter, VAS . Va. Mihtary Institute, Lexington "^Virginia Polytechnic Institute . Blacksburg Volk, Dr. Wesley A. 4 . . Dept, of Microbiology, School of Mea. Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Vyssotsky, Dr. Alexander N. 2 . Box 3453, University Wagner, Dr. Kenneth A. 4 . College of William & Mary- Norfolk, Norfolk 8 Waid, William S. 11,2 . Rocky Mount Walker, Frank L. Jr., 1 . Box 506, Orange Walker, Dr. Paul A. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Randolph Macon Woman’s College Lynchburg Walker, Mr. R. J. 9,1,6 . 2901 West Ave., Newport News Wallace, Donald S. 7 . Box 1338, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Wallace, John H. 4 . 1324 Eye St., N. W. Washington 5, D. C. Wallerstein, Dr. Emanuel U. 9 . Professional Bldg., Richmond Walsh, Mrs. Robert E. 11,5 . 1819 Chesterfield Ave., Falls Church Walton, Harriet M. 11,4 . 5818 York Road, Richmond 26 Walton, Dr. Leon J. 9 . 713 Shenandoah Life Bldg., Roanoke Walton, Miss Lucile 4 . 1116 E. Main St. Danville Walton, Miss Margaret 4 . 1116 E. Main St., Danville Waller, Mrs. Marion 9 . 3607 Florida Ave., Richmond 22 —Ward, L. E. Jr., 1,7 . . . % N. & W. Ry. Co., Roanoke Warren, Dr. Percy H. 4 . Madison College, Harrisonburg — Wartmen, William B. Jr., 5 . 1020 Horsepen Road, Richmond 486 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Wi ere til ei'e & dmo Le *,,tL ere 5 PHILIP MORRIS, INC ^Le (^uailt^ 'ou6e Marlboro Philip Morris Porliomerit u Bensoii & Hedges Spud 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 487 Wash, Dr. A. M. 9 . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond * Washington and Lee University . . . . . . . Lexington Watkins, Miss Leslie V. 2,4 . 419 Day Ave., S. W., Roanoke Watson, Dr. John W. 5 . . Box 75, Blacksburg Watson, Dr. William L. 1 . . Box 327, Virginia State College, Petersburg Watt, Dr. William J. 5 . Box 402, Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington Wayne, EHnor T. 2 . . . 1106 Chesapeake Ave., South Norfolk Weaver, Miss L. M. 11,2 . 1134 29th St., Newport News Weaver, Mrs. Meredith A. 5 . 3208 Seminary Ave., Richmond —Weaver, Col. R. C. 2 . . 404 V.M.I., Parade, Lexington Weaver, Dr. Warren E. 3,6,9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Webb, L. W. Jr., 2,7 . 5234 Edgewater Drive, Norfolk 8 Weeks, Edna M. 11 . Chief, Food Technology Branch, Fort Lee —Weeks, Ehe 12 . Chief, Food Technology Branch, Fort Lee Weinberg, E. L. 8 . P. O. Box 67, Mineral Weiss, Otto H. 4 . . . . . Box 669, Newport News Weller, Dr. Edwin M. 4 . 187 N. Princeton Drive, Lynchburg Wells, John C. 2,11 . Madison College, Harrisonburg West, Warwick R. Jr., 4 . Box 597, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Westbrook, Dr. C. Hart 10 . 17 Towana Road, Richmond — Whidden, Miss Helen L. 5,2 . R. M. W. College, Lynchburg Whitehurst, Prof. W. H. 4 . Box 422, Lawrenceville Whitlow, Arline 5,11 . Route 1, Gladys Whitson, Richard E. Jr., 8 . 708 Second Ave., Farmville Whittimore, Dean J. W. 6,7 . . . 900 Draper Road, Blacksburg Whyburn, G. T. 2 . . 133 Bollingwood Road, Charlottesville Wicldiam, James E. Jr., 5,4 . Box 142, Ashland Wilkerson, Emery Coles 2 . 5503 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond Wiley, Robert M. 5 . . . 6301 Ruthersford Road, Richmond Willey, C. R. 4 . 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond ** Williams Dr. Carrington 9 . 805 West Franklin St., Richmond 20 Williams, Kenneth D. C,2 . Betsy Belle, Route 3, Charlottesville Williams, Dr. John E. 10 . 7303 Harlow Road, Richmond ** Williams, Lewis C. 6,12,10 . 1001 E. Main St., Richmond —Williams, Dr. Stanley B. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, William & Mary College, Williamsburg Williams, Mrs. Stanley B. 10 . 504 Newport Ave., Williamsburg Wilson, Dr. David C. 9 . Univ. Hosp., University 488 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Wilson, Dr. I. D. 9,4,1 . V.P.L, Blacksburg Wilson, Wingate 4 . Troy State College, Troy Alabama Wiltshire, Mrs. James W. Jr., 4 . Randolph-Macon Woman's College, Lynchburg Wine, R. Lowell 12 . Routel, Box 311, Roanoke Wingard, S. A. 4,1 . Box 425, V. P. I., Blacksburg Wingo, Dr. Alfred L. 6,5,1,10 . State Board of Edu., Richmond Wise, Dr. John H. 5,2,6 . Dept, of Chemistry, Washington & Lee University, Lexington 6 -Wood, John E. 11,2 . 13 E. CHfford Street, Winchester Wood, Dr. John Thornton 4,9,10 . Burkeville Wood, Robert S. 8 . 1605 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville Woodland, Dr. John T. 4 . Biology Dept., Northeastern Univ., 360 Huntington Ave., Boston 15, Mass. Woods, Prof. Walter A. 10, 12 . Box 718, Sparta, New Jersey —Woodson, Bernard R. Jr., 4 . Virginia State College Petersburg Woolcott, William S. 4 . Box 296, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Worsham, Mr. James E. Jr., 5,2 . . Chemical Dept., Univ. of Richmond Wright, Miss E. Katherine 5 . 203 South Tremont Drive, Greensboro, N. C. Wright, H. E. Jr., 5 . 5500 Queensbury Road, Richmond Yates, Dr. Robert C. 2 . Mathematics Dept., William and Mary College, Williamsburg Yoe, Dr. J. H. 5 . University Yoho, Dr. Clayton W. 5 . Route 2, Elkton —York, James E. Jr., . 1006 Baywood Court, Richmond Youden, Dr. W. J. 12 . Nat. Bureau of Standards, Washington 25, D. C. -Young, Dr. Fred W. Jr., 5 . 7213 Sheffield Drive, Knoxville 19, Tennessee Young, Dr. Robert S. 8 . 114 West Park Drive, Charlottesville —Young, Mr. Roderick W. 1 . Box 66, Blacksburg Zimmermann, Henry D. 5 . 2410 Lakeview Ave., Richmond Zipf, Elizabeth M. 4 . . . 316 Kensington Ave., Barrington, New Jersey 1958] Proceedings 1957-1958 489 Virginia Academy of Science APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP Full Official Name . Name as Usually Written . Address . . Institution . . . Position . Field of Interest . Date . Membership Classification Desired.. $2.00 of Membership Dues is for a subscription to The Virginia Journal of Science for one year. FORM OF BEQUEST (To be used for immediate gifts, for inclusion in a will or for addition to a will as a codicil.) I give (or bequeath) to the VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, Inc. the sum of . ( . ) to be applied as an addition to its present endowment fund for scientific research (or) to be applied as an endowment for the general purpose of the organiza¬ tion. Application for membership, together with membership dues, and forms of bequest should be sent to Mr. Foley F. Smith, Box 1420, Richmond, Virginia. The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬ lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the approximate number of printed pages in the Journal. Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or ‘‘Sniffen (1940) states that ...” Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated by writing “Figrure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the moximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1 /2” x 11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬ graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬ graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬ mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE John C. Forbes, President William M. Hinton, President-Elect Paul M. Patterson, Secretary Foley F. Smith, Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer. COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Robert T. Brumfield William Hinton (1959) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Charles F. Lane Thomas E. Gilmer ( 1961 ) Walter S. Flory ( 1959) George W. Jeffers n'jUri^